Main

February 25, 2010

The Bloom Box and Statism

CBS News: The Bloom Box: An Energy Breakthrough?

"I like to say that the new energy technologies could be the largest economic opportunity of the 21st century," [John Doerr from the big Silicon Valley venture capital firm Kleiner Perkins] explained.

[...]

Twenty large, well-known companies have quietly bought and are testing Bloom boxes in California.

Like FedEx. We were at their hub in Oakland, the day Bloom installed their boxes, each one costing $700-800,000.

One reason the companies have signed up is that in California 20 percent of the cost is subsidized by the state, and there's a 30 percent federal tax break because it's a "green" technology. In other words: the price is cut in half.


From my selfish, I've-got-mine, coldhearted, stubborn, unrealistic viewpoint, I think the real story here is how the federal tax system is getting in the way of serious next-gen technology that could radically improve living standards. There's the lede, buried as usual.

Don't take this as something it isn't. Don't let someone tell you that a 30% cut in federal taxes has helped make this technology possible. If they say that, they've got their cause and effect mixed up. The government didn't help anyone or help do anything.

A more accurate way of explaining it is 30% of the dollar cost the government aggressively imposes on individuals (and the organizations they own) who add economic value to human existence has been temporarily waived per conditional government approval. The line between economically feasible and a waste of money is thin enough that a third less in this expense makes a difference. This tech might revolutionize world well-being, and for some companies, a few hundred thousand bucks are part of what stands in the way.

Think about that for a minute. Think about the number of people with great ideas, promising implementations, and the willpower to face the risks. Think about the diverse level of interest in improving humanity out there, trying to make It work. Think about the thousands of decisions made each day, many with the weight of cost factoring in at the moment of truth. Most people can't buy whatever they want; they have to spend wisely or go broke. This is no different from an organization designed to create and manufacture a product.

"This is affordable. Yes, we should do it."

...or...

"We'd never make any money. No, we shouldn't do it."

I think of the untold, unpublished, unrecognized, uncountable mountains of "no" built up over the decades, a mute chain on human progress. I'm no utilitarian and I don't think the critical determinant of any moral question is the amount, degree, or breadth of some positive outcome. But if those are the grounds upon which someone argues for the aggression necessary to enforce the tax system against people trying to voluntarily buy and sell goods and services, they have no legitimate reason to claim this statism made the Bloom Box possible. The government decided to let these people keep more of their money. That isn't help just like a robber isn't helping you when he decides to leave the TV.

l See You


Actually, the robber analogy isn't a great fit. The robber doesn't normally return at an arbitrary time to claim your TV, knowing you will be held criminally responsible if you attempt to prevent him from taking it. Criminally responsible, of course, means specially-trained and well-armed people who have substantial legal immunity will eventually arrest, kidnap, and kill you for resisting their orders.

I predict many of the coercive collectivists known as politicians will praise this as an example of proper government policy. I predict I'll vomit a little in my mouth every time I hear it, knowing that some dolt claiming to be a supporter of free markets and individual liberty will be on shortly to concede away the former by compromising on the latter.

October 09, 2009

Nobel Chutzpah

Chutzpah, the quality of shamelessly violating social acceptability, is sometimes embodied in the story of a person who kills his parents and, during his trial, calls for the court's mercy because he's an orphan. I'd say giving the Nobel Peace prize to someone partially responsible for over 3,500 civilian deaths certainly qualifies.

I can't see how any government agent is qualified to receive a prize rooted in concepts of peace.

Within days of his inauguration, Barack Obama ordered military strikes that killed civilians in Pakistan. Those were not the first civilian deaths for which he shares responsibility.

He maintains an active war in Afghanistan. Iraq is still occupied. He has so far shown little substantial departure from Bush's policy on handling suspected/accused terrorists.

As far as I know, he has not helped end any significant conflict overseas.

Domestically, the case is even weaker. He supports not only the essential structures of taxation and economic regulation, but wishes to expand them. Both of those structures are actively violent against Americans and foreigners every day and constitute a direct threat against peaceful individuals.

This is an award given on the basis of two things: who he is not and how well he has tried to explain who he is not.

I think this will become a classic example of an elite body misreading a situation and provides further proof the Peace Prize is more of a stamp of political approval than anything else.

He should decline the award. Barring that, he should accept it and then immediately gift it to people exponentially more deserving. Chinese dissidents, Iranian protesters, etc.

Funniest comment I've read so far on the situation was from JonLee11 : "Maybe Obama won bc he got a black man and a white cop to sit down and have a beer together."

September 08, 2009

Not My Problem

I've been lazy and have not replaced my bedroom's busted ceiling fan and I prefer having a constant airflow while I fall asleep. I need to replace my sheets because the current set is just plain old and worn out. Down the hall from me, one of my roommates and his girlfriend digested TV in his room all evening. I had been sitting in bed for several hours studying managerial accounting and thinking about my relationship situation. Several topics were bouncing around in my head:

  • Cleaning the cat litter box
  • Hoping the $650 I gave my neighbor will help fix her roof after one of the trees in my yard hit her house
  • Filling up the Golf's tank soon
  • What the hell I'll do when I finally graduate college and leave my current job
  • A public speaking presentation on Andrew Bird for one of my classes
  • Editing and posting at least 300 pictures I took over the last few months
  • Juggling bills and my income
  • What I'll be wearing at a theme party next weekend
  • What the deal was with the two gunshots I heard that evening

So last night I honestly had trouble sleeping. I wasn't physically or mentally relaxed.

And what is the very first e-mail in my inbox at work this morning?

Please read and pass on


This came from a Marine unit over in Iraq ... Their wish is to send it

to as many people in the country as possible.

(Be sure to read their note at the end of the e-mail).. Hopefully we can help them achieve their goal.

I HOPE I DO NOT HEAR OF ANYONE
BREAKING THIS
ONE OR SEE
DELETED
This is a ribbon for
soldiers fighting in Iraq . Pass it on to everyone
and pray.
SLEEP LAST
NIGHT?
Bed a
little lumpy...
Toss and
turn any....
Wish the heat was higher...
Maybe the a/c !
Wasn't on...
Had to go to the john......
Need a drink of
water...
?
?
Scroll
down






Yes.. It is like that!
Count your blessings, pray for them,
Talk to your Creator
And
The next time when...
The other car cuts you off and you must hit the brakes,
Or you have to park a little further from Walmart than you want to be,
Or
you're served slightly warm food at the restaurant,
Or you're sitting and cursing the traffic in front of you,
Or
the shower runs out of hot water, Think of them...


Protecting your freedom!

I wrote about the total monkey-shit-flinging nonsense of soldiers protecting our freedom overseas when I discovered this most excellent Russmo cartoon a while back. The contents in the speech bubbles succinctly capture the complete absurdity of this argument in the form of a father's letter to his son in the military:
Dear Jimmy,

Hope all is well in Iraq. We are so proud of you for going over there to fight for our freedom. A lot has happened since you left...

Our home was taken by the feds for back taxes we owed, and then the family business was condemned by the city so they could build a football stadium.

Mom was arrested for carrying a gun in her purse and your brother is in prison for smoking a joint. At least your sister is okay, though she has to go to court for not wearing a seatbelt.

We wish you were here to help pay for all the legal fees, but just knowing you are over there fighting for the liberties we cherish makes it all worthwhile.

Love, Dad


In case you can't tell, that's the bitter sting of sarcasm, not the happy thoughts of a flag-waver. I once believed invading Iraq and Afghanistan would ultimately protect my freedom at home and I regret the public advocacy I committed for those causes. There is simply no contest between the threat American governments present to me and the threat some theocratic Muslims and totalitarian Arabs present to me. American governments actively trample basic freedoms of association and exchange as a matter of routine public policy.

It was bad enough being told from all kinds of earnest, well-meaning people that I should be grateful that tens of thousands of soldiers are risking their lives to save mine...but apparently that simply is not good enough.

I now have to stop whining about my own personal displeasures because those soldiers are stuck in conditions far shittier than mine. Stubbing my toe pales in comparison to walking ten miles in filthy boots filled with sand and sweat. Finding a decent place to eat is nothing compared to Day #274 of MREs. Trouble sleeping in a house with central air but a bedroom without a ceiling fan is a joke when people sleep in spite of mortar attacks, sunburns, the aforementioned boots, vast distances between you and loved ones, the nightmares of your friends dying in front of you, knowing your mission is tossed around like a toy in partisan pissing matches, and in spite of the fact that perhaps you only joined the Army because you wanted help paying for college. Now, you've lost a girlfriend, your high school crew is moving on with their lives, and you don't trust the interpreter for your platoon.

I get all that. I get that it sucks and it's hot and it's dusty and it's fucking depressing and some assholes keep planting bombs that blow sanity and bodies apart. For all those reasons and a lot more, I want those people home. I've wanted them home for several years, withdrawn "precipitously" and post-gawddamn-haste. The sooner the better. I'd much rather they not have to deal with post-traumatic stress and fucking amputations and arrogant officers and loser noncoms and the idea of a "vacation" neutered down to a few weeks back home before getting sent out into the shit again. For the third time.

But I refuse to abstain from dwelling on my own very present problems simply because there are others in the world who are worse off than me...and I particularly refuse to temper acknowledging my own problems on the morally fallacious grounds that unwanted sacrifice demands my humility and thanks. Sacrifice - the act of giving up something of value in exchange for an even lesser value - is rotten enough. Don't make it worse by asserting that I ought to embrace sacrifice done in my name long after I've withdrawn my sanction.

August 15, 2009

Taxation Is Violence, Part I

After a day and a half writing to people twittering about #welovethenhs, my co-evangelist brought the following post to my attention:

@axiomthree you're comparing a violent act to taxation. There's a bit of a difference there.

With which I responded:
@axiomthree Ask @lanej0 how violent things get when you refuse to pay your taxes. Hiring a crew to rob for you in uniform, that's taxation.

Naturally, Mr. Lane saw my post and had something to say about it:
@Drizzten I got a letter asking me to kindly pay my taxes. Does that count as violence?

Thus began our chat about taxation, state power, and, as of right now, a few other interrelated subjects. To both bring you up to speed and save unnecessary clicking, here is the conversation we had in instant message format:
Charles (Drizzten): Write your own kindly letter telling them you've got better things to do with your own money. Keep telling them that and see how long it takes until the deputies show up with guns and handcuffs.
Jonathan (lanej0): interesting idea. I think that the one officer on the island probably has better things to so though.
Charles: I'm absolutely serious. Tell them calmly that you won't pay any income, property, or sales taxes. Watch how you, via no action endangering or hurting anyone somehow becomes a criminal. Indeed, you merely stated your refusal. For merely claiming what's already yours. Taxation is mundane-it's-so-routine, delayed, 3rd party theft.
Jonathan: I guess the difference is that I voluntarily pay because I know that that money is being put to a common good
Charles: So the ends (the ever-elusive common good) justify the means (forcing other Canadians to pay up).
Jonathan: I guess. I think of itmore in terms of insurance. You pay into it so that it's there if you ever need it
Jonathan: two kids delivered in hospital, and haven't had a massive bill to pay afterward. Family with cancer that still own their homes.
Charles: You certainly pay (because you support it), but suppose my Canadian cousin refused (for whatever reasons). Should he be ultimately subjected to arrest, confinement, and asset forfeiture if he continues to refuse to pay for everyone else's services?
Jonathan: If that's what the majority agrees to (I would wager that the majority of Canadians support our health care system).
Charles: I hope you don't mean that because I think that's a horrifying, contradictory argument. Deserves a full blog to discuss further.
Jonathan: It's extremely difficult to discuss via 140 char snippets. What I mean is that ideally laws are enacted through majority rule
Charles: Mind holding that thought? I'll whip up a proper post tomorrow if you'd like to continue.

First Things


Let me first refine my reaction to Jonathan's initial post. He is not strictly incorrect. There is "a bit of difference" between violence and taxation. Violence in this context is a concept regarding how humans treat one another. This concept helps identify the instances when a human either touches or causes another object to touch another human without their permission in a way that does or may cause injury. In other words, and as my friend put it that inspired Jonathan to make that initial post, "[robbing] a bank or an individual to get the money for my health care." Robbery occurs when someone threatens violence (or demonstrates it) against property owners and bystanders in order to coerce the property from the owner.

So what is taxation? Here's where I exit the conventional wisdom and enter the unsettling land of Extremism. Please bear with me.

Taxation as an idea is much more specific than violence. Taxation typically refers to a type of multi-party property transaction. In this transaction, an original property owner is supposed to give an organization called the government some amount of property (normally a quantity of money). The government says it will use that money for various activities which will probably generate some pragmatic or moral outcome. The government may say paying this amount is part of what keeps society possible, it may say paying this amount will help alleviate suffering or injustice, and it may even say paying this amount is an outright duty the owner owes to the government.

But, above all, the government says the owner should pay this amount because failure to do so will mean the government will get violent with the owner and it would be wrong for the owner to resist or retaliate against that violence. As I said to Jonathan, if you don't believe me, just watch what happens when you don't pay taxes.

..."mundane-it's-so-routine"...

Tax-Cheat Showdown: Fess Up or Stay Quiet?:
There is no statute of limitations in the tax code for fraud. For those who want to keep the account, he said, "I remind them that they are committing felonies each year when they sign their tax return."

Copyright ©2009 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All Rights Reserved


1,200 R.I. businesses face closure over sales tax:
State tax officials have put more than 1,200 businesses across the state on notice this week that they are out of business unless they pay their overdue sales taxes immediately.

For most, that action came in the form of a personal visit from the state Division of Taxation, ordering business owners to lock their doors at once.

[...]

The letters hand-delivered by the hundreds this week reiterated the message that owners are now operating without a permit and that under state law “each officer of any corporation which so engages in business shall be guilty of a misdemeanor” for which they can be fined up to $5,000 and imprisoned for up to a year.

“Each day in which such person so engages in business shall constitute a separate offense,” the letter says.

© 2009 , Published by The Providence Journal Co.


Tax inspectors given broad new powers to fight illegal tobacco:
The new act will also allow the provincial treasury to add an additional fine up to five times the tax that would have been payable on the illegal tobacco.

Six hundred cartons of contraband tobacco, seized earlier this week in North Bedeque, would carry more than $20,000 in taxes.

Under the current law, the individual could be charged that $20,000.

The new act, if passed, would see the tax bill increase five-fold to $100,000 plus the fine.

Those charged could also be jailed and vehicles used in the importation of contraband cigarettes, whether it be a car, boat or plane, could also be impounded.

© The Guardian


Debunking tax myths (emphasis in the original):
There is no question that voluntary compliance is the cornerstone of Canada's self-assessment taxation system. This simply means that the government expects you to respect the law and comply fully with your tax obligations.

This approach does not imply that the law cannot be enforced if necessary. The Income Tax Act and other laws provide a range of penalties for offences such as tax evasion, failure to pay taxes, failure to disclose income, or refusing to file a tax return. These penalties can include fines, third-party claims, seizures, and criminal prosecution.


RCMP find $400,000 worth of cigarettes in truck:
RCMP found 150 cases of illegal, unmarked cigarettes in plastic bags and 25 cases of "discount" brand cigarettes when the rental truck was stopped in the West Hawk Lake area.

None of the cigarettes had proper tax stamps. The man could face fines up to $5,000, up to three months in jail, or a tax penalty of more than $970,000.

© 2009 Winnipeg Free Press. All Rights Reserved.


Buying a Home in France: Prices and Fees:
Don't be tempted by the French ‘custom' of tax evasion, where the sale price declared to the tax authorities (prix déclaré) is reduced by an ‘under the table' (sous la table) cash payment. If you're buying a property direct from the vendor, he may suggest this, particularly if he's selling a second home and must pay capital gains tax on the profit. (Obviously if the vendor can show a smaller profit, he pays less tax.) You'll also save money on taxes and fees, though you'll have a higher capital gains tax bill when you sell if it's a second home.

You should steer well clear of this practice, which is illegal. If you under-declare the price, the authorities can revalue the property and demand that you pay the shortfall in tax plus interest and fines. They can even prosecute you for fraud, in which case you can receive a prison sentence! The authorities can also decide to buy a property at the under-declared price plus 10 per cent within three months of the date of purchase.

© 2009 Parisvoice


Some jurisdictions have more paperwork and levels of procedure than others, but every functioning state will follow through with it's threats. Persistent tax resistance will eventually net you a visit from law enforcement to do exactly what that title says. The issue becomes crystal-clear if you begin resisting the arrest. Police have special immunity from prosecution and are professionally trained to use physical violence against others in their (and the military's) capacity as the ultimate instruments of government power.

Strike an officer - even in objective self-defense - and watch the hammer drop.

None of this should come as a surprise to anyone who pauses and thinks about it. Without the threat of police violence, many laws would be ignored outright. How much money would government revenue bureaus receive if these payments were actually voluntary? It does not take many demonstrations of the government's willingness to use this power for the majority of people subject to the government's laws to obey in general.

That general obedience should never be mistaken as full voluntary consent because the counterparty to each individual is an organization "negotiating" in bad faith.

Therefore

Jonathan is correct. There is a substantial difference between violence and taxation. That difference is taxation is applied violence. Though the violence is frequently threatened rather than carried out, it corrupts the exchange, coercing peaceful people to obey or eventually face an armed crew sent by bureaucrats claiming a representative mandate from the general population.

However, he's wrong on the substance.

Next

One element not present in this analysis is from whom police receive their orders and by what right those orders are issued. This element is where Jonathan and I left off. This is a big subject by itself because it unavoidably involves ethics. Because it's late and I have a long Saturday ahead of me, I'll continue this tomorrow.

July 23, 2009

Cognitive Dissonance on What Is Seen and What Is Unseen, or, Kossacks Need Slaves

Over at DailyKos, Edger seems quite pragmatic about his Canadian health care system:

Canada's medical system is a single payer system as many of you know. The monthly premium for a single person is about $40.

Two years ago I developed a bladder infection, so I walked across the parking lot from work to a walk in clinic on my coffee break to see a doctor. The wait was about ten minutes. I presented my medical id card, saw the doctor, was diagnosed, and she wrote a prescription for antibiotics that cost me $18.

There was no bill for the doctor visit. It was covered.


He goes on and points out all the awesome things medical socialism got him:
  • kidney ultrasound
  • consultation to discuss the ultrasound and to schedule a surgical consult
  • surgical consult
  • kidney removal plus three days in the hospital

He closes by saying, "Total cost to me? $18.00, above and beyond my regular medical premiums."

In the comments, DiegoUK relates a similar story and says, "Cost to me? Not one red cent. It all comes out of my taxes." (Bonus points for stating "Heath care is a right, not a privilege.")

unclejohn says, "[Massman] paid high taxes for public services that [he] actually used and benefited from. If [he] were to buy those services in the private sector, as Americans are forced to do, they would have cost [him] much more."

And finally, Barcelona says:

Where are the ads targeting each and every individual obstructionist Senator and Congressman and making the following simple point: (S)He has a gold-plated health insurance and (s)he doesn't pay a dime for it. When (s)he gets sick, YOU pay for his doctor's visit, his tests, his state-of-the art surgery by the best surgeons in the best hospitals in the country. YOU. Your tax hard-earned money, your tax dollars, the money you don't have to afford even the most god-awfully inadequate, pre-existing-condition-and-gazillion-exclusion laden health insurance. YOU.

The closest thing to a ray of rational light in this intellectual coal mine comes from The Jester, who says, "None of the 50+ million without health insurance magically get medical care FOR FREE, it's just spread out over all taxpayers."

Barcelona's rant is particularly interesting since that's exactly what socialized health care does to everyone. It forces ME to subsidize YOUR shitty health. But that's only objectionable when an elite get the benefit.

I fucking hate these people.

June 12, 2009

Vital Differences

Consequentialism is the bread and butter of modern state justifications. Why embrace one of their central premises? If convincing others something is wrong because it doesn’t “work” then your opponents will logically cloud the discussion with various ways it does work…if only SoAndSo was in charge, if only NewLaw was passed…if only we acted for the benefit of others rather than ourselves…if only the human experiment was tweaked via collective coercion….etc.

I agree libertarian state reform is a functional contradiction and can’t work. But its morality isn’t affected by its pragmatic potential.


My comment at Let a Thousand Nations Bloom.

May 12, 2009

Essential vs. Non-Essential

[Updates below.]

Joe, it is possible that Mr. Olivia cares more -in this instance- about the protection of certain values from cultural erosion. It's the same rage I feel when I hear interventionism advocated by someone claiming the title of free market defender. These days, words are at best used to obscure meaning. With increasing frequency, they are used in direct contradiction of their clear meaning. When we're talking about people's lives and property, it is worth getting upset now and then.
That's me, commenting on the von Mises blog. Anger gets ugly, especially when it is justified. I don't know who attends, teaches, or has been honored by George Mason University, so I certainly can't claim the individuals populating whole departments or campuses are rotten. Mr. Olivia is out of line here.

But, Mr. Cowen's statement is not defensible on free market grounds. Obama is a typical statist with atypical persuasive skills. Press him hard enough and he will attempt to protect and preserve government power. He's awful on economics and that's because he's awful in other aspects of his philosophy. He thinks collective coercion is routine, unquestionable on pragmatic grounds.

This isn't some mean pox I'm trying to cast on him. This is something probably supported by 98% of the world.

And I'm under no illusions about where the direction of things points. While being nice and polite has it's place and should be used when one has specific tasks, that formality has value because not everyone deserves it. GMU has a public reputation for being libertarian. Not everyone there rejects collective coercion against the peaceful affairs of individuals using and exchanging legitimate private property. Press me hard enough and that's my standard before I'll accept someone as a market fundamentalist. I get the sense Mr. Olivia shares a similar minimum qualification.

People who call interventionists defenders of free markets, radical capitalists, or extreme libertarians should be called out on it.

Interventionists should be honest enough to reject the titles.

UPDATED 5/12/2009 8:55am
Someone pulled the blog post from the von Mises site but you can see the Twitter post that brought it to my attention here:

Tyler Cowen, Resign!: Tyler Cowen: "I do not agree with Obama on all points but he understands economic policy b.. http://tinyurl.com/o5yv7s

May 08, 2009

How Dare You Call It Socialism!

Short of making the most difficult economic changes, however, there is the matter that even blue-dog Democrats ought to be able to handle without flinching: establishing the government as employer of last resort.

[...]

There is no natural rate of unemployment. But there is a natural – that is, fundamental – right to work. The social and economic costs of unemployment – lost income, crime, broken families, physical and mental health problems, interrupted educations, shattered retirements, social unrest – ought to be plenty to make providing full employment a slam dunk for politicians supposedly in tune with their constituents.


Why, it's simply beyond the boundaries of polite discussion! The government employing everyone? Silly reactionary, don't you know that socialism only exists when the state does everything?

Once again, Meteor Blades demonstrates he knows jack shit about economics.

April 17, 2009

Speaking of Annoying Morons

The last seven years have revealed that almost the entire American establishment views itself as immune to the moral and ethical rules it applies to every other country in the world. Now we know, at least.
Andrew Sullivan, what establishments have you been watching your whole life? This is standard operating procedure for every government from the beginning of time onwards.

April 14, 2009

Veronique de Rugy Needs Slaves

I am sure the proposition that "everyone should pay income taxes" seems obvious to you and me.
No, Ms. de Rugy, it does not. You assume too much.

It is irrelevant whether I make $1 a year or a million. It is irrelevant whether 75% of American government is funded by the richest 10% or vice versa.

There is only one claim to be laid upon an income earned honestly through voluntary economic transactions and that claim belongs to the income-earner. Everything else (tax brackets, deductions, credits) is pointless distraction from the core moral issue of right and wrong. Taxation is wrong, full stop. Tweaking that systemic theft so it suits your personal sense of justice just reveals how perverted that sense really is.

April 02, 2009

"Obama at the G20: The last best hope for capitalism?"

With Angela Merkel and others gunning to remove "Cowboy Capitalism" by initiating international financial regulation and Barak Obama aiming for more modest reforms and government spending is Obama the free market's best hope?

How does this make you feel?

Should the world have uniform financial regulations?


That was the starting post in an e-mail list to which I belong. I responded with the following:
The free market? Can someone please point me to a substantial population of people who currently enjoy such a thing? Every single commenter who talks about the excesses, drawbacks, problems, downfalls, and viciousness of "the free market" or "unbridled capitalism" or "laissez-faire" and so on is guilty of a massive category error. Nothing even close to those systems exists today in any sizable population. This is a world of profoundly mixed economies and the trend for the last 100 years is firmly away from the individual freedom necessary for actual capitalism.

Obama is not going to be capitalism's savior. He doesn't support the voluntary exchange of private property and services on whatever terms to which the seller and the buyer agree as long as each party is the legitimate owner of the property they propose to peacefully exchange. On the contrary! Whatever principles he has are incompatible with that economic system, full stop. He may be slightly less worse than Brown and substantially less worse than Merkel and Sarkozy, but they are all market interventionists at heart.

Obama won't even be the existing situation's savior. He does't want the current (im)balance between market and government. He's comitted to major changes towards increased state control and is firmly in line with the other big players with that goal.

What Obama and company want to save is enough economic wealth so they can build the coercive egalitarian societies they think we ought to have.

The entire circus makes me sick and the only uniform economic regulations humans need are prohibitions against theft and fraud.

adios,
-Charles

March 30, 2009

Corporatist Heebie-Jeebies

I get the heebie-jeebies any time a politician makes a business decision.
Andrew Sullivan ought to be afraid of people who claim moral authority on the basis of rigged popularity contests determining how others conduct their economic lives.

What he forgets is that the state and the economy are fatally intermingled today and barring superficial time-waste like resolutions expressing the chamber's sense that cancer's bad, m'kay, every bill brought forth by politicians is an attempt to make business decisions for someone else. Situations like GM and AIG are just the painfully obvious examples of market intervention. Pick a popular cause or political clause: 99% of the time, someone is looking for a price control, a trade constraint, or monopoly power...all of which involve the coerced transfer of business decision-making power away from legitimate actors and towards the system establishment.

[UPDATED 2:17pm]
Barack Obama embraces the bold-faced lie by stating "Let me be clear: the United States government has no interest or intention of running GM" immediately after stating:

...my administration will offer General Motors adequate working capital over the next 60 days. During this time, my team will be working closely with GM to produce a better business plan.

They must ask themselves: have they consolidated enough unprofitable brands? Have they cleaned up their balance sheets or are they still saddled with so much debt that they can't make future investments? And above all, have they created a credible model for how to not only survive, but succeed in this competitive global market?


That's running GM, Obama. That's calling the shots, explaining what's acceptable and what isn't. Deciding what financial numbers are preferable to others. Providing not just the money but the final authority on how it's spent.

March 20, 2009

Are News Wires Slipping?

Obama tells Leno he was stunned by AIG bonuses

According to NBC, Obama was the first sitting president ever to appear on "The Tonight Show." He'd already appeared twice as a candidate. already appeared twice as a candidate.

In his opening monologue, Leno lots of people were surprised Obama would come on NBC — figuring he'd be tired of big companies on the brink of disaster with a bunch of overpaid executives.

Copyright © 2009 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


This article was attributed to Mark S. Smith.

[UPDATE 3/25/2009 11:50am: I screwed up and forgot to publish this the day I wrote it.]

March 10, 2009

Careful Mr. Kudlow

And why is taxpayer money necessary for [federal funding for embryonic-stem-cell research]? That means those of us who oppose embryonic-stem-cell research - for ethical, moral, or religious reasons - must finance it. Why not leave all this to the private sector and private capital? That wouldn’t make me any happier from a moral standpoint. But at least I wouldn’t be paying for this research with my tax dollars.
You really ought to rethink your argument, cuz it necessarily leads to scary extremist conclusions such as:
  • rejecting taxes that fund military aggression
  • rejecting taxes that fund the arrest and imprisonment of drug users
  • rejecting taxes that fund any type of commercial regulation beyond force and fraud
  • rejecting taxes that fund imminent domain

Stolen Identity

This person is attempting wholesale intellectual robbery in the name of good.

February 27, 2009

May You Live in Riveting Times

The joy and glee exhibited here is pure establishment pundit masturbation. Hot shit, this new guy who can not only manipulate others but do it smartly and make others feel better about themselves!

Meanwhile, the practical application of the politics of Sullivan's hero will indeed be interesting to those unfortunates who step in the way of his state.

January 26, 2009

Pragmatism in Economics

If the CEO of a floundering company can continue to decorate his office while things are going to hell, and eventually collect a golden parachute while somebody else picks up the pieces, where, exactly, is his incentive to not fvck up? I mean, the whole argument for capitalism is that the profit motive is supposed to get people to solve problems and make stuff work. Conversely, the whole argument against communism was that with no profit motive nobody will do anything productive.
No, Thoreau. The argument for capitalism has nothing to do with making stuff work. All manner of horrific social systems make things work. How productive were the commies who sought to arrest and detain Threats to the State? How much paperwork does the Federal Register produce each quarter?

The proper argument for capitalism emphasizes individual freedom as the political endpoint of a whole philosophy that only spares a glance for "making things work" at the end of our analysis because, well, of course things that adhere to reality work! A drafter who ignores the implications of two planes intersecting at 90º is a drafter whose building will not work. A corporate executive who ignores basic issues like not producing things people want to buy so he can offset the costs of producing them is an executive whose company will not work.

The profit motive may be a nifty way social freedom reinforces itself but it isn't the reason we advocate for that freedom in the first place.

Pragmatism in Defense Policy

The media and world elites hailed President Obama's executive order requiring all interrogations by U.S. personnel to conform to the Army Field Manual and directing the closure of CIA detention facilities. Several experts have stated that the enhanced interrogation methods presumably prohibited by Obama's executive order were instrumental in thwarting terrorist attacks. Historically, the U.S.has lowered its defenses (by drawing down forces, reducing armaments, etc.) upon the cessation of hostilities or pursuant to treaty (and such draw-downs have been famously criticized for inviting attack). In the present case, the U.S. remains in armed conflict with al Qaeda, the Taliban, and other terrorist groups. None have renounced their intention to inflict heavy casualties upon the citizens of our country. This raises the following questions:
On what past occasions, if any, has our Commander-in-Chief unilaterally abandoned effective defenses during pending hostilities?

On such occasions (if there were any) did the Commander- in- Chief announce such abandonment to our enemies?

What was the result of any publically- declared unilateral abandonment of effective defenses during ongoing armed conflict?


Hey, Peter Kirsanow: you know what else would be "an effective defense" against those murderous religious fanatics? Let's think of a few...

  • Seizing library/Amazon.com/Google records and indefinitely detaining anyone who sought information on bomb-building, weapons training, and defeating local security measures.
  • Banning all Arabs and Muslims from entering the United States, followed by kicking out all existing Arab and Muslim visitors.
  • Closing all government buildings, public utilities, tourist attractions, and national landmarks to the public.
  • Imposing imminent domain proceedings against any private property within 500 yards of said buildings, utilities, attractions, and landmarks to expand the security bubble around them.
  • Outlawing all private VFR aircraft within five miles of said buildings, utilities, attractions, and landmarks to further expand the security bubble around them.
  • Requiring rigorous background checks for anyone renting a large-capacity vehicle.
  • Arresting anyone caught in public without a national ID card.
I'm sure there are many more examples of state action that would be "effective" in preventing terrorist attacks.

You'll note, however, that none of the above exhibit an intersection between effective and moral.

Neither, I submit, do "enhanced interrogation methods."

January 22, 2009

False Dilemmas in Bank Nationalization

Nationalization is a hard sell politically. Small government, free-market types naturally have a problem with the Feds coming in and taking over stuff. But counterintuitive though it may be, overt nationalization is more consistent with the principles of a free market than covert government subsidy. Real capitalists nationalize.
I don't know a damn thing about Steve Randy Waldman, but he doesn't know a damn thing about "real capitalists" so I suppose that balances things out.

A real capitalist would hopefully, by this late stage in the game, be telling all involved to fuck off and leave his and his clients' property alone. No TARP. No bailout. No asset seizure. No taxes. No SEC. No legal tender laws. No state. No matter what professional liars say would be the projected harm to "our" economy: no violation of basic principles.

How's that for a third way?

January 20, 2009

A Note Regarding Obama's Inaugural Grammar

Obama is not my president. I most emphatically do not want a president. I voted for no one and I desire no one in that position of power.

So no matter how soaring the rhetoric, how grandiose the dreams described, or how awesome and wonderful everything will be if we just follow his plan, just remember that every time he uses plurals like "we" or "our" he is simply not telling the truth.

It's a small point to make in the face of all the CHANGE coming this way, but it matters. Language is important and deceptive pronouns are a big part of the problem.

January 15, 2009

CNBC and Marijuana

I was reading though a CNBC article on Citigroup's crappy stock performance and saw two links on the right side of the page. The first was a blog post by Cliff Mason titled Is Now The Time To Legalize Drugs?. The second was a featured slideshow titled Cost of Chronic Pain Relief (or as it says within the slideshow, A Gallery of Medical Marijuana).

Mr. Mason's post has some good stuff in it:

Barack Obama won't admit that the war on drugs is a failure, but in his autobiography he admitted to doing cocaine in his youth. During the primaries the Clinton campaign tried to gin-up a scandal out of this fact. I think the real scandal is that the President Elect believes that other people should go to prison for something that he, and many others, get away with Scott free.

[...]

The war on drugs does two things: it makes the business of drugs more profitable and more violent, and it sends lots and lots of people to prison.

[...]

No one believes that illegal drugs are anything but harmful, but Americans, or at least our leaders, use that fact to stop any discussion of a rational policy to deal with the problem.

[...]

It's a fact that we can't prevent people from getting their hands on drugs in this country by locking up dealers and using F-16s to spray herbicides all over Colombia. We've tried for over 30 years, and the only thing the policy succeeds at is ruining lives.


Unfortunately, he's part of the "legalize it and then tax it" crowd. I suppose that's the best we can hope for these days.

On the other hand, I think the medicinal pot slideshow is an unqualified success. Each page gives a quick description of the twelve varieties displayed along with per-ounce and per-pound street prices. Chemdog, Jack Herer, Island Sweet Skunk, Kali Mist, O.G. Kush, NYC Diesel, Sour Diesel, Trainwreck, Super Silver Haze, Sweet Tooth, and Purps are profiled and shown.

Gives me the munchies just looking at them. :)

January 08, 2009

Are News Wires Slipping?

Attack on Israel from Lebanon threatens 2nd front

For a second straight day, Israel said it suspended is Gaza military operation for three hours to allow in humanitarian supplies.

Copyright © 2009 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


From AP writers Ibrahim Barzak and Steve Weizman.

Extreme Alaska cold grounds planes, disables cars

Ted Johnson planned on using a set of logs to a build a cabin in Alaska's interior. Instead he'll burn some of them to stay warm.

Copyright © 2009 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


From AP writer Steve Quinn.

Both are front-paged Yahoo! articles.

January 06, 2009

It's Raining and I'm in a Good Mood

Largely the result of a new relationship growing into something fresh and important, this year has so far been quite nice. Other things are also well. I had a good Christmas and a special New Year's. Hopefully I can wrap up my final requirements for graduation this year and finally earn my bachelor's degree. The half-assed job I did in my classes last semester didn't taint my GPA. My half-brother lit a fire under my ass and I'm now finally brewing my own beer for the first time. More acquaintances than ever are gaming with me on Xbox Live. The last time I owned a bike was in '98 and a friend will help bankroll a replacement for me, opening up another way to exercise and new things in Austin to explore. My family's stable. Most of my friends are alive and kicking.

There are many things over which I could be gritting my teeth:

  • The property tax "receipt" sent to me by Nelda Wells Spears, the professional thief of Travis County's government.
  • The sudden death of my car stereo.
  • Obama.
  • Palestine.
  • The pack of dangerous fools attempting to rule Austin and Texas.

And all the disintegrated nonsense blaring from the news, occasionally featured on this blog.

Since September 2002, 99% of my blogging revolved around me reacting to politics and the news. I have probably written three or four "doing things differently from here on" posts over the years. None amounted to much. I'm not about to curse myself with another such promise. I cannot help the need to vent when I read about some prick threatening others with police violence for non-compliance.

However, as I cleaned up my house in anticipation of the aforementioned relationship coming over, I finally realized just how many books I've picked up over the years and - even worse - how few of them I bothered to read.

This. Will. Not. Do.

So, in conjunction with what will almost certainly be a dense year of collegiate reading, I want to own up to my book collection. I will begin by finishing issue #107 of The New Quarterly, a Canadian journal of writing. Next is a gift from my new lady friend, What Matters: The World's Preeminent Photojournalists and Thinkers Depict Essential Issues of Our Time. Browsing through the back cover, the table of contents, and the intro tells me I'll find lots of grist for disagreement. And next? Well, I never did finish Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn's The Gulag Archipelago...then maybe on to the Akira graphic novels, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance - An Inquiry into Values, perhaps Reform and Revolution in China - The 1911 Revolution in Hunan and Hubei, all interspersed with readings from Rothbard's Libertarian Forum.

Onward!

November 24, 2008

Are News Wires Slipping?

Government plans massive Citigroup rescue effort

Analysts consider Citigroup the most vulnerable among the major U.S. banks -- especially after it failed to nab Wachovia Corp., which was bought instead by Wells Fargo & Co. That was a missed opportunity for Citi to gets its hands on much-needed U.S. deposits that would bolster its cash position.

Copyright © 2008 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


Again, this was linked-to from Yahoo!'s front page.

Why are more mistakes popping up?

November 23, 2008

Are News Wires Slipping?

I've noticed more and more basic English grammar errors in Associated Press and other wire services stories. More annoying, they've all been in front-page articles on Yahoo. For example:

Dems expect Big 3 to show they're worth helping

With the survival of a major manufacturing at stake, a top adviser to President-elect Barack Obama warned the companies that there is little the government can do without a viable plan to retool and restructure.

Copyright © 2008 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


My reading is jolted every time I run across little bits like that. I know I've made mistakes on this blog and elsewhere, but when your job is to catch them...c'mon folks.

November 21, 2008

Professor Alexander McPherson's "The sham of sex harassment training"

Just posted this in the comment section of the Hit & Run post on Professor McPherson:

Though it is important to note the relevance of Professor McPherson's status as a state employee and to remember the prerogative of a legitimate private employer to set the standards for his or her employees, I sincerely cheered upon reading this op-ed.

Mandatory, lowest common denominator training is annoying and presumptuous. There are some of us out there who know how to properly behave around others who aren't in our immediate social circles. Basic presumption of innocence for someone without a record or an allegation ought to count for something.

That these policies are often defended with arguments abhorrent to defenders of a free society is bad enough. The real burn is in the organization's (whether statist or private) refusal to certify that it did not currently suspect Professor McPherson of harassment. It's sad because it implies they do and it's sad because it shows how desperate organizations are to avoid these aggressively sensitive civil (and in some places, criminal) lawsuits. Some of those lawsuits have grounds, some of them don't. However, it is often enough just to bring the suit in order to stain reputations and attack market value.

Then again, he's publicly attacking a central tenant of modern politics. He clearly isn't concerned about how most people will think of him...


"The sham of sex harassment training" is the first piece of commentary published in a mainstream news outlet that had me openly cheering as I read it.

This guy is flipping the double intellectual bird at the heart of modern political mythology. He's probably unemployable in all of the worst firms now. I hope someone with some spare capital and a functional mind takes advantage of this opportunity and offers Professor McPherson a job or a university chair somewhere.

November 17, 2008

Megan McArdle on the Domestic Auto Industry's Failure

I've been hard on Megan "Jane Galt" McArdle in the past. She's bad on negative externalities, was wildly off regarding the $1 trillion Iraq war, and misidentified the ethics around the CEO pay debate.

However, this is too good for me to ignore:

But whatever your feeling about government intervention in the economy, or the correct level of income inequality, I think there's one thing we can all agree on: for the world to get better, things that don't work have to fail.

She is wrong regarding a consensus agreement (and in some of her suggestions at the end of her post), but she's very much right that failures must be allowed to fail. Hopefully, the people involved with those failures will learn something from their failures and apply it in the future. Workers might not simply assume they will always have a job with a company presumed to be immortal. Management might not design products people don't want. Stockholders might pay more attention to investment fundamentals. Suppliers might do a better job forecasting future demand for their contractors' products.

Screwing up opens the door to improvement. The more you protect people from experiencing the fruits of their mistakes, the less likely they'll learn from them.

November 04, 2008

Don't Vote

Yeah, I know approximately A HISTORIC NUMBER OF AMERICANS have already DONE PATRIOTIC DUTIFUL THINGS and will certainly ignore me and the quoted below, but I don't care. Reading shit like this is irritating.

Or, in other words:
Voting is like choosing your next meal from the tank of a portable toilet behind the downtown bus station.

-Kent McManigal

As I traveled this morning to my place of work, in an attempt to lead a productive life and earn my living, I saw the endless parade of people wearing those popular "I Voted" stickers on their lapels. And this morning I finally realized why those adhesive badges are colored red. When you vote, you have the blood of coercion, violence, war, theft, and illegitimate rule on your hands. It is more than an endorsement of a particular candidate or party, it is an endorsement of a system that rules over us all with an iron fist. It is a plea to the school bully to not take all of your lunch money, but just to steal a certain percentage of it. And it bends the rules of morality to assume that when 49 people out of 100 say something is wrong - it is, and when 51 say it is right, it is.

-Rob Sieg

I know a lot about why they're going to do this, and I do not know how to illuminate it without their taking insult at all of it, no matter how supplicant I might be in the presentation.

At one point in a discussion about it, it was proposed that we should all "agree to disagree". That horrible old cop out.

I didn't ask what would happen if I disagreed with the United States Government, or the massed opinion of people who are going to vote tomorrow.


-Billy Beck


I suggest that we exercise this right not to participate. It is one of the few rights we have left. Nonparticipation sends a message that we no longer believe in the racket they have cooked up for us, and we want no part of it.

-Llewellyn H. Rockwell, Jr.


Why do people think an idea that would be ludicrous on the market makes sense in politics? Why do people continue to regard as saviors those whose record shows unfailing support for activities few of us practice on our own, such as plunder and war? If we want change for our betterment, we will turn to the realm in which we are sovereign and reject political solutions altogether.

-George F. Smith


From this day forward I will do my best to refrain from imposing my will on my fellow human beings. Instead, when I feel strongly about something I will seek to persuade them while also keeping my mind open to the persuasive arguments of others. To this end I commit to doing the hard work necessary to develop my own emotional intelligence to the point where I have achieved complete mastery of my emotions. If ever I should fail to live up to this high standard I will not beat myself up. Instead I will have the courage to admit it and to seek to correct the situation.

I will lead by example and be a force for positive change in the world by working to reduce conflict, alleviate suffering and increasing the joy of my fellow human beings.

In the great tradition of passive resistance pioneered by the likes of Gandhi and Martin Luther King I resolve to peacefully withdraw my support for the democratic system. I will not vote and I will not cooperate with any government except when forced to do so by the armed force of the state.


-Alex Ryan


I'll continue to vote occasionally against taxes or in local elections where a few votes can make a difference, but I will never vote to give someone the immense power that is illegitimately vested in the Presidency.

-Lance Adams


I don't vote because I see no reason to participate in the collective anointing of someone who will violate property rights and end up killing innocent people, when my vote doesn't even have the slightest chance of influencing the outcome.

-Bob Murphy


The electoral landscape has as many rotten boroughs as the mortgage or "real" estate one. If your vote is for one of the two approved parties (sometimes three in non-U.S. parliamentary democracies), it’s bundled and counted, and if not, it’s tallied in a cluster of votes which are given only nominal status. Usually this is performed as some kind of musical chairs routine, where your vote bundle gets something called a "seat" if your team has played the game correctly. If you want to dissent, your vote bundle is not given a seat, but your group can tell each other with grave faces that you’ve "done" something to "change" things. Let’s be clear about this. Most votes for change are bundled and thrown away. From this fact you might guess that voting is merely useless, but that isn’t the case. Your vote for alternative candidates is useless but not your vote for the system. Your vote is useless for change but powerful for stasis – it ratifies the system and sends a strong message that you think it’s okay to have a dynamic where any vote for change is tossed out. Don’t kid yourself. Your deed in the voting booth isn’t merely useless, it’s pernicious.

[...]

When people ask me what I have against democracy, I assume they mean other than its long history of bloody foreign adventures or other than the fact that its best forms are always complicit with totalitarian regimes, or other than the fact that it arises in slave states like 18th-century America or ancient Greece, or other than that it pretends to authenticate the self by sending it as a degraded proxy elsewhere to cede authority to people who are usually dumber than oneself and always less scrupulous, or that its rituals of affirmation and allegiance are too embarrassing to watch on TV even with the sound turned off, or that it’s too embarrassing to contemplate the image of one’s otherwise intelligent friends watching things called "debates" as if their irony somehow buffers them from the idiocy. So maybe they mean, other than the obvious. Do the Made in China stickers all over their apartments count as something other than the obvious? Do we need Hannah Arendt to tell us that democracy is merely a stage on the way to totalitarianism? Here’s what you get in a democracy: until December 31st of this year, the label "Made in Canada" can legally be affixed to apple juice grown in China by Chinese people using Chinese apples and reduced to concentrate in China, on the basis of its having water and a container added to it at the Canadian end [Clark Hoskin, Edible Toronto, Fall, 2008]. You can learn everything you need to know about democracy’s self-deceptions from that word "Made." Statist self-deception is constitutive, not incidental.


-David Ker Thomson


I don't vote, and don't expect I ever shall. Being even one-scintillionth responsible for placing the unbelievable and unspeakable powers of the current U.S. government in the hands of any of the people seeking it strikes me as irresponsible in the extreme. Besides, as everyone knows, those who vote have no right to complain about the outcome.

-Brian Doherty

October 30, 2008

On Emotional Attachment to Voting

I just voted… and don’t feel…. anything…
So wrote a good friend of mine in an e-mail to me yesterday.

She's not stupid. She's not incompetent. She wants people to just get along, be happy, and enjoy themselves. She's a decent person who is overwhelmed by the signals around her and was let down by an act canonized by almost everyone as the most sacred of citizen duties, an act whose prelude was so relentlessly hyped that it's no wonder she felt empty after entering a booth and checking a few boxes.

I sat on it for almost an hour, wondering what to write. This was my response:

*begin extremist soapbox rant*

You shouldn't feel anything after voting. Whomever you voted for does not know what you specifically want him or her to do and how to do it. A vote for a person cannot convey that information, only broad generalities. The act itself is really just a disingenuous form of demanding other people force others to do the government's bidding. Voters rarely take responsibility for their candidates' bad actions while shout from the rooftops every minor superficial improvement that occurs once the candidate is elected. Everyone complains about "apathy" among non-voters but it is only us who didn't lend our sanction who can rightfully complain about the rotten system on our backs.

Staying home literally has a greater impact on your life than voting. The resources consumed to operate the voting system and to get your vote into their hands dwarf the chance your vote will determine the outcome - even in a "swing state". You'll do more exponentially more good in the community by going shopping or volunteering to help others.

*end extremist soapbox rant*


She wrote back later thanking me, saying it actually made her feel a little better. We're going to talk about it in detail this weekend.

In my mind, I'm a broken record, saying the same things over and over again. The only differences are ones of emphasis and contextual tact. What options do I have when most of my arguments lead straight to state abolishment as a necessary goal? If I loathe government, that means I loathe representative democracy. Some people take that very personally. Sometimes I can maintain composure and try to keep the conversation civil.

Other times, I want to start quoting Spooner and just fucking have at it. Voting means many things, but what it doesn't mean is justice, respect, honor, or prosperity. Its connection to actual legislation is tenuous to say the least:

When a majority of eligible individuals (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) in the House and a majority of eligible individuals (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) in the Senate agree to pass a bill that first had to "leave committee" (each consisting of appointees and rife with political favoritism) to be "reconciled" (code for watered-down-to-general-acceptability) in order for one eligible individual (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) to sign and execute, does that constitute the unanimity so often implied in political rhetoric? And that's assuming these Representatives even bothered to create legislation for which their constituents asked!

Gawd, I hate election season.

Other posts:
The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information
The Disingenuous Voting Fetish
A Solicitation to Those Who Say I Shouldn't Complain If I Don't Vote
Contradiction as Innovative Political Strategy
Democrats Are Not Pacifists
Somewhere, Somehow, You Will Always Be a Minority
Political Agendas, Mentioned and Not

October 15, 2008

Felix Salmon Needs Slaves

Or, "One of the Coming Bank Compulsion's Happy Morons."

The steam is building. I worried here that there really aren't many steps left between the cumbersome regulatory structure in place now where private ownership is at least nominally the case...and the kind of deeply intrusive state compulsion that represents outright usurpation.

Felix Salmon says:

...any loans banks extend today have a good chance of being marked down tomorrow. They have huge exposures already, and are in the process of deleveraging: the new capital will help them bring their capital ratios up if they don't go ahead and lend it out.

...so, many banks have a strong and completely understandable reason to tone down lending...
Lending Treasury's funds, on the other hand, is a risky thing to do heading into what might well be the worst recession of the post-war era. Wallace anticipates real consumer spending falling by 10%, and homeownership rates falling by 4 percentage points; those kind of changes could devastate companies' abilities to repay their loans.

...so, many banks have another strong and completely understandable reason to reduce their lending...
Remember too that even a generous tier-1 capital ratio of 10% implies 10x leverage: a bank which receives $25 billion of new capital can use it to make $250 billion of new loans. You don't need very many of those loans to go bad before you start eroding your capital base even further.

...so, fractional reserve banking once again reveals itself the fraudulent and risky farce it has always been, providing a third strong and completely understandable reason for banks to cut back on lending...
America's banks -- and the world's, for that matter -- have had de facto unlimited access to very cheap Fed liquidity for many months now. That hasn't induced them to lend. Will this latest recapitalization do the trick? I'm far from convinced. And what's more, the demand for loans is drying up fast: do you really feel like buying a bigger house right now, or taking out a car loan? Well, businesses are in the same boat. In a recession, their ROI falls, so they borrow less.

...so, banks are not responding to extremely generous incentives to lend, we as consumers are tightening our belts and wishing to reduce our debt burden, and businesses are likely to grow more wary of taking on additional debt as the economy slows...all completely understandable and reasonable.

*teeth gritting*

So what the does Mr. Salmon want to see? FULL FUCKING STEAM AHEAD!

With less demand for money, and no real desire on the part of the banks to lend it out, I think it'll take more than hand-waving statements from the Treasury secretary to get the credit markets moving again. I do hope that Paulson is looking one step ahead here, and coming up with ways to compel the banks to lend -- even if they don't particularly want to.

All emphasis in the original.

The moral vacuity Mr. Salmon displays here is remarkable all on its own, but I rant too much about degenerates and thugs as it is. No, this is Example #1 of heart-stopping non sequiturs. Mr. Salmon lays out economic reality and then flat-out whistles past it.

He hopes bankers will be forced to ruin their businesses and threaten their customers' property. Actually, threaten taxpayers' property, since we're stuck with the damned FDIC. He explains multiple reasons why economic actors are doing what they are doing and then, without addressing those reasons, simply calls for a doubling-down of the very same bet that has been poisoning the game from the beginning. "The market doesn't need to be screwed up. Here is why the credit market is screwed up. I wish the government would point guns at people so they continue screwing the market up."

Then there's the minor issue of his Olympian presumption to know - and coerce - what's best for an entire industry.

I know it's easy to demand people be ordered around at the threat of police violence (that's what the state does). Damn near everyone else is doing it. But c'mon, man.

Via Andrew Sullivan, who - surprise surprise! - doesn't have the intellect or guts to see what's going on.

October 13, 2008

Damn Your Civil Liberties

I'd love to hear an explanation of what "civil liberties" means that doesn't involve a screaming contradiction.

For example:

Speaking as liberal who does want government much more involved in regulating the economy, I can say that neither I nor anyone I know favors such government involvement for its own sake. We favor it because we think it will be best for the country.

That extra government involvement in the economy does NOT extend to, say, extra government power over civil liberties.


I was happy to see Redlands and Ryan Waxx slap this shit down with the respect it deserves, but it's one of those anti-concepts that pops up everywhere you look.

October 06, 2008

"the only solid reality is the word of God"

According to the AP, that's what Joseph Ratzinger said today. I dug around Benedictus XVI's website hoping to find a complete quote, but the speech isn't posted or hasn't been translated to English. Either way, the intent and spirit of the statement is a middle finger to logic and reason, just a blank-faced rejection of reality.

He apparently said it in the context of the current financial crisis, perhaps trying to explain - correctly, in some cases - that people who pursue money for money's sake are not living their lives to the fullest. From that perspective, I agree. There is a clear line between self-interest and outright greed. Though the latter is a legitimate goal as long as its pursuit is undertaken without aggression, money cannot coherently be the endpoint to one's life. True avarice like this is rare, but worth mentioning.

However, I have my doubts Ratzinger drew distinctions that fine. He's the uber-Christian so he won't be able to just remain reasonable about things. He's from a philosophical tradition that stresses the pointlessness of the here and now (despite the glaring contradiction that creates when other topics arise, such as systematic starvation or war). What matters is the color and texture of your faith's fabric. What matters is agreement with him and the institution he leads.

Nevermind that taking his words at face value (which is one of those pesky default positions public liars hate their audiences to take) means hilarious, frightening, and absurd consequences. I had no idea I was typing on my Gawd's Breath Keyboard to compose this post. Do the hundreds of people involved in car accidents this morning doubt in any way the "solid reality" of mass multiplied by velocity? Maybe this mystical air enriched with a few select soundwaves (or, more charitably, a dead language written upon decaying paper) is really what Ratzinger's audience experienced when he spoke. Maybe that's what he experienced while he spoke!

I wonder if the pope's bedroom door is solid. Or the Vatican City's 9-figure budget. Or the love of newlyweds. Or my inability to peacefully conduct my affairs because I lost my driver's license. Or the friendships I've documented all over my kitchen. Or car bombings in Pakistan. Or you, reading this, right now.

Why are these people taken seriously?

September 30, 2008

Some People Are Making Sense

Not in every way, of course. But at least a few are falling on the right side of a couple high-order questions.

I'd like to see more discussion of where to assign credit for the defeat.

- Another Dissent on the Bill's Defeat, John Hood in National Review Online

But central banks and governments cannot transform unprofitable investments into profitable ones. They cannot force institutions to increase lending when they are so exposed. This is why calls for throwing more money at the problem are so totally misguided. Injections of liquidities started more than a year ago and have had no effect in preventing the situation from getting worse. Such measures can only delay the market correction and turn what should be a quick recession into a prolonged one.

[...]

The confusion of Chicago school economics on monetary issues is so profound as to lead its adherents today to support the largest government grab of private capital in world history. By adding their voices to those on the left, these confused free-marketeers are not helping to “save capitalism”, but contributing to its destruction.


- Bailout marks Karl Marx's comeback, Jeff White in the Financial Post


So what should the government do? Eliminate those policies that generated the current mess. This means, at a general level, abandoning the goal of home ownership independent of ability to pay. This means, in particular, getting rid of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, along with policies like the Community Reinvestment Act that pressure banks into subprime lending.

The right view of the financial mess is that an enormous fraction of subprime lending should never have occurred in the first place. Someone has to pay for that. That someone should not be, and does not need to be, the U.S. taxpayer.


- Bankruptcy, not bailout, is the right answer, Jeffrey A. Miron on CNN


If capitalism depends on designating a person of godlike abilities to manage demand and supply for all forms of money and credit -- currency, demand deposits, money-market funds, repurchase agreements, equities, mortgages, corporate debt -- we are as doomed as those wretched citizens who relied on central planning for their economic salvation.

Think of it: Nothing is more vital to capitalism than capital, the financial seed corn dedicated to next year's crop. Yet we, believers in free markets, allow the price of capital, i.e., the interest rate on loanable funds, to be fixed by a central committee in accordance with government objectives. We might as well resurrect Gosplan, the old Soviet State Planning Committee, and ask them to draw up the next five-year plan.


- Loose Money And the Roots Of the Crisis, Judy Shelton in the Wall Street Journal


September 22, 2008

Sullivan's Diluting the Malkin Award

Andrew Sullivan created the Malkin Award for "shrill, hyperbolic, divisive and intemperate right-wing rhetoric." Certainly a worthy cause, but he undermines the value of that label when he nominates remarks like Lisa Schiffren's:

I always listen to Mark Levin while making Friday night dinner. Tonight he is giving the most serious, intelligent, cogent explanation of the current economic crisis I have heard or read anywhere. He is giving a precise political and legislative history going back several administrations, but concentrated in the Clinton Administration, where the major changes that led down this road were initiated. Funnily enough, he has explained just what it is community organizers do. Advocating, for instance, for affordable housing for the poor — the poor who traditionally rent, because they are bad loan risks. The day that reasoning by banks was junked as "racist," was the day this crisis became a possibility. I don't think he's ad-libbing — and I, for one would love to read the transcript at NRO in the next day or two.

I didn't hear Mr. Levin's show, nor have I ever heard it. However, if Ms. Schiffren is describing his comments accurately, this shouldn't be held as an example of the depths to which Republicans speak. Quite the opposite. This is essential truth that needs to be spread.

Ignore the connotations to Obama because this is far larger than whose ass warms the White House.

One of the issues at the heart of the current set of poor economic symptoms is the simple fact that people were encouraged to live beyond their means. Ideally, I'd just call this marketing and leave it at that because people who attempt this cannot do so forever. Debts need to be paid and paid with money. Those who can't pay their debts will see their financial reputation negatively affected and will be offered fewer and fewer opportunities to play with other peoples' wealth. The truly incorrigible face bankruptcy and poverty for being reckless, and rightfully so.

But that isn't how things are. No, now there are various public sentiments that interlock into a web of collectivistic protections that shame, insult, or outright ban perfectly legitimate actions people want to take in order to protect their property. Combine that with the inflationary bubble created by the Fed and its banking system partners-in-crime and the result is a system where commission-hungry brokers encouraged or helped people to lie on their mortgage forms to secure nonexistent money from institutional frauds who quickly spun around to sell those empty promises to financial giants who, blinded by their sense of entitlement and power, couldn't be bothered to perform basic due diligence on the assets in which they invested the trust of millions. Lies were pyramided upon lies that were repackaged as gold and sold all over the world as safe investments.

Identifying one of the central problems is hardly intemperate right-wing rhetoric. It is absolutely necessary if anyone is going to fucking learn anything from this mess!

September 19, 2008

Bill Whittle and the Emotional Appeal Argument

Actually, it's hard to find a coherent argument in The Undefended City.

Mr. Whittle (someone whose writing skills I once praised) uses the following language to describe John McCain and Sarah Palin:

And standing against all this hypnotic power — the power of the mythmakers in Hollywood, the power of the information peddlers in the media, the corrosive power of America-hating professors on every campus in America… against all that we find an old warrior — a paladin if ever there was one — an old, beat-up warhorse standing up in defense of his city one last time. And beside him: a wonder. A common person… just a regular mom who goes to work, does a difficult job with intelligence and energy and grace and every-day competence and then puts it away to go home and have dinner with the family.

Don't bother examining his article for rebuttals or refutations of the quite-serious case against the moral integrity of these two because it isn't there.

His entire point is to rile national defense and culture warrior types up.

Well, most of what I learned about Vietnam I learned from men like Oliver Stone. This self-loathing narcissist has repeatedly tried to inculcate in me a sense of despair and outrage at my own government, my own culture, my own people and ultimately myself. He tried to convince me — and he is a skillfull man — that my own government murdered my own President for political gain. I am told daily in those darkened temples that rogue CIA elements run a puppet government, that the real threat to the nation comes from the generals that defend it, or from the businessmen that provide the prosperity we take for granted.

I sit with others in darkened rooms, watching films like Redacted, Stop-Loss, and In the Valley of Elah, and see our brave young soldiers depicted as murderers, rapists, broken psychotics or ignorant dupes –visions foisted upon me by bitter and isolated millionaires such as Brian de Palma and Paul Haggis and all the rest.


It is tempting to reply that Mr. Whittle apparently thinks the United States Federal Government has always conducted its affairs with the highest degree of honor, competence, and effectiveness. However, I'm certain he's got examples ready at hand for how those other people were responsible for geez - duh - obvious state transgressions against the greater American good and it would devolve into a historicist pissing match.

No wonder they must be destroyed. Because — Sarah Palin especially — presents a mortal threat to these people who have determined over cocktails who the next President should be and who now clearly mean to grind into metal shards the transaxle of their credibility in order to get the result they must have. Truly, they are before our eyes destroying the machine they have built in order to get their victory. What the hell is so threatening to be worth that?
Is there a term for woefully ignorant of legitimate complaint? It would apply here in spades. It applies with a particular fierceness to Republicans bitching about Palin's treatment in the media.
Only this: the living proof that they are not needed. Not needed to govern, not needed to influence and guide, not needed to lecture us on our intellectual and moral failings which are visible only from the heights of Manhattan skyscrapers or the palaces up on Mulholland Drive. Not needed. We can do it — and do it better — without all of them.
He's hitting on something important here but because he's fucked up his first-person plural pronouns there's no way he understands the implications.
Ask the common people of all politics and persuasions aboard Flight 93 whether greatness and courage has deserted America. Through this magical crystal ball — the one we are using right now — we common people can speak to one another. And by reminding ourselves and those around us of who we are, where we came from, what we have achieved together and of the marvels we have yet to achieve, we may laugh in the face of despair and mock those people that think a man with an MBA from Harvard knows more about running a gas station than the man that actually runs the gas station.
An example is often used to illustrate a larger, more general principle. I challenge anyone to acknowledge the hidden principle in that last sentence and not come to the eventual conclusion that it rejects damn near everything the state does and has done since it was imposed on the people living here over two hundred years ago.
It is the small-town virtues of self-reliance, hard work, personal responsibility, and common-sense ingenuity — and not those of the preening cosmopolitans that gape at them in mixed contempt and bafflement — that have made us the inheritors of the most magnificent, noble, decent and free society ever to appear on this earth. This Western Civilization… this American City… has earned the right to greet each sunrise with a blast of silver trumpets that can bring down mountains.
Self-reliance...FAIL. That means the abolishment of all welfare, all subsidies, all unemployment assistance, all trade barriers, and the provision of all "public goods."

Hard work...FAIL. Compared to the work citizens must do in order to support them and their schemes, politicians' labor is an insult. We can toss out the laws and regulations standing in the way of entrepreneurs, capitalists, business owners, and innovators that blanket this country. It means ending the rotten thieving charade we call taxation.

Personal responsibility...FAIL. In addition to the logical conclusions a properly self-reliant society would experience, we can also chalk up the end of the war on drugs, all laws against consensual sexual acts, massive chunks of state and local law regulating our behavior, and so on.

Common-sense ingenuity...WHO KNOWS. At this point, I'm amazed there are still individuals out there who still bother to slog through the collectivist nonsense in order to produce.

Mr. Whittle thinks the two serial liars on the GOP ticket embody these values. Do you?

The Age of Egregious Misidentification

What makes capitalism different from socialism?

What differentiates free market economics from other theories of economics?

What does unregulated, laissez-faire, and hands off mean?

"The crisis on Wall Street is fundamentally a failure to do the things that temper, detect and punish corruption and greed. It was a failure to police the markets, to enforce rules, to heed and sound warnings and expose questionable products and practices.

The regulatory failure is rooted in a markets-are-good-government-is-bad ideology that has been ascendant as long as Mr. McCain has been in Washington and championed by his own party."
- The New York Times
"The only thing that is certain is that the era of the unbridled free-market economy in the US has passed -- at least for now."
- Der Spiegel
"Despite all the regulators in place, the current system overlooks many of the most important transactions. Half of our financial markets--controlling some $10 trillion in assets--are barely regulated at all. These entities include investment banks, hedge funds, and mortgage companies (which are not banks but made the bulk of subprime mortgages)."
- The New Republic
"When dyed-in-the-wool capitalist institutions like Lehman's go begging for state subsidies, it's an admission that pure capitalism has limitations that only regulation can handle."
- The Montreal Gazette
"While I am a free-market advocate, I am also for creating regulations that eliminate speculators who destroy the value of individual stocks and bonds."
- National Review
"This will come to be seen as the greatest regulatory failure in modern history."
- Financial Times
"The worst outcome of all this piecemeal, after-the-fact doctoring of a chaotic situation is that all this financial peril could have been prevented if government overseers had not allowed financial institutions to run amok."
- Houston Chronicle

Have their senses have failed or are their rational faculties faulty?

No one emotion is overwhelming another for me right now. My worry about my retirement account (average fund performance since this time last year: -15%) fades when I hear some asshole on TV begging for a politician to whip up A Plan To Save Us All. My exasperation at generations of backwards economic thought is overruled when I bitterly think of the billions of people getting the wrong impression of what results from an alleged free market.

That last is perhaps my greatest fear. What remaining sensible mainstream advice is getting utterly drowned out by screaming for bans, rules, imposed order, and increased state authority. Those "reforms" will be the equivalent of pushing the walls of a trench up higher with little regard for the unyielding nature of gravity.

Things will get worse.

August 08, 2008

Screwing with Bethany Lutheran Church's Right to Sell

Austin-American Statesman: Church's plans to sell land for apartments upsets neighbors

...Bethany Lutheran Church sought city approval for 272 apartments to be built on part of its Southwest Austin campus...some neighbors are protesting and threatening to sue to stop the project, saying that the church, which plans to sell the land to a private developer, should be required to use the normal zoning process..."We want to make sure that any development on this property complies with all water quality and land-use requirements."...annex more than 13,000 acres that year and apply its environmental regulations, including the SOS ordinance, to development on that land...church was required to upgrade its water quality pond to SOS standards..."You couldn't build anything on the land because by the time you did the re-irrigation and water quality retention pond, there was no building space left."...the land was never zoned in the first place...the City Council wasn't required to hold public hearings...city will not require the water quality controls on the site to meet SOS standards, but the church will have to enlarge...begin irrigating...harvest some runoff...new deal eliminated two retail or office sites...number of units that can be built on that land was reduced...the height of the buildings was reduced...neighbors still upset with the deal and how it was handled have formed a nonprofit called the Oak Parke Brodie Wild Preservation Group...any development on the church's site, which is in the Edwards Aquifer recharge zone, to adhere to SOS requirements..."The church couldn't sell their land."

Copyright 2008 The Austin American-Statesman. All rights reserved.


It is amazing to me that anyone can get anything done in this city. The above is a sample of the rigmarole voters, politicians, and city "planners" have thrown up in the face of people wanting to do conduct their business.

This kind of shit - the endemic, rampant, and almost universally ignored category of property rights violations known as "local law" - is vastly more responsible for economic sluggishness than the increasing cost of oil, sub-par graduates from the Public Education Machine, and other common targets.

August 07, 2008

Qin Gang, Professional Chinese Liar

This man, like every government spokesperson, is a professional liar. Here's what he said in reaction to Bush's Thailand speech about human rights (itself an act of gagging hypocritical proportions, but you already knew that):

The Chinese government puts people first, and is dedicated to maintaining and promoting its citizens' basic rights and freedom.

I hear the following from some people questioning my philosophy: how can "unalienable rights", how can "natural law" exist when they don't self-enforce? Gravity doesn't bail on us at the state's command and light can still be split into various wavelengths, but rights do nothing of the sort.

Rights are not self-reinforcing things. Rights violations as tiny as stealing a paperclip from an employer and as incomprehensible as unflinching genocide have occurred since the beginning of humanity. These acts, responsible for an Olympus Mons of victims, were not stopped by some meta-power that corrects deviations from the ethical standard.

The same goes for speaking the truth.

Chinese citizens have freedom of religion.

There is no cosmic force that erases falsehoods and distortions as they are uttered. Desperately wanting one to silence liars as they speak is one of those great "facial tic" moments I have each day. You hear someone say something not just outrageously retarded, but in gross violation of reality and all I can think during the first few moments is "ow..."

The desire, as illogical as it is, to see liars shut up is so powerful it hurts.

These are indisputable facts.
It hurts and infuriates even more when the liar claims the power of objective truth when the reality is so very different:

Human Rights Watch
Index of Economic Freedom - China
Amnesty International
Tibetian Center for Human Rights and Democracy
Reporters Without Borders Worldwide Press Freedom Index
Religious Freedom in China
Human Rights in China

And from me:
China's "outward signs of capitalism"
Unclear on the Concepts

China is a billion-person liberty train wreck and the only joy I get out of liars like Qin Gang is their reactionary annoyance when someone they cannot ignore publicly reminds them who they are.

July 23, 2008

Spammy Spam with a Side of Crap

Back in the Olde Tymes, I enjoyed posting some of the weirder spam one of my e-mail addresses collected:


It has been somewhat quiet on the unsolicited bulk e-mailing front. Not in any sense pertaining to levels of activity. Lawd no. Yahoo and Google are working 24/7 to keep that garbage at bay. No, I've just not seen a message that grabbed my attention in some (usually depressingly) spectacular fashion.

But I've got two new ones now!

From: "Ferral" deam_1962@gulfpackaging.com
To: Drizzten
Subject: God Destroys Boise For Not Being Gay Enough
Whoa! Now this is something that definitely slipped underneath my radar! Please, tell me more.
Date: Tue, 22 Jul 2008 07:50:54 +0900

Bush 'Troubled' by Gay Marriages. Declares San Francisco Part of 'Axis of Evil'
http://sugar-dreams.it/viewmovie.html


Aw, gawddamn it! This could have been so much better. A shitty photoshopped image of a ravenous totally heterosexual president leering over the Bay Area menacing its inhabitants with the Army and Navy would have really spiced things up. Ya can't just throw out random shit, man! The subject should connect with the content of the body. Maybe insinuate Boise's mayor is really the crossdressing lesbian transsexual boyfriend of Gavin Newsom? Something to do with potato bestiality?

C'mon, be creative!

6 / 10
Points for trying, but ultimately a failure for lack of cohesiveness.

From: "Susumu" Susumu-koolvis@gscomm.com
To: Drizzten
Subject: Nigger slang derails McCain's campaign
WHOA!!! *speedclick*
Date: Sun, 20 Jul 2008 21:36:20 +0200

New cheaper drugs in store for HIV patients http://gotharestaurant.it/start.html


Oh, gawddamnit. You bastard, you can't whip that kind of stuff out and let me down so quickly. You're worse than a skamp running around 6th Street with 90% of her boobs hanging out. At least with them you get a glimpse at the larger package. This, on the other hand, is pure wrapper around hot air.

*delete*

July 17, 2008

When Contributions, Aren't

The AP: McCain gets Social Security but criticizes system

People are not required to take Social Security payments, according to B.J. Jarrett, a spokesman with the Social Security Administration.

"An individual does have the right to refuse his/her Social Security retirement benefit. However, Social Security is an entitlement program and an individual would essentially be forfeiting a benefit based upon contributions during his/her working lifetime," Jarrett said.

Copyright © 2008 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


In March, I received a letter from some prick named Michael J. Astrue. He claimed to be the Commissar Commissioner of Social Security and in charge of part of my retirement. Without batting a metaphorical eye, he provides the documentation to show how much my productive output has been leeched.

Since 1996, the feds have threatened law enforcement violence my employers and I unless we paid them some arbitrary percentage of my income. Not counting 2007, their coercion has netted them over $14,000.

Ideally, I'd get all that back, with interest. Not involuntary participation in some scheme that, while it's a "compact between generations," I have to be aware that "the law governing benefits may change."

Yeah.

I'll tell you right now, I'm willing to forget that small fortune was ever stolen from me via administrative proxy. Keep it. Probably reeks of bureaucrat.

But in exchange, I want you motherfuckers to leave me alone. I want nothing to do with your "program." You do not have my consent. Refrain from harassing my employers. I don't trust you. Cancel my account. You're fired on general principles.

And by the way, stop calling these microrobberies "contributions." It's insulting to those remaining Americans who can think clearly.

July 09, 2008

Social Security Is a Disgrace

But not for the outraged reasons here.

McCain isn't about to stop the systemic, unjust, coerced transfer of wealth from the young to the old. But it is nice to hear someone accidentally imply they're against it.

June 16, 2008

Michael Arrington Is Unclear on the Concept

The A.P. doesn’t get to make it’s own rules around how its content is used, if those rules are stricter than the law allows. So even thought they say they are making these new guidelines in the spirit of cooperation, it’s clear that, like the RIAA and MPAA, they are trying to claw their way to a set of property rights that don’t exist today and that they are not legally entitled to. And like the RIAA and MPAA, this is done to protect a dying business model - paid content.

Michael Arrington

My emphasis.

Mr. Arrington apparently thinks that property rights magically evaporate once said property is placed online. How novel! Must be one of the side benefits to the new business model everyone keeps talking about where if it ain't gawddamned free and instant for everyone, it's a fucking kick in the nuts to What The Net Was Intended To Be.

June 05, 2008

No Reconciliation

The Guardian: 'My daughter deserved to die for falling in love'

For Abdel-Qader Ali there is only one regret: that he did not kill his daughter at birth. 'If I had realised then what she would become, I would have killed her the instant her mother delivered her,' he said with no trace of remorse.

Two weeks after The Observer revealed the shocking story of Rand Abdel-Qader, 17, murdered because of her infatuation with a British soldier in Basra, southern Iraq, her father is defiant. Sitting in the front garden of his well-kept home in the city's Al-Fursi district, he remains a free man, despite having stamped on, suffocated and then stabbed his student daughter to death.

Abdel-Qader, 46, a government employee, was initially arrested but released after two hours. Astonishingly, he said, police congratulated him on what he had done. 'They are men and know what honour is,' he said.


There are people on this planet that are beyond the reach of reason. Whether they have abandoned their minds to monotheistic faith or for the immediate gratification of short-term goals, some people have chosen lives that are fundamentally incompatible with the modern, tolerant, peaceful, and prosperous society so many here in the west have assumed everyone else wants.

I can't believe how I could have not seen this when I was a supporter of the invasion.

She died a virgin, according to her closest friend Zeinab. Indeed, her 'relationship' with Paul, which began when she worked as a volunteer helping displaced families and he was distributing water, appears to have consisted of snatched conversations over less than four months. But the young, impressionable Rand fell in love with him, confiding her feelings and daydreams to Zeinab, 19.

It was her first youthful infatuation and it would be her last. She died on 16 March after her father discovered she had been seen in public talking to Paul, considered to be the enemy, the invader and a Christian. Though her horrified mother, Leila Hussein, called Rand's two brothers, Hassan, 23, and Haydar, 21, to restrain Abdel-Qader as he choked her with his foot on her throat, they joined in. Her shrouded corpse was then tossed into a makeshift grave without ceremony as her uncles spat on it in disgust.

'Death was the least she deserved,' said Abdel-Qader. 'I don't regret it. I had the support of all my friends who are fathers, like me, and know what she did was unacceptable to any Muslim that honours his religion,' he said.


One of my more recent classes at St. Edwards was a required course on intercultural communication. I can be a pretty cynical person and it takes effort to maintain an open mind when I'm in situations when deep down I know the premises behind the situation are hopelessly silly. And this class had at its core two hopelessly silly premises that I should have stood up and challenged.
  1. There is no such thing as objective morality and concepts such as right and wrong behavior are more the result of cultural preferences than anything else.
  2. Tolerance for other cultures' differences will lead to greater harmony among our diverse humanity.

The second premise stands in stark contradiction to the first. The tolerance premise packs into it several presumptions, all of them ethical in nature.

It says people ought to be treated as individuals and regarded by their own actions. Otherwise, it would be OK to simply stereotype swaths of people.

It says people ought to be respected as human - a unique status from which we ought to derive special value when considering our actions. Otherwise, there'd be no prohibition against treating others as means for our ends.

It says people ought to use our rational faculties when evaluating someone's actions or life. Otherwise, lying about someone's nature or misrepresenting one's own would be acceptable.

Hopefully you can spot the problem. The first premise denies the existence of universal standards of human conduct while the second assumes them. This hair-tearing schizophrenia surfaced again and again in the class as the teacher tried her best to get the students to think outside the American framework. She'd warn us to avoid rushing to judgment against others on the basis of superficial knowledge within minutes of condemning current American culture...all within minutes of hinting that there really is no logical way to compare the value of one culture to another.

The folly of it all was heightened during our assignment to form into groups and select a foreign movie no one within the group had seen and answer several cultural questions about it.

'I don't have a daughter now, and I prefer to say that I never had one. That girl humiliated me in front of my family and friends. Speaking with a foreign solider, she lost what is the most precious thing for any woman. 'People from western countries might be shocked, but our girls are not like their daughters that can sleep with any man they want and sometimes even get pregnant without marrying. Our girls should respect their religion, their family and their bodies.

'I have only two boys from now on. That girl was a mistake in my life. I know God is blessing me for what I did,' he said, his voice swelling with pride. 'My sons are by my side, and they were men enough to help me finish the life of someone who just brought shame to ours.'

Abdel-Qader, a Shia, says he was released from the police station 'because everyone knows that honour killings sometimes are impossible not to commit'. Chillingly, he said: 'The officers were by my side during all the time I was there, congratulating me on what I had done.' It's a statement that, if true, provides an insight into how vast the gulf remains between cultures in Iraq and between the Basra police the British army that trains them.


With very few exceptions, the movies our class listed were stories about the suffering, exploitation, suppression, or otherwise terrible conditions experienced by foreigners. My group picked The Last King of Scotland, an excellent movie that nonetheless demonstrated in stark terms the danger of charismatic people coming to power in a nation largely populated by illiterate peasants.

I could see it in every group when it was their turn to discuss their answers to the rest of the class: how do we talk about how horrible some of the characters were without being judgmental?

I just wanted to scream.

Sources have indicated that Abdel-Qader, who works in the health department, has been asked to leave because of the bad publicity, yet he will continue to draw a salary.

And it has been alleged by one senior unnamed official in the Basra governorate that he has received financial support by a local politician to enable him to 'disappear' to Jordan for a few weeks, 'until the story has been forgotten' - the usual practice in the 30-plus cases of 'honour' killings that have been registered since January alone.

Such treatment seems common in Basra, where militias have partial control, especially in the districts on the outskirts where Abdel-Qader lives.

While government security forces and British troops have control over the centre, around the fringes militants can still be seen everywhere on the streets or at the checkpoints they have erected. And they have imposed strict laws of behaviour for all the local people, including what clothing should be worn and what religious practices should be observed. There are reports of men having their hands cut off for looting and women being killed for prostitution.

Homosexuality is punishable by death, a sentence Abdel-Qader approves of with a passion. 'I have alerted my two sons. They will have the same end [as Rand] if they become contaminated with any gay relationship. These crimes deserve death - death in the name of God,' he said.


At what time can someone point to a culture and declare it diseased, something just beyond redemption?

One of my guiding lights in any analysis of others is to try and separate the signal from the noise. Someone who lives inside the geographic boundaries of a dominant culture isn't necessarily someone who believes in and supports that culture. Some people are mentally incapable of honestly agreeing with something that abstract. Others, because they are unable to immediately leave, find themselves aping or mimicking that culture in order to not draw attention to oneself and maintain an existence for the time being. Still others may be an active cultural participant, but are secretly disturbed by what they see and host doubts about the culture within, who might not participate if it weren't for the bullying social pressure from others.

Despite their increasing degree of culpability, I'd never write off anyone from the above categories. While some may indeed be guilty of individual crimes, they aren't real believers. Forgiveness is possible.

He said his daughter's 'bad genes were passed on from her mother'. Rand's mother, 41, remains in hiding after divorcing her husband in the immediate aftermath of the killing, living in fear of retribution from his family. She also still bears the scars of the severe beating he inflicted on her, breaking her arm in the process, when she told him she was going. 'They cannot accept me leaving him. When I first left I went to a cousin's home, but every day they were delivering notes to my door saying I was a prostitute and deserved the same death as Rand,' she said.

'She was killed by animals. Every night when go to bed I remember the face of Rand calling for help while her father and brothers ended her life,' she said, tears streaming down her face.

She was nervous, clearly terrified of being found, and her eyes constantly turned towards the window as she spoke.


Leila Hussein, the mother, was murdered a few weeks later:
Two men ran from their homes to help. They rushed Leila to hospital and a passing taxi took the other two. But Leila died at 3.20pm, despite several operations to save her. As she lay in her own hospital bed receiving treatment, Mariam said that she heard someone saying that Leila had been shot in the head. But there were other mutterings that were clearly audible. 'I could hear people talking on the corridors and the only thing that they had to say was that Leila was wrong for defending her daughter's mistakes and that her death was God's punishment.'

[...]

Police said the incident was a sectarian attack and that there was nothing to link Leila's death to her family. 'Her ex-husband was not in Basra when it happened. We found out he was visiting relatives in Nassiriya with his two sons,' said Hassan Alaa, a senior officer at the local police station in Basra. 'We believe the target was the women activists, rather than Mrs Hussein, and that she was unlucky to be in that place at that time.'

It is plausible. Campaigners for women's' rights are not acceptable to many sections of Iraqi society...

Since February 2006, two other activists from the same women's organisation have been killed in the city. One of them was reportedly raped before being shot. The other, the only man working for the non-governmental organisation (NGO), and a father of five who was responsible for the organisation's finances, was shot five months ago.


However, some things are not forgivable.
The Observer visited Rand's father and two brothers at their Basra home, but they refused to talk beyond Hassan proclaiming his father's innocence. When asked if he would be visiting his mother's grave, he shrugged: 'Maybe in the future.'

Some people are not forgivable.
Mariam has moved out of her home. But within hours of speaking to The Observer a close friend went to her new address to deliver a message that had been left for her at her front door. It read: 'Death to betrayers of Islam who don't deserve God's forgiveness. Speaking less you will live more.' She believes it was sent by Leila's killers.

guardian.co.uk © Guardian News and Media Limited 2008


Some cultures aren't, either.

Via John Derbyshire.

April 15, 2008

Rote Unpleasantries

I'm tired of a society of unthinking collectivist punks telling me to contribute or else.

I don't want to "pitch in" to an entity that has no legitimacy.

I don't want to "pay my share" into the hands of liars, thieves, morons, destroyers, and others whose job involves telling others how to do theirs.

I hate seeing wealth, productivity, and individual progress wrecked as a matter of routine policy.

I, like millions of other Americans, have sent in my income tax paperwork. It makes me ill to think I've been participating in national theft day for so long.

This, according to the People Whose Opinions Matter, is a "change election." I think it's time I started changing my life.

April 03, 2008

The Emptiness of Thaler and Sunstein's Libertarian Paternalism

Los Angeles Times: Designing better choices

The libertarian aspect of the approach lies in the straightforward insistence that, in general, people should be free to do what they like. They should be permitted to opt out of arrangements they dislike, and even make a mess of their lives if they want to. The paternalistic aspect acknowledges that it is legitimate for choice architects to try to influence people's behavior in order to make their lives longer, healthier and better.

My emphasis.

Awesome, so where do I mail my paperwork to opt out of the federal and Texas Constitutions and the whole cascading intrusive mess of laws they spawned?

I've got pot to grow, fully automatic rifles to fire, and just one lifespan to enjoy without taxation destroying chunks of it.

February 07, 2008

Petition to Abolish the Government of the USA

Thank you, Dr. Roderick T. Long.

To: All those currently exercising positions of responsibility in the Government of the United States of America, whether elected or appointed, and whether at the federal, state, or local level

Whereas the United States Government's claim to legitimacy is purportedly based on such principles as the consent of the governed, human equality, and the inalienable rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness; and

Whereas few if any of those over whom you claim authority have ever consented to such governance; and

Whereas governments, as claimants to such authority over others, are by their nature inconsistent with human equality; and

Whereas your laws, ordinances, decrees, and policies generally stand in violation, directly or indirectly, of the rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness;

We, the undersigned, hereby demand:

That you cease to claim to be acting in our name or as our agents; and

That you cease all attempts to exercise authority over your fellow human beings, on this continent or elsewhere; and

That you work to dismantle the institution or set of institutions known as the Government of the United States of America, in every branch and at every level, as speedily as possible; and

That you make no attempt to interfere with its replacement by voluntary associations of free and equal individuals.

Sincerely,

The Undersigned


I'm #277 on that list.

Via Two--Four.

January 25, 2008

Oh, How I Loathe the Clintons

Who can fix health care, who can fix our economy, who can create new jobs, who can reduce the price of gas at the pump?

Hillary can.


That's Bill pimping for his wife in a new South Carolina advertisement.

January 08, 2008

Anarcho-Capitalism and Utopia

As I've posted to an Animeboards thread in the Members Only section:

Says DraniX:
Utopian fantasies fuck up the entire world.

Correct. Fantasies, by their nature, are prone to doing that. If one is to adopt or create a philosophy of living, then it certainly helps to have your ideas grounded in reality.

To specify, communists thought that they too had a pretty solid idea of how to create a utopia, specifically of the socialist persuasion. And it seemed solid in theory, at least to them. But I'll bet you not one of them could cite a real-world example of its success.
You need to speak with more Commies. Once you separate the water-headed teenage wanna-be rebels from those who've actually done their homework and can tell Proudhon from Bakunin, they're likely to fall into two categories:
  1. There are many real-world examples of small gift economies (insert various local examples) as well as the prominent case of the anarchist communes in post-civil-war Spain before WWII
  2. You are correct, because those damn dirty capitalists and authoritarian socialists keep mucking things up!
But that isn't the real point, here.
Such is the case with libertarians. Prove me wrong.
Prepare to be bored.

Libertarians cover a broad spectrum of belief and while some generalized things can be said about them, the moment you get into specifics everything gets complicated. There are Christian libertarians, anarcho-capitalists, sick-of-the-corrupt-GOP conservatives, independents who waffle between the two big parties, conspiracy nuts, Democrats who'll vote Libertarian just to mess with the Republicans, hardcore Libertarian Party members, people who just want the police to let them get stoned, people who just want to own a full-auto AK-47, and serious political scholars who argue for strictly limited minarchism.

Ask that room of "libertarians" for real-world examples of libertarianism in action and I wouldn't be surprised if you received 10 different answers. You'd hear about the first hundred years of the American Republic, ancient Iceland, various Protestant sects, Somalia, the Vatican, Antarctica, Switzerland, the theoretical moral line between one legitimate property owner and another, the Better Business Bureau, the Internet, and on and on. Would any of them be correct?

That gawd-awful mashup of ideologies and preferences is one reason why I'm not comfortable with calling myself "libertarian" even though it's the one term that most easily conveys my basic thoughts to the average person. It's why I self-identify as an anarcho-capitalist or free market anarchist. At least those terms narrow down the discussion.

Do I have any real-world examples of historical free market anarchism? No.

There are like-minded folks who believe there was a period in Iceland's past where something relatively close to our ideal was reached. I haven't researched it and am open to thinking either way. Others like to argue that any action that is not taken under the direct influence or duress of the state is essentially voluntary and free-market; I disagree.

However, despite not having any examples to which I can point, I don't think that in any way undermines the desirability of my ideal. Rather, it just reinforces just how long governments (specifically, the philosophies of political aggression that give rise to them) have been attached to our necks.

The lack of evidence can also be explained in other ways. The very idea of functional stateless societies is relatively new to human thought. The idea of radical free market capitalism is even more recent. It shouldn't be surprising to see few if any records of intentionally anarchist communities, let alone anarchist communities that explicitly enact a pro-private property and pro-free trade charter. There is intense antagonism between the majority of anarchists today (who stem from communistic/socialistic roots) and the majority of radical laissez-faire libertarians (who stem from individualistic/egoistic roots). We're talking about fractions of a fraction of a splinter ideology arguing definitions until throats are weary and fingers are worn.

Toss in the simple fact that just about all dry ground on this planet (and all of the pleasant, arable land) is currently under control of some state somewhere and add to it the quite obvious hatred establishment politicians and nationalists feel towards secession movements and what do you get?

Nothing of any substantial value worth using as an example to support my politics. Boo-hoo.

What is important is understanding this: I don't argue for a utopia. Murray Rothbard, David Friedman, Walter Block, and others don't believe everyone is an angel and will magically stop raping, robbing, and assaulting others if the state is abolished in a defined geographic area. We are aware, far more so than most people, of human nature and the temptations in front of us to cut corners when faced with the irreducible reality that life is a choice. One can either be productive and self-sufficient, or one can be a parasite to varying degrees. The single biggest reason why things are fucked up today is because too many people choose parasitism over production and that parasitism exists primarily in the form of the state.

A private court system in a society that recognizes aggression (the initiation of physical force) as the principle crime is not going to be crime-free. It is not necessarily going to be graffiti-free, obnoxious-loser-free, abortion-free, sleaze-free, idiot-free, pollution-free, or hatred-free.

But it will be substantially more free than anything else out there. And that's what counts.


I gotta tell ya, the "you silly utopian!" rejoinder is one of the more dumb responses I get to this stuff.

November 30, 2007

Abortion and Collectivism

From my MySpace Anarcho-Capitalism group: Anti-Abortion: A Collectivist Position

Some Guy. What Guy? That Guy. Who? wrote:

Certainly the most common argument against abortion is that it's human life. It may not be conscious, but it's human life, which makes it valuable.

But species is a group distinction. An individual may be a member of one species or another, but the label of a certain species is a group distinction.


Currently, only members of Homo sapiens sapiens meet my qualifications for sentient, rights-bearing individuals. That very may well change over time if extra-terrestrial life is discovered. Until then, Wise Man (Wiki) is valuable because he or she is a member of Wise Man Group due to the requirements of belonging to that group.

Think of it this way. If an organization only allowed men to join and rigidly enforced that requirement, we'd know that all members were male. Similarly, if part of what defines membership in Homo sapiens sapiens is a rational faculty capable of not only knowing the difference between right and wrong but figuring out why knowing that difference is important in the first place (a Randian approach to species and rights), then we know that those life forms categorized as Homo sapiens sapiens are intrinsically valuable due to their rights-bearing nature.

The essentially collectivist approach to organizing individual things into like categories doesn't necessarily mean the approach is Collectivist in the political sense. You have an interesting argument, but I think it doesn't get much further than step one. Or perhaps I'm horribly misunderstanding you?

However, whether it be Hitler or MLK, Einstein or Paris Hilton, Mozart of Barry Manilow, etc. everybody's equally human. Nothing can make anyone "More" human than anyone else. & Even body parts qualify as "Human." Furthermore, you're no more human than a tumor.
Err, so are battlefield medics who amputate hemorrhaging limbs and cancer surgeons murderers? I think I've misread you here because it contradicts what you write later.

I'm not at all shy of asserting tumors and arms have no moral weight whatsoever.

The distinction of a given species bears no moral significance. & While it's true that certain species are more intelligent than others, one's biology is the cause of one's individual traits, but it's the effect that matters.
If actual, living Homo erectus or Homo neanderthalensis were discovered, then I think your point would be more valid. Currently, the only species that morally matters (and as a cat lover it pains me to say this) are existing human beings. It just happens to be a fact that all known human beings belong to the same species.

Maybe you should clarify what you mean by species. Humans and dogs are not examples of different species; they belong in significantly different classifications.

"Human" is to "Sapient" what "Automobile" is to "Transportation."
Correct. Humans are sapient and that doesn't exhaust the possibilities of other creature being sapient either. Of course, sapience is not the only measure of individual moral worth.
To say that a being which is nothing more than a cluster of cells is just as important as a fully conscious being with dreams & aspirations, just because they're both human, reveals this argument's Collectivist thinking. A fetus lacks what makes individuals valuable, such as consciousness, so Pro-Lifers appeal to something it has in common with another individual, rather than rely on any traits that it already possesses.
How do you respond to the issue of the crippled, the unconscious, and the comatose? They lack at various times some of the critical features that make humans distinct from other animals.
Furthermore, to attribute one's importance to one's species is extremely Anti-Individualistic since valuable traits such as intelligence are individual traits, not group ones.
Intelligence is absolutely important to determining moral worth...but it isn't the true fundamental as I see it. Other animals show signs of nontrivial intelligence. What sets humans apart is intelligence combined with rationality and self-awareness. Again, classification in order to enhance understanding doesn't imply political Collectivism to me. It can certainly lead to it, but that's an individual decision (read: error!) to make in the abuse of reason for illegitimate ends.
Espousing the "Sanctity of Human Life" detracts from what makes a individual valuable, & without the Species Card, a fetus loses its value since it quite simply has no value whatsoever.
Of course, my perspective in this is radically different from most people who tout Sanctity of Life arguments.
The other commonly used argument against abortion is that a fetus is a potential individual.
I'm with ya on this one. :)
As well, to help illustrate my point, a fully-developed human may have the potential to do many things in the future, but that's not what gives it value; what gives it value is its ability to think, feel, & act.
I will reiterate my question above: How do you respond to the issue of the crippled, the unconscious, and the comatose? They have the potential to become "full" again.
So, what's the point of this blog? The point is, you can't be a Classical Liberal if you're Anti-Abortion.
The point of my reply is to suggest this conclusion - at least the portions derived from the first half - shouldn't be welcomed so soon.

I'm not anti-abortion, mind you. Just playing a little Devil's Advocate and curious to know what further thoughts you (or anyone else) have.


I do think that abortion is one of the trickiest mazes for property rights advocates to navigate.

October 25, 2007

Larry J. Sabato Wants Constitutional, Legalized Slavery

No adult American alive on January 20, 1961, will ever forget the stirring words of President John F. Kennedy in his inaugural address: "Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country." The nation's young leader thus captured the spirit of a new generation. Today a hardened and cynical generation that has endured Vietnam, Watergate, 9/11, and other soul-depressing events since JFK's assassination still accepts the promise of personal initiative, but shared sacrifice has become a lesser-known concept for many. We have it within our power to change this, and to go back to the future. A new Constitution can fuel America's transformation into a society that once again fulfills Kennedy's vision.

The best means available would be a constitutional requirement that all able-bodied Americans devote at least two years of their lives to the service of their nation. The charge must be broad, and the civilian and military options must be many, to accommodate the varied talents of the population and the diverse dictates of conscience. But the principle must be immutable: Enjoying the benefits of living in a great democracy is not a God-given right. In exchange for the privileges of American citizenship, every individual has obligations to meet, promises to their fellow citizens and posterity to keep.

Universal National Service (UNS) would be a kind of Bill of Responsibilities, a useful complement to the Bill of Rights. A simple but powerful constitutional clause would decree that "all citizens of the United States, who are of sound mind and body, shall be required to give two years of service to their country, in a manner prescribed by law."


-Larry J Sabato


In principle this would be no different from the system already in place. It would just formalize it and make it explicit. To their credit, there was instant negative reaction in the Daily Kos comments section.

...a requirement that every able-bodied person between the ages of 18 and 26 give two years to Universal National Service (UNS)...
In practice, I'd look the bastard in the eye and ask, "Or what?"

October 19, 2007

"www.governmentisgood.com"

Well, in that case, I hope you get what you ask for.

Good and hard.

More later.

But not before I return with tons of pictures from the Maker Faire this weekend.

I do have priorities, ya know.

September 10, 2007

War, The Ultimate Government Program

If it’s going well then we need to continue it. If it isn’t working then we need to keep trying.

You know, there are a lot of people who would never accept that sort of “logic” in regards to any other government program, but they totally buy it when it comes to a war.


-Thoreau, over at Unqualified Offerings

This one issue, more than any other concrete example of politics, is what drove my shift from minarchism to anarchism.

September 04, 2007

Tax Policy as Protectionism; the Deliberate Interference with Our Right to Evaluate

The Scotsman: Greens see red after EU keeps duty on light bulbs

THE European Commission is under fire from green campaigners and retailers for plans to extend duties on energy-efficient light bulbs from China.

The Chinese light bulbs have been subject to import duties since 2001, because the commission says the products are sold in EU markets for less than their true value.

Yesterday, EU commissioners met in Brussels and agreed to keep tariffs of 66 per cent in place, despite calls from green campaigners to bring down the price of energy-efficient light bulbs to encourage consumers to make greener choices.

[...]

Around 270 million energy-efficient bulbs are sold each year, compared with two billion ordinary (incandescent) lightbulbs. Energy-efficient bulbs are three to six times more expensive than ordinary ones, although they last five times longer.

Both Philips and General Electric, two electronics giants, wanted restrictions lifted. They argue that Europe needs cheap energy-efficient bulbs from China to meet growing demand. However, Osram, a German company, opposes ending the duties.

©2007 Scotsman.com


The superficial outrage is that the über-state in Europe is forcing consumers to pay more for foreign products in order to please domestic producers.

The real outrage is that these people are so arrogant as to assume to know what the true value is of any given thing for you and I. Stop and think about that.

Then tell me how it materially differs from classic socialism.

August 15, 2007

Hillary Clinton Is Watching You

See for yourself.

My problem isn't that it induces the gag reflex (all politicians involuntarily earn the same response). My problem is that she fucking means it.

"As I travel around America, I hear from so many people who feel like they're just invisible to their government."

Clearly, the blind are leading the blind.

August 02, 2007

Deceptive Possessive Pronoun Usage Detected

The amount of money needed to bring our infrastructure up to a passing grade has been estimated at about $1.6 trillion.

-SanJoseLady

Color me skeptical, but I doubt that this blogger from California and the vast majority of her readers and commenters own any transportation infrastructure in Minneapolis, let alone an array of infrastructure that needs $1,600,000,000,000 in upgrades and repairs.

Even if they did, it wouldn't justify looting my paycheck to pay for it all.

July 19, 2007

The Disingenuous Voting Fetish

I only value voting as a means to an ends — the right to vote turns out to be the best safeguard against losing peace, stability, and economic freedom.
That's an e-mailer on the National Review blog, The Corner, writing to Peter Robinson.

Taking this person at his or her word: do you think the right to vote is the "best safeguard against losing peace, stability, and economic freedom"? My career as a voter wasn't very long - I voted in the 2000 Presidential election and the 2003 Texas Constitutional amendment ballot - but my career as an eligible voter is significantly longer. Frankly, I see nothing but absolute declines in the degree of peace, stability, and economic freedom in the United States.

June 01, 2007

Primum non nocere

CBS News TB Patient: "I'm Very Sorry"

[Andrew Speaker]'s father, also a lawyer, taped a meeting with the CDC prior to leaving for his honeymoon.

"My father said, 'OK, now are you saying, prefer not to go on the trip because he's a risk to anybody, or are you simply saying that to cover yourself?' And they said, we have to tell you that to cover ourself, but he's not a risk."

Speaker, his new wife and her 8-year-old daughter were already in Europe for the wedding when the CDC contacted him and told him to turn himself in immediately at a clinic there and not take another commercial flight.

Speaker said he felt as if the CDC had suddenly "abandoned him." He said he believed if he did not get back to a specialized clinic in Denver, he would die.

"Before I left, I knew that it was made clear to me, that in order to fight this, I had one shot, and that was going to be in Denver," he said. If doctors in Europe tried to treat him and it went wrong, he said, "it's very real that I could have died there."

[...]

Speaker, however, could be sued by fellow airline passengers, especially if any caught the disease from him - which some legal scholars say is much more likely.

"He may be personally liable if someone contracts TB" from being near him on his recent flights to and from Europe, said Peter Jacobson, a University of Michigan professor of public health law. "I can see a jury coming down very hard on someone like that who willfully ignored advice not to travel."

[...]

In the past week, Speaker was quarantined in New York City and then again - under guard - at an Atlanta hospital. The quarantine order was not approved by a judge, but rather issued under the CDC's administrative powers.

There's a reason for that, Jacobson said: In certain rare instances, such action is deemed necessary to avoid legal delays in rapidly protecting the public from a disease-carrying person.

© MMVII, CBS Interactive Inc. All Rights Reserved.


I wonder if any of the CDC officials who issued that order were doctors.

Julie Louise Gerberding, M.D., M.P.H., "CDC Director, Julie Louise Gerberding, MD, MPH has been leading the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Administrator of the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) since July 2002. She also serves as a Clinical Professor of Medicine at Emory University and an Associate Professor of Medicine at the University of California at San Francisco."

Tanja Popovic, MD, PhD, F(AAM), AM(AAFS), "Tanja Popovic, MD, PhD, CDC's chief science officer, joined the agency in 1989 as a Fulbright Postdoctoral fellow. Since then, she has served as the chief of the Diphtheria Reference Unit, chief of the Epidemiologic Investigations/Anthrax Laboratory, and co-director of the WHO Collaborating Center for Prevention and Control of Bacterial Meningitis. Prior to her position as chief science officer, she served as CDC's associate director for science (Feb 2004 - Jun 2006)."

Stephanie B. Coursey Bailey, MD, MS, "Stephanie B. Coursey Bailey, MD, MS, was known for her ties to CDC long before becoming chief of the Office of Public Health Practice in October 2006. Since 1999, she has worked with CDC on projects, including co-chairing the National PH Workforce Taskforce, serving as a senior consultant for local practice to PHPPO, and serving on the National Advisory Committee for the Elimination of Tuberculosis, among others."

Stephen B. Blount, MD, MPH, "In his current role, Stephen B. Blount, MD, MPH, is responsible for CDC's global health portfolio that includes an annual budget of $900 million, 200 US government staff assigned to 50 countries, and 1,500 locally hired staff and contractors. He provides programmatic and financial oversight for the Global AIDS Program; global immunization and disease eradication activities;, malaria, tuberculosis, and tobacco control efforts; and international training programs. Dr. Blount is the lead strategist for CDC's global activities and manages key partnerships with ministries of health, other US government agencies, UN organizations, the World Bank, private foundations, multi-national corporations, non-government organizations, and academic institutions."

Richard E. Besser, MD, "Richard Besser, MD, serves as director of the Coordinating Office for Terrorism Preparedness and Emergency Response (COTPER). He is responsible for all of CDC's public health emergency preparedness and emergency response activities. COTPER is the primary CDC/ATSDR organization tasked with oversight of terrorism preparedness, response and protection for the nation from biological, chemical, radiological, and naturally occurring emergencies."

Hmm. All docs so far.

Rear Admiral Mitchell L. Cohen, MD, USPHS, "RADM Mitchell L. Cohen, M.D., was appointed director of CDC's Coordinating Center for Infectious Diseases (CCID) in May 2004. As the director, he provides leadership for CDC's largest, most complex coordinating center which includes the National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention; National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases; National Center for Preparedness, Detection, and Control of Infectious Diseases; National Center for Zoonotic, Vector-Borne and Enteric Diseases. When combined, these national centers represent a budget of roughly $4.0 billion and employ over 3000 staff nationally and internationally.

Dr. Cohen received his undergraduate and medical degrees from Duke University. His postgraduate training was in internal medicine at the University of Texas Southwestern Medical School in Dallas, and in infectious diseases at the University of Washington in Seattle."

Steven L. Solomon, MD, "Steven L. Solomon, MD, currently serves as the director of the Coordinating Center for Health Information and Service. He received his MD from Tufts University and is board-certified in internal medicine, preventive medicine, and infectious diseases. He was in the private practice of internal medicine and infectious diseases before joining the Epidemic Intelligence Service at CDC in 1981."

First do no harm.

I think they've forgotten that.

May 16, 2007

Moronic Analysis of the Day

Posted on National Review Online's second GOP presidential debate symposium:

"[Ron] Paul needs to become a Democrat."

That's Kathleen Parker demonstrating how absolutely bonkers some conservatives and Republicans have become over national security. Here is a guy whose political philosophy - despite being fundamentally statist - runs completely perpendicular to the Democrats'. He speaks out passionately against the welfare state; against economic regulation; against the government forcibly inserting itself between legitimate private property transactions; against taxes in general and the income tax in particular. Even as a shit-poor attempt at a joke, how could you conclude he should become a Democrat?

Because he thinks there are very real consequences to an interventionist foreign policy? Because he is suggesting the United States government frequently stirs up hatred and anger when it meddles in the affairs of others and therefore motivates a small number of those so agitated to strike back?

Democrats only like him because he's against the wars on terror and drugs, wants to reduce corporate welfare, and sticks to a mostly principled legislative policy. They loathe everything else and they particularly loathe the reasons why he thinks the way he does, which ought to be warning enough that they really don't want him on their side.

I don't think Paul believes America "deserved" the terrorism on September 11th, 2001. I think he's closer to my position: the US federal government did things that pissed off Islamic fundamentalists already irrationally predisposed to hate the liberal secular West (as well as its Judeo-Christian heritage), sowing the ground for the attacks throughout the last three decades. Therefore, one way to protect Americans from terrorism is to stop government policies that piss off those Muslim fascists...which would also have the more important primary effect of ending government action in areas it does not belong.

Don't construe this as a "Vote for Ron Paul in 2008!" message. That was just a really stupid thing for Kathleen Parker to say.

May 15, 2007

Lie of the Day

Ralph Z. Hallow of the Washington Times writes this as an aside describing New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg:

"a social liberal and fiscal conservative"

Bloomberg is a social liberal? Really? As in, someone who generally respects the freedom and rights of individuals to pursue their noncoercive desires in a social setting...and not some lazy political label used by conservatives to slap on someone who supports abortion and weaker penalties for smoking pot?

Let me also express considerable skepticism about Bloomberg's alleged fiscal conservatism. I mean, this is the mayor of New York City under discussion. Has he actually "reined in" the budget, "cut the growth" of annual spending, or other buzz words for doing jack shit about the local gov's creeping size? Or has he actually, in reality, truly reduced the size of a monstrosity measured in the tens of billions?

Do these two terms really mean anything anymore when even their meager original meanings have been appropriated for clearly illegitimate use? And what the hell does it say about Our Current Affairs when one of the leading conservative-leaning newspapers allows this bullshit to be said regarding someone who is perhaps the most prominent mayoral example of nanny statism in the United States?

Egads.

May 07, 2007

Spin-The-Bottle Ethics

But I'm very uncomfortable with enacting legislation that denies the ability of young women to exercise rational judgment over how they use their bodies.

Ezra Klein

Unfortunately for those of you who wish to exercise rational judgment over how, where, and why you use the tools and materials necessary for the support of your bodies (i.e., private property), Mr. Klein's level of comfort with interfering legislation is higher. In fact, I have no doubt whatsoever that his above-stated unease is really no more substantial than the emotional connotation of which it consists. Several hypotheticals come to mind involving young women exercising their rational judgment commanding their bodies to do things with which he is far from comfortable.

Regardless, in the very next sentence he writes: "...I'd be much more comfortable with a remedy that sought to outlaw the particular model of GGW, which seeks out girls whose decision-making capacities are severely impaired (because they're drunk) and does so in pressured environments (where groups of guys will be hooting for them to flash)."

So much for any hope of this guy to take a real stand against the heavy cultural statist hand of Garance Franke-Ruta.

April 19, 2007

*choke-sputter*

After discovering the limits of statism in the waning days of the Cold War, we in the West...

Reihan Salam

What?

April 14, 2007

The Seatbeltless New Jersey Governor Jon Corzine

Billy Beck plunges the knife in a location that so desperately deserves the wound.

A law enforcement official close to the investigation told The Associated Press on Thursday that the governor typically does not wear his seat belt, and that his state trooper detail had not been successful in persuading him.

Mother. Fucking. Hypocritical. Tyrants.

April 12, 2007

The "Problem" With CEO Pay

Jane Galt's attempt to explain away the relatively small practical problems with large CEO salaries totally misses the point of nearly all the criticism aimed at them.

Absolutely: people harping on multi-million dollar compensation packages don't understand the complicated financing that occurs not only when the deals are made but as the deals mature and complete

Absolutely: converting high CEO pay into some "socially useful" function would require the radical realignment of whole industries at a moment's notice

But this doesn't really matter to most of the people who bitch about business executives making 40 times the money of the regular guys working for the company. Their objection is fundamentally moral. They think it is simply wrong for someone to make that much money, regardless of what he or she does. They see big bonuses and they retch. Listen how often people describe the top pay packages as "obscene."

They see inequality as a sin.

Therefore, even if you could rebut their think tank arguments about some objective measure of a negative economic outcome, they'd still fall back on what really bothers them: the free market does not produce egalitarian results. By not confronting that complaint squarely, 90% of today's "free market" defenses are simply wasting their time by, in effect, spending their energies trying to knock down agile straw men with the damned lies of economic statistics.

March 30, 2007

The Vagaries of Concern

...and the annoying limits of modern wire journalism!

The AP via MyWay: Pot-Growing Takes Root in the Suburbs

In Coldwater Creek, a middle-class housing development outside Atlanta, the neighbors mind their own business and respect each other's privacy - ideal conditions, it turns out, for growing marijuana in the suburbs.

Police this month raided an utterly ordinary-looking red-brick house on the block and broke up a pot-growing operation with 680 plants arrayed under bright lights.

"You'd never know from the outside. I guess that's the idea," said Doug Augis, who lives with his pregnant wife and a toddler in Coldwater Creek. "That doesn't give you a really good feeling."

Copyright 2007 Associated Press. All right reserved.


This is a fascinating subject to me. I wish Errin Haines had published more of what he said or pushed a little harder for his reasoning behind it. I know it's nice to have Concerned Neighbor make an appearance in War on Drugs stories, but this guy is hinting at things with significance greater than or equal to the relentless state life-grinding machine.

Why, Mr. Augis? Why does that bother you?

Is it a wish to have an accurate picture of the people who live around your family? It's better to be told the truth than to be deceived by lies, I have no doubt about that.

Is it simply an emotional reaction to seeing a drug bust in your neighborhood? A group of men armed with paramilitary training and the ample will to use their firearms raided a home within shooting distance of yours. It was possible the growers were armed as well and they could have decided to fight it out.

Is it a reaction to knowing Drug People lived near you? I know that decades of government propaganda and media fear-mongering can take a heavy toll on one's objectivity. While I'm comfortable around many recreational drugs and drug users, there are instances where the distance between me and them isn't enough. Some people just don't know when to quit.

Is it your desire to know what others are doing inside their homes? I have neighbors whose public lifestyle and house exterior arouse great curiosity about the activities inside. Their lawn is fed a steady diet of beaten up trucks, empty bags of chips, and discarded cases of beer. My only face-to-face interaction was with a middle-aged Hispanic man wearing pants that had seen many construction projects who, in terrible English, eventually explained he wanted to borrow my phone to call his boss to pick him up the next morning.

Is it a subtle comment about the bizarre economic situations those in the recreational drug market face every day? Drug prohibition has driven billions of dollars and thousands of people underground to conduct their business. They want their production to be kept quiet and unknown, the opposite of a healthy market. I feel a sense of dread as I see people twist their legitimate lives into pretzels to avoid government attention and wonder what it holds for us in the future.

Or is it really a matter of wanting safety and security for you and yours at all costs, resulting, in practical reality, in the removal or elimination of anything that upsets you? What upsets you, in the case, is the "crime" of growing marijuana for profit and the attendant black market elements that are often involved with it. Well, we can safely say those black markets and the frequently dishonorable people who operate within in wouldn't exist if pot wasn't outlawed. There wouldn't be an artificial price premium attached to it and wouldn't nearly attract the current degree of organized crime's attention.

I'm sure there are other layers of possible explanation for your unpleasant feeling, Mr. Augis. If you ever run across this web page, feel free to e-mail me to give your side of the story.

March 23, 2007

William Keegan's "extremes of unfettered capitalism"

Where is it? I want to see this society where private property owners are let free to do as they wish with what they own. Reveal the people who are free to charge as they wish for the goods and services they provide. Show me this land of zero taxation, zero regulation, and zero collective control over the market. Point me in the direction of the culture Bill Keegan speaks of so harshly.

When ya find it, lemme know. I'll be the guy standing alone over here, in the certainly-unfree United States of America, not holding his breath.

March 05, 2007

The Business Owner's Prerogative

New York Times: What Starbucks Can Learn From the Movie Palace

Metering and charging for a service, of course, is the prerogative of any business owner in a free market.

I wonder how the NYTimes editorial staff let Randall Stross slip that past them. It stands in absolute contradiction to practically every single economic stance the paper has taken and advocates. They call for the interruption of the free market all the time and huge numbers of people generally agree with them.

In fact, one could easily make the case that the whole of most political philosophy these days revolves around finding new ways to deny that prerogative and to expand existing laws that violate it. As a statement of principle, you will find very few people who support a person's right to freely negotiate a sale with another person.

February 26, 2007

False Democratic Dichotomies; John Edwards on People and Power

David Mizner's Dailykos diary: Edwards Rejects Clintonomics; will Obama?

Now, labels like "populist" and "progressive" don't do justice to the complexity of the issues and individuals involved. Few pols fit neatly into an ideological niche. But there's a fundamental choice that must be made, a fork in the political road. Do you stand with People or with Power? Edwards has made his choice.

This is a crude misidentification, right up there with some of the worst inaccurate simplifications intended to herd individuals into a particular political group.

Who'd dare side with Power in Its grinding conflict with People? How could you pick an impersonal thing over the huddled hopeful hearts of millions? Obviously, those choosing Power have no sympathy and shelter no concern for humanity! The clear choice is with People! Down with Power!

Claims that Mr. Mizner is just being rhetorical will be ignored. The whole point of his post is to showcase what he believes is Edwards' populism, his radical departure from DC establishment thinking, and his willingness to "[promote] fair trade and an activist government that helps the middle class, the working class, and the poor." Any normal observer of American politics will recognize the regular identification made between The People = Good and Titanic Faceless Power = Bad. There are times it even makes sense in context.

This isn't one of those times.

Contrary to Mr. Mizner's formulation, Edwards hasn't made his binary choice between people and power. He hasn't ditched one for the other. He certainly has not given up on power. In fact, he is whole-heartedly in favor of it.

He wants to use the power of the state for a vast overhaul of welfare programs, seeking more state spending and more subsidies. He wants to force businesses to cover more health care costs and he wants to force all Americans to get health care. He wants to use the state to throw up more barriers to trade so domestic jobs are protected. He has no problem with growing the deficit in the short or long term provided the middle-to-lower classes get their government funding.

He's fundamentally no different at all to anyone currently seeking or thinking of seeking the presidency. He's just a little more honest about his goals and his means: more power for the feds and more will to use it.

February 22, 2007

A Real Free Trade Agreement

Reuters via the Washington Post: U.S. not ready for Japan free trade talks: USTR

"We're not ready for an FTA (free trade agreement) with Japan right now," Assistant U.S. Trade Representative Wendy Cutler said during a discussion at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace in Washington. "I'm not saying it's impossible. I just don't see it happening in the short term."

Here is a good example of collectivism's influence screwing up what ought to be a fairly straightforward issue.

In one sense, "we" are not ready for free trade. Not actual free trade. Eliminating the state in economic transactions and taking a clear moral stand against interventionism is, in terms of things people fear most, right up there with encountering Satan and getting stabbed in the gut with a rusty spoon. Quite clearly, given the demonstrated preferences of the vast majority of both Americans and Japanese, they do want neither to freely exchange goods and services with one another nor do they want to witness the free exchanges of goods and services amongst third parties. Being free means you don't have to deal with government-imposed regulations and don't have to pay taxes to subsidize government-favored individuals and their organizations. If honest free trade were to occur, I have absolutely no doubt in my mind a movement would spring up within hours to shut it down and control it.

However, in another sense, "we" are ready for free trade at any time. It is not necessary for two government committees to meet and establish the whens and the wheres and the hows and the whos. Humans are ready, in principle, to take back control over their lives when they wish. We have the capacity to do so and we damn sure have the need.

Unfortunately, the desire for it seems to constantly run afoul of muddled thinking and incompatible philosophies.

For a libertarian system, free trade agreements occur naturally and as needed. No need to design or create anything.

For a system of statism that simply will not unclench its bedrock grip on humanity, it would consist of a law passed by each government that thoroughly, categorically, and radically abolishes every government law standing in the way of anyone trying to buy or sell with a foreigner. A real free trade agreement would take seconds to design. It would only take a sentence to accomplish this, preferably located in the Constitution or its equivalent.

Of course, the fact that it can be changed is an argument that it cannot be trusted to remain true to the principles that animate it.

February 07, 2007

The Superficiality of Theocon Belief

FreeRepublic: Preambles, 50 States - No 'God' in Government??

To those who doubt that G-d has blessed the United States of America I offer this thought.

In the late 1700s two nations embraced instituted a Republic. One founded its laws on its faith in G-d. The other founded its laws in its faith in human enlightenment.

300 years later one has had a consitent history of progress. The other is a mess.

Shalom.

17 posted on 08/21/2006 8:18:47 AM PDT by ArGee (The Ring must not be allowed to fall into Hillary's hands!)

[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 6 | View Replies ]


I'm trying to decide which is the greater error:
  1. Thinking the United States legal system was philosophically founded upon faith in the Christian gawd, France's legal system was philosophically founded upon the power of individual human reason, and both nations have more or less adhered to those ideas;
  2. the deliberate disassociation from the Enlightenment of the founding ideas and people of the United States; or
  3. the implication that it is necessary for people to be not only religious but to ground their system of order in religion and have a direct blessing from their gawd in order for their nation to prosper.

I've read many arguments asserting the US is indelibly stained (well, maybe those aren't the words they've used...) with the ink of Christianity, particularly in regard to the institutions of government and law. While I concede there have been many statutes passed over the years that have attempted to enforce and uphold aspects of Christian morality (itself a phrase that hardly possesses clear meaning) as well as many scattered mentions of gawds, lords, creators, providence and such throughout the country's primary documents, I've yet to be convinced these people are correct.

The belief that the Republic of France was grounded in markedly secular and non-religious ideas could be true. I haven't studied that period of history and know far less than what I know of American history. However, this image is a popular representation of the original Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen. There are several religious aspects to the painting: the Ten Commandments-style of presentation and the angelic figure pointing to an all-seeing eye are the first that come to mind. Then, if theocons are going to claim "Divine Guidance" (Hawaii), "Great Legislator of the Universe" (Massachusetts), and "Author of Existence" (Vermont) as evidence of religious inspiration for the 50 states' legal documents, then they also ought to accept this sentence from the French Declaration: Therefore the National Assembly recognizes and proclaims, in the presence and under the auspices of the Supreme Being, the following rights of man and of the citizen...

I'd argue the US has grown less religious with time, if not in absolute or relative population than in intensity. Though the recent surge in Christian political activity might seem as a counterpoint to this, I view it as just that: a temporary surge.

ArGee presents us with an either-or. One nation (America) founded its laws on its religious faith and one nation (France) founded its laws on human enlightenment. Therefore, the US borrowed little from the Age of Reason during its formative processes. Anyone who argues the people and ideas of the Enlightenment played little or no role in the creation of the United States is astoundingly wrong. Thomas Paine, John Locke, Thomas Jefferson, David Hume, Adam Smith, and the others who were both instrumental to the Enlightenment and incorporated its ideas into their own didn't positively influence the creation and early foundational years of the United States? ArGee later whips out the "revisionist history" label when responding to someone who questioned his post; I think the pot is calling the kettle black here.

Finally, I've got little to say to someone who relies on divine blessing in order to have a comfortable, safe, healthy society. If that person honestly believes that, then there would be no reason to produce anything. People could just sit together and pray for all they need. They wouldn't need to build churches, homes, and factories. They could forgo earning an income, growing crops, and passing on knowledge to younger generations. If the kiss of the almighty is the crucial characteristic that determines societal success, then why direct your energies away from securing that heavenly grace?

Hell, if human reason and religious faith are antithetical, then how does one justify their belief in not only gawd but for their stance on the necessity of that gawd's sanction in order to secure peace and just social structure?

I say all this in light of the Sam Harris / Andrew Sullivan discussion on religion, where I think Harris has Sullivan by the balls more often than not.

November 29, 2006

An Oath to End Their Jobs

New York Times: Text of U.S. Security Adviser's Iraq Memo

[Iraqi Prime Minister Maliki should demand] that all government workers (in ministries, the Council of Representatives and his own offices) publicly renounce all violence for the pursuit of political goals as a condition for keeping their positions

That's Bush's national security adviser, Stephen J. Hadley.

Hadley, Hadley, Hadley. Don't you understand that the nature of government requires its agents to engage in or support violence in the pursuit of political goals?

November 10, 2006

Disconnect

The "fairness doctrine" is making a comeback and the recent House and Senate wins by Democrats are adding fuel to that fire, just as some have predicted.

That's not about regulating content, that's about regulating ownership and it's an entirely different thing. The fairness doctrine applies to the regulation of what is actually broadcast. It doesn't say anything about who owns what's broadcast.

- sterno, on DailyKos


Here's a good one: some moron talking about how the state telling a broadcaster what to do with his or her property isn't really a matter of ownership. Naw, it's just telling what the property owner can do with his or her property. Totally different things.

Happy Friday, folks.

November 07, 2006

Voting Day...Word of the Day

Reference.com's Word of the Day for Tuesday November 7, 2006:

obfuscate \OB-fuh-skayt\, transitive verb:
1. To darken or render indistinct or dim.
2. To make obscure or difficult to understand or make sense of.
3. To confuse or bewilder.

No, I didn't and won't vote. I refuse to add to the mess created by others. (and get a load of a Democrat approvingly quoting a document that flies in the face of what he or she seeks to impose)

The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information
Un-limited Austin Government
Contradiction as Innovative Political Strategy
Somewhere, Somehow, You Will Always Be a Minority
Austin Mayor Will Wynn Should Mind His Own Business
How to Buy Votes
Dr. Judith Apter Klinghoffer Misunderstands the Nature of Democratic Government
A Solicitation to Those Who Say I Shouldn't Complain If I Don't Vote
Charles Hueter is an Idiotes!

November 01, 2006

Rick Santorum is a Menace to Individual Liberty (and Is Not a Libertarian)

I think Republicans should shore up their coalition by offering libertarian reasons for social-conservative positions.

[...]

[The Children's Defense Fund's] approach to helping children and families is for the government to take over the economic function of the family. Hardly a libertarian organization. If they don't like Rick Santorum, that's probably a good sign for advocates of minimum government and fiscal restraint.

[...]

[The 13 issues they listed as important for 2005 supported by Family Research Council] are much more closely attuned to libertarian sensibilities than anything the Children’s Defense Fund has offered, or is ever likely to offer.

Rick Santorum and other social conservatives may not be every conservative’s cup of tea. Some of his issues and rhetoric may make you uncomfortable. Personally, I can’t think of any politician who doesn’t give me the heebie-jeebies some of the time. But fiscal conservatives and libertarians, can vote for Rick Santorum with a clean conscience.


-Jennifer Roback Morse, "Libertarians for Santorum" in National Review


A clean conscience? Really? Rick Santorum: "I don't believe that people should be empowered to do what pleases them the most."

"[The liberals'] entire agenda is I should be able to do whatever I want to do as long as no one gets hurt."

"We hear this on abortion: I should be able to do with my body whatever I want to do as long as I'm not hurt - or I should be able to take drugs, and do whatever I want to do as long as, as long as I - I should be able to, ah, you know, whatever in particular in the area of sexual freedom, and and personal issues, this is the mantra of the left, which is: I have a right to do what I want to do. And that is not the kind of freedom that our founders envisioned, it is not the kind of freedom that makes up a society that is, that is uh, devoted, as the subtitle of the book says, to the common good."

Nitebeat: "But isn't the notion of working for the common good - if uh, a liberal were talking about people should spend more time working for the common good, wouldn't they be accused of being kind of a little pink, a little socialistic?"

Santorum: "No, not at all."

Watch the rest of the video for this guy's remarks on the pursuit of happiness. I don't know what to call someone who'd vote for this guy, but "libertarian" isn't one of them.

October 25, 2006

It's Getting Better All the Time

News8Austin: First Amendment rights limited at the polls

"They think that they can wear whatever they want to wear and that I do not have the authority to tell them what they can wear. And in that case I tell them, 'Yes, I do have the authority. I'm responsible for running this election according to election law,' " early voting clerk Ginny Knapp said.

[...]

The law is meant to keep any political influence away from people ready to cast their vote.

Whether you're casting a ballot or just stopping for coffee, the same rule applies across the board.

"It is a free country," Knapp acknowledged, "but they have to abide by election laws."

Copyright �2006TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


New Drug Policy Alliance/Zogby Poll Finds 45 Percent Support Making Cigarettes Illegal (via Hit & Run)

Austin-American Statesman: Effort to unchain dogs meets resistance

A city ordinance proposed by a group called Chain Free Austin would make it illegal to leave tethered dogs outside unless their owners are with them.

[...]

The city already has a law that sets restraint requirements for dogs on private property. (A violation is a Class C misdemeanor, subject to a fine of up to $500.) Among the provisions:

•A person may not restrain a dog in a way that does not allow the dog access to shelter and water and may not use a tether that is likely to become entangled.

•Dogs may not be tethered to a fixed point for more than eight hours unless the restraint is at least 10 feet long, has swivels at each end and is attached to a pulley or cable that is mounted no more than seven feet above ground level.

Chain Free Austin's ordinance would do away with the eight-hour rule, thus making it illegal to restrain or anchor a dog by a tether unless the dog's owner or handler is physically present. (The restrictions would not apply to veterinarians, groomers or obedience or law enforcement trainers.)

Copyright 2001-2006 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.

October 21, 2006

Oh to Be a Headline Writer

Fla. Church Probes Priest Tied to Foley

This mental image must be purged!

October 11, 2006

Attack of the Mutant Alien Radical Leftist Agenda!

What crosses your mind when you read something like this?

Aaron Sorkin, the Hollywood liberal behind the West Wing and the new Studio 60 on the Sunset Strip continues his streak of using attacks on Christianity to begin his shows. Townhall.com writer Brent Bozell has the story saying, "maybe cursing out Christians is his show-opening good luck charm." In addition to his attacks on Christianity, Aaron Sorkin is funding the liberals attempt to take over Congress and impose their radical agenda on America. Sorkin is contributing to dozens of Democrat candidates including Ted Kennedy and his online left-wing minions. Only you and conservatives like Ann Coulter, Hugh Hewitt, Thomas Sowell and the rest of Townhall.com's over 100 conservative leaders stand in their way. Stop their liberal plans by joining the millions of Townhall.com conservatives now!

Personally, I see schlocky ad copy that could be lifted from the back cover of any random sci-fi or horror b-movie, garnished with a twist of a breathless children's action cartoon summary. Seriously, this is a short distance away from All Your Base Are Belong To Us.

What kind of a person writes/approves/sponsors this shit?

October 02, 2006

Contradiction as Innovative Political Strategy

[Updates below.]

It was my fealty to the notion of personal liberty that made me a Republican when I came of age in the 1980s. It is my continued fealty to personal liberty that makes me a Democrat today.

-Markos Moulitsas, leading off a Cato Unbound discussion

This ought to be enough evidence that Kos doesn't know a damn thing about the subject of personal liberty. However, should you desire more...
That blog post on libertarian Democrats, imperfect as it was, struck a chord. But it wasn't written in a vacuum. It stemmed not from theory or philosophy (I'm neither a theorist, political scientist, nor a philosopher), but from personal experience and from my excitement at the growing ranks of Western Democrats who aren't just transforming the politics of the Mountain states, but will hopefully lead to the reformation of the Democratic Party and a new embrace of the politics of personal liberty.
The "libertarian democrat" rhetoric must be seen for what it is: an incoherent attempt to gather votes for Democrats so they will win control of a system that not only has never been seriously libertarian, but will also barely budge the truly frightening statist inertia it has gathered over the last hundred years. There is no reflection on the core principles of nonaggression, private property, and freedom of contract. He repeats, without any new ideas, the Established Necessities that clearly require a state for civilization to function: roads, education, research grants, the Internet, business accountability, safety rules, advertising regulations (this, just after talking about flag burning amendments as threats to free speech!).

He thinks individual freedom without the opportunity to exercise it is pointless, completely ignoring the concerted challenges to his unstated premise: individuals cannot be trusted to create their own opportunities for themselves and therefore we must have a state to herd us along. No note of the decades of scholarly effort that, at the very least, cast doubt on this most sacred of political assumptions. He assumes you and I and everyone else simply would not be able to intelligently make our own decisions without the state compelling companies to disclose information on their products.

He wraps it all up thusly:

So a "free" market needs rules ("regulation") in order to function. And such rules should be welcome so long as they are designed to enhance and protect our personal liberties.

A law that in practice forcibly removes a concrete representation of our personal liberty and in theory sets the stage for an infinite number of other such invasions is...designed to enhance and protect our personal liberty.

Everything I said in The Myth of the Libertarian Democrat applies as it did back in June. Kos may be espousing a position marginally nicer to some existing and future victims of state aggression, but I'm getting real sick of him selling him and his compatriots as friends of individual freedom. They are not and I could spend all day highlighting examples to disprove his claim and demonstrate the opposite.

The only grains of truth in his essay are those condemning Republicans as hypocrites and shills for corporate welfare. He closes with this:

For too long, Republicans promised smaller government and less intrusion in people’s lives. Yet with a government dominated top to bottom by Republicans, we've seen the exact opposite. No one will ever mistake a Democrat of just about any stripe for a doctrinaire libertarian. But we’ve seen that one party is now committed to subverting individual freedoms, while the other is growing increasingly comfortable with moving in a new direction, one in which restrained government, fiscal responsibility and - most important of all - individual freedoms are paramount.

His emphasis. Here's my question to people who value their freedom:

What do you think about a political party that is more "comfortable" than it was in the past with letting people run their affairs as they see fit, a comfort based not on any unyielding principle but on political expediency?

UPDATED 10/6/2006 1:15pm
Kyle Bennett sent in the following comment:

Kos and his ilk have a very different notion of "personal liberties" than libertarians do. It's not just a political difference about what constitutes a personal freedom, but a fundamentally different epistemological and metaphysical view of what freedom is. They look at freedom as something like Roosevelt's "Four Freedoms". Things like freedom from want, freedom from fear, etc. The root of it is that they see *any* obstacle as an impingement on their freedom, where libertarians see coercion as the only obstacle that qualifies. Poverty, tragedy, discomfort, lack of opportunity, and even the need to pursue your own happiness, etc., to them, these are all examples of freedom being limited . Their "state of nature", against which the legitimacy of government is measured, is not the libertarian one in which everyone gets a spot on the starting line, but one in which everyone has a comfortable spot on the finish line, complete with a bed of laurels, and so never has to actually run the race. It's the *universe* that is his nemesis, not (some) other men - except for those other men who take the universe's side against his, i.e., those who hold reality and reason as primary.

And where libertarians see the only obligation of society as that of not *causing* the limited class of obstacles (coercion) that limit their freedom, from their view of nature flows the Kos Kind's vision of society as having a positive obligation to remove or prevent the things they see as limiting freedom.

In that sense, he's not engaging in any contradiction, (at least not until you delve deeper into the derivation of his notion of "personal liberties" - there's contradictions a plenty to be found there). It may not even be a cynical and insincere attempt at some kind of rapproachment, he probably actually believes it.

--Kyle Bennett
www.humanadvancement.net/blog


Mr. Bennett is referring to the two conceptions of positive and negative liberty.

If Kos is sincere about seeking a sensible partnership, this again highlights how little he studies the fundamental issues. Libertarians generally adhere to a "negative liberty" mental framework while the more statist political ideologies advocate a "positive liberty" mindset. There are exceptions to this. For example, I remember (but can't find at the moment) Kos making some negative-liberty-style arguments against the drug war, government banning gay marriage, and government spying. Of course, the smart money is on him ultimately favoring "positive liberty" arguments leading to government intervention in any given situation.

I shudder to think about the intellectual acrobatics it would take to reconcile two 1,000-word Kos-authored essays elucidating his position on random personal liberty issue (such as bike helmet laws or consensual sex) and random broad economic issue (such as minimum wage laws or tariffs). The irony being that at their core, every issue becomes a concretely, painfully personal issue at some point. Libertarians generally understand this because, in yet another significant departure from Democrats, they see and analyze the individual as the fundamental unit of society. Not the class, race, sex, orientation, religious belief, and so on.

It is good to see Democrats opposing various Republican Party schemes and elevating their civil liberties rhetoric. However, I am absolutely convinced that much of this is the result of their dislike of Bush, today's GOP, and everything done that can be linked to them. I'm not at all surprised to see Nancy Pelosi put forward a muddled government-expanding mix of solutions as a hint at what she'd do to redirect the House of Representatives' agenda.

September 21, 2006

The Perils of Infinite Empiricism

Andrew Sullivan quotes a reader's e-mail:

Eric Hoffer once wrote, "The uncompromising attitude is more indicative of an inner uncertainty than a deep conviction. The implacable stand is directed more against the doubt within than the assailant without." This could not be more true of anyone, Right or Left - we all have the propensity. Once we stop accepting criticism as an opportunity to reflect and evaluate, we become less.

There are two kinds of people who say things like this: those who mean it, only to contradict themselves a moment later and those who just say it, only to contradict themselves a moment later.

Let's say I make a claim: humans act. Now, this is not a very controversial claim to make and it is not only easily provable in reality, but impossible to disprove, because the very attempt to disprove is itself an action by a human. In light of this, it seems clear to me that it is possible for there to be statements that are true and do not require constant empirical testing to continually establish their validity. Therefore, choosing to "[accept] criticism as an opportunity to reflect and evaluate" on such truths is foolish. While there might be value in opportunities to educate the ignorant on those claims (such education being increasingly needed, unfortunately) as well as value in taking the time to reveal the emptiness of counter-arguments to such truths in partisan literature, of what value is there in subjecting a fact of reality to repeated test?

The outcome of such an approach taken seriously is a constant broad skepticism that cripples your ability to function.

Do I exist? Whew, yep. Will I float away if I rise from my chair? Whew, nope. Is water wet today? Whew, still is!

The absurdity of that outcome is why so few people actually mean it when they assert philosophical skepticism. Press them for any length of time and most folks will reveal they do indeed believe in some hard truths that, while perhaps vulnerable to criticism, are still truths they think don't require never-ending verifiability. Memento has the following scene:

NATALIE
You decided to help me. Trust yourself. Trust your own judgment. You can question everything, you can never know anything for sure.

LEONARD
There are things you know for sure.

NATALIE
Such as?

LEONARD
I know the feel of the world.

(reaches forward)

I know how this wood will sound when I knock.

(raps knuckles on coffee table)

I know how this glass will feel when I pick it up.

(handles glass)

Certainties. You think it's knowledge, but it's a kind of memory, a kind you take for granted.


People who take the stance that we can't know anything for sure are guilty of at least one contradiction: they are themselves claiming an absolute truth, and by their philosophy their claim is only as good as the last successful lab test. They are guilty of an additional contradiction when they proceed to live their lives without stopping to test each proposition and assertion they encounter, instead choosing to assume reality hasn't shifted under their feet with each passing second.

Of course, "being open to criticism" can be meant in the sense of being capable of hearing criticism without exploding into a litany of insulting accusations, red herrings, and fallacies. One day my comment system will be up and running again and I'll face the same statist arguments I've faced for years. I've chosen to be patient and give each person a good faith credit chance each time I encounter them. I'm prepared to toss my ideology if someone can prove it incorrect (i.e., prove it incompatible with reality), but that hasn't happened and frankly, I don't see how it can.

September 15, 2006

Does Instapundit Actually Support Private Property?

Internet gambling seems pretty lame to me, but if people want to do something as dumb as that, well, it's their money. I don't think Washington should tell them what to do.

-Glenn Reynolds

This is true. The money I earn is mine and mine alone and if I want to spend it on gambling, drugs, alcohol, pornography, consensual sexual activity, firearms, or bio-mechanical upgrades to my body (things and activities Professor Reynolds stands with when the threats of regulation or prohibition arise), well, tough shit if you think I'm a fool, a degenerate, a pervert, a nut, or a freak. I don't presume to tell others what to do with their property because I have no claim on them until they use their property to interfere with me and mine. This is standard libertarian stuff.

However, accepting this argument implies a few things. It stands as an absolute rejection of taxation. It represents a total rejection of government licensing laws. A great deal of the things Professor Reynolds advocates on his blog would be, at the very least, deeply questionable on this single principle alone. There would be no American executive government to send military forces overseas. There would be no American legislative government to constantly lobby, contact, and influence in order to shape existing, delay proposed, or introduce new laws. There would be no American judicial government, either. There would be private businesses engaged in the production of values in order to voluntarily transact with individuals and all the vibrant flourishing of human civilization attendant to such a system.

So does Glenn Reynolds support private property? That depends if he advocates the existence of government. If the answer to the latter is "yes" the answer to the former is "no."

September 14, 2006

New Ideas for John Hewitt

He started Liberty Tax Service, "the second largest international tax service." The company is "one of the top franchise opportunities in Entrepreneur magazine's list of top 500 franchises."

Since he's been doing tax work for decades, perhaps it's time he left the industry and attempted other lines of business? Here are a few suggestions off the top of my head for company names:

Jovial Funeral Services

Beautiful Combover Salon

Or he could simply continue the current trend and go for Effective Government Agency.

September 07, 2006

A Progressive Tax System

I had no idea that advocating a more progressive tax system was the moral equivalent of throwing acid in Cindy Crawford's face.

-LizardBreath, at Unfogged

Here's a better way to look at it.

The result of a more progressive tax system is to throw more acid on Cindy Crawford's face than the average person's. Say, a pint rather than an ounce.

Neither action is justifiable because both constitute an act of aggression against the individual. Similarly, it doesn't matter whether a tax rate of 5% or 90% is advocated. Neither are justifiable because both constitute an act of aggression against the individual.

August 30, 2006

Texas Conservatives for Telephone Subsidies

[Updates below.]

Texans for Texas ain't afraid to engage in political doublespeak:

What is the TUSF? The Texas Universal Fund was established by the PUC to help telephone companies keep rates affordable in high-cost rural areas. While often referred to as a "subsidy", the TUSF fund is not taxpayer funded, it is funded entirely from assessments on telecom customers' bills. The assessment comes in the form of a 5.65% surcharge on taxable intrastate telecommunications services. The surcharge rate will drop to 5% in October 2006. In addition to keeping local rates affordable in rural areas, the TUSF also funds lifeline service to the poor, service for the hearing impaired and other programs.

Ah, so an "assessment" on certain "intrastate telecommunications services" isn't a tax and therefore doesn't create an additional financial burden for people to pay? Are the people providing those services required by law to hand over that "assessment"? Do they face fines and jail time for not complying? I'll let the Public Utility Commission (PUC) speak on this:
The law requires all telecommunications companies including local, long distance and wireless companies to contribute to the fund. Beginning January 1, 2001 the rate is set at 3.60 percent. Companies are not required to collect this charge from customers, but most of them do.

So the "contribution" doesn't necessarily have to come from end-users, but the telecom companies have to pay it. A cursory scan through Chapter 56 in the Utilities Code didn't uncover specific penalties or punishments for noncompliance. However, when a law says "The commission shall adopt and enforce rules requiring local exchange companies to establish a universal service fund," I expect there to be regulatory and law enforcement threats to back up those requirements.

Here's how AT&T/SBC describe this "fee":

Texas Universal Service
Texas Universal Service: is a fund that allows affordable service to high-cost rural customers, funds the Relay Texas and Specialized Telecommunications Assistance program for the hearing-disabled, and funds telecommunications services discounts to low income customers (Tel-Assistance and Lifeline).

AT&T/SBC is my telephone provider and here is a snippet of my last bill from them.


I view this as essentially like a sales tax. Consumers are not "assessed" directly because that responsibility is imposed on the seller. However, retailers are highly unlikely to accept buyer payments that don't include sales tax. Similarly, if the payment I sent in for that last bill was $1.17 less than the total, the phone company would have kept that balance and transferred it to the next billing cycle. After a certain point, I'd be asked to pay the outstanding charge or face consequences such as termination of my account.

Let's be honest. This isn't an assessment or a fee or a charge. This is a tax.

Back to the TX4TX folks:

While the larger companies derive most of their revenues from the dense, lower-cost and business rich population centers, the small incumbent telephone companies get a much larger portion of their total revenues from the TUSF. For most of these small incumbents, the TUSF comprises twenty to sixty percent of their total revenues. A loss of these funds could literally put some companies out of business. A significant TUSF reduction could curtail the ability of others to invest in the critical infrastructure needed to support the types of services small-town Texas needs to conduct commerce and keep rural residents connected to the rest of the world. A reduction in the fund would most likely trigger local rate increases. As rural income levels trend lower than in urban areas, any rate increases will be more difficult for rural customers to absorb.

Moreover, while telephone service competition abounds in urban areas, the competitive landscape in rural Texas is more complex. Due to geography, much higher per-customer costs and fewer revenue-rich business customers, full-service telecom competitors often shun rural areas, leaving customers with fewer competitive options than their big city counterparts. While some competitive and wireless telecom competitors are certainly making inroads to selective rural markets, often the rural local phone company is the only reliable single source of affordable telephone, DSL and internet service.


"A loss of these funds could literally put some companies out of business."

And this is not a subsidy how?

Note the language here: it is identical in all essential aspects to the whole sordid Democrat/liberal argument for all manner of state economic interventions on behalf of the lower classes. Because poor and isolated people might be without some service, the state must force others to pay for the funds that underwrite their access to that service. Because there are fewer competitors in a specific area, the state must step in and help provide. Think of the rurals!

This is socialism. These are supposed to be conservative Republicans, supposedly advocates of limited government. Clearly, sympathy for their grandparents out in Roberts County and other low-population-density locations outweighs their commitment to principle.

Furthermore:

Finally, rural incumbent telephone companies cannot pick and choose which markets and customers to serve. As PUC-mandated providers of last resort, rural telephone companies must serve all customers within their franchise territory. And rates must be affordable.

The stupid fucking Texas government is helping to screw up the telecom market out there in the first place!!! How can you say or imply free markets failed when there wasn't one in the first place?

UPDATED 9/6/2006 9:50am
Corrected some grammatical problems.

Also, the Texans for Texas e-mail included a link to Coalition to Keep America Connected. From the front page:

When Congress updates our communications laws, we must ensure that a 'digital divide' does not emerge in America: Where some consumers have access to the latest technology, and others must rely on outdated systems. Where some have affordable rates, and others have to sacrifice necessities each month for service. Where some children experience the educational benefits of Internet access, and others are left behind. Every American deserves the same opportunity to enjoy the benefits that affordable technologies bring. The Coalition to Keep America Connected was created to ensure that affordability concerns never prevent Americans from being connected to one another. We believe that all consumers should have access to affordable telecommunications services and the latest technologies, no matter where they live.

This is feel-good politician-speak for asserting everyone has a right to telecommunications access. The assumption that people have a right to some service underlies most of the arguments made in favor of nearly every form of state intervention. It sucks to be without power; it sucks to not have reliable and safe running water; it sucks to have intermittent garbage pickup...and it sucks to be without a telephone. Because of this suckitude, people then leap to the conclusion people have a right to that service.

No.

What they either manifestly ignore or simply don't care about is that these services are not provided free of charge. They ultimately cannot be provided free of charge. The materials and the labor have to be purchased at some point. Imagine the complexity of a "basic" telephone connection:

  1. plastic and circuit boards for the phone itself
  2. wood, metal, and insulators for the telephone poles
  3. miles and miles of wire for the lines
  4. engineering and producing all three, as well as the switchboards to integrate it all together
  5. hundreds of man-hours of labor to erect the poles and string the wires
  6. knowledgeable, trained, and state-licensed electricians to supervise the connections
  7. vehicles to transport the line and pole workers
  8. support staff to keep them on task and working towards a coherent connectivity plan
  9. funding up front to pay for all this before the very first bill (or subsidy) is even collected
  10. agreements and standards-compliance with existing utility infrastructure to make sure everything works together

Now consider the additional weight placed upon these service providers: not only must they "keep America connected," but they also have to do so with a particular quality of connectivity and technology. Not just a ringer phone, but a wireless phone with Caller ID. Not just an Internet connection, but a broadband account.

I mention these providers must do this because the people asserting a right to a service imply the creation of a class of people who are forced to labor for the provision of that service. If I have a right to a DSL connection, local calls, and a cheap cell phone plan, then by the nature of a "right" it is a violation of my rights if I am not supplied with those services. People who take this stance are saying it is immoral and wrong for me to not have these services.

But who is the rights-violator in this instance? Let's say I live out in BFE. Are the executives in AT&T, Time Warner Cable, Sprint, Comcast, T-Mobile, and other telecommunications companies violating my rights by deciding to not extend their service plans to my region? Are they violating my rights by extending their service plans to my region, but at an increased price relative to the prices they charge in urban areas? Did these executives and the people who own the companies infringe upon my natural (and hell, even "Constitutional") rights?

This is as nonsensical as asserting I have a right to a car wash. It posits a claim on someone else's private property based on something so empty as need and national trend. I mentioned above that this is socialism; hell, it's positively Marxist once you strip away the fancy posturing. These people have a need; therefore, other people must be forced into alleviating that need.

It is possible to conceive of a purely voluntary system whereby telecommunications companies tell their normal customers something akin to the following:

We have decided, in the interests of expanding the cohesiveness and connectivity of the American community, to expand our services to those rural areas to which we currently do not offer service and reduce the price we charge to those people who qualify as not making enough money to afford our current plans. However, this is going to be an expensive, multi-year endeavor that, if all other considerations are left as they are, will eat into our profit margins and may complicate existing plans to upgrade our existing services.

Therefore, starting in a few months will be a small change to your bills. We will add a spot where you can elect to pay above and beyond what you owe to us. This donation will go towards paying the costs of achieving of the above goals.

You can donate as much as you want or nothing at all. We have chosen this route because we don't want to drive you away or impose an additional economic burden on your shoulders. Of course, this does not offer the same guarantee as a specific additional charge required of all our customers, but we will explain this to the people to which these new services will extend. If they agree to sign up with us, they will understand their service may depend on your generosity.

If you object to paying this additional fee, you are welcome to break your relationship with our company. If you have existing contracts with us, we will agree to waive the agreement so you will be free to close your account(s) and find another service provider.

To those staying with us, we will provide a monthly accounting of this additional charge to keep you abreast of events and show how this money is being spent or saved. Should you grow tired of paying the extra charge or think we are misallocating the funds, you can end our business relationship whenever you want.

Thank you for your consideration.


Or, in a different format:
We have decided, in the interests of expanding the cohesiveness and connectivity of the American community, to expand our services to those rural areas to which we currently do not offer service and reduce the price we charge to those people who qualify as not making enough money to afford our current plans. However, this is going to be an expensive, multi-year endeavor that, if all other considerations are left as they are, will eat into our profit margins and may complicate existing plans to upgrade our existing services.

Therefore, starting in a few months will be a small addition to your bills. This extra charge, estimated to be no more than a few dollars, will go towards the cost of expanding our rural coverage. It will also go towards underwriting the expenses of our poor clients. We've opted for this path because a voluntary donations system would not ensure a steady stream of revenue for the project and we think most of our customers will understand why we are doing this.

If you object to paying this additional fee, you are welcome to break your relationship with our company. If you have existing contracts with us, we will agree to waive the agreement so you will be free to close your account(s) and find another service provider.

To those staying with us, we will provide a monthly accounting of this additional charge to keep you abreast of events and show how this money is being spent or saved. Should you grow tired of paying the extra charge or think we are misallocating the funds, you can end our business relationship whenever you want.

Thank you for your consideration.


Regardless of the exact method, this would be the honest way to go about this. Intimidating and forcing people to be generous is hardly the right thing to do, whether or not the "average Texan living in a rural area would pay an additional $151.01 each year to receive telecommunications services."

August 28, 2006

The Editorial Board of Houma's The Courier Needs Slaves

The Courier: Even GPS has Louisiana’s coast wrong

The issue: Even state-of-the-art GPS devices can't keep track of our quickly eroding coast.

[...]

There is a potential fix, but it will cost an estimated $14 billion. Local residents and other Louisianians are coughing up dollars as fast as we can, but we won't be able to staunch the flow of marsh into the sea by ourselves. We need help from the rest of the nation, too.


"help"

It sure sounds like a pleasant word. Conjures up visions of resolute volunteers aiding their fellow humans in a time of need. We picture a bucket brigade fighting a neighborhood fire; a tall man offering to get a box down from the top shelf for a smiling old lady; a friend going out of her way to pick you up from the car repair shop. Help is a wonderful thing. Why? Because it is done willingly by the volunteer as a service to someone the volunteer thinks deserves it.

But what The Courier's editorial board is asking for is not help. What they want is a bigger chunk of the federal taxes collected from offshore oil production (otherwise known as "royalties") to be diverted to Louisiana to address the state's receding and eroding coastline. Why do those oil producers make those payments? Out of the sheer magnanimity of their humanitarian hearts, desirous only of seeing some of their wealth spread around the country to fund crucial government projects? Suuure.

Are they "helping" the country? No, those funds are paid because oil producers want the licenses issued by the government that grant them the privilege to produce oil. They don't want to lose the licenses because without them the government will send in the police to stop them. It is also worth noting that existing oil producers gain an advantage over those who want to enter the market because the licensing process is a barrier to entry.

But, essentially, the "royalties" are paid primarily because the oil producers are afraid of the police violence involved in the arrests, jailings, and asset seizures the government imposes on those whom it catches breaking the law. The Courier editorial board isn't seeking the oil companies' help. It is seeking a greater portion of their wealth as taken against their will.

When someone points a gun at you and says, "pay up or else," what results is not help, but a form of slavery. Making this worse is the board's assumption the oil royalties extorted from these companies belong to "the rest of the nation." This sets up their declaration that Louisiana deserves the help of the whole nation, rather than making it clear what they really want is the oil producers' wealth. This is a good example of the extent and grip of the rhetorical and intellectual sloppiness that I see all over the place.

August 25, 2006

Bob Cesca's Frightening Implications

But the president, any president, shouldn't have more free time than you and I.

- No Way In Hell President Bush Has Read 60 Books

I, for one, am quite happy to reverse the standard condemnation of "idle hands" when those hands belong to those in the government. Mr. Cesca goes through no doubt a deeply truncated list of current events that should have occupied Bush's time. Interestingly, he closes with this:
...I'd rather that he simply keep reading instead of thinking of new ways to screw us all...
He and I might not be too far apart, for at least a few seconds of conversation.

The context of this is the report that Bush has read 60 books since the beginning of 2006, even though it seems impossible for Mr. Cesca (and myself) to think an American president sitting through the events of 2006 could possibly have the time to read - and absorb to any practical effect - more than 8,000 pages. The skepticism isn't limited to Mr. Cesca. The US News and World Report article was posted August 20th, so let's say Bush has been reading for 32 weeks (January 1st through August 12th). That's more than a book and a half a week.

Shit, I might need reading lessons from this guy! My backlog is ridiculous: A Weakness for Socio-Political Literature, Bookaholic, My Only Experience with Loompanics..., von Mises Book Bonanza!, etc. I've hardly cracked any of those yet.

Of note within those books Bush allegedly read...get a load of this: Promised Land, Crusader State: The American Encounter with the World Since 1776 by Walter McDougall. Here is part of the Amazon review:

Beginning with the original intentions of the Founding Fathers and the various interpretations of those ideals over the years, he deconstructs the role of the U.S. in global affairs, questioning both the logic and motives of how the nation deals with friend and foe. One of McDougall's major contentions centers on efforts to affect other countries' policies and governments by projecting U.S. standards or choices on them. He is particularly concerned with what he views as an overextension of resources and wisdom, and the glaring hypocrisy such efforts reveal. He points to several examples of how time and energy was wasted trying to change those who were uninterested or unwilling. As McDougall points out lucidly and convincingly in Promised Land, Crusader State: The American Encounter With the World Since 1776, one nation cannot cure the major ills of another, and the price of such an attempt is too great to risk.

Were there snickers, sighs, snorts, or smiles in the Presidential Bedroom when that book was read?

August 20, 2006

Democrats Are Not Pacifists

War may be the answer to a very specific question, but what about the other implication in The Objective Historian's comment?

The fundamental disconnect with reality that so many Regressive-Democrats have is the concept that "war is not the answer." In fact, that is sometimes true; but in the vast majority of cases, it is the answer. E.g., why do you, as an American have freedom of speech? War. Why do we have elections to determine those in authority? War. Etc. Pacifism is ridiculous on its face as are inanities like an eye for an eye makes both sides blind. No, at some point one side surrenders qua surrenders and a resolution exists just as by any other means of diplomacy.

-The Objective Historian


Pacifism is the belief that violence should never be used to resolve disputes. It is a doctrine that says conflicting parties ought to expend every effort to avoid physical fighting. It holds out the hope that every disagreement has a peaceful resolution and every participant is capable of and willing to compromise. A pacifist who seriously adheres to the absolute version of the creed will neither physically fight with anyone nor condone others who do.

So, are Democrats pacifists? Is there something fundamental in Democratic ideology that endorses pacifism?

I think it is reasonable to assume there are pacifists who politically reside near the Democratic Party. I think it is reasonable to assume there are actual pacifists working within the organization attempting to make its outlook, policies, and candidates more pacifist. It is also, I think, reasonable to say Democrats proclaim an overall preference for the peaceful resolution of conflicts. However, it is in this third generalization that the justification for this post's title arises.

Democrats, like just about every other political party, seek to use government power to solve problems. They propose taxes to redistribute wealth from those who don't need it as much to those who do. They want regulatory agencies to restrain how companies do business. They think it is perfectly acceptable for the state to govern and shape the local, regional, and national economies towards a particular direction; price stability, low interest rates, unobtrusive inflation, full employment, and so on. Most have no objection in principle to government defining the limits of acceptable speech. Most have no objection in principle to universal health care coverage.

In this, Democrats are really no different from Republicans. They both seek to use the state to tackle social and economic problems. A plane of even greater agreement, one which they rarely hesitate to join together on, is in the realm of order and peace. Both parties heartily endorse using the state to protect us and our property from murders and thieves. Neither have any serious principled objection to the current triad of government lawmakers, government law enforcement, and government courts of adjudication.

This is why no Democrat could ever truly be a pacifist. To endorse all those positions is to endorse the direct use of violence or the threat of direct violence against those who won't obey the state's commands. The procedure in America is roughly as follows:

  1. If the objector isn't arrested outright on the spot, the state sends warnings of its intention to levy fines and/or arrest the objector if compliance isn't met.
  2. These warnings continue and escalate if the objector continues to resist.
  3. In some cases, a warrant is issued and law enforcement is allowed to arrest the objector when they come into contact.
  4. Eventually, law enforcement begins hunting for the objector.
  5. At some point, private property such as bank accounts and homes are seized.
  6. Public denunciations, if not already communicated, are made.

Even if the objector is in fact a criminal and has committed a genuine crime, the above process of law enforcement not only acts as violence against the criminal, but also against entirely innocent third parties: the distributed network of individuals who've been taxed to supply the state the resources to provide the law enforcement service as well as those people who would have otherwise gone into business as private law enforcement but would not due to both the state's licensing process and general prohibition against competition in the realm of securing peace and justice.

An honest pacifist who takes nonviolence seriously and steps back to fairly appraise the above system couldn't endorse it. He or she may think crime should be opposed in a variety of nonviolent ways, but such a person couldn't support a state system to do it because the state must engage in violence in order to stay in power and enforce its laws. There may be laws on the books right now that technically don't call for police violence, things like simple executive proclamations and congressional resolutions. Even those legal documents, however, could not have been made without the existing tax structure to pay for the land, offices, supplies, and labor that went into their creation.

This is, to be clear, not normally the focus of those who call Democrats pacifists. The more common complaint is a pacifistic foreign policy where the United States only engages in warfare when the threat of war is imminent or has been fulfilled. Obviously, a government that responds to violence with violence stands in contradiction to pacifism's doctrine of negotiation, endurance, surrender, or retreat. I doubt very much that any Democratic government elected in America would take such a foreign policy stance given the need to win votes from so many people who have a weaker threshold for justifying war.

But even considering that, the same underlying violence that keeps the police, courts, and legislature going is the same underlying violence that pays for the people, services, and physical resources that would write and discuss the hypothetical pacifist policy of negotiate, endure, surrender, and retreat. Who would pay for the army of diplomats these alleged Democrats would need to deploy? How would these foreign service officers, consular officials, and ambassadors get from place to place or communicate among thousands of contacts? Who would pay for the buildings, office supplies, and assistants these people would need to occupy to get their work done?

I'll tell you: millions of individual wage-earners who would have held on to 10-35% of their rightful wealth if it were not for the IRS's threats to harass (send warnings, "audit"), fine, and arrest you...threats that are not empty, despite the general incompetence of state organs. These folks are presented with a choice: either follow our orders or face escalating state violence up to and including your death at the hands of a law enforcement officer if you resist enough.

How could a conscientious pacifist accept that system, so permeated with credible threats of violence and its widespread usage?

No, Democrats are not pacifists. Republicans are not pacifists. This is because statists are not pacifists.

August 17, 2006

The Borrower Is the Slave to the Lender?

[Updates below.]

Gettin' e-mail spam with that in the title and body. Seems like line that originates from the Bible:

The rich rule over the poor,
and the borrower is servant to the lender.

Proverbs 22:7, New International Version


The King James Version is only slightly different: The rich ruleth over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender.

Today's New International Version has it as The rich rule over the poor, and the borrower is slave to the lender.

The Message version translates it to The poor are always ruled over by the rich, so don't borrow and put yourself under their power.

In the New American Standard Bible, the passage is The rich rules over the poor, And the borrower becomes the lender's slave.

The New Living Translation writes Just as the rich rule the poor, so the borrower is servant to the lender.

The award for the most explicit goes to the New International Reader's Version: Rich people rule over those who are poor. Borrowers are slaves to lenders.

Hmmm.

I wonder how much this kind of anti-economic thinking hindered growth over the centuries. Biblical shame aimed at lenders (and borrowers, who apparently choose to become "slaves" in defiance of gawd's desire) had to have placed a terrible burden on some people who tried to take the Bible seriously and run a business. I can imagine children who've read this chapter and verse for the first time wondering in horror what they've been doing to their friends and what their friends have been doing to them the whole time.

Oh no - I lent my pencil to Robert yesterday! How did I make him my servant? All I did was ask him to return it to me when he was finished. I've seen how black people were treated, but I've never whipped or humiliated Robert for not doing what I wanted. I wasn't using my pencil at the time and if he promised to bring it back in a few hours, I wasn't going to hurt him or push him around. If he was forgetful I would just remind him to bring it over the next chance he gets. Even if he broke it by accident I wasn't going to punch him or something. Maybe just ask him to get me a new one. But now I feel terrible! Have I committed a sin? Am I going to Hell? I better not tell my parents in case they punish me...and I'm not going to share my things again because I don't want to be a bad boy.

And vice versa:

What? I needed a dollar from Carol to buy candy last week and she said she'd give it to me buy only if I gave her a dollar-twenty-five by tomorrow. I knew that I'd get my allowance yesterday and I'd have plenty of money to pay her back. I really wanted a snack last week. I was going to give her the dollar back anyway; she told me she wanted the extra twenty-five cents to get something this week. Carol had mentioned she was just a few cents away from enough money to get her mom a birthday present, so I guess the twenty-five cents is going towards that. But I'm still free, aren't I? She didn't ask me to jump through hoops or anything. I promised to pay her the dollar-twenty-five and I didn't know you could promise yourself into being a slave.

What total absurdity. Think of all the proud Christian men "enslaving" their neighbors when they let them borrow lawn mowers and the millions of "enslaved" pious women who're temporarily using Tupperware from their mothers. A loan isn't a slave contract. It is a voluntary agreement between people to do certain things at certain times. Well-written contracts have clauses in them that explain the peaceful procedures the parties are to take in the event of a breach of contract. Poorly-written contracts may lack these things and may specify harsh penalties in case of failure to fulfill one's obligations, but the parties to the contract agreed to those penalties at the time of signing and with the exception of contracts explicitly

Asking someone to do something in exchange for you doing something isn't a servant-master relationship. It is the foundation of a normal, prosperous society.

UPDATED 8/24/2006 1:44am
Debt and Voluntary Servitude

August 02, 2006

Peter Berkowitz, Progressives, and the Principles of Individual Freedom

Policy Review: War-Torn Democrats

[P]rogressives [...] affirm the universal application of the principles of individual freedom.

This is utterly untrue.

Where is the progressives' universal concern for the principles of individual freedom when applied to, for example, the business owner who honestly thinks the labor of an employee is not worth paying a mandated minimum wage and who would otherwise earn less if it wasn't for the state's threat to violently take away that business owner's freedom?

Where is the progressives' universal concern for the principle of individual freedom when applied to, for example, the parents who honestly think they will do a superior job of educating their children and yet who still pay for the public educations of other children because the state has threatened to violently take away their freedom if they do not "contribute"?

I could list examples for days because the thousands of concrete issues at stake boil down to the myriad ways the federal, state, and local governments habitually, ritually, repeatedly, consistently, and openly violate the principle of individual freedom...ways that are championed by progressives on grounds that habitually, ritually, repeatedly, consistently, and openly set aside that principle in order to accomplish some goal.

If this was a man who could think straight, he'd realize the total insanity in making the above statement and then saying later:

The centerpiece of [Peter Beinart]'s prescriptions, as it was for the contributors to [Will Marshall]'s book, is the call for extensive new programs for the economic and political development of the Middle East. Beinart wants the U.S. to fund these programs generously while carrying them out in cooperation with our European allies, the UN, the World Bank, the IMF, and the Arab Muslim nations for whom the programs are intended. In theory this is appealing.

Not a single word about from where the resources for these generous programs would come: the taxpayer, who would otherwise overwhelmingly not voluntarily donate such sums of his or her wealth if it were not for the threat of police aggression and its occasional follow-through. The billions currently available to the states' treasuries would never have left the possession of individuals without that system of aggression.

Such robbery would be decried as a violation of individual freedom in the context of the street, but progressives are constitutionally incapable of carrying that abstraction to greater levels once "the community" or "the common good" is invoked.

Similarly, see John Kerry's clarion call for the wholesale forced collectivization of the remaining marking in American health care:

Here's my bottom line - these are the four principles I'm going to go to the mat to make real:

FIRST - Every American, and I mean everybody, must have health coverage by 2012.

SECOND - To get there, we start with kids first. They're born; they're enrolled in health care. They go to child care, they're enrolled. They go to school, they're enrolled. No "ifs," "ands," or "buts," every child gets health care - automatically, immediately, every child in America gets health care now.

THIRD - We must and will control the skyrocketing premiums, co-pays, and exclusions that make a mockery of the insurance hard-working families pay for month after month. No longer will families be pushed into bankruptcy by medical bills they can't pay -- no longer will sons and daughters have to choose between paying for a doctor's bill for one child or college tuition for another -- it is time to finally guarantee that as health care costs are held down, Americans get the health care they need and deserve.

FOURTH - and finally, instead of telling tens of millions to wait until they are sick enough to go to an emergency room, we must and will assure high quality and preventive care for every American.


Holdouts - those exercising their individual freedom to abstain for their own reasons - get no consideration. They'll get escalatingly unpleasant notices that finally cumulate in a visit from law enforcement, an audience with a court, and a relocation to prison. Your desire to retain the parental prerogative in your child's well-being, as well as the child's own rightful degree of individual liberty in making these decisions, are irrelevant. The state knows and judges better than you. If progressives cared about individual freedom, they'd recognize that concept for the fantastic danger it is, for it undermines all promises to respect individual freedom and opens the door to actual rights violations rather than imagined. Once you admit individuals are not capable or responsible enough, in principle, to act in their own interests, you've kick-started the slave mentality.

When Kerry asks of progressives, "what are you willing to fight for to make health care work for everyone?" he wants to know how much of their tolerance for individual freedom they are willing to set aside. Doctors who set their own prices...not acceptable. Insurance companies following the terms of their contracts and denying coverage to people with pre-existing conditions...not acceptable. People who choose to shoulder the full risk of potential medical expenses down the road...not acceptable.

You will change their ways, or face people who can hurt, kidnap, and steal from you because they have state-granted immunities to do so.

Kerry wants to dictate what our health care options are and how those services are rendered. Kerry - and everyone who doesn't flatly reject his "principles" on their face as a result of the tyranny they imply - sees individuals as means to an end.

This is why I'll never be a "progressive."

July 24, 2006

The Group Rights Fallacy

"They called him brother? That's just embarrassing," said Charles Barron, a black New York City councilman who is making his own bid for Congress in a neighboring Brooklyn district.

"People keep saying David has the right to run. Well, we should be talking about group rights, not individual rights. Black people who have been oppressed and repressed, we can take care of ourselves. We don't need him to take care of us," Barron said.

Copyright 2006 Associated Press. All rights reserved.


If your fundamental unit of moral calculation is The Group rather than The Individual, you will ultimately value the group over the individual. This is the moral calculation of tyrants, dictators, and authoritarians. You don't matter in the final account, only the "wills" of the groups to which you belong.

Nevermind the pragmatic problem of defining just exactly what constitutes "the group." The entire concept is incoherent.

July 20, 2006

Code Phrase of the Day - "Comprehensive Solution"

Patton said regardless of the cause or the cures [of Colorado's and Denver's ozone and smog problem], something must be done.

"Smog pollution problems are no longer confined to urban Denver, but reach far across the Colorado Front Range," she said. "The reality is that we need a comprehensive solution."


-Vickie Patton, attorney with Environmental Defense


When the above is uttered by someone like her, I think you can safely assume what is actually meant is something less euphemistic. Something more like

The reality is that we need more collective supervision and control over individuals and their property via the state.

July 13, 2006

Someone Drag Alcee Hastings Out of the Room

The AP via the Houston Chronicle: House rejects changes to Voting Rights Act

Rep. Alcee Hastings, D-Fla., called lawmakers who wanted to loosen the requirements in the law "ideological soul mates" of lawmakers who opposed the 1964 Civil Rights Act.

"For them, this is not a debate about fairness, it is about ideology. Ideology has no place in today's debate," Hastings said. "We should do this not for the partisan benefit but because, as John Kennedy said, it is right."

2006 The Associated Press


I wonder what he thinks an ideology is.

He's certainly using one to make the claim this law is "right."

June 21, 2006

Everything That's Wrong with the Minimum Wage

With no increase in the minimum wage again this year, it's up to the states to try to help provide workers with liveable salaries.

-redlami

If that ain't the most succinct way to describe how collectivists think about the relationship between the government and the individual...

June 08, 2006

And You Wanted to Give Them Ballots

Is it just me, or is the Middle East a lot like 7th Grade with RPGs?

-Instapundit

I still have a hard time believing that I once was a vocal advocate of going to war in the Middle East.

May 06, 2006

Spot the Contradiction

Connecticut Bob:

Joe Lieberman supports the approach of the Catholic hospitals when it comes to contraceptives for rape victims (as reported in The New Haven Register, by Gregory B. Hladky on 03/13/2006, via KissJoeGoodbye.Com).

Lieberman said he believes hospitals that refuse to give contraceptives to rape victims for "principled reasons" shouldn't be forced to do so.

"In Connecticut, it shouldn't take more than a short ride to get to another hospital," he said.

Well Joe, that's not very helpful. I mean, I know that you'll never need emergency contraception at two o'clock in the morning after having been brutally raped. So I guess it's easy for you to disregard any woman who is unlucky enough to have gone through that trauma.


All emphasis in the original.

Forcing others to do what you want sexually to them = Not OK.
Forcing others to do what you want medically to others = OK.

May 05, 2006

Why Hasn't Socialism Died?

Instapundit points to Lee Harris in TCS Daily who says:

Thus, in the coming century, those who are advocates of capitalism may well find themselves confronted with "a myth gap." Those who, like Chavez, Morales, and Castro, are preaching the old time religion of socialism may well be able to tap into something deeper and more primordial than mere reason and argument, while those who advocate the more rational path of capitalism may find that they have few listeners among those they most need to reach -- namely, the People. Worse, in a populist democracy, the People have historically demonstrated a knack of picking as their leaders those know the best and most efficient way to by-pass their reason -- demagogues who can reach deep down to their primordial and, alas, often utterly irrational instincts. This, after all, has been the genius of every great populist leader of the past, as it is proving to be the genius of those populist leaders who are now springing up around the world, from Bolivia to Iran.

This is why socialism isn't dead, and why in our own century it may well spring back into life with a force and vigor shocking to those who have, with good reason, declared socialism to be no longer viable. It is also why Georges Sorel is perhaps even more relevant today than he was a hundred years ago. He knew that it was hopeless to guide men by reason and argument alone. Men need myths -- and until capitalism can come up with a transformative myth of its own, it may well be that many men will prefer to find their myths in the same place they found them in the first part of the twentieth century -- the myth of revolutionary socialism.

This is the challenge that capitalism faces in the world today -- whether it will rise to the challenge is perhaps the most urgent question of our time, and those who refuse to confront this challenge are doing no service to reason or to human dignity and freedom. Bad myths can only be driven out by better myths, and unless capitalism can provide a better myth than socialism, the latter will again prevail.

2000-2006 TCS Daily


I think Mr. Lee is infuriatingly close, but still misses the target. The reason why socialism still prevails today (yes, I do think it is predominant) is because most people have yet to reject it's premises. Why have they not done so? Because they refuse to engage their brains.

Therefore, I find it counterproductive (to say the very least) to endorse the stance that humans are incorrigibly irrational and can only be persuaded to see or agree with your argument by appealing to emotion and myth (!!!).

Professor Reynolds actually gets nearer to the point than Mr. Lee when he pithily comments, "Because there's a believer born every minute?" Not born, dude.

Swindled.

May 02, 2006

The Shameful Geographic Ignorance of Young Americans

National Geographic: Young Americans Geographically Illiterate, Survey Suggests

Young adults in the United States fail to understand the world and their place in it, according to a survey-based report on geographic literacy released today.

From the Roper survey's findings (PDF), out of 510 Americans between the ages of 18 and 24 and with a margin of error of +/- 4.4%:
  • 41% didn't know the Amazon rainforest was in South America; 42% didn't know the Sahara was in Africa
  • 54% didn't know Sudan was in Africa; 40% didn't know Rwanda was in Africa
  • 63% couldn't find Iraq or Saudi Arabia on a map of the Middle East; 75% couldn't find Iran or Israel; 44% couldn't find any of those four; among those with college experience, 23% found all four countries and of those without college experience, only 6% found all four
  • 88% couldn't find Afghanistan; 70% couldn't find Egypt; 65% couldn't find the UK; 44% couldn't find Brazil
  • 51% couldn't find Japan; 47% couldn't find India; only 6% could successfully find China, India, Japan, North Korea, and Afghanistan...and only 9% of students could do it
  • 70% couldn't find North Korea on a map; 63% didn't know the North-South Korean border is more fortified than any other on the planet
  • 31% couldn't find China; 82% didn't know Mandarin Chinese was the most common native language on the planet (74% thought it was English); 48% thought China was the world's largest exporter when it's actually the U.S.
  • 75% didn't know Indonesia had a majority Muslim population and 75% couldn't even point it out on a world map
  • 65% were wrong when asked to identify the nation (Pakistan) affected by the massive October 2005 earthquake which killed more than 70,000 people; 29% thought it was Sri Lanka, probably confusing the earthquake with the tsunami of the same year
  • among those surveyed who had taken a specific class in geography, 21% couldn't find Australia; 19% couldn't find the Gulf of Mexico
  • 6%, 8%, and 12% couldn't find the U.S., Canada, or Mexico on a map
  • 33%, 48%, 50%, and 57% couldn't find the states of Louisiana, Mississippi, New York, or Ohio on a map of the U.S., respectively; 80% cannot find all of those and California, Texas, and Nevada
  • 50% said being able to read a map is "absolutely necessary"; 24% couldn't find a port city on a fake map even with hints such as road convergence and waterfront location; 34% couldn't tell the direction from Japan to Australia is south; 34% couldn't utilize a map to find a city northwest of a port city in the event of a evacuation; 32% couldn't calculate the concurrent times in New York City and Los Angeles
  • 31% said they knew "the same" as the average American in geography; 28% said they knew more

Some of these findings are shocking, even for a jaded bastard like myself. I feel compelled to quiz my friends on this stuff. I am of the mind that the error rate on just about every one of these questions ought to remain steadily below 10% in an intellectually healthy society. This is basic shit, folks, information that has been thrown at us in the news for, in some cases, more than four years.

Outrageous. And to think these people (whom are not that much younger than I) are the next generation of voters.

*shudder*

February 24, 2006

The Most Dangerous Thing About Marijuana

A falling coconut will kill any human standing underneath it. Water will kill you if you're stuck in it. It'll also kill you if you don't have any. The most dangerous thing about marijuana is that you can get shot by people with guns who have the license to do so by the people that haven't extended their political approval to certain plants.

GB1Kenobi in this MySpace thread

February 07, 2006

Welcome, Executive Office of Asset Forfeiture!

After reading this from Matthew Bryan and remembering that I hadn't checked my Sitemeter details log in some time, I gave it a shot.


About TEOAF & TFF
The Treasury Executive Office for Asset Forfeiture (TEOAF) administers the Treasury Forfeiture Fund (TFF). The TFF was established in 1992 as the successor to what was then the Customs Forfeiture Fund. It is the receipt account for the deposit of non-tax forfeitures made by the following member agencies:
  • Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigation Division (IRS-CI), U.S. Department of the Treasury;
  • U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (U.S. ICE), Department of Homeland Security;
  • U.S. Customs and Border Protection (U.S. CBP);
  • Department of Homeland Security;
  • U.S. Secret Service, Department of Homeland Security;
  • U.S. Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security

The creation of the TFF brought together all then-Treasury law enforcement agencies. Although some bureaus were subsequently transferred to the Department of Homeland Security by the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Public Law No. 107-296), they remain participants of the Treasury Forfeiture Fund.

Effective law enforcement actions against criminal enterprises, from drug cartels to terrorist organizations, require depriving them of their enabling assets and profits that support or stem from their existence. The TFF is derived from the forfeited assets of criminal enterprises. The TFF is a special receipt account, i.e., a resource account that provides funding to the participating law enforcement agencies to enhance their capabilities to conduct successful investigations and forfeitures.

The Mission of The Treasury Forfeiture Fund is to Affirmatively Influence the Consistent and Strategic use of Asset Forfeiture by Participating Agencies to Disrupt and Dismantle Criminal Enterprises.

The Treasury Executive Office for Asset Forfeiture (TEOAF), through the provision of leadership, guidance, and stewardship, works to maximize the impact of forfeitures performed by the participating agencies.

As the administrator of the Treasury Forfeiture Fund, TEOAF performs the following functions:

  • promotes the use of proceeds from asset forfeitures to fund programs and activities aimed at disruption and dismantling criminal infrastructures, in particular major case initiatives and activities enhancing forfeiture capabilities;
  • manages TFF revenues to cover the costs of seizure and forfeiture;
  • trains law enforcement personnel of the participating agencies in various aspects of asset forfeiture;
  • promotes cooperation among federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies through funding of expenses including equitable sharing, as well as the development of task forces;
  • promotes financial stability and vitality of the TFF;
  • coordinates TFF policy among the participating agencies;
  • through the precepts of risk management, identifies and initiates action to address program risks.

The TFFs enabling legislation was first published in Public law 102-393, enacted October 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1729, and is codified under Title 31 U.S.C. 9703.

About Forfeiture
There are two types of forfeiture available to the government: civil forfeiture and criminal forfeiture. A civil forfeiture is intended to confiscate property used or acquired in violation of the law; a criminal forfeiture is imposed on a wrongdoer as part of his/her punishment following a conviction. The procedures involved in these two types of forfeiture are very different; however, the results are the same, which is the transfer of rights, title, and interest of the property to the United States.

So what was someone from this office doing on my website? He or she did a search for Margie Schoedinger and clicked on my post. I was doubly curious about this because today a new commenter popped up. However, neither the IP addresses nor the visit times match up. Durn. I'd be just tickled if Director Eric Hampl had stopped by to take a pseudonymous shit on President Bush and all it stands for.

Anyway, learning about the TEOAF was a good exercise. Now I know of a good agency to reference when talking about the entrenched, methodical, and routine federal theft of private property.

February 02, 2006

Bow Before My Unreason!

The Financial Times: Anti-Muslim cartoons 'will fuel terrorism'

Muslim condemnation of the European media campaign to reprint controversial cartoons of the Prophet Mohammed spread on Thursday, with leaders warning the controversy could play into the hands of extremists.

Copyright The Financial Times Ltd 2006


I find this entire squabble absolutely fascinating.

One ideology asserts literal submission by all to the word and will of the ether. One ideology asserts the group ought to be given precedence over individuals. What makes this the most interesting is the sincerity each side has in their belief.

Fireworks like these are rare to watch: the fresh impact of two fundamentally incompatible philosophies who have not collided so sharply and so openly in some time.

February 01, 2006

Thought Experiment

The AP via the Washington Post: Women Sue Wal-Mart Over Contraception

Backed by abortion rights groups, three Massachusetts women sued Wal-Mart on Wednesday, accusing the retail giant of violating a state regulation by failing to stock emergency contraception pills in its pharmacies.

The lawsuit, filed in state court, seeks to force the company to carry the morning-after pill in its 44 Wal-Marts and four Sam Club stores in Massachusetts.

2006 The Associated Press


I want to walk up to Katrina McCarty of Somerville, Julie Battel of Boston, and Dr. Rebekah Gee of Boston and ask them if they'd support a law requiring all women above the age of 14 to stock levonorgestrel at their legal residence, or, perhaps, compelling them to have on their person at least one dose at all times.

Under threat of government force, of course.

January 17, 2006

It Feels Good to Tax

Now taxing the hell out of the Malibu Mafia to pay for improving healthcare for the poor emotionally hits the all the right notes for me (I'm the Armed Liberal, remember). But I'm grown-up enough to notice that what feels good emotionally doesn't necessarily make for good policy.
There's much to gawk at in this post.

Does Europe Embrace the Agora Greater Than the United States?

There could be no Google without an Internet. It's interesting to note that many of the public or pseudo-public layers, such as HTML and LINUX, arose in a European context, where the ideal of the Agora is more influential than in the USA.

-Jaron Lanier in The Gory Antigora: Illusions of Capitalism and Computers

For information on what "agora" means in a political context, see Endervidualism, Agoraphilia, or BlackCrayon.com. Simply put, an agora is a place or condition where freedom, openness, and tolerance for individuality are prevailing values. Readers, feel free to offer corrections or additions. The gist is quickly absorbed by reading the above links.

Given that, consider the current state of European politics. I think Mr. Lanier has some 'splaining to do if he really thinks the broad European polity prefers the voluntary social interactions implied by an agora over the coercion necessary to maintain state functions and authority. It is true that the difference between Europe and America on this subject is one of ever-dwindling degree. However, I don't think the facts point to his conclusion here, unless he was trying to quietly reference utopian communism.

In which case, Mr. Lanier has bigger problems.

January 13, 2006

Seminole County SWAT and Sheriff Competence

[Updates below.]

The AP via the Tucson Citizen: Gun-wielding middle school student shot by SWAT team

A suicidal eighth grader who pulled a handgun in class and briefly took another child hostage was shot by a SWAT team member today when he later threatened deputies, Seminole County officials said.

Sheriff Don Eslinger said the 15-year-old boy brought the gun to Milwee Middle School in his backpack and briefly took a fellow student hostage during a classroom scuffle.

The student then ran from the classroom and was pursued by deputies into a restroom and isolated there, Eslinger said. The school was evacuated, and no one else was injured. Officials with the sheriff's office said they had not confirmed whether the gun the boy had was real or a toy.


Ignoring the meat of the story, re-read that last sentence. Perhaps something was lost in communication to the news service, but if law enforcement cannot within single-digit minutes confirm whether an object that looks like a firearm is an actual handgun or a toy, then those law enforcement officers are utterly incompetent. The threat of harm caused by a gun is the primary reason they are there, so isolating and confiscating the gun-like object ought to be on the top five list of Do It Right Now priorities in the moments after taking action.

Identifying it as a real gun should take anyone familiar with firearms less than a minute. Weight, materials of fabrication, presence of ammunition, a functioning hammer and action...these are the sort of things that can be checked and verified right there on the spot. Unless someone thought it would be best for the media to not get all the information or unless the info had just not been passed to the public relations staff, I don't any justification for not knowing and confirming whether the object was a real handgun or just a toy.

UPDATED 1/14/2006 8:41pm
Christopher Penley has died.

A reportedly suicidal teenager who was shot by police while brandishing a pellet gun in his middle school has died of his injuries, his family's spokeswoman said Saturday.

Kelly Swofford, a neighbor who had been with the family all morning, stood outside their home and confirmed that 15-year-old Christopher Penley had died.

"They want to donate his organs because that is what Chris would want," Swofford said. "The family is devastated, just devastated."

Penley, of Winter Springs, was accused of pulling the pellet gun in a classroom Friday and pointing it at other students before forcing one into a closet, then leading deputies and SWAT team members on a chase that ended in a school bathroom.

When he raised the gun at a deputy, a SWAT team member shot him, authorities said.

Officers who had responded to the 1,100-student school in suburban Orlando believed the gun was a Beretta 9mm, and didn't learn until after the shooting that it was a pellet gun.

[...]

At a news conference following the shooting Friday at suburban Orlando's Milwee Middle School, authorities put the pellet gun side-by-side with a Beretta. It appeared to have black paint covering the red or pink markings on the muzzle that may have indicated to officers that it was a nonlethal weapon.

"As you can see, it doesn't take a professional to see how close this looks to the real thing. I would not be able to tell the difference," said Joyce Dawley, the Florida Department of Law Enforcement special agent in charge of the investigation.

Copyright 2005 Associated Press. All right reserved.



There's the pellet gun ( WXIA-TV Atlanta)


Expect calls to be made to tighten the regulations on toy guns. What a tragic, crappy mess.

December 06, 2005

George Scarlett, Extremist!

AP via ABCNews: Cafe Stirs Debate Over Kids' Behavior

Too often, though, our cultural emphasis on freedom and individual rights gets taken to the extreme, becoming "a kind of selfish entitlement that undermines our ability to function as a civil community," says George Scarlett, a professor of child development at Tufts University in Boston.

Where is this culture? Can you point me in its general direction?

I don't see it in the United States...in fact, too often is it the case where freedom and individual rights are violated, repressed, denied, and infringed.

Do you think Professor Scarlett is the victim of bad editing and reporting? From the article, it seems he thinks collectivistic altruism ultimately trumps individualistic egoism. Such a moral code wouldn't surprise me. Digging around, I find the following: his mentorship/sponsorship of a "Part-Time Lecturer: Rights of Children to Social Services Spring 2006" position at Tufts University. I have little doubt the "right to social services" isn't fundamentally questioned in that class.

"The rights of any one individual whether he or she be a parent, child or stranger do not negate the rights of others."

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


It says here that Professor Scarlett's expertise is in "Children's play, Religious and spiritual development, Approaches to managing children's problem behavior, Organized youth sports." So why was he quoted and published as an authority on ethics and rights?

Certainly that last bit about rights-negation sounds good. But isn't such a dogmatic, hard-liner, extreme position too hard on poor Civil Community?

November 23, 2005

Falling Standards

Professor Balkin's analysis strikes me as the most pessimistic possible view of the case. It is true that Mr. Padilla has already been deprived of his freedom for three years. On the other hand he was not thrown in an oubliette and forgotten.

-nk over at Balkinization

November 22, 2005

The Price of Gold

Gold price approach 18-year high of 500 dollars

Is it accurate to say that while it is certainly possible more people value more gold more than in the recent past, it is more likely the primary reason gold is growing more expensive in dollars is because the dollar itself is growing more worthless?

November 18, 2005

What Would a "A Constitutional Right to Privacy" Entail?

A Constitutional Right to Privacy

I've long thought that Democrats could benefit from making "privacy" a plank of their platform. People instinctively don't like government meddling in their private lives, and "privacy" is a broad enough notion to encompass everything from reproductive freedom to the Patriot Act.

How about starting an effort to enshrine a right to privacy in the Constitution? Maybe it's time to make it explicit, rather than continue the tedious debate over whether the Constitution really guarantees such a right.


Little do these morons know, an serious and enforced right to privacy would ruin their precious state. Some of the commenters in that thread recognize that, and are doing their level best to retain the facets of regulation they see as absolutely vital to a functioning society.

November 17, 2005

Andrew Taylor, Associated Press Renegade?

Holy shit.

How is this true?

Am I crazy?

The AP via ABC News: House Rejects GOP Leaders' Budget Cuts

House Rejects Cuts to School, Health Care Programs, Part of GOP Campaign to Reduce Deficit

By ANDREW TAYLOR Associated Press Writer

WASHINGTON Nov 17, 2005

Republicans suffered a startling setback in the House on Thursday, losing a vote on cutting spending for education and health care programs. A broader budget-cutting blueprint targeting the poor, college students and farmers also was in danger.

Both bills are part of a campaign by Republican leaders to burnish their party's budget-cutting credentials as they try to reduce a deficit swelled by spending on the Iraq war and Hurricane Katrina. In both cases, GOP moderates balked.

The 224-209 vote against a $602 billion spending bill for health, education and labor programs disrupted plans by the Republican leaders to finish work on 11 spending bills that would pay for government operations and freeze many agency budgets through next September.

Democrats were unanimous in opposing that one-year appropriations bill. "It betrays our nation's values and its future," said House Minority Whip Steny Hoyer, D-Md. "It is neither compassionate, conservative nor wise."

A companion deficit-reduction bill that would slice $50 billion from the deficit through the end of the decade, also faces unanimous opposition from Democrats, as well as from many moderate Republicans who are unhappy with cuts to Medicaid, food stamps and college loan subsidies.

It would cut from so-called mandatory programs whose budgets increase automatically every year. The proposed savings are modest considering the $14 trillion the government is set to spend during the five-year period.


*pause*

What was that?

The proposed savings are modest considering the $14 trillion the government is set to spend during the five-year period.

I read that and my mind went into overdrive.

I've seen a good number of AP/Reuters/etc wire reports. I've never attempted to conduct or have digested an authoritative accounting of wire news political bias, but I know crap when I smell it. And the news media produces no shortage of crap.

I cannot recall a wire story that published words of its own as quoted above. Not in the literal sense, because I'm certain I've come across news articles that talk about the exponential difference between the total federal budget and some government program. No, I mean look at what is being described as "modest": "Medicaid, food stamps and college loan subsidies."

Imagine that! A moderately negative comment about the defeat of a bill that cut bread-and-butter big government programs.

Then there is this at the end:

The deficit-reduction bill is the first effort in eight years to take on the automatic growth of mandatory programs like Medicaid, which make up about 55 percent of the budget. By comparison, the annual appropriations bills fund about one-third of the budget.

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


Now how about that? Pertinent information that casts a potentially wry eye at monolithic government combined with the above-mentioned comment.

I chuckle here, however, to note that even if you classify this as some sort of "victory" for the individualist liberty camp (as I nearly did), this merely represents a nanoscopic lessening of the momentum of a truly staggering mass.

November 14, 2005

Somewhere, Somehow, You Will Always Be a Minority

English speakers are 5% of the global population and we believe in "one person - one vote" which means "Houston we have a problem."

-Bill White at tacitus.org

November 01, 2005

Secession Rhetorics

jomama knows the crucial aspect of the concept "secession." Do you?

October 28, 2005

Self-Determination Has Few Friends

AP via ABCNEWS: Bush Stung As Miers Withdraws Nomination

There were fresh problems at mid-week, including the disclosure of a speech Miers delivered in 1993 that touched on the issues of abortion and voluntary school prayer. "The underlying theme in most of these cases is the insistence of more self-determination. And the more I think about these issues, the more self-determination makes the most sense," she said, remarks that sparked fresh criticism from conservative groups.

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


This shouldn't be surprising. Conservatives, by definition, are against self-determination as a matter of principle. Though I have no doubt that Ms. Miers is not a real self-determinist, the concept will frighten conservatives. It instantly clashes with their general stance on a variety of domestic issues. On a deeper level (one shared by liberals), real self-determination runs straight up against whatever passes for a popular concept of property rights these days. Deeper still, it is an idea that directly opposes every political philosophy that calls for the existence of the state. Individual sovereignty, home rule, and independence: the absence of aggresive domination.

Because if the life someone chooses, if the actions taken by a person, if these and an individual's values are and ought to remain self-determined, you kick out a leg from the government justification tripod...the one carrying the most weight.

September 19, 2005

What Was It That Ayn Rand Said About Writing Style?

Financial Times: Pause celebre

The semicolon "signals that you're not expressing a singular thought", explains the prolific cultural critic, Chris Lehmann. "It signals that there's tension, that there is some contradictory evidence - and you [have to] sort of trust readers to be able to deal with that, which most editors don't and many writers don't." Menand locates this fear of complexity in the idea that language should do no more than hold up a mirror to the world. "If you subscribe to linguistic transparency, there's a bias in favour of simplicity," he says. And the thing is, millions of Americans do subscribe to linguistic transparency having studied The Elements of Style, by William Strunk, a professor of English at Cornell, and The New Yorker writer E.B. White. As Yagoda notes in The Sound on the Page, Strunk and White's "implicit and sometimes explicit goal is a transparent prose, where the writing exists solely to serve the meaning, and no trace of the author - no mannerisms, no voice, no individual style - should remain."

Lehmann connects this impulse to realism, "the most stolid literary innovation that Americans can claim in modern fiction, which is all about the faithful representation of reality without ambivalence, self-doubt, without writerly flourishes really of any kind".

"It's more a distrust of ornament," says Thomas Frank, author of What's the Matter with Kansas? - How Conservatives Won the Heart of America. "[The Victorian] period is so discredited and the semicolon is an automatic marker of a disgraced genteel style."

It may seem bizarre to read so much into a stop on the page, but the semicolon is a pause for ambiguity, amusement, complexity, doubt, and nuance. If writing lacks these "genteel" qualities, can we be all that surprised if it is either as dull as a computer manual, or as demagogic as a soapbox on Hyde Park Corner? Perhaps it is not a surprise that stylish writing now has the whiff of radicalism - or, more aptly, that radical writing, in a stunning rebuff to the theory-bearing academic left, is now self-consciously stylish. Thomas Frank's book has sold more than 500,000 copies in hardback - an astonishing feat for a progressive political screed that was mocked in the dourly mainstream New York Times. For his muse, Frank turned to the sumptuous prose of Thomas Carlyle's The French Revolution.

"If I were linguistic emperor," says Michael Tomasky, who recently took over as editor of the unabashedly liberal The American Prospect, "not only would semicolons be mandatory, but we'd all be writing like Carlyle: massive 130-word sentences that were mad concatenations of em dashes, colons, semicolons, parentheticals, asides; reading one of those Carlyle sentences can sweep me along in its mighty wake and make me feel as if I'm on some sort of drug. What writing today does that? Some, maybe even a lot, in the realm of literature; but not much in non-fiction, alas."

Copyright The Financial Times Ltd 2005.


All italics are mine.

If language isn't supposed to reflect reality and truth, then what the hell ought it reflect?

Quotes from the current Wikipedia entry on Carlyle:

[Carlyle's] Sartor Resartus was intended to be a new kind of book: simultaneously factual and fictional, serious and satirical, speculative and historical...Sartor Resartus was initially considered bizarre and incomprehensible...For Carlyle, chaotic events demanded what he called 'heroes' to take control over the competing forces erupting within society...As soon as ideological 'formulas' replaced heroic human action society became dehumanised.

[...]

This dehumanisation of society was a theme pursued in later books, such as Past and Present, in which Carlyle contrasted life in a Medieval monastery with modern society. For Carlyle the monastic community was unified by human and spiritual values, while modern culture deified impersonal economic forces and abstract theories of human 'rights' and natural 'laws'. Communal values were collapsing into isolated individualism and ruthless laissez faire Capitalism, justified by what he called the "dismal science" of economics.


And guess what?
These ideas were influential on the development of Socialism, but aspects of Carlyle's thinking in his later years also helped to form Fascism.

I'm trying to remember what Rand wrote about writing clarity and how it relates to one's philosophy. I know she (or a related thinker) dissed Kant heavily and based part of that rejection on his literary form. I don't think Kant was mentioned by name, but the reference to a German philosopher was unmistakable.

September 14, 2005

Price Gouging and Human Robots

It occurred to me why all this "price gouging" nonsense enjoys so much popularity.

The people promoting the idea, encouraging it to spread elsewhere for some as-yet-undefined action to take place in response to it, have a concept of humans at odds with reality. They see consumers as essentially being thrown on pikes against their will, forced to pay prices higher than normal. They think consumers cannot avoid these prices and are thus doomed to be gouged without recourse to self-defense.

This mindset sees the individual human as a simple robot governed by immediate needs, unable to think ahead and weigh current values with future expectations. This concept holds humans as mere inertia, incapable of changing course.

While some of the more honest "price gouger!" banner wavers might admit that some people will face stark choices between some taken-for-granted essential product in their lives...or ten gallons of gasoline, they never rest on that point to consider what it means, preferring to jump directly to their next point: blaming, insulting, and injuring the people who "force" them into that choice. Outraged by observing their favored group of people under stress, they condemn without aim.

I don't see humans as robots, unable to adapt to their environment. Some may well be unwilling to take responsibility for themselves, but it doesn't follow from that fact to say or imply everyone else is like that.

My girlfriend, currently hunting for a job, has coped with the situation by combining more trips and errands together. She asks her roommates if they need anything while she's out. My best friend's girlfriend does the same when she's on her way home from work. If the weather isn't the usual soul-sucking humidity combined with mid-90's, I roll down my windows and let the breeze in rather than use A/C. The vast majority of the people in my predominantly lower-class neighborhood keep their windows down. I wonder how the sales of electric lawn mowers, weed eaters, hedge trimmers, edgers, and other yard maintenance equipment are doing these days. I've noticed an increase in the number of small moped scooters around town. The people of Austin are already big into bicycles; I have no doubt some have switched to them for commuting. I know of people who cancelled travel plans for the summer.

And of course there are the near-ubiquitous public transportation services. Though I want to see the entire system replaced with private organizations, there is no doubt in my mind such systems act as alternatives to paying for your own gas.

That is what this is about: alternatives. Rational people deciding for themselves what is in their best interest, freely picking amongst a field of choices that no politician or bureaucrat could effectively lay out for them in time for those choices to be made. Humans using their minds to solve their own problems.

Not robots.

September 02, 2005

There's Nature...and Then There's Nature

We have witnessed two disasters this week. The first was an act of nature. The second was not.

-Hunter, on DailyKos

That second act is the comical-if-it-weren't-so-dire incompetence of the federal, state, and local governments to hold up their end of that fabled "social contract."

Hunter doesn't realize, however, that it is the nature of governments to fail like this because that is the nature of any system predicated upon collectivized coercion.

August 23, 2005

A Trillion Dollar Question for Jane Galt

Oh yes, and we'll be tying up billions, perhaps as much as a trillion dollars in resources that could otherwise have been spent on, for example, defending the homeland, what the name "Department of Defense" implies in the first place.

-Radley Balko

Down in the comments, Jane Galt wrote the following:
$1 trillion is a wack-job, activist-inflating-the-inflated-statistics-from-other-activists number. That's 10% of the US economy. Our total military expenditures on everything are between 3-4% of GDP right now. You're positing more than a doubling of US forces & equipment. 25-30% of that number is closer to the mark, over a period of 10 years, which discounts back to a modest blip on the US economy, partially offset by lowered geopolitical risk on oil contracts, expanded oil supplies, and a surge in consumer confidence.
The New York Times: The Trillion-Dollar War
By LINDA BILMES Published: August 20, 2005

Cambridge, Mass.

THE human cost of the more than 2,000 American military personnel killed and 14,500 wounded so far in Iraq and Afghanistan is all too apparent. But the financial toll is still largely hidden from public view and, like the suffering of those who have lost loved ones, will persist long after the fighting is over.

...$250 billion already spent on military operations and reconstruction...running costs of the current conflicts are $6 billion a month...more than $2 billion a year in additional foreign aid to Jordan, Pakistan, Turkey and others...repairing and replacing military hardware is $20 billion a year...[disability claims for Iraq and Afghanistan vets] are likely to run at $7 billion a year for the next 45 years...[extra interest payments on additional federal debt] will total $200 billion or more...

Linda Bilmes, an assistant secretary at the Department of Commerce from 1999 to 2001, teaches budgeting and public finance at the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard.


Even leaving off the economic impact of a oil price increases, that comes to "more than $1.3 trillion, or $11,300 for every household."

So, Ms. Asymmetrical Information, what's your prognosis now?

August 17, 2005

Why Continue the Post Office Monopoly?

What interest does the government have in monopolizing mail delivery? I understand that the Constitution specifically assigns government this role, but why persist?

-asked on my Anarcho-Capitalism MySpace group

I'll take a stab at it.
  • The USPS employs thousands of federal workers. An instant constituency for the status quo.
  • The USPS supposedly attempts to deliver mail to everyone equally, evenly, throughout the country. Another instant constituency: "How will the poor get their mail?!?"
  • Chipping away at a massive federal monopoly is likely to raise questions regarding other state monopolies, even if that chipping is limited in extent to rhetorical questions aimed sarcastically at the proponents of privatization: "So after FedEx buys the Post Office, I bet you want Caterpillar to buy up our interstate highways!"
  • Sheer, institutional laziness and apathy.
  • The desire to maintain some control over some of the communications networks in the US.
  • Because every other "modern, industrialized, civilized, western, advanced, cultured" nation does it.
Readers are encouraged to contribute "reasons" of their own.

August 12, 2005

Judging Others

The Associated Press via the Boston Globe: Lutherans move toward key vote on gays

Delegates to a national meeting of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America voted Friday to remain unified despite their differences over homosexuality, and prepared to take up contentious proposals on the role of partnered gays in their denomination.

The unity resolution was approved by an 851-127 vote following a short debate and was the first of three measures before the churchwide assembly Friday.

"Our job is not to judge one another, our job is to love one another," said Patrick Monroe of the Central/Southern Illinois Synod, speaking in favor of unity.

Copyright 2005 Associated Press. All rights reserved.


I really detest the sentiment in the first part of Mr. Monroe's statement. Anyone who lurks around discussions will eventually encounter this idea. It is ridiculously prevalent. It is also total nonsense.

From the Biblical perspective (and I am not a "faith-based" person!), even though the argument starts from false premises, there are good rationalizations for Christian judgment of others' actions. The question of the soul is supposedly left to gawd.

This seems even clearer to me when you consider the function of priests, clergy, preachers, and the like. What do they do? They help people with problems with faith and morality. They attempt to provide a truthful answer to those asking questions. In other words, they evaluate a given situation and attempt to decide if it violates what gawd says ought to be done. Spiritual faculty are supposed to and do judge others and their actions. When the laity ask for facts (ignoring the trouble one can encounter when using faith to find fact), the clergy are supposed to, at the least, act as a proxy for gawd's word. And gawd does a lot of judging.

So I find it simply astounding that a profession widely recognized to be a source of judgment can have people who renounce it on principle. But that isn't the most annoying part of Mr. Monroe's announcement. Here it is again:

Our job is not to judge one another, our job is to love one another.

What does it mean to love someone? What differentiates the thoughts I have for someone I love, someone I hate, and someone I'm indifferent towards? What separates those whom I think positively of and those of whom I think negatively?

My judgment! I compare the hierarchy of values of that person to the hierarchy of values I hold, I discriminate amongst good and bad choices and motivations. I think.

Furthermore, the very act of loving someone is itself a judgment. Even if you accept the "unconditional love" stuff and think everyone deserves the emotion (or will obey gawd's command that they do), you still have to summon the emotion, make choices, and act as if you love the person. Love is not the emotion of default. It requires judgment as well, for when you see a child-raping serial killer, you have to overcome your revulsion at the deed in order to love him. It is not an instantaneous process; there are steps involved.

By renouncing judgement, you renounce the process and purpose of judging others. Since both of those are tied intimately with the human mind, I consider calls to forego judging to be calls to stop thinking.

August 08, 2005

Michael McBane is a Threat to Canadian Health Freedom

Christian Science Monitor: Canada inches toward private medicine:

"There is no political support for American-style healthcare," says Michael McBane, coordinator of the Canadian Health Coalition, a healthcare advocacy group. He says he hopes provinces will toughen laws to prevent private insurers from entering the market.

Translation: Mr. McBane wants to use cops to violently stop people from engaging in voluntary business transactions.
Allowing people to buy private health insurance violates fundamental rights, McBane says, because not everyone will be able to afford it.

I couldn't find a direct quote for this attribution, so I can only go on what Rebecca Cook Dube wrote in her article. However, if this is what Mr. McBane truly thinks, then the man has critical aspects of a tyrant firmly in place: he rejects private property, he rejects free association, and he advocates a collective over the individual.

Atheism, Agnosticism, and Logical Defaults

onelittlebrother asked me the following:

I consider myself an agnostic but I wonder if I'm an atheist. Does my being unconvinced of 'God's or gods' existence logically default me to agnosticism or atheism. I guess what I'm saying is...Is there a distinction between saying 'I don't believe in God/god' versus 'I believe there is no God/god.' I've always seen atheism as a claim holding a burden of proof but does it?

I consider myself an atheist in that I have seen no proof of a supernatural entity and proof is needed before I think something exists. In addition, the very concept of "something beyond nature" when nature refers to reality strikes me as fundamentally self-contradictory. If nature is everything, how can something exist beyond nature's grasp? Of course, you can find deists of various stripes who'll attempt to define their gawd in different ways.

I consider someone to be agnostic when they straddle the line. They think it is possible for a gawd to exist but view the current state of evidence as being seriously tilted against the deist position. I was in this category for a long time until I read about the Objectivist-based argument I summarized above (more can be found here). However, the more common definition of agnostic is one who suspends judgment either way.

I do think there is a distinction between the two questions. One implicitly accepts the concept of the divine ("I don't believe in...") and one rejects it ("I believe there is no..."). Unfortunately, given that so many people don't pause to consider the words they use when speaking, lots of atheists say the former when they probably mean the latter.

One way I look at it is the same way I look at the state. A state is not something that exists independent of man; it must be created. Therefore, it is the defenders and advocates of the state that have the burden of proof in the anarchist-statist arguments. This is the "burden of proof principle." Similarly, deists have the burden of proof by their assertion, "gawd exists." Atheists, on the other hand, do not. I don't posit something...because I deny their assertion. Properly speaking, I reject the divine concept as absurd. Atheists like me aren't claiming anything, per se.

But, should even that notion be decried as flatly false, the atheist's case isn't weakened because the atheist has an advantage: it is logically impossible to prove the negative existence of something.

August 02, 2005

Beware the Angry Warhawk!

He - or she - will let nothing get in the way of their wars!

Case in point: the Constitution.

Via Hit & Run, I hear of U.S. District Judge John C. Coughenour speech in the courtroom during the sentencing of wanna-be Millenium Bomber Ahmed Ressam. The juicy part:

"The message I would hope to convey in today's sentencing is twofold:

"First, that we have the resolve in this country to deal with the subject of terrorism and people who engage in it should be prepared to sacrifice a major portion of their life in confinement.

"Secondly, though, I would like to convey the message that our system works. We did not need to use a secret military tribunal, or detain the defendant indefinitely as an enemy combatant, or deny him the right to counsel, or invoke any proceedings beyond those guaranteed by or contrary to the United States Constitution.

"I would suggest that the message to the world from today's sentencing is that our courts have not abandoned our commitment to the ideals that set our nation apart. We can deal with the threats to our national security without denying the accused fundamental constitutional protections.

"Despite the fact that Mr. Ressam is not an American citizen and despite the fact that he entered this country intent upon killing American citizens, he received an effective, vigorous defense, and the opportunity to have his guilt or innocence determined by a jury of 12 ordinary citizens.

"Most importantly, all of this occurred in the sunlight of a public trial. There were no secret proceedings, no indefinite detention, no denial of counsel.

"The tragedy of September 11th shook our sense of security and made us realize that we, too, are vulnerable to acts of terrorism.

"Unfortunately, some believe that this threat renders our Constitution obsolete. This is a Constitution for which men and women have died and continue to die and which has made us a model among nations. If that view is allowed to prevail, the terrorists will have won.

"It is my sworn duty, and as long as there is breath in my body I'll perform it, to support and defend the Constitution of the United States. We will be in recess."


For stating a known terrorist threat to the American population was successfully tried and convicted for the mass murder he intended to commit; for stating this was accomplished in a trial open to public scrutiny and criticism; for stating the government did not have to resort to outright Police State measures to accomplish the verdict; for stating the Constitution remains the supreme law of the land, Judge Coughenour was hit with the following remarks.
THE TERRORISTS' LITTLE HELPER...Reckless judicial arrogance... a Reagan appointee who is an embarrassment to conservatives and an impediment to winning the War on Terror...nitwit...The man is a fool and a threat.

-Michelle Malkin


Judge Coughenour: Your arrogance is exceeded only by your contempt for the lives of your fellow citizens...Whatever the message the judge hoped to send, the one he in fact did send was to Islamicists all around the globe: Come to America. Try and kill us. Either you succeed and get to your version of heaven, or you'll get a second chance 22 years later after spending a couple of decades setting up networks that can help you with round 2...The arrogance of this renegade judge's lecture is simply beyond belief. Congress should summon the judge to testify as to his inane remarks, but precede and follow his appearnce with panels comprised of vitims of terror and the families of military killed in the war...a judge who seemed more intent on lecturing Americans than protecting them...a blusterer from way back, the perfect example of what life-time tenure does to the ego...Coughenour is obviously a product of cronyism, and cronyism gets you this sort of decision-making...My guess is, though, that most terrorists attempting to cross into America will be reworking their travel plans on the chance that, if arrested, they get hauled before Judge C.1

...if you are feeling the need to make a symbolic statement concerning the judge's absurd decision and even worse reasoning, send an umbrella, the universal symbol of appeasment, to Judge Coughenour...his self-serving sentencing statement and found it the sort of timorous sophistry that encourages more attacks rather than sending any sort of message of resoluteness to the terrorists.2

-Hugh Hewitt (1 and 2)


this travesty of a sentence... to add insult to injury, Judge Coughenour took the opportunity of his sentencing statement to lecture us... I see this insanely brief sentence and judges like John Coughenour as precisely the reasons that we need military tribunals and detention centers like Gitmo...the part that really got me thinking about impeachment (alas, not possible)...I rest my case for military tribunals: at least if they were secret, we wouldn't have to listen to boneheaded lectures by buffoons in black!1

I endorse everything Dafydd said...this case got highlighted by the Kerry campaign during last year's election as the model for handling terrorists, as opposed to the wartime approach favored by the Bush administration. This shows that our first instincts were correct, and that the only advantage of using civilian courts to fight international terrorists will be to highlight the damage that Presidents can do when they pick idiots to sit on the federal bench... I will point out something that Judge Coughenour seems to have forgotten in his zeal to hold himself up as a Constitutional protector...It's all well and good to sit on one's high horse (or bench, in this case) and proclaim one's devotion to the Constitution. It's quite another to understand the proper application of law in wartime and the nature of the enemies arrayed against us. It comes as no surprise that Judge Coughenour displays his expertise at the first and his absolute incompetence at the second, especially given the laughably light sentence2

-1 Dafydd and 2 Captain Ed


... this isn't resolve -- it's stupidity...It is absurd to think we can or should offer 'constitutional protections' to enemy combatants in matters of national security...winning a war has nothing to do with obtaining justice.

-Brain Droppings


Disgusting beyond words...we have a JUDGE lecturing about American WAR POLICY...How dare he. HOW DARE HE? American citizens would have been slaughtered if not for the sharp eyes of a border guard and this FUCKING TERRORIST APOLOGIST is sitting in a POSITION OF TRUST and he is more interested in scoring POLITICAL points than in protecting the CITIZENS of the United States.

If ever a person needs to be impeached, this ASSHOLE, does.

When the TERRORIST gets out in about a dozen years and attempts to MURDER again, it'll be too bad that Coughenour won't be hauled before the bar as an accomplice.

-Darleen's Place


The Runaway Jurist...Coughenour’s tirade...it seems to me that Judge Coughenour got a little caught up in crafting his Solomonesque judicial masterpiece...his lifetime sinecure as he metes out his fairy tale version of justice...Much as the there was a public outcry following the Supreme Court’s ruling in Kelo, there must be an even more sustained outrage in the wake of this milestone in the growing history of judicial incompetence...we can’t allow our strength to be undermined by such unscrupulous men...Might it be time that we start considering laws limiting federal judges to ten or fifteen year terms?

-Josh Britton


Ressam's sentence was unbelievably short and he'll be out in less than 20 years to bomb again. What an ignorant judge! Oh, he may be brilliant. He may have been summa cum laude (or not), but this ruling was blantantly ignorant...this errant judge...the leftist judge

-Isn't It Rich


Reckless judicial arrogance...

-Mudville Gazette


Activist Liberal Judge States Agenda From Bench...What the hell is this ?...Just another Liberal Activist Judge taking the moment in the spotlight to spew Liberal anti-Bush B.S. and allowing terrorist to go free.

-Jonathan and Wanda Rantings


...Judge Coughenour's appalling decision to give the Millenium bomber a measly 22 years. The Judge decided to pontificate in dicta about how constitutionally pure he is...the arrogance of this Judge

-Sue Bob's Diary


Leftist judge...Typical condescending arrogant leftwing jackassery...What scintillating brilliance, and all utterly irrelevant to the case he was adjudicating. I guess its too much to ask that judges simply do their job, and save the arrogant moralizing for personal time?

-Obviously Right


When a judge uses a conviction to send a political message about national security to the President of the United States - no one was served justice...impeach the idiot for using our laws to send political messages...why do these opinionated jerks always see things as ‘either-or’...old rogue Judge Coughenour...this fool...Impeach him for being just plain dumb!

-The Strata Sphere


And finally,
Judges are not to engage in political activity, period. For a federal judge in his judicial capacity to render irrelevant editorial criticism of the president's conduct as commander in chief is an extraordinary abuse of office.

[...]

It is almost beside the point -- almost, but not entirely -- that the judge's comments were stupidly ignorant of the most basic legal distinctions. Given the judge's poor use of his own powers in sentencing a man who sought to kill thousands of Americans, the judge should worry less about the president's use of his constitutional powers and more about his own. And he should leave the editorials to the folks with egos equally as large as his in the fourth branch.

-Scott Johnson

All italices and bolded portions are in the original posts.

Who Produces?

It'll be gone in a day or two, but I wanted to point out something on the News8Austin news frontpage:

AUSTIN
Perry signs renewable energy bill
Gov. Rick Perry signed a new bill into law that will increase the production of clean energy.
FULL STORY >> 8/1/2005 5:18 PM

A bill is not embodied with the capability to alter material in reality. A law does not have the faculty of reason. Legislation is not able to transform raw solar output, wind's kinetic energy, or organic matter into safe reliable energy sources for human use. A bill cannot produce anything. Humans produce.

July 29, 2005

Cynical Quote of the Day

Man, it's hardly after midnight over here and I've found a quote that rings my cynical humor bell so melodiously, it gets "Of The Day" status.

You cant intelligently discuss the role of unions without distinguishing between public-sector and private-sector unions. The former are all about government by the government, of the government, for the government. For them, pouring money into electoral politics makes so much sense it should be illegal.

- "Steverino" in this QandO post

July 28, 2005

Quoting the Insane

The more I think about Libertarian political philosophy, the more aware I am of its incredible destructive potential. Brad makes a joke of it in his post, but there is a radical root to the Libertarian ethos that quite like the Marxist ethos, is quite dismissive of human suffering. Results are seen as besides the point. Freedom comes before the citizen in this world view and it is quite sure of itself.

Neo conservatism and religious paternalism are on the way out. They've over reached and are being discredited by the War. My concern is that when the GOP fractures the hard core libertarians will get a crack at running the show and imposing their liberty on us.

Freedom without democracy is tyranny. Period.

-"Northern Observer" in this Brad DeLong post


My emphasis.

July 27, 2005

Dr. Judith Apter Klinghoffer Misunderstands the Nature of Democratic Government

In other words, if we only forgot about the 8 million people who risked their lives to vote and turned the country over to those who consider that vote illegitimate, we could have solved the problem. But silly us, we actually think that power should come from the ballot box and not from the barrel of a gun.

NO TO IRAQI VOTING NULLIFICATION

Is the choice one or the other, ostensibly the peaceful means versus the violent means? If Dr. Klinghoffer thinks so, then she is grossly mistaken. While the choice to live one's life is that stark and binary, it cannot be recast into "Ballot or Bullet" for the latter is required for the former to work.
Every Communist must grasp the truth, "Political power grows out of the barrel of a gun." Our principle is that the Party commands the gun, and the gun must never be allowed to command the Party.

-Mao Tse-tung, Problems of War and Strategy

I think there are two primary reasons why the citizens of a "ballot society" would act at (or submit to) the request of their government: their sense that they are obligated to follow the orders of a government enacted and empowered by The People...and their outright fear of punishment for not acting (or not submitting). The balance between these motivations differs among individuals in time and space. For example, I know no shortage of Americans following US laws because not doing so is against the law. They do this because they assume the various levels of American government have legitimate authority and the right to tell us what to do.

On the other hand, there is certainly no shortage of Americans who follow the law because their lives will be ruined through the legal system. They adhere to the law because they see fines and prison time levied against them if caught and convicted. Even if not convicted, one cannot underestimate the level of disruption that can be created when forced into a court or a holding cell at Police HQ.

Mao, the mass-murderous thieving tyrant that he was, recognized this clearly. For political power to be effective and therefore desirable, it cannot rely alone on popular support and the sense of obligation to obey from those who disagree with it. Those who wield the power know this...otherwise they wouldn't demand punishment against those who break the law. Without the threat of a gun in the hands of a police officer aimed at your center of mass, the myriad laws imposed on a nation would have to stand up to individual scrutiny.

The choice between the Ballot Box and the Barrel of a Gun is a false alternative. Choosing the ballot means you're choosing someone else to hold the gun you want to point at others. Choosing the gun means you're comfortable doing the dirty work yourself. The real choice is between being an aggressor (or hiring someone to be an aggressor for you) or being peaceful.

July 18, 2005

The Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management

I quote:

The Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management (OCRWM) is a program of the U.S. Department of Energy assigned to develop and manage a federal system for disposing of spent nuclear fuel from commercial nuclear reactors and high-level radioactive waste from national defense activities.

I quote, again:
Our mission is to manage and dispose of high-level radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel in a manner that protects health, safety and the environment; enhances national and energy security; and merits public confidence.

So one of the purposes of this government agency is to help externalize the costs of operating a commercial nuclear power facility. In layman's terms, to make you and me pay for the disposal of nuclear garbage that came from nuclear power plants all over the country.

"But, Drizz, what about this?"

In 1982, Congress enacted a law called the Nuclear Waste Policy Act (NWPA). The NWPA created the Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management (OCRWM) within the Department of Energy to develop a comprehensive national program for the permanent disposal of high-level radioactive wastes and spent nuclear fuel from commercial nuclear utilities and national defense programs. [...] The NWPA directs the U.S. Department of Energy to site, design, construct, operate, and close a deep geologic repository and affirms the responsibility of the generators of the wastes - the nuclear utilities and the federal defense nuclear program - to pay the costs of disposal.

My emphasis.

What about that? Well, I don't know to what extent private companies pay for the disposal of the waste they generate. However, dig this:

The OCRWM Program includes:
  • Program Management - Program management activities are administered from Washington, DC. Responsibilities include oversight of quality assurance, program planning and administration, program management and integration, external interactions, human resources, and the OCRWM budget.
  • Yucca Mountain Project – The Yucca Mountain site is located in Nye County, Nevada, approximately 100 miles northwest of Las Vegas. For two decades, the OCRWM conducted scientific and engineering investigations at Yucca Mountain to determine its suitability as a nuclear waste repository.
  • Science and Technology Program – The program explores technological improvements that could enhance the performance, safety, and efficiency of the repository at Yucca Mountain, and/or reduce the costs of the civilian radioactive waste management system.
  • Waste Acceptance and Transportation – Headquartered in Washington, DC., responsibilities include development of waste acceptance, storage and transportation systems. Activities also include interactions with other waste owners, generators and international waste management programs.

That's a hefty list of both administrative and operational duties the OCRWM oversees and performs. These duties are undertaken within the context of the highly technical, complex, mind- and experience-intensive context in the fields of nuclear physics, structural engineering, geology, and others. This cannot be cheap.

It, in fact, is not.

Customers who use nuclear power pay for the disposal of spent fuel. The federal government collects a fee of one mil (one-tenth of a cent) per kilowatt-hour of nuclear-generated electricity from utilities. This money goes into the Nuclear Waste Fund. In addition, Congress makes an annual appropriation from the General Fund of the Treasury to pay for disposal of defense-related high-level radioactive waste.

Not everyone in the United States has a power company that buys nuclear-generated electricity, but they do not constitute a small number. Either those individuals pay the tax through higher utility bills, or, if the utility is owned and operated by "the public," it is possible the local governments help them out...and we all know that help comes out of the wallets of local taxpayers.

How much does all this cost? An answer (PDF): the congressional budget request for the 2003 fiscal year was more than $590 million. The agency got more than $457 million. The Department of Energy, for the 2006 fiscal year, asked for more than $651 million (PDF) in taxpayer cash for the OCRWM (agency request here).

It does not matter to me that this would represent roughly two bucks per living American in taxes, if egalitarian means were used to distribute the burden. Ultimately, we are forced to pay for the hefty costs of figuring out how to safely and effectively transport tons of radioactive waste materials created by companies that have part of this cost outsourced to the federal government. Since the companies created them, it is their property and therefore their responsibility, not mine or yours.

Going back to a previous link:

The law is based on the principle that the generation benefitting [sic] from nuclear materials is responsible for safely disposing of the nuclear wastes it creates, rather than leaving a potentially dangerous environmental hazard to future generations.

This is one of those classic political bullshit lines, attempting to masquerade as a principle.

I am not a creator of nuclear waste nor power and neither is anyone in my immediate family nor is anyone within my circle of friends. However, we are all in the "generation" of citizens this supposed principle subsumes. The creators (and by extension, owners) of nuclear waste are people who produce it. This means plant owners and operators have the responsibility of owning potentially lethal nuclear waste. Ideally, this nontrivial cost would be prominently factored into the initial plans for building these plants. However, these costs are mitigated and are lessened because the feds have involved themselves (sometimes at the urging of the nuclear industry).

How am I responsible for something I had nothing to do with, located hundreds of miles away, and done without my knowledge, input, or consent? Even more frustratingly stupid: how does an entire GENERATION get sucked into this broken chain of causality?

July 14, 2005

Baker's Fraud and Legislating Language

I heard the following story on NPR this morning: The Humble Baguette's Return to Glory:

[Baker Eric Kayser] cares so much about his art and profession that he was part of a group that successfully lobbied the French government to regulate what could and couldn't be called a bakery. To win that appellation, a business must do every bit of its baking on site. Otherwise, the government's Repression of Frauds department will have something to say about it.

Copyright 2005 NPR


What is a fraud? Dictonary.com defines it as:
  1. A deception deliberately practiced in order to secure unfair or unlawful gain.
  2. A piece of trickery; a trick.
    1. One that defrauds; a cheat.
    2. One who assumes a false pose; an impostor.

Merriam-Webster defines it as:
1 a : DECEIT, TRICKERY; specifically : intentional perversion of truth in order to induce another to part with something of value or to surrender a legal right b : an act of deceiving or misrepresenting : TRICK
2 a : a person who is not what he or she pretends to be : IMPOSTOR; also : one who defrauds : CHEAT b : one that is not what it seems or is represented to be

An essential part of the concept is to deliberately lie about some aspect of reality, to mispresent something's identity.

Eric Kayser is a baker. He takes what was mere grain, transforms it into bread, and sells it from a store attached to the ovens. My mother has baked bread before and I've done it as part of my cooking duties in the Boy Scouts. It is not hard to meet the conceptual requirements of being a baker. A bakery is little different: a facility that bakes and sells bread products.

The details or measurements one might make of such a place are not important when qualifying what is and what is not a bakery. My house has been a bakery in the past and will likely be one in the future because I have an oven and sometimes unbaked dough is placed in it to dry, harden, heat up, and occasionally rise. I've participated in Boy Scout camping trips where the "kitchen" includes a bakery. Certainly neither of these places has or had the capability (or experience) to produce world-class tourte, le Feuillet Citron, le Prigourdin, or Monge btard. In addition, neither the inhabitants and visitors of my home nor the people on my camping trip wanted all their bread products baked on the spot. There are times it is easier, safer, faster, and cheaper to buying bread products from other people.

I don't know what the letter of the law is in France regarding what can be legally called a boulangerie. All I'm going off of is the NPR quote above and a little I learned from searching for Directorate General for Competition, Consumption and the Repression of Frauds (La Direction gnrale de la Concurrence de la Consommation et de la Rpression des Fraudes [DGCCRF]). Is it is punishable by fines to run a business in France that calls itself a bakery when that business does not bake 100% of every bread it sells at the counter? Is it fraudulent to call yourself a bakery when not everything you sell is from the ovens in the back?

July 07, 2005

Collective Punishment

[Updates below.]

The London bus and tube bombings took place less than 24 hours ago and the calls for killing/deporting/arrresting/interrogating all Muslims/Arabs/Leftists/Dissidents have already been made in the comment sections of Little Green Footballs:

If there are no Arabs there are no attacks

-#17


No Islam no Terror.

-Rune


Hey, better start wanding all those British grandmothers, Tahitians and American Eskimos. We wouldn't want to unfairly profile Muslims, now would we? Pathetic. I say round them all up and send them back home. An oath of fealty is worthless because of their almost universal adherence to taqiyya.

-Hankmeister


Know is-slum,
Know terror.

NO is-slum,
NO terror!

-paxnhymn


Hang the terrorists at Gitmo.

Throw out the muslims.

Fill the buses and the subways of Michael Moores ("There is no terrorist threat") and Durbins, and make them run until some islamofascist explodes them.

-Poitiers-Lepanto


Waiting for the LLL to play the 'Blame the Victim' card - 'This wouldn't have happened if Bush didn't lie and go to Iraq'.

Damn these whining people to hell - this is a war of Civilization. Good vs Evil. Freedom vs Tyranny. The left are Quislers, and enemies of America. Deport them now.

-kstagger


Maybe they'll take out that Finley Park Mosque with a jdam, during prayers hopefully!

-Jakester


To his credit, Powderfinger speaks up to say this isn't a racial problem. To his discredit, Powderfinger says it's a religious problem. Ditto for rednaxela.
He said he was "very concerned about a backlash" and called on British Muslims to "remain vigilant and calm and stay indoors".
How about remaining calm indoors....in a plane heading to the Mideast holding revoked UK passports?

-coulterclone


To world leaders:,

Invade the entire ME now! Get it over with!

-'Nam Grunt


Yeah, I DO lump them all together. Why not? The make little real effort to distinguish themselves from each other that I can see.

The solution is simple. Outlaw Islam. It's not a religion. It's a cult. Janet Reno every mosque in the country.

-jaybird


If any mosque or Islamic center can suddenly churn out these types of sociopaths, and it becomes more obvious every day that they can, what are our sworn defenders going to do about it?

-Beagle


What really shocks me here is footage of London hours after the attacks. Scores of Muslims in full garb- hijabs, burkas, men in nightie-pyjamathingies,just strolling around! You never see that after an attack in Israel so it just shocked the sh*t out of me. These Brits are living in a true lion's den.

-T.A Tiger


89 Jaybird
The solution is simple. Outlaw Islam. It's not a religion
yes

-Poitiers-Lepanto


London will stand again...

But I really hate and despise muslims and their cult of death and destruction...

-Pitiricus


Morning Charles, LGF family. Such a sad day. A grown man, sitting alone in his office, tears streaming down his face. I should be out driving my CAT, but I can't seem to leave this site. This is bigger than work, bigger than all else.
Please Nations of Liberty.......win this war. NOW.

I have no tolerance left for muslims. God forbid I should see one today. He or she would not like my sentiments.

May God bless the Brits and be with them today, on their day of awakening..........

May those that follow Islam find NO PEACE from those of us who believe in FREEDOM.

-Owl


105 PK
You know editors and producers are scrambling their troops to get the sympathetic muslims as victims angle.
I'd like to give them a story to write about.

-loppyd


It is now time to force muslims to make a choice: Live peacefully or die. I prefer the latter.

-RickZ


Where's the damn football?!

MUST...PUSH...BUTTON....

(deep breaths)

-aRedPhishHead


I assume this means the "nuclear football" that is with the President at all times.
It wouldn't hurt my feelings if we nuked mecca, got all the filthy muslims out of their mosques and burned them all to the ground. This isn't about religion, it's about a death cult that kills innocent people. enough is enough.

-Owl


I think there are very few options as to how to deal with these people...

I think we may need to rid the globe of another religion...

-tfc3rid


The more the War of September 11th goes on, the more I find myself agreeing with Ann Coulter's initial reaction to the 9/11 attacks.
I hate these sons of fucks for making hate necessary.

-BeerDrinking_VictoryMonkey


I assume those would be: "We should invade their countries, kill their leaders and convert them to Christianity. We weren't punctilious about locating and punishing only Hitler and his top officers. We carpet-bombed German cities; we killed civilians. That's war. And this is war."
Yes, I'm afraid "Democrat" is now synonomous with "Traitor."

-TalkinKamel


THE FUCKING LAMO WANKERS HAVE BLOWN UP MY CITY!

THIS IS LONODN'S 9/11.

GET THE MUSLIMS OUT NOW!

-Jwarrior


Yhe news is being reported, the story, however,is currently being played out in the Mosques of the West. The news crews should be at these dens of subrefuge, recording their gleeful celebrations and not hovering at the bomb sites trying to capture more gore. We have already seen gore for far to long. It is now time to address the problem. Anyone with any recon or intel experience shoild be all over their local mosques and Islamasist owned buisinesses and quietly observing and making notes to prepare for the enevitable. The goverment has failed again. It may be time for some ad hoc grassrooots direct action along the lines of the phoenix program. It's kill or be killed folks and your leadership is knitting. They should inter them all, sort out the assholes, then put them on barge in the South Pacific and sink it. Short of some kind of pro active measures (perhaps some less dramatic and short sighted than the barge scenario are in order first) by the goverment, expect more gore to follow, all dutifully reported by some bimbo with a communications degree. If the media and the pols do not get on board now and this occours in th US (and it will given our ostrich posturing) EXPECT THE INNER REDNECK TO ARISE OUT OF NORMALLY DECENT CITIZENS.

-Ackomanyuki


#321 Buckaroo, we don't need finger prints. Just send every koranic person on a one way Hajj for a life time of bliss in Mecca.

-Roger


#328:

"Ein aravim, ein piguim!"

Yes.

-Golden Jerusalem


#344 Ed:

In English:

"No arabs, no [terrorist] attacks"

It's a graffitti you see around here.

-Golden Jerusalem


There is only one way to stop it. When the world has the stomach for that, it'll be over.
It may be un-PC, and it may be insensitive, and it may even seem a little crazy...but if we are to stop the muslim death cult there is only ONE way....

KILL.THEM.ALL.

-Owl


All cell phones should have GPS that cannot be disabled w/o destroying the device. All locations should be monitored. If these locations dissect known mosques/terrorist locations they should be flagged. All cell phones should routinely be disabled in cities above a certain side. We lived w/o them for a long time as strange as it seems.

-David2


It may not be racially/ideologically/theologically based, but it certainly qualifies as collective punishment.
I'll tell you how. There is only one way to get rid of this monster.

We have to ban and reject islam in our societes.

I would personally declare war on the entire ideology - a worldwide civil war, but I guess it would be hard to gain support for that strategy.

I see no other way. I don't believe the religion will reform itself, and 1400 years of history proves it will never assimilate to our values.

-GreatDane


In the end, radical Islam will have to be eliminated, one way or the other. It's just a question as to when Western civilization reaches the tipping point, where they have the stomach and will to finish the job.

Seriosly, one thing we easily, without too much force or pain involved, could do in the near future is to CONFISCATE THEIR [EXPLETIVE DELETED] ROCK!

-Killian Bundy


Ceterum censeo Islam delenda est

-Rocket Rod


Rough translation: "I conclude that Islam must be destroyed."

You get the idea.

UPDATED 7/11/2005 11:25am
Charles Johnson of LGF:

Chris Bowers at MyDD attacks LGF readers today, for verbally expressing their anger at the mass murder in London: Why Right Wing Blogs Don’t Allow Comments.

This is a great example of how far the left has devolved; London suffers the worst terrorist attack in her history, with more than 50 dead and as many as a thousand injured, and people like Chris Bowers are just horrified that anyone would react to such an atrocity with rage.

In other words, react like human beings.


This comment wasn't aimed at me, but I'll respond anyway.

What is so human about demanding that an entire religion be banned or an entire race of people be expelled from a country?

Mr. Johnson, is is possible to be more disgusted and angered by the terrorist attacks in London and still take the time to show what a substantial chunk of your readership wants to do to the people they dislike. Rage can be appropriate in reaction to wanton death and destruction. It isn't when formulating the response to it, especially when you include people WHO HAD NOTHING TO DO WITH THAT VIOLENCE in that response.

Some good examples of the delusion in play here, from the very thread Mr. Johnson created:

They're angry at us, and not the Islamic terrorists who committed this latest atrocity.

That says it all.

-Spiritualized


what a maroon.

the people who CRITICIZE the terrorists are evil, not the terrorists themselves.

-blue_like_jazz


Islamic fundamentalists blow up innocents in London, and according to leftists, we are not supposed to express any anger, emotion or outrage.

[...]

At least the anger LGF posters express IS directed at THE ACTUAL PERPETRATORS of the bombings and murder.

-Free Speech Is Only For ber-Libs


# 74 Mycroft:
The truth is there is an element here that routinely expresses some very ugly thoughts, and that's damaging to the credibility of the rest.
Oooh, ugly thoughts. As compared to deliberately targeting civilians just going to work, or children just going to school, or blowing up vacationers on holiday, or hostages beheaded and replayed all over the internet for a vicarious thrill? Hmmm, ugly thoughts vs. actual acts of brutality. Now which one is worse, I wonder . . . . From your post, I can really tell that you do wonder, to your shame.

-RickZ


Gratifyingly, there are some posters in that thread mentioning who they thought some of the comments were over the line.

Back to Mr. Johnson:

For Bowers, there’s apparently no difference between spouting off on a comment system and actually committing genocide. And if you dare to imply that Britain may have a problem with immigration from Islamic countries, the day after a bloody demonstration of that fact, why, you’re an evil racist!

Read the post for yourself. The topic of that post is limited to right-wing blogs, the comments he thinks are likely to appear on them, and the reason why those blogs don't allow comments. You're putting words into his mouth, unless you have other evidence. You have commenters openly calling for genocide. You have commenters who single out Arabs and Muslims as a whole as the most important source of terrorist problems. Your defense of them and willful ignorance of what they are demanding only hurts your character.
Shine that light all you want, Chris. Anyone who bothers to actually follow your link will also find a vast majority of thoughtful and well-reasoned comments, of course; on the day you cherry-picked your 10 statements, there were almost 5,000 comments posted here.

In the two immediate-reaction posts from which I quoted the long list of above LGF commenters, I think it is quite clear that Mr. Bower's statement that "The calls for genocide and apartheid are flowing freely" is accurate. I spent the better part of the morning going through those threads end-to-end and aside from the "Powderfinger" note, no one at the time I looked called for moderation or easing up on the rhetoric. I have no doubt that if I took the time to examine further, I could come up with a list five times as long from the more recent posts.

Mr. Bowers does leap dramatically overboard, however, when he declares the reason why big traffic right-wing blogs don't allow comments:

There is a reason why blogs like Instapundit and Powerline do not allow comments, and why Time magazine would give its "Blog of the Year" award to Powerline even though Free Republic actually "broke" the CBS story. There is a concerted effort on the part of the right to prevent this sort of overt racism and fascism on the right from being given any sunshine.

I demand the highest quality of proof to support claims that assert not only a widespread conspiracy but also one motivated by a specific desire. Unless Mr. Bowers can demonstrate Glenn Reynolds, Michelle Malkin, John Hinderaker/Scott Johnson/Paul Mirengoff, Andrew Sullivan, Hugh Hewitt, and so on are all working together to suppress the expression of their readership's not-so-subtle desires because it might make The Conservative Cause look bad, he's blowing smoke to score cheap political points. There are perfectly valid reasons why a blogger would not allow comments that have nothing to do with keeping the political substance of those readers' thoughts off the blog.

July 06, 2005

Speaking of Legal Privilege...

Slate: Who Is a Journalist?

In the Valerie Plame case, two well-known reporters have been sentenced to jail for refusing to rat out a confidential source or sources who told them the name of Valerie Plame, an undercover CIA agent. Lawyers for the two journalists, Matthew Cooper of Time and Judith Miller of the New York Times, are asking the courts to recognize a right for reporters to decline to testify about their newsgathering activities. Failing such a ruling, media outfits including the Times insist on the need for a federal "shield law" that would create a privilege for journalists akin to privileges for lawyers, doctors, and priests.

I think it is no accident or coincidence that lawyers, doctors, and priests have special legal rights and privileges that everyone else have not. These people have been at the center of the power structures that have government humanity for hundreds of years. Of course they'd want more protection than other people. They have more to fear from other people.

July 03, 2005

The Fourth of July

Updates below.

I'll be working around my house, drinking some beer, hanging out with friends, and generally having fun and being productive.

I won't spend my time celebrating the birth of a nation that has long ago ceased to exist in the form and through the intent that created it.

Besides, I can't freely celebrate the independence of a nation that was supposed to respect the rights of man because the subgovernments of that nation have infringed upon those rights in the name of my interest. The sale, possession, and use of alcohol and fireworks (to name just two prominent examples) have long been regulated and in some cases, prohibited. I'll let the reader connect the dots on that one.

UPDATED 7/4/2005 9:15pm
Some quotes I've found while browsing around. I don't endorse the viewpoints of them all, but I do sympathize with the feelings that inspired them:

There's no particular reason anymore to celebrate this country over any other. It's just another meaningless day off.

-Sandy

The government gives us a day off to celebrate what a wonderful goverment it is.

-js

When raising our glasses at times like this, there is one thing to which we must raise them before all others: our ability to endure.

-panurge

But let's look on the bright side: I am still far better off than I would be in North Korea or Saudi Arabia. Too bad "We're better than a brutal dictatorship" doesn't have quite the same ring as "We're the land of the free."

-Jennifer

I'll attend a fireworks display celebrating the collapse of the state.

Koko

Nobody celebrates the actual founding of our government, on September 17, 1787. Interestingly, that's the day that something called the Constitution was signed, which created the government that later destroyed the Constitution (kind of like the robots/nanoparticles humans create will supposedly destroy the human race.)

Ammonium

The first four are from here, the rest are from here.
On this Independence Day, I call attention to the middle passages of the Declaration of Independence, which often go unremembered in the shadow of the documents stirring introduction and statement of first principles.

-Skip Oliva

The fight against Al Qaeda and any who ally with them must go on but the greatest threat to liberty (and in the long run that inevitably means life) facing the people in the United States comes not from without but from within.

-Perry de Havilland

(in the comment thread of that post)
This is not America anymore, Perry. Who knows whether it ever will be again? Maybe, on some distant day. As it stands right now, however, I find this day to be the single most dis-heartening and appalling of the year.

-Billy Beck

1. Smuggle things into public squares when youre watching fireworks. Booze, drugs, and your own smaller fireworks are classics, but immigrants work just as well in a pinch...The Fourth is not about the military, its not about the flag, its not about how much aid we can give to authoritarian third-world governments. Its about flipping the king the bird and running your own life.

-Randall McElroy

Thomas Jefferson famously wrote that, "eternal vigilance is the price of liberty." We obviously haven't been vigilant enough.

-Radley Balko

June 16, 2005

People Who Get It

Seen on the rear bumper of a smoky old 300-series Mercedes sedan on my way home from work yesterday:


I wanted to pull up to the driver's side window and give the man a thumbs up, but traffic and timing weren't playing nice with me and I never got to see his face. Just on the basis of his vehicle choice and that slogan, I would have welcomed to sit down to chat over a few beers.

Read through a link on Jay Jardine's blog, the disclaimer from the TERMINATOR: 2029 AD website:

T2029AD, as a website, has lasted for many years now mainly because this website offers something that the other Terminator websites do not: a fresh look at one possible world of the Terminator, a view that is free from compromise. T:HK and by default, T2029AD, is an extrapolation of the original ideas presented by James Cameron, ideas that are taken in a totally creative and wholly new direction. It is a view of the darker side, the less popular side, and displays the true terror of a world where technology has gone wild. This website offers an in-depth examination of the wonderful death dealing technology presented in the two films as well as the two novels and subsequently theorizes what that technology might become, how it might evolve, how it might be used, and what it might look like. T2029AD is therefore a completely original interpretation of the concepts found in the Terminator series, concepts that have been freed from having to follow anything other than the original vision as presented by director James Cameron in 1984.

[...]

T2029AD makes its own history, its own units, and it explains these in a large amount of creative detail that not even the canon material can match for depth, consistency, or logic. T2029AD draws upon canon as well as factual information found in the two movies and the two novels and expands heavily upon that information.

[...]

T2029AD is a website that doesn't have to accept that everything that is officially endorsed has to be canon material or that such material automatically has to be included in the overall vision in order to somehow be correct. T2029AD can pick and choose, accept or reject, tear down or build upon anything it may desire. That is the overall prerogative of this website or to put it simply; the smart stuff that represents the original vision of Cameron gets included, and the ridiculous stuff will be thrown out with no excuses made.

[...]

The poor fan is left with having to make a decision. Either accept everything that has the Terminator logo on it as official and canon, or pick and choose what they like and what they don't like. There is also a third option, which takes its initiative from the old saying of "if you want something done right then you have to do it yourself."

[...]

As for T-850 205 [whom inspired the author to write this Disclaimer], I wish him well on his endeavor to create a canon, factual Terminator fansite and his desire to create perhaps the best canon, factual Terminator site on the Internet. When he brings it on line, if he ever does, then I'm sure that it will probably be a very nice site full of correct, factual information, but the content of the website won't be his information. None of the material found on his proposed site will be of his creation; it will all be someone else's information and hard work and he will merely be the caretaker, or curator if you will, of that online museum.

The distinction is valid and worth noting.


All emphasis in the original.

I'm a fan of the Terminator series (haven't seen #3, though) and have a nit-picking mentality when it comes to technology. After reading through Christopher T. Shields' fictionalized account of SKYNET and how it turned on the humans who controlled it, I was impressed. I love thinking about how to fill in the gaps and holes left by the creators of work I admire and Mr. Shields has come up with a credible and arresting version of events.

Best of luck to you both.

June 14, 2005

Kossacks Tantalizingly Close...

[Updates below.]

...yet they can't quite reach the final conclusion.

Do a text search for "libertarian" and see what pops up. Assuming you take the consequences of ideas seriously, hilarity does not ensue. A few quotes (all emphasis in original):

Sorry Markos, but "abortion" IS the whole ball of wax. It is, for those of you who've read their "Art of War" our "dying ground," it is one of the 'must defends' if we're going to survive. Why? Because far from some cute little women's issue deserving lip service and to be refiled under some more palatable heading, abortion is autonomy. We lose abortion, and we've lost the most basic ownership of our own bodies and lives, no matter what gender you happen to be.

Perhaps no one has ever concretely, and theoretically explained strategically, why abortion, and abortion providers, and women who have abortions must be stood beside and actively supported if you have any intention of living anywhere other than a fascist snitch culture of State-ist and vigilante control.


That's the original poster, stormcoming, doing a surprisingly (for that end of the political spectrum) coherent job of linking the freedom to control one's body with the freedom to do other things with one's body. Of course, the implications of this are quickly lost...
I can only add that autonomy is arguably the defining value of modern liberalism. You can't get more central than that. It is the value of autonomy that makes liberals anti-authoritarian. It is autonomy that makes them argue for the bottom-up social contract view, and "consent of the governed" as opposed to the old, theocratic "divine right of kings." It is autonomy that makes them argue for the separation of church and state. It is autonomy that makes them argue for limited (as opposed to absolute/absolutist) government, with separation of powers, due process, rights against self-incrimination and the like.

I could go on and on. Autonomy crops up again and again and again in liberal theory and practice. It's also at the core of the welfare state. After a couple of decades of laissez-faire, and the ghastly results chronicled by Dickens, liberals came to see that a good many people would never be able to attain autonomy on their own, and that "free markets," for whatever reasons, only made things worse, rather than better, for many of them. There had to be other mechanisms created to support the development and exercise of autonomy.


If Paul Rosenberg had written, "The black sun shined darkly, casting no shadows across the dim shadowy landscape at 1pm in the middle of the night," it would barely surpass the crass invalidity of the above. Barely.

A quick note: monsterofNone seems to be attempting to calm the waters of the "Democrats value individual autonomy" nonsense. He surfaces in several places.

I don't think "autonomy" works as a fundamental right. It runs into the same problem as libertarianism does: we're not just individuals but are all in this together.

Your subject says "Autonomy: Ownership of your own LIFE". In the context of what you write, I've got no problem. But what happens when my autonomous decision is to pee in the water upstream of where you get your drinking water?


It's called property rights, Mad Dog Rackham.
Autonomy covers both privacy and opportunity, which Kos had as two seperate values. It also covers internationalism, as it is common among liberals that it is more important that nations be given autonomy -- shy of situations like genocide -- than that they behave in manners we approve of (this certainly is a core value of the United Nations!).

Autonomy appeals greatly to privacy enthusiasts, individualists, and entreprenuers alike, not to mention those who support gay marriage and generally the rest of the liberal social agenda. And yet, unlike mere "individualism", it cannot be used as an excuse to be mad about paying taxes. Autonomy goes beyond mere economic freedom, and even addresses the core philosophical value of OBJECTIVITY, which is one of the clearest polar opposites to conservatism; objective liberals, basing their philosophy in the Age of Reason axiom that nobody can have a monopoly on Truth, are often criticized for not putting America's interests first (necessarily). But the thing is, we're going to support what's RIGHT regardless of whether it's good or bad for us personally.


Then I expect Tlacolotl to pause, think, and then admit the bulk of the above is nonsense once you understand that autonomy necessarily implies individual freedom which necessarily implies ending the very institution Democrats seek to perpetuate and strengthen.
Libertarians love to invoke Locke, but actually reading him is deadly to their belief system. The whole point of the social contract is to secure liberties which are always in danger in the state of nature.

The so-called "right to own guns" actually perpetuates the state of nature, continuing the condition of rights being insecure. The autonomy it provides is utterly illusory...


That's Paul Rosenberg again. I wonder if he'd think this way if he saw a concealed handgun owner successfully end an attempted car-jacking simply by drawing his firearm...and the thousands of variations on that simple theme that occur every year. His insecurity is caused by knowing there are people out there who have the power to end or maim a life efficiently and from a distance. That, of course, is his problem, not anyone else's.
...if we can show libertarians that they have more in common with us non-conformist, autonomy-obsessed Democrats than they do with those goddamn snake-handler Republicans, we'll have knocked the stool out from under those corrupt bastards and 2006 will be a Blue Year.

Tlacolotl, again. Little does he know that the Democratic Party is NOT the party of personal freedom, primarily because Democrats don't value individual freedom over "greater" causes like equality, the environment, and such.
But freedom is more than autonomy: taken too far autonomous freedom, untrammeled by any obligations to another, becomes the freedom to let the poor starve, the freedom for men to impregnate women without any financial or emotional support, the freedom to live by the law of the jungle, as long as one has enough money to buy one's own protection. That sort of freedom is slavery itself for the rest of us.

padraig falls into the same trap. Making sure the poor eat trumps individual freedom, meaning it is OK to take things from me, things I don't want you to take, and use them to provide food to the poor. An act of robbery to fulfill another's needs.

UPDATED 6/7/2006 6:07pm
The Myth of the Libertarian Democrat

June 13, 2005

Aging Rockers and Live 8; A Lack of Honesty

Money, get away.
Get a good job with good pay and youre okay.
Money, its a gas.
Grab that cash with both hands and make a stash.
New car, caviar, four star daydream,
Think Ill buy me a football team.

Money, get back.
Im all right jack keep your hands off of my stack.
Money, its a hit.
Dont give me that do goody good bullshit.
Im in the high-fidelity first class traveling set
And I think I need a Lear jet.

Money, its a crime.
Share it fairly but dont take a slice of my pie.
Money, so they say
Is the root of all evil today.
But if you ask for a raise its no surprise that theyre
Giving none away.

-Pink Floyd, "Money"


Unfortunately, it seems, at the very least, that Dave Gilmour does want a slice of your pie.
Guitarist Gilmour says, "Like most people I want to do everything I can to persuade the G8 leaders to make huge commitments to the relief of poverty and increased aid to the third world.

"Any squabbles Roger and the band have had in the past are so petty in this context, and if reforming for this concert will help focus attention then it's got to be worthwhile."


It isn't as if those G8 leaders are the actual folks who will have to pay the "huge commitments" these "most people" are demanding be paid. Sure, it is almost a given that if you are near or at the top of the political authority chain in a G8 nation, you'll have a comfortable retirement.

But the financial demands of the Live 8 organizers and supporters won't be quenched by the leaders at the summit.

What it's about

This is without doubt a moment in history where ordinary people can grasp the chance to achieve something truly monumental and demand from the 8 world leaders at G8 an end to poverty.

The G8 leaders have it within their power to alter history. They will only have the will to do so if tens of thousands of people show them that enough is enough.

By doubling aid, fully cancelling debt, and delivering trade justice for Africa, the G8 could change the future for millions of men, women and children.


So says Bob Geldof in an introduction. Elsewhere,
LIVE 8 is part of a day of action across the world which kick-starts The Long Walk to Justice that calls on the leaders of the worlds richest countries to act when they meet in Gleneagles on 6th-9th July. On July 2nd in London, Edinburgh, Washington, Berlin, Paris and Rome millions will be coming together to call for complete debt cancellation, more and better aid and trade justice for the worlds poorest people.

Elsewhere,
Live Aid raised over $100 million. But 20 years on poverty, famine and disease is still a major problem in Africa. The public have shown how important this is to them now it is time to get governments to act.

Elsewhere,
Every single day, 30,000 children die, needlessly, of extreme poverty.

On July 6th, we finally have the opportunity to stop that shameful statistic.

8 world leaders, gathered in Scotland for the G8 summit, will be presented with a workable plan to double aid, drop the debt and made the trade laws fair. If these 8 men agree, then we will become the generation that made poverty history.

But they'll only do it if enough people tell them to.

That's why we're staging Live 8. 5 concerts, 100 artists, a million spectators, 2 billion viewers, and 1 message... To get those 8 men, in that 1 room, to stop 30,000 children dying every single day of extreme poverty.


Emphasis in the original.

The Live 8 website cites the American The ONE Campaign as an affiliated "Global Call to Action Against Poverty" organization to speak with for more local information. TOC says

What is the goal of The ONE Campaign?
The ONE Campaign seeks to give Americans a voice, to ring church bells and cell phones, on campuses and in coffee shops, for an historic pact to fight the global AIDS emergency and end extreme poverty. We believe that allocating an additional ONE percent of the U.S. budget toward providing basic needs like health, education, clean water and food, would transform the futures and hopes of an entire generation of the poorest countries.

[...]

How does ONE link to international agreements to fight poverty?
ONE links directly to the international effort to achieve the Millennium Development Goals. 1% more of the US federal budget would help save millions of lives and be a major commitment towards achieving the internationally agreed upon United Nations Millennium Development Goals. If it is delivered, we would achieve 0.35% of national wealth going to Official Development Assistance - half way to the international commitment to achieve 0.7%. Longer term, so long as we can prove the money is working, the goal is for the US to continue to increase effective assistance until it meets the international commitment to give 0.7% of the national wealth. This is an appropriate goals for ten years time, or 2015, the deadline for achieving the Millennium Goals.


There's more if you want to dig through it. I'm all for getting rid of economic and trade subsidies and this goes for anyone, not just large corporations. I'm all for getting rid of trade barriers so those who want to sell me something won't have to run the gamut of import regulations and tariffs that are so often based on the local demands of a politician's constituency. I'm all for canceling the international debt of third-world nations (especially state-to-state loans), even if doing so sends a mixed message to individuals within those countries about the importance of living up to one's word in a contract. I'm all for the

What I'm not for, however, is the use of a government's power to tax it's population in order to provide for others. Even if TOC is perfectly cool with reducing spending elsewhere in the federal budget to free up the $25 billion they say they want, I still wouldn't support it. There may be millions of Americans who are OK with being taxed to have some of that wealth redistributed to others. I am not and opting out of the tax system (i.e., just ignoring the IRS) means facing some nasty consequences. A fraction of my income is either taken without my permission or handed over under threat of violence; in these circumstances, I'm pretty pissed at anyone who wants more.

In this case, I'm even more unhappy with the message being fronted by Live 8. I quoted text from their website above. Now, I'll quote a few more sentences.

LIVE 8 is calling for people across the world to unite in one call in 2005 it is your voice we are after, not your money.

[...]

LIVE 8 is about justice not charity.

[...]

We don't want your money - we want you!


If I wanted to be polite, I'd say this is disingenuous. If I wanted to be honest, I'd say this is open-faced bullshit.

Governments acquire their resources from the people they govern. Without non-governmental production, states wouldn't be anything like what they are now in power and scope. The Live 8 organizers aren't being honest with you. They do want your money; they just consider it to be the state's cash, available to hand over for a worthy purpose. The organizers are attempting to spin this as something we individually won't have to sacrifice for, when it is that very act of voluntary individual donation and effort that would make this more than charity.

I don't consider something justice when unjust means are used to obtain justice. Would any of the organizers or supporters condone stealing from their neighbor (the cranky guy next door who hates taxes) and then giving that money to pay for the economic harm inflicted by American cotton subsidies on poor farmers? Where is the justice in that? I say far from taking the proper steps to compensate legitimate victims, it creates new victims.

When I hear that a band whose music I really enjoy is bringing back the original lineup primarily to bring more attention and pressure on the "leaders" to cough up more of their budgets, I don't react with a compassionate "aww!" I react with a tired sigh, one of many in a long string exhaled each time some human jackals in benevolent clothing want "us" to be more generous.

I might be more generous, if I was allowed to keep more of my own fucking money and didn't have it squandered on the whole spectrum of pointless, counter-productive, and corrupt shit the United States does with our tax money. As it is, I'm raw enough from the automatic generosity conducted in my name and without my consent.

June 10, 2005

The Supreme Court Rules Itself Subject to Congress

Thought experiment:

Has the Supreme Court, through the 6-3 ruling in Gonzales v Raich subjected itself to Congressional authority?

  1. The Supreme Court, by tearing down or upholding legislation, can have and has had a significant, substantial, and material affect on commerce in the United States.
  2. This affect is felt on commerce that remains within state boundaries and commerce that crosses state boundaries.
  3. The SCOTUS was established by the Constitution, the primary law of the land.
  4. Congress and the President can pass whatever law they please and it cannot ultimately be abolished, torn down, dismantled or upheld, affirmed, protected until it reaches the SCOTUS. (I ignore civil disobedience.)
  5. The SCOTUS just said it stands by the precedent that an act or an object that doesn't economically cross state lines can be ruled as interstate commerce.
  6. Doesn't this mean SCOTUS rulings can be subject to the power of the Commerce Clause?
  7. If so, doesn't that mean Congress and the President can pass a law that limits the power of the SCOTUS in certain cases, because that power can interfere with interstate commerce?

I ask this in jest, but with a serious point. Raich has made what was supposed to be a limit on federal power into a contemptible absurdity, one that makes the above line of thought far from unreasonable.

For a much lighter take on this joke of jurisprudence, see Fafblog's Fafnir and associated commenters, who manage to skewer this dumbass ruling in so many obvious and amusing ways I get even angrier thinking about it.

When you hold a ball in the air it has POTENTIAL commerce. When you let it go the potential commerce turns into KINETIC commerce, which makes it faaaaalllllll through the air! It is caught by Congress or gravity. Classroom Learning Challenge: Levy a tariff on the ball before it hits the ground!

June 09, 2005

Who Said That?

"The current chaotic state of affairs where small to medium scale enterprises operated outside the regulatory framework and in undesignated and crime-ridden areas could not be countenanced much longer," he said.
Did these words come from
  • New York State Attorney General Eliot Spitzer
  • Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder of Germany
  • SEC Chairman William H. Donaldson
  • President Hugo Chavez of Venezuela
  • Chicago Mayor Richard M. Daley
  • Executive President Robert Mugabe of Zimbabwe
I'd make a safe bet that a majority of almost any population would have little to no problem with the content of the statement above. It is the normal state of affairs. Individuals have tried to escape or avoid "the regulatory framework" since the beginning of such frameworks. The smaller businesses are at greater risk than multi-million-dollar corporations that are more likely to be politically well-connected and have the resources to dissect and implement new rules. The informality of smaller enterprises helps to connect the community. Unlicensed transactions, unregulated exchanges, and other illegal activities on the black market are sustained when government pressure is applied. It is natural for the state to be wary of small businessmen and women.

What I find most interesting about the statement is its broad applicability. It really could come from any government agent. It certainly would not be stretch of imagination to picture a state representative from France, Russia, or Egypt saying it. In the United States, there are countless state agents who, if they said that, it would go without comment because that's the reputation they've earned. However, this statement's context (as you'll eventually see) is more immediate, violent, and worrisome than your typical appointee complaining about a few sole proprietorships ignoring the minutiae of OHSA, IRS, or ADA requirements.

Should a modern society begin to break down, I'd expect nearly every bureaucrat to sing the same song. Should there be a strike along the lines of Atlas Shrugged where individuals increasingly refuse to submit themselves to government rule and micromanagement, I'd expect to hear comments along the same lines.

The person who said that was Robert Mugabe. Apparently, there are quite a few people in Zimbabwe who aren't following his orders.

June 01, 2005

Free Trade Areas and Free Trade Agreements

The next time I hear someone talk about NAFTA, CAFTA, FTAA, and all the other "FTA" possibilities out there, I'd like to present them with the following questions:

  1. Would I be allowed to move anywhere within the agreement's boundaries to find employment without any hindrance from any of the various governments?
  2. Would I be allowed to open a marijuana growing, curing, and packaging facility in one country in order to distribute, advertise, and sell my catalogue of pot products to anyone for any purpose within those other countries party to the agreement?
  3. Would I be allowed to place a phone call from one country to someone else in another and have zero taxes, tariffs, and other government fees imposed on anyone in the chain of connection?
  4. Would I be allowed to import any livestock and any plant across national borders without dealing with taxes, licensing, registration, quarantine, or other state intervention?
  5. Would I be allowed to buy a motorized vehicle from any producer in one of the signed countries and have it imported to my country for my use without running afoul of anystate-mandated environmental, safety, or performance standards?
  6. To be perfectly clear: would the various governments engaged in this agreement remove all barriers thrown up in the inter-trade-area and get 100% the hell out of my way and let me conduct any peaceful economic exchange I wanted? In short, is this an actual "free trade" area or just a weakening of state controls?

I'd probably get booted from the room before asking why these agreements, if they are to create "free trade" zones, aren't also implemented inside their countries for economic activity within, rather than just the trade that crosses state borders.

I suppose questioning their commitment to reality is something they'd frown upon.

May 27, 2005

Banning Knives and Slippery Slopes

I reproduce this in its entirety because I want it saved for future reference.

BBC: Doctors' kitchen knives ban call

A&E doctors are calling for a ban on long pointed kitchen knives to reduce deaths from stabbing.

A team from West Middlesex University Hospital said violent crime is on the increase - and kitchen knives are used in as many as half of all stabbings.

[picture of a kitchen knife, with the caption: "Doctors say knives are too pointed"]

They argued many assaults are committed impulsively, prompted by alcohol and drugs, and a kitchen knife often makes an all too available weapon.

The research is published in the British Medical Journal.

The researchers said there was no reason for long pointed knives to be publicly available at all.

They consulted 10 top chefs from around the UK, and found such knives have little practical value in the kitchen.

None of the chefs felt such knives were essential, since the point of a short blade was just as useful when a sharp end was needed.

The researchers said a short pointed knife may cause a substantial superficial wound if used in an assault - but is unlikely to penetrate to inner organs.

In contrast, a pointed long blade pierces the body like "cutting into a ripe melon".

The use of knives is particularly worrying amongst adolescents, say the researchers, reporting that 24% of 16-year-olds have been shown to carry weapons, primarily knives.

[picture of cut wounds on the right ear and side of someone's face, with the caption: "Kitchen knives can inflict appalling wounds"]

The study found links between easy access to domestic knives and violent assault are long established.

French laws in the 17th century decreed that the tips of table and street knives be ground smooth.

A century later, forks and blunt-ended table knives were introduced in the UK in an effort to reduce injuries during arguments in public eating houses.

The researchers say legislation to ban the sale of long pointed knives would be a key step in the fight against violent crime.

"The Home Office is looking for ways to reduce knife crime.

"We suggest that banning the sale of long pointed knives is a sensible and practical measure that would have this effect."

Government response

Home Office spokesperson said there were already extensive restrictions in place to control the sale and possession of knives.

"The law already prohibits the possession of offensive weapons in a public place, and the possession of knives in public without good reason or lawful authority, with the exception of a folding pocket knife with a blade not exceeding three inches.

"Offensive weapons are defined as any weapon designed or adapted to cause injury, or intended by the person possessing them to do so.

"An individual has to demonstrate that he had good reason to possess a knife, for example for fishing, other sporting purposes or as part of his profession (e.g. a chef) in a public place.

"The manufacture, sale and importation of 17 bladed, pointed and other offensive weapons have been banned, in addition to flick knives and gravity knives."

A spokesperson for the Association of Chief Police Officers said: "ACPO supports any move to reduce the number of knife related incidents, however, it is important to consider the practicalities of enforcing such changes."


All italics are mine, and are there to illustrate the approach used to outlaw so many other items over the years.

I really fail to have the appropriate words for these "doctors." I feel a mixture of deep disgust, amusement, and anger...but those responses have been dulled from overuse. For the moment, I'll say the world is happily prancing towards self-imposed oblivion, led by safety, health, and risk nannies who don't give one shit about individual freedom and personal responsibility, who view those two concepts as dangerous to the public at large, concepts to be pushed aside with the power of a policeman's drawn gun.

This very example of banning knives used to be the comfortable realm of those freedom-lovers who employed slippery slope and reductio ad absurdum arguments to show people who wanted to ban firearms the necessary implications of their stance. Now, it's being proposed, FOR REAL, by people who are normally considered respected members of an important profession.

What's really frightening is that there simply aren't than many cultures on the planet that have the principled backbone to stand up to this shit and loudly, clearly, reject it without caveat. I have no doubt there are local governments in the United States that have already done something like this because laws against "switchblades" and the public possession of certain kinds of knives has long been in place. In the UK's case, there isn't much left to steal from the individual in terms of defending himself.

What a great way to ruin my morning.

May 20, 2005

A Drug War Zinger

It's not a contract with America anymore...it's a contract on America.

-madpad, over at Hit & Run

May 17, 2005

Democracy Eats Itself

Newsview: Politics Goes Extreme in D.C.

The showdown over President Bush's judicial nominees reflects the raw nature of modern-day politics: Senators pulled to their political extremes by special interest groups, with a dwindling few clinging to a semblance of moderation and tradition.

Compromise, while possible, is more painful than ever because of changes in media, technology and politics.

Special interest groups are richer and more powerful than a few years ago. New technologies make it easier for these groups to rally partisan voters who, because of C-Span, 24-hour cable TV news, the Internet and other communication innovations, are more plugged into politics than in times past. Closely fought presidential elections in 2000 and 2004 have raised the stakes, and tensions, in Washington.


I don't think it's likely we've "peaked" in terms of partisan acrimony. There too many issues on which to have angry disagreement, thanks in part to having the government stomping around in those areas to begin with. Given the greater ability of individuals to see just what "their" governments do, what motivates them, and what they plan to do, I doubt there will come a time where we return to some civilized bygone era where major political opponents calmly, politely, and intelligently debate one another.

This judicial nominations/filibuster thing is a symptom of something larger than nearly everyone in this country either refuses to recognize or does recognize and simply blanks it out.

May 13, 2005

Are Heroes Necessary?

"I wish heroes didn't exist...[w]henever we need a hero, it's because there's a problem that needs to be solved; it's because two groups of people, or two countries, are hurting one another, so a hero is needed to save us. If everyone were at peace, if everyone were happy, why would we need heroes? The world is better off without heroes."

-Jet Li

He's talking in the context of why Hero was delayed for so long before Miramax released it in the United States. Incidentally, read the rest of the article, as it confirms my distaste for the film's nearly over the top endorsement of "greater good collectivism" at the expense of the individual.

From the angle Mr. Li is arguing, it certainly makes sense. A hero is someone who has the courage to face a problem and at least attempt to resolve it, even it if means great danger to that hero's life and loved ones. A conflict that begins to take a life of its own, consequently consuming adjacent human lives in process, can be the genesis for one person (or several) to emerge with the purpose of ending the conflict.

There is at least another way to look at a hero, though. It doesn't involve some life-ending conflict between nations or warring gangs. I think it is legitimate to define a hero as one who simply strives to be better, to do more, and to accomplish at a higher level ethically against the twin tides of "it's good enough" and lowest-common-denominatorism that permeate society. Perhaps Li sees this individualistic approach as a bad thing in addition to the above. It certainly seems possible given his comments elsewhere in the article. However, to me, a hero isn't limited to someone who pushed himself to the breaking point in order to save millions of lives and the fates of nations; a hero can also be the student who will not allow himself to be limited by expectations and mediocrity, who chooses to improve himself and his surroundings for the better despite the costs he may endure. It is our ability to extend our limits that makes humans so damn interesting.

Enjoy your weekend.

May 11, 2005

Michael Cullen's Collective Guilt

The AP via MyWay Germany unveils haunting memorial to murdered Jews

"You can argue with how they went about it, but no other country has erected a monument to its misdeeds. It's courageous," said Michael Cullen, a Berlin-based U.S. architectural historian who has written extensively about it.

Mr. Cullen must be confused.

He thinks the nation of Germany committed misdeeds during World War II when clearly only a movement of individuals did.

He thinks the nation of Germany is atoning for the Holocaust when the only ones who ought to apologize today for that senseless slaughter are those who participated in it.

It may be carelessness, but it means something. If "Germany" must apologize for Hitler, it means German Jews, dissidents, and saboteurs must apologize as well. If "Germany" must apologize, it means citizens who weren't even alive at that time should apologize.

The people that made up the Nazi government were responsible for the overwhelming aggression against non-Aryans and they are either gone or in their final years. I see no justice in making others rhetorically responsible for what they did.

May 10, 2005

Light'em Up

The man leaves to work out of the country, gets hardly a day's rest, and then proceeds on the attack.

First target:

I will, however, point out that anyone who took Stalin at his word was a functional retard who deserved whatever he got. The tragedy of history, of course, is that the people who lived and died under the Soviet yoke didn't deserve what they got.

Yalta was an abominable disgrace to a nation that went to war under the auspices that America did in World War II. In a rational culture, it might be enough to say that this fact should never be forgotten. What's worse is the truth, which is: it is a fact that would have to be learned before it could ever be forgotten.


A follow-up:
To begin with, I say that it is an outrage -- prima facie -- to talk about the "freedom" (let's keep the importance of concepts, ladies & gentlemen) of tens of millions of people in terms of a "bargain". Try it like this: who would have "bargain[ed]" with Adolph Hitler? Even after that animal was dead, it had to be pointed out to Karl Doenitz that there would be no negotiated terms of surrender. Once more, with feeling: a "bargain" implies an exchange of values. What could Stalin have offered us? Peace, or something like that, for not pressing the rights of the people of eastern Europe? Was that the value at issue? Zoom this look back out to the big picture of general principles: was "peace" less valuable in 1941, and if so, then why? What was the difference between, say, France and Poland versus the Baltic states and Hungary? The "facts" were "on the ground" of western Europe right up until the audacity of Normandy, no less than they were in the east after V-E Day, and if the difference is that it was Hitler on the ground in France instead of Stalin on the ground in Poland, then there was no difference at all, all while The Grand Alliance was making all its vaunted noise about "freedom".

[...]

Make no mistake about it: there was a "bargain", and it was struck at Yalta. And let me tell you what got traded away.


He isn't talking about dollar bills or shiny new Volgas, either.

April 21, 2005

French Colonialism

Another item discovered whilst reading Samizdata: Morocco answers Zapatero by supporting Paris 2012

Paris's candidacy for the 2012 Olympic Games has received the support of the sports ministers of 39 Francophone countries and regions. Among them was Morocco, represented on the International Olympic Committee (IOC), which despite its good relations with the Zapatero administration did not hesitate in giving its support to France. The participants in the 30th Conference of Sports and Youth Ministers (CONFEJES) "unanimously supported" Paris's candidacy, after Mauritanian sports minister Ahmedou Ould Ahmadou introduced the motion. Mauritanian head of CONFEJES Youssouf Fall explained support for Paris's candidacy by stressing "France's important experience in organizing sports competitions, as well as Paris's excellent quality infrastructure." Paris's official commission said in a press release, "This decision is a major international push for Paris's candidacy, which is now guaranteed of strong support in the final vote on July 6 in Singapore." The choice of the site of the Games is not voted on by the countries as such, but rather by the members of the IOC, who can vote as they wish. Nevertheless, among the 39 countries that support Paris, there are many whose representatives have a vote, including Morocco, Canada, Egypt, Cameroon, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Guinea, and Tunisia, and the Paris 2012 committee stresses that "the Francophone community of Belgium and the Canadian provinces of Quebec and new Brunswich have also given their support." Among other countries at the CONFEJES meeting were Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Comoros, Congo, Ivory Coast, Djibouti, Gabon, Guinea-Bissau, Greece, Haiti, Lebanon, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritius, Mauritania, Nger, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Rumania, Rwanda, Senegal, Seychelles, Chad, Togo, and Vietnam. In addition, French sports minister Jean-Francois Lamour stated yesterday that this vote shows "one additional proof of the support and determination Paris's candidacy can count on. The more chances we have to explain our project, the more support we get, both inside and outside France." Meanwhile, Madrid mayor Alberto Ruiz Gallardn presented the Madrid 2012 project to prime minister Rodriguez Zapatero.

Copyright Libertad Digital, S.A.


One of those things I was supposed to have been taught in school was history. It could be an innate curiosity on my part or a failing on the various American educational establishments on theirs, but I am always learning things that seem to be important enough to include in school curricula that I rarely or never encountered in class.

After reading that impressive list of countries, I decided to do a brief search of their modern history.

CountryDuration of French ImperialismIs French currently an "official language"?
Benin1872 - 1960Yes
Burkina Faso~1900 - 1960Yes
Burundi(Belgium) WWI - 1962Yes
Cape VerdeNo
Central African Republic1903 - 1960Yes
Comoros1912 - 1975Yes
Congo1891 - 1960Yes
Ivory Coast1904 - 1960Yes
Djibouti1896 - 1977Yes
Gabon1885 - 1960Yes
Guinea-BissauNo
GreeceNo
Haiti1697 - 1804Yes
Lebanon1920 - 1943No
Madagascar1896 - 1960Yes
Mali1883 - 1960Yes
Mauritius1715 - 1814Yes
Mauritania1904 - 1960No
Nger1898 - 1960Yes
Democratic Republic of the Congo (Belgium) 1885 - 1960Yes
RumaniaNo
Rwanda(Belgium) WWI - 1960Yes
Senegal1659 - 1960Yes
Seychelles1770 - 1814Yes
Chad1900 - 1960Yes
TogoWWI - 1960Yes
Vietnam1884 - 1954No

Out of those 27 CONFEJES-appearing countries, 20 were under French rule and three more were under Belgian control. All information taken from the CIA World Factbook, the Lonely Planet guides, or Wikipedia.

Remarkable, isn't it? The end dates for those colonies indicate the general unwillingness of nations to continue ruling foreign lands, a positive trend in the history of individual liberty. Perhaps that unwillingness will one day devolve from the international sphere to the intranational. And then the interlocal to the intralocal.

It took centuries for the first step to be taken. Hopefully, the next steps won't linger about so.

April 20, 2005

Rhetorical Devices!

Billy Beck: Church of the Space-Alien Control-Variables

Jim Henley: the Federal Reserve's Countdown to Infinite Discount Rate Adjustments

Mike, at The London Fog: Bananada

Anthony Gregory, at the LewRockwell Blog: But if it came to two choices--shutting down the Senate or approving Bush's nominees--I know whom I would root for.

Scott Scheule at Catallarchy: To wit, if you want to save the birds, come up with a recipe for a good spotted owl gumbo.

jomama: What happens when the Cosmic Nipple runs dry?

April 19, 2005

Kos Strikes Again

Given the choice between making their own moral decisions, or having Tom DeLay make them for them, most people will choose the former. Between that and corruption, we probably have 75 percent of the Democratic campaign for 2006.

-Markos Moulitsas Zniga

Well, now if that isn't just the best example of a false dilemma I've seen in this year. Anyone who chooses a Democrat in order to be left alone to make their own moral choices is a straight-up fucking idiot. There may be cases where the Republican alternative is worse, but if your goal is to be free to exercise your judgement through your will, punching the Democrat ticket is only slightly more retarded than voting in the first place. Unless you are voting against the expansion of government powers (as I plan to do with the push for a a greater Austin smoking ban...*) voting for a candidate is a vote for imposing that candidates political views on the lawmaking process, and therefore, on your back.

If I had hair, I'd be tearing it out right now. Kos's hypocrisy continues to shine. If he seriously meant what he said in that first clause, he'd back down from his unwavering support of using the state to make moral (in the form of economic) choices for people, whether they want the help or not.

To fully illustrate this, here's a comment from Kos's post by The Truffle:

It would make a great ad!

And we wouldn't need to invoke poor Terri Schiavo directly.

Picture the ad...

"They say they're the party of personal freedom..."

(Cut to footage of Bush, Delay, Frist, et al.)

"They say they're the party of small government..."

(Cut to more footage of more republicans)

"But they want to insert themselves into your home."

(Show a montage of suburban homes, apartment buildings, etc.)

"They want to insert themselves into your family life."

(Show footage of a couple with a newborn baby.)

"Into your most private moments..."

(Show footage of an elderly woman in a hospital bed, surrounded by her children)

"Your home...your family...everything you've worked for...is THEIR business...

"The Republican Party. Saying one thing and doing another."

Care to expand on that?


This is followed by several comments expressing thanks and appreciation at this "fantastic" idea for an ad. And, they are certainly correct. The GOP has long since lost whatever moorings it might have had as a party dedicated to reducing the size of government and increasing individual freedom. But that isn't the direction of the Democratic Party and especially the direction people like Kos want to go. They want more economic regulation, more services provided by government at the expense of individual choice, and higher taxes on some to pay for it.

Unfuckenbelievable. I visit his blog community as a sampler of what his far end of the spectrum is saying and I come away utterly disgusted each time. The more he squirms into this apparent quasi-libertarian position, the more I want to just slap him.

More from the past: The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Daily Kos Wants It All, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Kos Continues to Amaze, Economic Ignorance, and For the Privatization of Freedom.

UPDATED 5/9/2005 9:35am
Yes, I changed my mind: The Additional Tyranny - The New Austin Smoking Ban Passes

April 18, 2005

The '24' Embrace of Contemporary Politics

[Updates below.]

Class: please be seated. Today, our subject is reductio ad absurdum, Internet edition. Turn your books to page 2. Please read along with me:

  • Terrorists have acquired a nuclear weapon.
  • Someone seen among the terrorists has been caught.
  • Should the captured person be tortured if he won't divulge what it is we assume he knows?
  • You say hurting someone who hasn't hurt you is wrong. How far are you willing to defend that position?

    Part of me always wondered if 24 would reach this point. From the standpoint of a television action-drama, each season must at least keep the heat up on the suspense. Each season of the show has managed to increase the stakes and in order for this one to continue propelling the series forward, it must continue to increase the shock value of the ongoing terrorist threat.

    So why not have prominent CTU characters openly advocate the torture of a suspect? Why not have an "Amnesty Global" lawyer notified and enter with a court order demanding immediate release? Why not have Jack Bauer actively seek out ways to torture the suspect, up to and including the submission of his resignation in order to pursue the suspect once he is released from CTU custody?

    I'm not particularly angry at this point. My anger crested several hours in the past of the show. The viewers have been led to this moment by the previous displays of torture. I actually chuckle because it reminds me of so many other times in the past where the mask is dropped and what lies beneath is revealed for an instant. For example, Senator Hillary Rodham Clinton's infamous 6/28/2004 statement in San Francisco quoted by Matt Drudge:

    "We're saying that for America to get back on track, we're probably going to cut that short and not give it to you. We're going to take things away from you on behalf of the common good."

    It is not as if either of these were sprung on anyone. Ignore the words and watch the actions. CTU has used coercion to get needed information in the past. Senator Clinton has voted for laws used to coerce people in order to accomplish socio-economic goals in the past. Both entities have their belief systems and are following them. They've made up their minds and the only real question is how to apply those choices.

    One wonders what the director and the producers are thinking at this point. This is just about identical to every Doomsday Scenario that has been bitterly, bitterly argued over for nearly four years. I am imagining the various law-and-order tendencies within conservative fans of the show going immediately to war with the foreign policy hawk tendencies. Among the majority of these people and their fellow political travelers, the emotional reaction to seeing

    1. an Arabic family terrorist cell conducting fatal operations on U.S. soil;
    2. the kidnapping and attempted execution of the Secretary of Defense as a distraction;
    3. the attempted meltdown of nuclear reactors and the actual meltdown of one in California as distractions;
    4. the theft of an Air Force stealth fighter;
    5. Air Force One shot down and the President seriously injured;
    6. the loss of critical nuclear weapons information;
    7. the loss of a nuclear weapon;
    8. the detainment of a person who must know something to aid CTU;
    9. an international human rights lawyer immediately and cynically retained to secure the release of the "suspect" because he hasn't formally broken a law and been charged with a crime;
    10. the better than average performance of torture for CTU agents in the past;
    11. and merely that lawyer, the U.S. Marshall, and a judge's order standing in the way to that information;

    ...that hawkish reaction has either met or exceeded something similar to this:
    Jack Bauer is the most righteous, most badass guy in the American government. He has nothing - nothing - but the best interests of the United States and her citizens in his mind. He is the very embodiment of someone who we have hired to Do The Right Thing. The man has literally died for his flag. Why he hasn't simply buzzed through the Amnesty Glboal lawyer (a stand-in for Amnesty International?) and put the U.S. Marshall down is beyond me. He really is an admirable guy, respecting the Constitution like that in this most "extreme of circumstances."

    And then I imagine them cheering, as my friends did, when Bauer Tazered the U.S. Marshall and then ruined Joe Prado's right thumb after lying about his knowledge of Marwan's whereabouts. The suspect wasn't able to endure much past a few seconds of Bauer putting pressure on the destroyed joint before telling him where Marwan was. I also imagine the even greater cheer going up after Bauer's parting knockout blow to the back of Prado's head. "This will help with the pain," as I paraphrase him sneering.

    Honestly, I cheered along with my friends. We knew the guy was a liar and a direct conspirator in the terrorist plot and so did the appropriate agents of the state. I couldn't repress my instant agreement because I knew Bauer had treated the man to the very beginning of what he deserved. He was no mere man of knowledge who accidentally knew was what going on. According to the set-up by the episode, he was an important player with very serious information.

    But there's the rub.

    In real life, we aren't likely know these things so clearly and without doubt. In real life, there are few Jack Bauers indeed to act as the vigilante angel, saving the day because no one else understands the stakes. In real life, it takes time and evidence to conclude who did what at what level of knowing involvement. In real life, torture means putting society/results over the individual, the most important step towards the complete disregard of morality.

    The inclusion of the Amnesty lawyer really does the trick, though. It exposes the craven cowardice of the CTU operation. It's personnel feel just fine torturing young adults, women, and men...as long as no one knows about it who might raise a legal stink. Really, does the libertarian view of government-as-criminal-aggressor have any greater power than when we are presented with a state agency that ignores The Law, treats humans as it's own property, and only stops the moment when bad press coverage by indignant civil libertarians start holding press conferences is possible? Wait hardly a news cycle these days and you'll hear about some arm of the state doing this. Commonplace in realms where the consequences are a few mere million tax payer dollars, this is the realm of direct human life. Nothing else is more serious.

    Now Jack Bauer has resigned from CTU and the preview shows him getting into direct conflict with law enforcement over his treatment of Prado. Bauer, rather than violate the Constitution and get his co-workers in trouble, has fallen back on what he can rely on: himself, as an individual. For that tenacity of purpose and rugged pursuit of Evil, I commend him.

    For his willingness to do use any means to satisfy his ends, I condemn him.

    Previous posts on : 24 and Torture, Fox's '24': A Libertarian Nightmare, and The Jack Bauer Power Hour, Inner Outrage; The Enslavement of Behrooz Araz, and The Total Erosion of the Fourth Wall.

    UPDATED 5/2/2005 10:56pm
    Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24

    UPDATED 5/17/2005 2:07pm
    Quickie '24' Blog Items with an Emphasis on Richard Heller

    UPDATED 3/13/2006 9:45am
    My Take on FOX's '24' Ethics

    April 12, 2005

    Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy

    [Updates below.]

    Incidentally, I'm not a Feingold supporter for president. Anyone who attempts to regulate blogs -- like he has -- is instantly on my shit list.

    -Markos Moulitsas Zniga

    Kos is rightly angry with bastards who want to regulate our communications.

    But what about the owner of a health care company getting angry with nearly everyone for wanting to regulate his industry?

    What about the commercial developer who is pissed at the forest of red tape from all levels of government when he wants to build a shopping mall?

    What about the people wishing to donate to any politician or consulting group in order to get their views bigger play in the media who see campaign finance reform laws standing in their way?

    I can go on for hours.

    Don't Tread On Me, but I Feel Free To Tread On Thee.

    More on my complaints with and observations on DailyKos: The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Daily Kos Wants It All, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Kos Continues to Amaze, Economic Ignorance, For the Privatization of Freedom.

    UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:16am
    Kos Strikes Again

    April 08, 2005

    Friendly Questions for Dale Franks

    [Updates below.]

    Sir:

    You said "Willing buyer. Willing seller. It's called liberty..." in the context of a pharmacist declining to fill prescriptions for morning-after birth control pills and various people getting pissed about it. It is quite obvious from your comments you support the right for a property owner to reject an offer to sell from a potential customer.

    Later on, once you read the post by Mr. Silber and changed your mind regarding the specifics of the case, you said, "Of course, that means we have to strike at the real problem: the state's creation of a monopoly." You also "agree completely" to statements Mr. Silber made that said

    ...we must work ultimately for the day when the state removes itself from areas such as the licensing of pharmacists altogether (and doctors, and lawyers, and every other profession you can name)-and leave men free to engage in transactions as they choose, according to their own best independent and individual judgment.

    Simply put, Arthur Silber takes a plumb-line, radical, and principled stand against coercion and the state and you agree with him. This is fundamentally the stand anarchists take with the government.

    So here are my questions.

    1. Is your ultimate political goal the abolishment of the State or is it similar to minarchism's "night watchman state"?
    2. Given your rejection of natural rights theory, what do you mean when you repeatedly refer to "right" in your Liberty or Compulsion post?
    3. When you say you favor "[a] policy of using US military force solely at the discretion of the US, but only in circumstances where American interests are directly affected," do you refer to a centralized state-funded defense force organized roughly as it is now or a loosely-aligned alliance of (for example) independent defense contractors and insurance agencies who agree to work together to protect their interests?
    4. Since you have come out against state-created monopolies, does that mean you'd support the rise of competing court and law systems?
    5. If the Federal Reserve system was abolished and the US reverted back to a pure gold/silver-backed currency standard that would not be under the control of the government, would you support or oppose it?

    Thanks in advance for your consideration.

    UPDATED 4/10/2005 1:02pm
    Dale Franks responds once and a second time. I'll reply to his second response Monday or Tuesday.

    Jim Henley is also asking questions, though they are aimed at Neolibertarianism (something Mr. Franks ascribes to) in general.

    April 07, 2005

    Sploid's Anarcho-Capitalism

    Says Sploid:

    Sploid is a news site with a tabloid mentality -- top stories up top, played big, as fast as they break. If there's a political line, it's anarcho-capitalist: sniffing out hypocrisy and absurdity, whether from salon left or religious right.

    There are two possible ways to read this.

    One, the editors (being the Gawkster Media hipsters they are) are simply fusing an irreverent take on each work into one idea. They, by anarchist, mean they have little respect for rules, tradition, etc. They, by capitalist, mean they are in this for the money and anyone who complains can suck it.

    Two, they actually mean they adhere to anarcho-capitalism's stance on politics: the abolition of the state, the support of private property and voluntary exchange, etc.

    I've got enough webpages to keep track of these days, but I'll try to stop by Sploid to see how it goes. From what I see, browsing as of 2:45pm:

    • Shift Change Memo: The Liberal Fringe, "Ken: Gotta motor outta here if Im gonna make it to the Popes funeral. Eh, who am I kidding, those crowds are totally out of control, given the cafes hiring security guards for their bathrooms. Speaking of which: Fox News would like you to know that authorities are playing down the possibility of a terror attack in Rome. Well isnt that what European authorities do?

      [...]

      Also, please be extra cruel to the liberal fringe today because I got an email accusing me of being a liberal. That was excruciatingly painful. Evidently some people dont understand that concerns of freedom from an intrusive government and stupid politicians is the one place where the right and the left meet. Well, there and over the love of a good dimebag. Im out, homeslice. Choire

    • Meddling Congress Even Screws Up Time
    • Fewer Teens Excited About Dying In Iraq
    • DoE: Sorry, Gas Prices Will Keep Going Up, "Worthless Energy Department delivers grim yet obvious news: Gas prices will just rise and rise for as long as anyone can figure. Demand in the USA will also rise this summer, by about 2%. Global demand will never slow down."
    • Cops Smell Pot On Money; Arrest Dummy, "Tales from the Drug War"
    • Dingbat Sen. Byrd Sick Of Horseradish, "Ancient Democratic Senator Robert Byrd sputtered and fumed in a CNN interview today, dismissing GOP charges that hes too liberal for West Virginia as horseradish. Horseradish? Is this condiment an acceptable substitute for a quaint word for nonsense such as horsefeathers?
    • Explosive Teathers: Imminent Threat?, "Two 16-year-old girls are being held in a federal detention center, suspected of suicide bomber plans. After a minor complaint by one girls parents, wildly over-zealous feds searched their home without a warrant and confiscated one of the teens computers, which contained an essay on Islam and suicide bombing. The idiot FBI will probably deport the foreign-born girls. Update: Fox News goes nuts at 11 a.m.: Do we have any details on what they might have been targeting? Where they might be targeting? Was it in New York City?"
    • Congress Porkers Waste $27.3 Billion
    • Potheads Rejoice: Weed Helps Hearts, New Study Proves It

    Perhaps they're serious about both meanings.

    There is No Right to Food, Jean Ziegler

    Prensa Latina : Globalized Capitalism Blamed for Increasing Famine in the World

    Globalization of neoliberal capitalism and its resulting injustice is the main cause of the expansion of hunger in the world, said UN Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food, Jean Ziegler.

    In a report presented to the UN Commission on Human Rights (UNCHR) here, Ziegler said than in less than a year, 10 million people have joined the planets army of starving people.

    At least 100,000 people die of lack of food every year, and one of every four is permanently blinded due to lack of vitamin A, he said.

    Ziegler told Prensa Latina that his performance as UN official and his re-election to the post have been rejected by the US, a country whose delegation votes almost solo against his term at the UNCHR.

    "I have not fabricated these figures, he said. "They have been provided by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO)."

    "All governments in the world should be concerned that there are 852 million people starving while a program to address the scourge is in existence."

    "FAO itself has stated that world agriculture could currently feed twice the worlds population. Thus, we can say that every person who dies of hunger has been assassinated," the Swedish jurist and sociologist stressed.

    "What this is all about is a daily genocide against people who are starving amidst rich countriessilence," he said.

    Copyright 2004 - All Rights Reserved.
    Prensa Latina


    My emphasis.

    I could not find other news sources reporting these statements, but I did find Mr. Ziegler saying other things:

    "In Brazil, where there is fertile land, wealth and a tropical climate," said Jean Ziegler, UN special rapporteur on the right to food, after a recent visit there, "hunger is not a destiny." Rather, it is "the product of a totally unjust order. Those who die of hunger in Brazil are assassinated."

    -Dollars and Sense, May/June 2002, quoted in Seeing Red: "Brazilian Peasant Leader"

    Ziegler also told the commission he was concerned about hunger in North Korea, Palestinian areas, Sudan's conflict-ravaged Darfur region, Zimbabwe, India, Myanmar, the Philippines and Romania.

    Worldwide, he said, more than 17,000 children under 5 die daily from hunger-related diseases.

    "The silent daily massacre by hunger is a form of murder,'' Ziegler said. "It must be battled and eliminated.''

    -The Guardian, March 30, 2005: "Expert: Malnutrition Affects Iraq Kids"


    All above italics are my emphasis.

    Ahh, well, now I see.

    This means that, given the existence of both hungry and food-possessing humans, every single person who does not give away all of his or her wealth beyond the exact point what is necessary for his or her own survival is, at the very least, party to repeated mass murder. At the most, those people are directly responsible for daily mass murder.

    I - by my inaction - am to blame for the deaths of people who starve.

    You, dear reader, are a filthy moral stain because you perpetuate genocide by not stopping it.

    Yeah, that makes sense. No perversion of causality, responsibility, or anything. It is entirely reasonable to say someone is a murderer when that person didn't actually kill anyone. It isn't outrageous at all that Mr. Ziegler compares dormancy in the face of a hungry child with the deliberate liquidation of an entire race of people.

    If sneers could kill, the one distorting my face right now would be engaged around the throat of this utterly hideous idea.

    There is no "right to food." By asserting there is, you imply that it is permissible for anyone who owns no food to use force in order to possess food. That is what the concept of a "right" demands: universality and enforceability. Without either, the purpose of rights - the nature that makes it different from other concepts - falls apart. But this means that every human's wealth that crests over the level of bare subsistence would be at the mercy of anyone who is starving and does not own the means to procure nutrition for him- or herself.

    It would be a permanent global hall pass for larceny, a "right" that one could conceivably have one minute; but upon feeding himself after walking into a grocer and taking the materials for lunch, that "right" would no longer apply. But wait! It would return as soon as that man was hungry and simultaneously didn't own any food of his own. This flip-flop could happen a dozen times a day. A right does not have that kind of nature.

    It should be obvious the kinds of problems this supposed "right" creates and this is directly related to my previous post, William J. Bennett and Brian T. Kennedy Need Slaves. In order to enforce a "right to food" you would have to enslave people to provide your food if you possessed none.

    March 24, 2005

    William J. Bennett and Brian T. Kennedy Need Slaves

    National Review: The Right to Life

    But does Terri Schiavo have a natural right to life?

    Yes. She is a human being. She has committed no crime and therefore she has forfeited not one of her natural rights. Our American faith teaches us that, "all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness." And the purpose of all American government is "to secure these rights," not destroy them.

    What then is to be done?


    From the flawed premise that every human has a natural right to life, we then proceed towards what Bill Bennett and Brian Kennedy want done:
    The "auxiliary precautions" of Florida government in this case the Florida supreme court have failed Terri Schiavo. It is time, therefore, for Governor Bush to execute the law and protect her rights, and, in turn, he should take responsibility for his actions. Using the state police powers, Governor Bush can order the feeding tube reinserted. His defense will be that he and a majority of the Florida legislature believe the Florida Constitution requires nothing less. Some will argue that Governor Bush will be violating the law. We think he will not be violating the law, but if he is judged to have done so, it will be in the tradition of Martin Luther King, Jr., who answered to a higher law than a judge's opinion. In so doing, King showed respect for the man-made law by willingly going to jail (on a Good Friday); Governor Bush may have to face impeachment because of his decision.

    Here we have an essential example of the Republican/conservative confusion regarding what rights are and how they are to be enforced. This is the corruption of "rights." By asserting Terri Schiavo has a right to live - that she cannot justly be denied access to this right - they then move on to find ways of restoring or securing her access to that right. Which, of course, is the forced provision of her means to life: food, water, and shelter.

    How would the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (or whichever state police agency would be used) accomplish its ordered goal of reinserting Terri Schiavo's feeding tube? Using coerced funding (taxation) to pay for the wages of employees and equipment, the FDLE would request the feeding tube's reinsertion. Notice here what the two National Review authors conspicuously left out. If the owners of the hospice refuse, the FDLE would then order the owners and their employees to step aside so a government or government-hired physician or nurse could reinsert the tube. If the owners and employees refuse this, they'd be detained or arrested. If the employees and employees resist, they could be shot. And on, and on, and on.

    This, I submit, is naked authoritarianism. This is the denial of the ability to enjoy one's life in the name of supporting that life.

    By asserting a "right to life," Mr. Bennett and Mr. Kennedy have implicitly subjugated a far more fundamental and important right: the right to self-ownership and the right to one's property. They reject one's right to ownership as long as that owner refuses to use his or her property in order to nurse a "culture of life" or something similar. This is then, no fundamentally different from the environmentalist or welfare statist or unionist (i.e., collectivist) claim that it is our duty to help others live unfouled, healthy, materially fulfilling lives...even if it means doing it against our will and at our expense.

    Figure this: can anyone else point out the absurdity of simultaneously asserting a "right to oil changes" or a "right to food" or a "right to underwear" while claiming to be proponents of freedom and liberty? All of the above, by their explicit meaning, demand corrective action if those "rights" are violated when individuals do not acquire their oil changes, food, or underwear. If they had none and none were donated, then the nature of rights theory demands forceful action be taken to provide justice to those "victims," which would mean stealing the right to property one person has and giving it to another.

    The right to self-ownership avoids this potential and actual tyranny by not creating the problem of collective duty in the first place. Upholding this right would create just two issues to resolve: who is the legitimate owner of what resource and if the right to that resource was violated, what is the just response to the violation of that right? The fundamental right is what should always be protected and enforced, not something made up on the grounds of theology or emotional appeal. My right to self-ownership makes it a crime to kill me so there is no need to have a separate right to protect life.

    The specific problem of how to delegate that right in the event of death or incapacitation is a personal, private matter. Given that human beings are fallible, there will be cases of dispute like this. It is not up to the state to decide who owns what in such cases because, as we see happening today, the state screws it all up my making all of its citizens partly involved.

    I have little doubt Mr. Bennett and Mr. Kennedy would dispute a person's right to self-ownership. Why openly advocate slavery? But they are disputing a very important corollary to that right: the ownership of property external to the human body. In this case, it is Woodside Hospice's land and equipment. Furthermore, assuming Terri's husband, Michael, has a contract with the hospice to follow his instructions, these two want to violate the contract as well. Governor Bush and his police force do not have the right to tell them what to do. For the governor and Florida's law enforcement are not the rightful owners of that property.

    And neither is Bill Bennett or anyone else who advocates the force of government to solve this problem. What they want are slaves to keep this woman alive.

    The Reality of Refinery Work

    The AP via ABCNews: 14 Dead, 1 Missing in Texas Refinery Blast

    Wenceslado de la Cerda, a 50-year-old retired firefighter, said the blast shook the ground, rattled windows and knocked ceiling panels to the floor.

    "Basically, it was one big boom," he said. "It's a shame that people have to get killed and hurt trying to make a dollar in these plants, but that's part of reality."


    Conflicting responses to this quote. As always, more context would be nice.

    On one hand, I recognize the inherent dangers of working in an industry that deals with flammable, explosive, and poisonous materials. This danger is greater when working within the compound where those materials are harvested, processed, and distributed. The very nature of the work means the unresolvable tendency for humans to screw up results in harsh consequences. Therefore, one way to spin the comment is to simply nod your head and agree. I don't think it's a "shame" that petrochemical employees chose to work risky jobs, but I do think it is a shame that once an accident (or irresponsibilty on the part of the business owner) occurs, people trying to make a living get injured and sometimes die. Diligence in the name of safety can stem this number, but it will never remain zero forever.

    On the other hand, I tense up at another implication: "the brutal demands of the free market system driving people to work deadly jobs against their will." The crucial aspect of this is in the "people have to get killed and hurt trying to make a dollar" portion of the Mr. Cerda's statement. It speaks of an inevitability the economy imposes upon workers. This is not the same as what I mentioned above, where I acknowledge the fact that accidents happen and people suffer due to them. This is something different. This takes the first for granted and then posits the hapless, lower-class laborer as a tool forced into work because he wants to eat. Therefore, reality forces man to work and get killed.

    I posted on a large explosion at a BASF facility in the Houson area back in 2002: Explosion at BASF Plant in Texas, Update on the BASF Explosion, Why isn't the Texas BASF Explosion Getting More Coverage?, BASF Freeport Explosion Update.

    March 21, 2005

    Glenn Reynolds Comes Clean

    Italicized emphasis is mine:

    EUGENE VOLOKH has changed his mind on the advisability of painful punishments -- or at least on the ability of the legal system to mete them out fairly as opposed to their abstract fairness.

    I think that's right. I feel somewhat that way about capital punishment. I'm utterly unpersuaded by the argument that there is something uniquely immoral about state-sanctioned killing. (At its core, the nation-state is all about killing; everything else is window-dressing). But I'm quite persuaded, as I've written before, by what Charles Black called "the inevitability of caprice and mistake" in the application of the death penalty.

    UPDATE: Some readers wonder what I meant about the nation-state being all about killing. That seemed pretty obvious to me: We have nation-states because they're more effective at focusing violence against those who threaten their authority than other human organizations. That's why nation-states have pretty much taken over the game of doing things via violence. They don't have a monopoly, of course, but they owe their preeminence to their success in this regard, not to their other characteristics. As I say, this seems quite obvious to me.


    And here I thought the Good Professor was a lost cause. He explicitly rejects the notion that the state is so common and widespread because it is good; the state is around because it deals out violence better than nearly everything else. The state is a tool to use against those with whom you disagree, dislike, or want stopped. Notice that he also, importantly, predicates this upon threats to their "authority" and not higher concepts of right and wrong.

    If he can idenify this and do it so openly, there perhaps may be hope for him yet. Of course, I expect blank-out to occur once you confront him with the simple reality of everyday violence in the form of 99.99% of what the state does regularly, things that he has openly supported in the past.

    March 18, 2005

    Arm the Girl Scouts

    The AP via NewsChannel 5: Cookie Monster Steals From Girl Scouts

    The leader of a Girl Scout troop in Columbus said the girls won't be selling cookies from a booth anymore after being robbed of $320.

    Five girls from Troop 4180 had set up shop in the foyer of a Kroger store on Saturday. At about 2:30 p.m., they sold a box to a man who reached into their cash box and grabbed an envelope with the money in it and ran.

    Copyright 2005 by The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

    *giggle*

    From a recent blog entry by "A View to Kill" on MySpace:

    Wednesday, February 16, 2005
    Goddam capitalism!
    Current mood: angry

    Damn you capitalism! All I want to do is go to school and study and get drunk and stoned, but no, now I gotta get a fucking job! And you know what? There aren't any jobs where I live! Fuck you very much!


    [Yoda voice]
    Mmm, yes, much promise with this one there is.
    [/Yoda voice]

    March 14, 2005

    Clarifying Torture

    Jim Henley identifies an essential point that is regularly forgotten and ignored in nearly all the debate about torture.

    March 11, 2005

    Eat It, Judge Moore

    Ayn Rand Institute Op-Ed: The Ten Commandments vs. America

    In sum, the first set of commandments orders you to bow, fawn, grovel and obey. This is impossible to reconcile with the American concept of a self-reliant, self-owning individual.

    Harry Binswanger has more to say about this nonsense that "the Ten Commandments supplied the moral grounding for the establishment of America."

    March 07, 2005

    A Unified Theory of Rupert Murdock and Fox

    I've always found it glaringly odd that what is transmitted from FOX NEWS CHANNEL can often be so much at odds with what is transmitted from the general Fox television programming network. I'm fully aware that both are nominally different entities in the sense they are different operating units. But it still gets me every time a social conservative or some nanny-state "fix society's culture" liberal get on there.

    Because, while they are railling against open sexuality and consumerist mentalities, any number of shows deeply offensive to them are on the air:

    1. The Bernie Mac Show (consumerism)
    2. Cops (violence)
    3. Family Guy (just about everything)
    4. Quintuplets (shallow sexuality, crass)
    5. That '70's Show (drugs, overt sexuality)
    6. The Simpsons (just less than Family Guy)
    7. Method & Red (drugs, rampant consumerism)
    8. Totally Outrageous Behavior Caught on Tape (self-explanatory)
    9. The World's Craziest Videos (ditto)
    10. And all the various gimmick reality TV shows with gorgeous women, envelope-pushing relationship thems, etc.

    But all along, I should have recognized what was happening in front of my nose.

    TV trash sells.

    So, since social trash sells, why shouldn't political trash?

    It's all about the profits, isn't it Mr. Murdock?

    *laughs at the obviousness of it all*

    NOTE: I like Family Guy, The Simpsons, and That '70s Show. Just using them for reference!

    March 05, 2005

    The Canadian Mountie Killings

    [Updates below.]

    The AP via ABCNews: Canadians Stunned Over Mounties Killings

    The slayings of four Canadian police officer have stunned a nation that prides itself on far fewer acts of gun violence than its neighbor to the south.

    One can already detect the direction of this article by Beth Duff-Brown. More on that later.

    I logged in to Yahoo just a few minutes ago and this is the first I heard of the shootings. What a nightmare.

    A bagpiper played "Amazing Grace" and flags flew at half-staff Friday as Canadians grappled with the deadliest attack on police officers in 120 years. The four Mounties were slain during a raid on a marijuana farm in a rural western hamlet on Thursday.

    Of course, more details are to come, but the very next reaction after feeling sympathy for the families of the killed is well, since growing marijuana is a victimless crime, the Mounties shouldn't have been there in the first place.
    "Canadians are shocked by this brutality and join me in condemning the violent acts that brought about these deaths," Prime Minister Paul Martin said.

    I condemn the acts of people who aggress against non-aggressors. People who initiate violence deserve no sympathy for they made the choice to do so. However, if violence is committed in self-defense or in defense of one's property, I not only reject condemning it, I endorse it.

    That is the crucial distinction here: self-defense and aggression. Protesting all violence opens you to the dangers of grossly negligent self-annihilation; if you are morally prohibited from repelling attackers with force, you place your life in the hands of any random stranger to do with as they wish.

    "The loss of four police officers is unprecedented in recent history," said Bill Sweeney, commanding officer of the Mounties in Alberta. "I'm told you have to go back to about 1885 during the Northwest Rebellion to have a loss of this magnitude."

    The Northwest Rebellion was an unsuccessful attempt by indigenous rebels to establish an independent nation in the northwestern frontier.


    This is also subject to what I explained above. If those rebels were attempting to peacefully secede from the government and exit it's social order and the Mounties were killed while attempting to force them to remain citizens, then the rebels were acting in legitimate self-defense and were, in the words of Kim du Toit, righteous shootings.
    The four Royal Canadian Mounted Police officers had been investigating a farm in Mayerthorpe, a small hamlet of some 1,300 people in western Alberta province.

    Spokesman Cpl. Wayne Oakes said the four Mounties and the suspected gunman were found in a Quonset hut on the farm late Thursday. A government source told The Canadian Press the suspect killed himself after shooting the officers.

    [...]

    The suspect was identified by police as 46-year-old James Roszko. Authorities said he had a long criminal record, including the use of illegal firearms and sexual assault.

    Oakes said the Mounties were investigating reports of stolen property and marijuana on Roszko's property.


    Some details emerge but a complete picture is not obtained. This particular article changes into another mode at this point, so I'll return to it later. From the Reuters Alertdesk we get this: Details emerge about killer of Canadian Mounties
    Families and police planned the funerals Saturday for four Canadian Mounties murdered in a raid on a marijuana operation, as more details emerged about the suspect, a man notorious in the area as a police-hater who stockpiled weapons.

    In one of the bloodiest incidents in the history of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, officers were investigating stolen vehicles and an illicit marijuana growing operation near the town of Mayerthorpe, Alberta, Thursday when they were gunned down inside a large metal shed.

    The shooting has sparked debate over the government's plans to decriminalize marijuana possession, but town residents and criminologists say they do not believe the suspect, James Roszko, 46, opened fire to protect a pot crop.

    [...]

    "Jim has been developing more and more hate and anger against the police," said his father William Roszko, 80. He said his son "probably is in Hell already."

    Family and neighbors described his short temper, angry encounters with police and bailiffs and his firearms cache.

    Police said the young Mounties were armed with handguns and wore light body armor when the entered the shed. They were shot with what was described as a "rapid-fire, high-powered rifle."

    "The RCMP were out-powered...," George Roszko, James' older brother, told the Edmonton Journal newspaper. "This is not your average hunting rifle-style kind of situation. There were numerous searches there, they tried to find his automatic weapons numerous times. But he's not stupid."

    Even Roszko's lawyer was quoted as saying he was frightened at times by the repeat-offender, who was also convicted of sexually assaulting a teenage boy in 2000.

    Residents of Mayerthorpe, a town of 1,600 people about 90 miles (140 km) northwest of Edmonton, described how the farm was equipped with heavy gates, booby traps and security cameras.

    "Everybody knew he was nuts," said Tanya Madigan, a gas station clerk, whose boyfriend owns a nearby property.

    Reuters Foundation 2002. All rights reserved.


    The sounds you hear are the sounds The Chorus makes as it takes the first breath of it's upcoming lyric, before the words are released with unanimous affirmation: The man was a crazy drug-dealing anti-government type; a paranoid sexual deviant; a thief with a bad attitude who was greedy and owned machine guns and whose very father hated him.

    From this, which will rapidly become the Conventional Wisdom, people shall conclude James Roszko posed a severe danger to everyone around him and therefore had little right (if at all) to continue living as he did. I know nothing about the sexual assault charge, which, if true and actually constituted assault, would make him a rights-violator. However, the fact that he engaged in activities that the state deemed illegal doesn't necessarily make them morally criminal; nor does the fact that he engaged in activities that some or even many people disapprove of and fear automatically make him a evil person. How many guns is it OK to have before you are considered a monster? At what point does it make you insane when you attempt to set up defenses for your property?

    Assuming Reuters didn't miss other things on his rap sheet, it can be said that Mr. Roszko placed a very high value on his property and decided it was worth investing considerable time and resources to defend. Given that the Canadian government repeatedly attempted to confiscate and control his property against his will, he had legitimate concerns.

    Back to the Associated Press article:

    "This is something that happens in Hollywood, but it never happens here," Albert Schalm, the town's mayor, told CBC TV. "I think it will change the community. It will just make everybody more aware that there are drug problems, even out here in rural Canada."

    The awareness raised will, unfortunately, not be directed towards the source of the conflict here: between one man growing plants and the government attempting to stop him. Why do people produce drugs? Because there is a demand for them. Since the supply for that demand is artificially restricted by the state, prices for those drugs are high. Thus, ordinary people can become quite wealthy if they do business in this prohibition-created black market. The government created the crime and incentivized certain levels of risk-takers to engage in it.
    As documentary filmmaker Michael Moore pointed out in "Bowling for Columbine," there are few reasons to lock your doors across this vast nation.

    There were 152 homicides by firearms in Canada in 2002, according to federal statistics, compared with 11,829 homicides by guns in the United States for that same year. Canada's population is about 32.5 million people; the U.S. population is about 293 million.

    A 1995 federal firearms law in Canada requires every firearm in the country be registered and each gun owner licensed.


    post hoc ergo propter hoc: An author commits the fallacy when it is assumed that because one thing follows another that the one thing was caused by the other.

    Be on the watch for this fallacy in the coming days. It is not so hard to point out that the causes of gun homicides are not restricted to the ownership of firearms. Crime has many fathers.

    But Canada is grappling with an increase in organized crime behind the multibillion-dollar marijuana industry.

    "It is an unprecedented and unspeakable loss," Royal Canadian Mounted Police Commissioner Giuliano Zaccardelli said in a statement. "We know that these are the most serious challenges, made complicated by the involvement of organized crime, the availability of weapons and the risks posed by individuals who choose the path of violence and destruction over peace and good."

    "He loved the RCMP and all it stood for," his family said in a statement. "Our country is hurting. We have lost four dedicated citizens who were willing to do something about it."


    One of those fathers, however, is not the fact that some people possess tools capable of inflicting grievous, fatal injury on another. Furthermore, it does not follow that the incidence of individuals killing others with firearms means those who have harmed or killed with the rifles, shotguns, and pistols in their possession ought to have their property rights restricted, regulated, and controlled by the state.

    The slow moves towards more and more pot decriminalization in Canada do not mean cannabis-related crime will cease. On the contrary, since it is still somewhat illegal to own, produce, distribute, and consume marijuana and at the same time lesser sanctions are levied against both producers and consumers, it is likely the Canadian marijuana market is seeing a boom, pushing against the remaining strains of government criminalization. Meaning, since potential users and dealers who are not already in the market now have fewer government-imposed costs to risk, more people are entering the market. And since that indicates a growth industry, more opportunities for profit are emerging. But marijuana in Canada does not have the same status as, say, toothpicks. There are still legal boundaries that can be crossed even by relatively meaningless activity. For example, laws that restrict consumption and possession to under certain weights and volumes and to certain uses.

    Further background at CTV.ca: Roszko killed officers and himself, RCMP says

    Presumed cop killer Jim Roszko ambushed and killed all four officers in his Quonset hut, say the RCMP.

    "None of our officers were struck by friendly fire," Supt. Marty Cheliak told reporters Saturday at a briefing outside the Mayerthorpe RCMP detachment.

    "James Roszko was hit by return fire from our officers. Those strikes did not result in his death. James Roszko took his own life."

    This was based on preliminary results from medical examiners, he said.

    [...]

    RCMP Cpl. Wayne Oakes added that it isn't known yet whether Roszko was waiting for the officers inside the Quonset or whether he entered it from outside.

    "That's something the investigation's going to have to definitively clear up," he said.


    Well? Which one is it? Calling something an ambush assumes the person lying in wait was waiting for the people to arrive in the ambush zone.
    An affidavit signed by a bailiff and made public Friday night says Jim Roszko would most likely shoot on sight anyone he found on his property.

    "The debtor is quite dangerous, has a long history of assaults, is in possession of a number of firearms ... and is known to have booby-trapped land," it read.

    Alberta Mounties first went to Roszko's farm on Wednesday to assist with the bailiff's request to obtain property from the farm.

    In addition, the police found evidence of stolen property, namely auto parts, and about 20 illegal marijuana plants plus a few pounds of leaves.

    Initial reports indicated this event was triggered by a marijuana grow operation raid.


    If this is true, them Mr. Roszko was a thief and ought to have compensated his victims for his crime. Ditto for the assaults, assuming he was not being violent in self-defense.
    "It started very young. We tried to let him know we'd help him. But he couldn't overcome it. A lot of people played a part in that.''

    That was his sister, Josephine Ruel, and I wish the editors and staff of the article had either asked her to be more specific or given us a clearer explanation of what "it" is. Again, if "it" is the legitimate concern for and defense of one's life and property, then "it" can only be viewed as behavior that took principles seriously. In a way, very much like the Arthur Bixby and Steven Bixby fiasco.
    A criminal profiler offered this explanation.

    "This is the type of person who will either commit suicide by cop or he'll take everyone else out," said Pat Brown.

    "He's not going to be jailed. He's done that before and didn't like it, so he's not going to let that happen again."

    2005 Bell Globemedia Inc. All Rights Reserved.


    Already, I see signs of the inevitable backlash against freedom. In fact, I predict:
    1. This will slow down progress in marijuana decriminalization.
    2. This will strengthen calls for more firearm regulation.
    3. This will be used as a means to scare people into following the lead on the above.
    4. Even more pressure will be brought to bear on those people who follow a rights-based, individualistic ethic.

    On the front page of the CTV.ca website, we have this charmer of a poll: Are you worried about marijuana grow-ops coming to your community?

    The results as of 9:55pm, Central Standard Time:
    Yes...5693 votes...(58 %)
    No...4143 votes...(42 %)

    My mother is Canadian and I have a considerable portion of my extended family residing there. For their sake, they hopefully will recognize the issues at stake and help prevent another wave of restrictive legislation and regulation.

    UPDATE 3/7/2005 9:02am
    See related comments at The London Fog ( Reefer Madness, The Liberal Way and Witch Hunting and Political posturing), Colby Cosh (How high to hang them? and ColbyCosh.com assignment desk), Jay Jardine ( Reefer Madness, Canadian Style), and the British Columbia Marijuana Party (Tragedy in Alberta Being Used By Opportunists and Prohibition Claims More Casualties, as well as others).

    March 02, 2005

    Get Outta the Club

    Sometimes it seems like there is an inner totalitarian lurking in every libertarian breast. It comes out whenever one is REALLY annoyed.

    -raf

    If you own and operate a SUV, Jane Galt thinks your "negative externalities" should be corrected by the state.

    Corrected, of course, means "a hefty carbon tax [and] a tax on vehicle height."

    I expected more resistance to the idea and other forms of state ownership of your property in the comments, but I assumed wrong. Most of them choose to academically whittle at the details of imposing new use and purchase restrictions on what is not rightfully theirs.

    February 28, 2005

    Adventures in Modern Economics

    At the extreme, imagine a group of individuals who have similar tastes and who live together in a local community, each one of whom places a zero benefit on tennis courts. In such a community, under decentralized, local collective decision making, an election to consider government provision of such a good would receive no votes. In fact, it would be unlikely that any resident would even propose that such an issue be put up for a vote, because a locally provided tennis court would benefit no one in town. If, however, the number of tennis courts per town were decided in a national election, with given tax shares under majority rule, the outcome would be the national median most-preferred number of tennis courts per town.

    If the preferred number of tennis courts per town in other communities is greater that zero, the resultant equilibrium is likely to be some positive number of tennis courts. This means that residents in the town where no one wants tennis courts, even at zero price, would be forced to submit to construction of tennis courts in their town and to pay taxes to finance those tennis courts. Such an outcome is not efficient...


    That is David N. Hyman in the seventh edition of his Public Finance: A Contemporary Application of Theory to Policy, page 652. The context of this passage is a discussion of fiscal federalism, decentralized government verses centralized government, and the supply of local public goods. As such, I fully recognize that the hairy subject of "ethics" is almost entirely avoided in textbooks such as this.

    However, despite that, I still find it remarkable that Professor Hyman's objection to government forcing people to pay for tennis courts they don't want is based on shaky and necessarily incomplete calculations of "social benefit" and "social cost" resulting in "efficient" outcomes. This is the textbook I'm using in my Public Finance class at St. Edward's University and I'll have more quotes from it in the future.

    February 21, 2005

    But Does He Mean It?

    The AP via the San Fransisco Chronicle: Thousands in Lebanon Protest Government

    "It is my civic duty as a Lebanese to take part in this uprising," said Youssef Mukhtar, a 47-year-old engineer. "Enough bloodshed and disasters. It is the 21st century, and people should be able to govern themselves. The situation has become unbearable and we have to regain our country."

    The portion I've emphasized, if taken seriously, leads to an ultimate conclusion: the advocacy of market anarchy or anarcho-capitalism. Proponents of self-government, in my opinion, exclude the concept of the state right from the beginning.

    Unfortunately, Mr. Mukhatr goes from a welcome idea straight back into collectivism with the "our country" bit, revealing a contradiction that plagues most people to this day.

    February 18, 2005

    Test Politicians for Lead Poisoning!

    Why?

    Reuters via ABCNews: Lead in Environment Causing Violent Crime - Study

    "When environmental lead finds its way into the developing brain, it disturbs neural mechanisms responsible for regulation of impulse. That can lead to antisocial and criminal behavior," said Dr. Herbert Needleman, a professor of psychiatry and pediatrics at the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine.

    Needleman's team, using a technique called X-ray fluorescence, found very low levels of lead in the bones of children.

    Needleman cited several studies that associate crime with high levels of lead either in the bodies of those accused or in the environments they came from, including one that showed the average bone lead levels of 190 juvenile delinquents were higher than those of adolescents not charged with crimes.


    Whatever the level of lead in one's body needs to be in order to affect this dangerous social degeneration, I demand all politicians be tested for it to expose the real reason they perpetuate the crimes they do!

    On a more serious note:

    He said the U.S. government needs to do more to lower lead levels in the environment...

    "Exposure to lead, at doses below those which bring children to medical attention, is associated with increased aggression, disturbed attention and delinquency. A meaningful strategy to reduce crime is to eliminate lead from the environment of children."

    Copyright 2005 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    I don't know if the Reuters article author (who is unnamed) was being intentionally wry or cynical, but the news piece ends with this: But lead is still found in paint, some types of fuel for older vehicles, older water pipes and in the soil.

    I'd like to see some chimp in the EPA attempt to run a cost-benefit analysis on replacing all the soil in the US with astroturf.

    February 17, 2005

    Economic Ignorance

    [Updates below.]

    One other thing American society as a whole could do that would really help -- and this will never happen -- is to agree collectively and simultaneously to stop working so goddamn hard.

    -The Termite, at Daily Kos

    This was written in the context of a social democratic discussion on how to help families. I'll let the reader figure out the glaring problem with this kind of "solution" to the difficulties some families face today.

    UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:19am
    The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Daily Kos Wants It All, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Kos Continues to Amaze, For the Privatization of Freedom, Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy, and Kos Strikes Again

    February 16, 2005

    Contradictions on a Social Security Poll

    In relation to the previous post, we have something via Kausfiles that upsets my apple cart.

    USA Today: Poll: Tap wealthy on Social Security

    Two-thirds of those surveyed by USA TODAY/CNN/Gallup last weekend say it would be a "good idea" to limit retirement benefits for the wealthy and to subject all wages to payroll taxes. Now, annual earnings above $90,000 aren't taxed. (Related: Poll results)

    [...]

    Six in 10 oppose raising Social Security taxes for everybody, a step Bush has ruled out.


    Two-thirds equals 66%. Six in ten equals 60%. The actual numbers are 67% for "requiring higher income workers to pay Social Security taxes on ALL of their wages" and 60% against "increasing Social Security taxes for all workers." These two percentages of people are large enough to ensure many people held two contradictory opinions at the same time:
    1. I support raising the payroll tax on workers earning an income over $90,000 from 0% to 15.3% (12.4% for Social Security and 2.9% for Medicare).
    2. I do not support increasing the payroll tax for workers.

    What to make sense of this? The Bush Administration certainly isn't helping any.
    [President Bush] hasn't made it clear whether that also includes boosting the cap on wages that are taxed. "We don't want to raise taxes as a solution," White House spokesman Trent Duffy said Tuesday when asked about that issue.

    Mr. Duffy, what would you say to someone who makes $100,000 a year if you imposed the payroll tax on all of his income, raising his payroll tax liability from $13,770 to $15,300? Does that qualify as a "tax increase"? Certainly fits my definition of it.

    February 14, 2005

    Quote of the Day

    One of the sources of the inhuman 'strength' of the Left is its refusal to acknowledge the existence of anything smaller than a mass noun. Rhetorical service to the people, masses, workers, peasants; the poor and the downtrodden are objects worthy of the Left; but love, pity and sorrow for individuals is sentiment beneath contempt.

    -wretchard

    February 04, 2005

    Horror Quote of the Day

    Under the current system, without any changes to it, you aren't paying for anyone else's retirement. The U.S. Treasury is cutting the checks. And no the treasury isn't drawing the checks from your personal checking account.

    You might like to think the money collected under the payroll tax is somehow "yours" but it isn't, and it never was.

    -some asshole named "s9" on Wizbang


    To justify this stinker, he agrees that the claim "it's my property" does not constitute a sound argument against taxation, claims based on natural property rights don't work against taxation, and the claim "I deserve my property" doesn't work either.

    One who strains to break the bounds of reality as ardently as this fool ought not to be graced with a reply, but I'll point out one thing that should have, at the very least, given the moron pause before posting the comment: If you are going to assert the income I earn from any employment is not mine, if you claim that my productive work does not belong to me, then what right do I have to use what I earn without the consent of the state?

    February 02, 2005

    Vanishing Concepts

    Austin-American Statesman: Austin suddenly ununique

    David Bolduc, the owner of Boulder Book Store in Colorado, which has distributed about 10,000 "Keep Boulder Weird" bumper stickers, said, "It's about democracy and the concentration of power in large corporations. Most people who buy a T-shirt aren't willing to take it that deep."

    Copyright 2001-2005 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    Ha! And that is all that needs to be said!

    News8Austin: Sam's Boat to surrender liquor license

    The owners of Sam's Boat have agreed to surrender their liquor license. The popular North Austin bar has 20 days to turn it over.

    The bar lost its license over charges it sold liquor to an intoxicated man.

    Copyright 2005TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    Despite the part about Umar Abdurr Rahim later killing someone while driving drunk, I still view this as high-order stupidity that ought to have earned the scorn of reasonable people everywhere.

    Sellin' booze to someone already drunk? There ottabea law!!!

    Brent Bozell Needs Slaves

    [Updates below.]

    The AP via the Austin-American Statesman: Study: MTV Delivers a Diet of 'Sleaze'

    His group favors requiring cable and satellite companies to offer "a la carte" programming, giving customers a chance to pick and choose which networks to buy. MTV is generally included in basic cable packages that most customers get whether they want it or not.

    "The incessant sleaze on MTV presents the most compelling case yet for consumer cable choice," [Parents Television Council president Brent Bozell] said.


    Apparently, service provider choice is not that important for Mr. Bozell.

    Two sides of the same coin, you prick.

    UPDATE 3/2/2005 5:15pm
    Glenn Reynolds also needs slaves.

    January 30, 2005

    In Memoriam

    I wish to take the time to mourn the end of what might have been an interesting experiment in self-government. Now, on the weak, undefended, morally reprehensible and irrational basis of democracy, Iraqis will now have to deal with a majority rule government. I had the slimmest of hopes that the people over there would reject aggression, reject moral compromise, and reject violence. Instead, they have embraced it in the form of the state.

    The degree of government imposed on them will likely be less than during the era of Saddam, but that doesn't justify it. When I see Iraqis happily going to the polls to vote for who will rule them, I see people happily imposing their will by passive means on others. How very, very sad.

    Must the Ethical Egoist Believe in the Soul?

    Erik asks a good question.

    As I commented in his post, for my philosophy of individualism (of which ethical egoism is a part) to make any sense, individuals must exist. This means that no matter how similar I may appear and act compared to others, those others and I are fundamentally different entities and therefore ought to be treated that way. What actually differentiates these "human units" is something I cannot explain clearly, but the term "soul" works well enough for me and is better than "personality," which is what I used in the past.

    January 25, 2005

    Steve Gilliard's Preferences

    Ladies and Gentlemen, Steve Gilliard: Those damn rappers

    As Chris Rock says "You don't have any investments, but you got rims." That, to me, is a lot more insidious that the abuse of women, which is bad, but nothing new. The celebration of greed, however, is. The RyanKenny $7000 shirt, the $300 throwback jersey, the $150 hoodie sweatshirt, that sends a message far worse than calling a woman a ho.

    [...]

    I'm not discounting the mysoginy in rap, any more than I would in rock, but it's the celebration of materialism and greed which should frighten people.


    UPDATE 2/11/2005 12:26am
    To clarify, it should be said that I think Mr. Gilliard has got it viciously, seriously wrong. The pursuit of wealth - provided it is not accomplished through the use of aggression - is a positive good for both the individual and the society of individuals with whom that person chooses to associate. It is the very call of material wealth that has expanded our standard of living and greatly lessened the burden of survival.

    January 14, 2005

    Are They Actually 'Fighting for Our Freedom'?

    Updates below.

    This Russmo cartoon hits it perfectly. It is a depiction of a US soldier in Iraq reading a letter from his father. It describes the situaton back home with either the most sarcastic clenched-teeth anger I've read in some time or with the all-too-common complete naivete on display by so many of the war's supporters:

    Dear Jimmy,

    Hope all is well in Iraq. We are so proud of you for going over there to fight for our freedom. A lot has happened since you left...

    Our home was taken by the feds for back taxes we owed, and then the family business was condemned by the city so they could build a football stadium.

    Mom was arrested for carrying a gun in her purse and your brother is in prison for smoking a joint. At least your sister is okay, though she has to go to court for not wearing a seatbelt.

    We wish you were here to help pay for all the legal fees, but just knowing you are over there fighting for the liberties we cherish makes it all worthwhile.

    Love, Dad


    I'll opt for the former.

    This is why I inwardly sneer at the bumper stickers that proclaim "Freedom isn't Free." Yeah, apparently it isn't.

    Russmo's also got good ones on the 2004 election cycle schematic and the direction of the Republican Party.

    UPDATED 9/8/2009 10:11am
    Not My Problem

    January 12, 2005

    Correction

    The AP via News8Austin: UT: Legislature hasn't kept pace with enrollment

    SAN ANTONIO -- The University of Texas System chancellor says the system needs more state money to accommodate higher enrollments.

    Copyright 2005 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


    SAN ANTONIO -- The University of Texas System chancellor says the system needs more of your money to accommodate higher enrollments.

    This shyster and his crew were able to pry the state's hands off the controls for setting the System's tuition rates and now they want the best of both worlds. What bastards.

    January 07, 2005

    Smiling at the Widespread Destruction of Thailand's Beach

    [Updates below.]

    Speaking of undeveloped land...

    Associated Press via ABCNews: Tsunami Reverts Beaches to Natural State

    Many believe the tsunami that devastated this tourist hotspot and killed thousands had one positive side: By washing away rampant development, it returned the beaches to nature.

    What good is that? Beyond just enjoying the scenery and the solitude (things, I hasten to admit, I enjoy myself), what is the value of undeveloped land?
    Greg Ferrando glistened with sweat and sea water as he went for a barefoot jog up the immaculate white sand beach, where the tsunami has wiped away almost all signs of humanity.

    "This whole area was littered with commercialism," said the 43-year-old from Maui, Hawaii. "There were hundreds of beach chairs out here. I prefer the sand."

    [...]

    "Everyone is talking about it. It looks much better now," he said. "This looks a lot more like Hawaii now, where vendors aren't allowed on the beach."


    Mr. Ferrando, I'd like to remind you and those who agree with you that those signs of humanity provided the means for hundreds - if not thousands - of people to earn a living. Your "littered" metaphor is a slap in the faces of people who wanted to work and create value. Your desire to see the state prevent people from working and offering products and services to tourists is just as bad.

    You can prefer the sand all you want. I love walking down clean and sedate beaches, but I find it disgusting you'd think this is a good thing, even without the context of far more than 150,000 dead silently staring back at you.

    The beauty of Thai beaches is the stuff of folklore: pristine, clean and untouched. That was 10 or 20 years ago. More recently, they have been swamped by development.

    Alisa Tang wrote this article and her anti-development bias shines clearly, does it not?
    Phanomphon Thammachartniyom, president of the Phuket Professional Guide Association, said when tourists return to Thailand for their second or third visits, he has to recommend new beaches.

    "They will complain, 'Why has this place changed so much? I don't like it anymore. I want it to be like it once was,'" Phanomphon said.

    Phanomphon fears politicians and organized crime will steer development in the wrong direction and hopes care will be taken when the area is rebuilt. "Nature has returned nature to us. I want it to be this way forever," he said.


    Then buy it and manage the land yourself, as an individual.
    Prime Minister Thaksin Shinawatra said the tsunami swept away unplanned and possible illegal building, creating an opportunity to regulate growth.

    "I have sent a team to collect information on damaged buildings, including hotels, resources and guest houses," he said. "We need the quick restoration of the tourist facilities there, but we also have to establish restrictions for building."


    Predictable, if still unjust.
    Some on Phi Phi Island agree.

    "They were just building and building and building. It was too much. You couldn't even walk around," said Moriel Avital, a 24-year-old Israeli who lived on the island for four months.

    "It was all gone in one wave it's telling people not to mess with nature," she said. "Paradise should be paradise and should not become this civilized."

    Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    What a perfect encompassment of the mentality afflicting these folks. I'll end this post with that last quote. Dwell on it for a while and think about what it means.

    UPDATE 1/10/2005 4:33pm
    ...and Radley Balko agrees, though in a more, uhm, direct, way.

    UPDATE 5:07pm
    Add Jesse Walker to the Camp of the Disgusted, with particular emphasis on the choice of title for the Seattle Times article: Tsunami wipes out tourist beach clutter. These people are depraved.

    January 06, 2005

    Fighting Stickers with Stickers

    Something In Your Living Room Wants All of Your Money

    Clever, if on a rebellious 10th grade level. I propose an alternative:

    Someone in Washington, D.C. Thinks They Own You

    After seeing the rabid anti-car mentality over there, I at first thought the rest of Microcosm Publishing's sticker catalogue wouldn't offer much in the way of things I'd like, but I pleasantly surprised to find some worthy items: Probably the next bumper sticker I'll buy is Other people are not your property, from Strike The Root. Has a great simplicity and directness to it, eh?

    December 01, 2004

    Political Capital Analysis of the Day

    We've become accustomed to talking about all kinds of abstract capital in recent years - human capital, social capital, intellectual capital - but Bush's definition of political capital makes the metaphor particularly inapt. For one, you don't spend capital. You invest it. But Bush's understanding of the idea dictates that it be spent rather than saved. As Karl Rove put it in 2001, "If you don't spend it, it's not like treasure stuck away at a storehouse someplace. It is perishable. It dwindles away." What kind of economic message is that from a president who wants to encourage an ownership society?

    -Chris Suellentrop, in America's New Political Capital on Slate

    Bonus points for mentioning the Review of Austrian Economics and "hyper-inflating cash that has to be spent before it becomes worthless"!

    November 29, 2004

    Gay Marriage in the Supreme Court

    Associated Press via ABCNews: Court Declines to Hear Gay Marriage Case

    Critics of the November 2003 ruling by the highest court in Massachusetts argue that it violated the U.S. Constitution's guarantee of a republican form of government in each state. They lost at the 1st U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in Boston.

    Their attorney, Mathew Staver, said in a Supreme Court filing that the Constitution should "protect the citizens of Massachusetts from their own state supreme court's usurpation of power."

    Federal courts, he said, should defend people's right "to live in a republican form of government free from tyranny, whether that comes at the barrel of a gun or by the decree of a court."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    If I could ask these conservative groups one question - assuming they really care about living under a tyrannical government - I'd ask them this:

    Which entity is pursuing the legalized initiation of force (tyranny) against other people:

    1. the courts of Massachusetts, which have allowed gay people to marry, or
    2. you, who want to prevent - ultimately with the threat and use of deadly force - gay people to marry?

    It is YOU who want to use the power that comes from the barrel of a gun to forcibly alter the way people conduct their lives. For if clerks and officials decide to issue marriage licenses to gay couples, you would have them face criminal sanction. Granted, it isn't as if your opponents on this measure are much better, given that a whole lot of them want the state-stolen and state-monopolized benefits the empty blessing of an "official" marriage provides. I mean, we're talking about a license to get married, something that should inspire disgust and sound bells of warning in the mind of anyone who respects and upholds liberty.

    But in this case, you and your "pro-family" and "pro-marriage" cohorts are the ones advocating the greater tyranny. And let's be clear about this: you often talk about the majorities of Americans who don't want gay people to get married, as if that is some mandate to impose their opinions on others. Where's your defense of freedom of association in the face of this open attempt to have a tyranny of the majority?

    Then, of course, there is the curious fact that someone is arguing for the most powerful court in the country to decree the ruling of lesser court invalid...on the grounds that court decrees can be tyrannical and against the republican system of governance.

    Statists can sure be confusing sometimes.

    November 23, 2004

    I'd Memorialize ALL the Victims of Communism

    From a Town Hall e-mail notice:

    Dear Friends:

    The Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation is pleased to announce the winners of our 2004 annual Truman-Reagan Medal of Freedom Awards.

    But the news gets better yet, you are each invited to join with us and with His Excellency Martin Palous, Ambassador of the Czech Republic, at a reception at the Embassy of the Czech Republic December 1 to honor the recipients: The Honorable John M. Shimkus, Congressman from Illinois; Major General John Singlaub, U.S. Army (Ret.); and The Lockheed Martin Corporation.

    Your presence would not only honor the awardees, it will support the important work of the Foundation. The Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation, a non-profit organization, was established by an Act of Congress to build a memorial in Washington, D.C. to commemorate the more than 100 million victims of communism; to pay tribute to those who helped win the Cold War; and to educate current and future generations about communism's crimes against humanity.

    Even if you cannot attend, please consider making a donation. A generous donor has pledged to match your support dollar-for-dollar.

    Tickets for this wonderful evening, which will feature food, wine, and beer from the formerly communist-ruled Czech Republic, musical entertainment, and a silent auction, are available now.

    To purchase tickets, contribute, or to learn more details, please visit our website at http://www.victimsofcommunism.org or you may call Ms. Anne Meesman at (703)-525-4445.

    Sincerely,

    Dr. Lee Edwards, Chairman
    Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation


    The number of people who are victims of communism extends far beyond just those who live and died in the USSR, China, Vietnam, North Korea, Cuba, and other "official" communist nations. I posit that any nation contains more than a hint of communism:
    • If you have to receive permission to do something, you don't have real freedom in that sphere of activity.
    • If you have to apply for a license to own or operate something, you don't have real freedom in that sphere of activity.
    • If you are told you must hand over some amount of your wealth on a regular basis or you'll be assaulted and detained, you do not have a fundamental realization of your freedom.
    • If your life and property are at the mercy of legislatures, governors, regulators, and politicians, your life is fundamentally no different from the horrors suffered by the Cossacks.

    I know I'm being a bit pedantic here. I'm entirely aware of the massive differences in the degree of freedom available to people in your average Western country verses the degree of freedom available in your average Communist country. As I'm given the choice every minute of my rational life, I pick the USA over all other nations and am likely to do so for the foreseeable future.

    However, the very essence of communism is the doctrine of collectivism, which elevates "the needs of society" over the "petty and selfish objections of the individual." You can see that fact buried within most socialist literature and argument. But anyone who pays attention can see that very same principle in action all over the world, 'round the clock, each and every year.

    The differences are ones of degree, intent, and honesty. The victims remain.

    November 17, 2004

    A Constitutional Fetish

    Capitalism Magazine: Defending the Separation of Church and State: A Call to Liberals

    At an emotional level, there are many liberals who would bristle at the claim that the separation of Church and State is but an empty slogan -- yet unless one rejects the Archbishop's root premise, there is no argument against his conclusion. The premise is that majority rules, or as the Archbishop puts it: "Lawmaking inevitably involves some group imposing its beliefs on the rest of us. That's the nature of the democratic process."

    In fact, this nation was founded on the opposite idea: that each individual is sovereign, and that no tyranny, whether it be by king or democratic mob, can breach his sovereignty nor impose its beliefs on him.


    This is absurd on its face and the evidence is apparent prior to even the very first day of the United States' operation. From the introduction to The Debates and Proceedings in the Congress of the United States Volume I on page 2:
    Very soon after the Treaty of Peace, by which the Independence of the United States was recognized by the Government from which they had effected their separation, the want of a general superintending power over commerce, with the correlative power of taxation, was almost universally felt, and very generally deplored by the inhabitants of all the States, though not to the same extent in all.

    It was easier to see the defect, and to feel the evils which flowed from it, than to provide the remedy. Intelligent citizens, however, soon busied themselves in devising the means of forming a Union, which should possess the requisite authority, and become the foundation of certain and durable prosperity.


    My emphasis.

    And just what did those masses think would necessarily occur when that "superintending power over commerce" would be imposed? Were they concerned with an individual's right to engage in business transactions provided they were peaceful and honest? I'm sure they felt as equally sanguine about the "power of taxation."

    What about George Washington's letter to the public?

    In Convention, September 17, 1787

    SIR:
    We have now the honor to submit to the consideration of the United States in Congress assembled, that Constitution which has appeared to us the most desirable.

    The friends of our country have long seen and desired that the power of making war, peace, and treaties, that of levying money, and regulating commerce, and the correspondent executive and judicial authorities, should be fully and effectively vested in the General Government of the Union; but the impropriety of delegating such extensive trust to one body of men is evident: hence results the necessity of a different organization.


    And pay attention to the very next part:
    It is obviously impracticable in the Federal Government of these States to secure all rights of independent sovereignty to each, and yet provide for the interest and safety of all. Individuals entering into society must give up a share of liberty to preserve the rest. The magnitude of the sacrifice must depend as well on situation and circumstance, as on the object to be obtained.

    My emphasis.

    That Constitution contained:

    • Exemptions for Senators and House Representatives from arrest or questioning during their official activities.
    • The Congressional power to "lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises;" to "provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States;" "to regulate commerce with foreign nations and among the several States and with the Indian tribes;" "to coin money, regulate the value thereof;" "to establish post offices and post roads;" "to promote the progress of science and useful arts, by securing, for limited times, to authors and inventors, the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries;" and the power to suspend the writ of habeas corpus "when, in cases of rebellion or invasion, the public safety may require it;" and so on.

    In order to provide for the general welfare; to have an army and navy, post offices, and intellectual property laws, the federal government had to do the two things it could do: take from citizens and redistribute that wealth to others and prevent (forcefully, if necessary) other citizens from providing those services themselves. How any of that "ensures the individual's sovereignty" I do not know.
    To ensure the individual's sovereignty, the Founding Fathers established a constitutional republic whose governing principle was the protection of individual rights. And though its representatives were elected democratically, democracy in its root sense was not a characteristic of this form of government. Rather its essence was the strict limits imposed by the principle of individual rights on the purview of the government and its elected officials.

    [...]

    Moreover they understood that individual rights are absolutes; you either have them in their entirety (regardless of anyone's vote), or you don't have them at all (e.g. if they can be forfeit to the "democratic" impulses of the mob at any time).

    Copyright 2004-1997 Capitalism Magazine. All rights reserved.


    Pfft. It's great Amit Ghate thinks this, but if the source of those representatives' power is through the people, then the corrupting influence of popularism will always manage to corrode individual liberties. And that corrosion will entail the destruction of the absolute of individual rights.

    This doesn't even get into the very serious and very important problem of unanimous consent raised by Lysander Spoonder:

    The Constitution has no inherent authority or obligation. It has no authority or obligation at all, unless as a contract between man and man. And it does not so much as even purport to be a contract between persons now existing. It purports, at most, to be only a contract between persons living [more than two hundred] years ago. And it can be supposed to have been a contract then only between persons who had already come to years of discretion, so as to be competent to make reasonable and obligatory contracts. Furthermore, we know, historically, that only a small portion even of the people then existing were consulted on the subject, or asked, or permitted to express either their consent or dissent in any formal manner. Those persons, if any, who did give their consent formally, are all dead now. Most of them have been dead forty, fifty, sixty, or seventy years. And the Constitution, so far as it was their contract, died with them. They had no natural power or right to make it obligatory upon their children. It is not only plainly impossible, in the nature of things, that they could bind their posterity, but they did not even attempt to bind them. That is to say, the instrument does not purport to be an agreement between any body but "the people" then existing; nor does it, either expressly or impliedly, assert any right, power, or disposition, on their part, to bind anybody but themselves.

    Emphasis on the original.

    Poetry Time!

    Via Arawak City:

    The Destruction Of Society

    by: Heretic

    I write on fire inside
    Stupid words, stupid words
    A wish to move beyound words
    Engulf this society in fire
    CRUMBLE!
    FALL!
    BURN!
    These fires
    Outward fires
    Of a molotov spittin'
    Kerosein soaked rage
    Rage at your commodified death
    Rage at your human shooting "justified" by a badge
    Forest felling cause it is good for the economy
    Civil society


    And who says radicals have no concrete ideas for the future?

    November 16, 2004

    Irreconcilable Differences

    From the Austin Chronicle's Postmarks Online for 11/11/2004:

    Date Received: Tue., Nov. 9, 3:27PM

    BOYCOTTING EXERCISES REAL POWER


    Dear Editor,
    Your government is dead. Corporation has become your real leader. Boycott! Voting is dead. Protest is dead. Political redress is dead. Boycott! Striking is dead. Rallying, demonstration, and appeal are dead. The airwaves are dead. Exercise your real power. Organize and boycott!

    Stanley Gilbert


    Date Received: Mon., Nov. 8, 2:29PM

    WE WILL BURY YOU - A BEAUTIFUL AMERICAN THOUGHT


    Dear Editor,
    I may be swimming upstream here but I have never been more proud of the American people as I was after this election. For two years we read articles from professors, who can't get real jobs, claiming to know how to fight a war and run an economy. We were lectured by rock stars and actors, who know more about drugs than politics. We got to see the merger of the so-called mainstream media and the DNC in an effort to bring down our president. And of course we were reminded daily how the cowards on the European continent felt about us and our president. The American people responded to these pressures in typical American fashion. We gave them the middle finger and the Bronx cheer. That is precisely why we are unique and the greatest country the world has ever known.

    As for my suicidal liberal brethren, please keep cozying up to people like Michael Moore and Eminem. Keep on trying to legalize drugs and pornography. Don't stop making fun of religion and attacking institutions like marriage. Continue with your stupid "die-ins" and loony MoveOn.org Web sites. Because you know what? You are not the majority! And the majority hates this kind of shit. You think this election was an aberration? Go look up how long the GOP has controlled both houses of Congress. Continue to label us stupid and unsophisticated and we will bury you. Then you really will know darkness and winter.

    Greg Solcher


    Imagine these two in a room together.

    Now imagine there are millions of people like this living in the same country, same states, and same cities. Some are even in the same households.

    Just some supporting anecdotes for Billy Beck's bleak vision.

    November 12, 2004

    This is Rich

    The Washington Times: Blue states buzz over secession

    The idea [of "blue states" seceeding from the US] isn't just a joke; one top Democrat says, "The segment of the country that pays for the federal government is now being governed by the people who don't pay for the federal government."

    "Some would say, 'Oh, poor Alabama. It's cut off from the wealth infusion that it gets from New York and California,' " said Lawrence O'Donnell, a veteran Democratic insider and now senior political analyst at MSNBC. "But the more this political condition goes on at the presidential level of the red and blue states, the more you're testing the inclination of the blue states to say, 'So what?' "

    Mr. O'Donnell raised the subject of secession on "The McLaughlin Group" during the weekend. "Ninety percent of the red states are welfare-client states of the federal government," said Mr. O'Donnell, who was an aide to Sen. Daniel Patrick Moynihan, New York Democrat.

    In a telephone interview, Mr. O'Donnell said the red states that went to Mr. Bush "collect more from the federal government than they send in. New York and California, Connecticut — the states that are blue are all the states that are paying for the bulk of everything this government does, from ... Social Security to everything else, and the people in those states don't like what this government is doing."

    Copyright 2004 News World Communications, Inc.


    One of the first places discussing this is TaxProf Blog, where you can see for yourself how one part of the country leeches off the other.

    What a great way to end the work week. I'm laughing at these welfare statists who cannot understand the irony of their complaint. When did they start getting huffy about wealth redistribution?

    Via The Last Ditch

    November 11, 2004

    Lynne Stewart's Violent Motives

    The Washington Post: Lawyer Facing Terror Charge Cites Need for Violence

    A New York lawyer facing charges of supporting terrorism told a federal jury that she viewed violence as essential to dismantling institutions that perpetuate "sexism and racism."

    As a federal prosecutor questioned her statements and support for a "people's revolution," Lynne Stewart, 65, testified that her lifelong philosophy included fighting "entrenched ferocious capitalism that is in this country today."

    "I believe that entrenched institutions will not be changed except by violence," Stewart said. "I believe in the politics that lead to violence being exerted by people on their own behalf to effectuate change."

    2004 The Washington Post Company


    Well.

    Would it be wrong to say the inherently violent institution known as government has been attempting to dismantle social pathologies like sexism and racism for decades though the use of violence, direct and implied? I wonder if Ms. Stewart would support the dismantlement of the reverse racism of affirmative action.

    November 09, 2004

    Signs of the Apocalypse

    TheKCRAChannel.com: Woman Drops Sunflower Seed, Pays $185 Fine

    An Oklahoma City woman was still angry Thursday after she received a hefty fine for discarding a sunflower seed.

    Police cited Tricia Morgan for littering after she dropped the seed at an intersection about five months ago. The Oklahoma City Municipal Court upheld the fine after she challenged it.

    2004, Internet Broadcasting Systems, Inc.


    If this sort of shit surprises you, you haven't been paying attention.

    Via Hit & Run.

    November 05, 2004

    George W. Bush and Republicans Do Not Represent Capitalism

    [Updates below.]

    National Review Online: Capitalism Beats Socialism, Once Again

    When Jackie Gleason played the character of Joe the Bartender, one of his famous lines was, "Mmmmmmm, how sweet it is!" For Republicans, the outcome of the 2004 national election couldn't be any sweeter. Same for investors. The bull market in stocks is now likely to resume, and it should sustain for some time to come.

    Why? Once again, capitalism triumphed over socialism.


    I feel a rush of bile arriving.
    The confirmation that the 2004 election was a victory for capitalism was reflected in the unexpected victories of Republicans running for the Senate. The split will now be 55 Republican, 44 Democrat, 1 independent. The defeat of obstructionist Democrat Tom Daschle, minority leader in the Senate, signals a "fresh new start" for the Senate minority party. President Bush's ability to get more from a Republican-dominated Senate should not be underestimated - especially by investors.

    Yep. I can taste the vomit.
    In contrast [to President Clinton's fiscal approach], today we have a confirmed capitalist as our president and a capitalist majority in the Congress. By the middle of 2005, the Iraq war should be winding down, oil prices should be moderating, lower tax rates will be in effect, and global prosperity will be on the rise. The stock market should be moving higher and eclipsing the record highs of the year 2000 as a result of these changes.

    Finally, President Bush will be in a position to nominate a number of Supreme Court justices during the next four years, an important factor in keeping capitalism the driving force in America. Ironically, even the beaten socialists will benefit from the capitalist system they detest.


    *puke*

    Thomas E. Nugent wrote this article and I want to strangle him for it. President Bush is a "confirmed capitalist"?! We have a "capitalist majority" in Congress?! Where the fuck as Mr. Nugent been over the last four years? President Bush and the portions of government that agree with him are against the free trade of:
    • drugs
    • labor
    • wages
    • firearms
    • steel
    • health care
    • retirement accounts and pensions
    • person-to-person association
    • Canadian lumber
    • South Korean computer chips
    • Vietnamese catfish
    • Chinese and Pakistani textiles
    • Chinese and Vietnamese shrimp

    And that's just off the top of my head and a little Googling. Anyone with a few spare months can dive deeply into the spooky depths of the Federal Register and determine if this government stands for the uninterrupted and untaxed flow of capital, products, and labor amongst the infinite markets around the globe. Under no honest definition of capitalism could you describe the Bush Administration as capitalist.

    How fucking sad is it that the superficial differences between the whiny Democrat statism offered this election and the abusive Republican statism that won this election are so beyond being taken for granted that columnists have to resort to baldfaced stupidity to feel good about winning an election.

    UPDATE 11/12/2004 3:50pm
    Anthony Gregory has some related things to say, as well as a rather convoluted free market anarchist argument for George W. Bush.

    UPDATE 11/17/2004 10:28am
    Buzzflash contributor Marc McDonald also gets it, even though I have suspicions that if pressed, he wouldn't be as ardent a defender of capitalism as he comes off in this article. Notice how not a word is spent on economic regulation.

    Clifford May Swings and Misses

    I paraphrase:

    People don't want to be told how to vote and live their lives by people like Michael Moore.

    -Cliff May, today on News from CNN


    As opposed to the people who want to be told how to live by people like George W. Bush, Pat Robertson, William Kristol, Fred Barnes, Pat Buchanan, Bill Bennett, Gary Bauer, and John Derbyshire?

    What about the people who don't want anyone to tell them how to live and then bring the threat of government force against them if they fail to comply?

    November 04, 2004

    Ann Crotty's Attack on Ryanair's Capitalist Operations

    Business Report & Independent Online: Ryanair lays bare anarchy of individualist capitalism

    The notion that Nationwide Airlines would charge a wheelchair-bound passenger for assistance in accessing the plane represents individualist capitalism taken to its brutal and logical extreme.

    At this extreme, the cost of everything is deconstructed and allocated to individual consumers and you either pay or don't get access to the service or product.


    I see absolutely nothing wrong with Nationwide Airlines charging what it wants to whom it wants in order for that person to use the services the airline provides. It is not brutal at all to ask a person to pay an extra fee in order to cover the likely higher costs of accommodating him or her. The passenger isn't being compelled to take that airline and can decide to frequent a different carrier if desired.

    I'll give Ms. Crotty a nod of appreciation for recognizing that this is a logical extension of capitalist rhetoric.

    The most famous proponent of this extremism is Michael O' Leary in his management of Ryanair, one of the most successful budget airlines in the world.

    In a bid to offer the cheapest flights on any route, Ryanair has identified a cost structure in which a price is attributed to every aspect of a plane trip.

    One of the airline's near-term goals is to discourage passengers from using luggage that needs to be put in the hold as Ryanair knows precisely how much this costs.

    Encouragement will be done in the free market manner, which is to charge passengers for any luggage they want stored in the hold.

    The traditional frills that have been done away with include free refreshments, free newspapers, allocated seats and free transport of golf bags.

    This is remarkably efficient and ensures that passengers who don't play golf are not subsidising golf-playing passengers.


    Again, Ryanair has every right to do this and it makes a good deal of business sense to do so. Identifying and eliminating unnecessary costs is crucial to long-term success; ditto for identifying and encouraging optional revenue streams.
    This cost deconstruction does, however, have its limitations as it only includes costs identified by management.

    To be absolutely pure, the airline should also be charged for the externalities it generates, such as damage to the environment. This additional cost could then be allocated to each traveler.


    No, this isn't true and this highlights how Ms. Crotty misunderstands the principles behind capitalism.

    Why are passengers charged to "consume" a seat on a plane? Because they want the privilege of using that airline's property for a defined period of time and they don't own the seat or the plane. Since the airline must pay for the costs it incurs for running the company, the best way to recoup those costs is through airfares its customers must pay. At the heart of this economic exchange are two things: the voluntary choices each side makes and the private property each side possesses that the other wants to have.

    So what about the externality of pollution? Well, look back to the above. Who owns the "environment"? Assuming we are talking about your typical nation, we might expect to hear that "the people" own the environment. But that isn't true. In reality, the government claims and exercises actual ownership of the environment. Unfortunately, the notion of "public property" is thoroughly contradictory, as I mentioned in that post. Ownership of the environment only makes sense when individuals are the owners.

    So, in that case, the damage done by the airline's operations is determined by each property owner that is physically impacted by those operations. Therefore, only the land owners who have a legitimate claim should ask for remuneration for damages. Though it is entirely possible the landowners would band together to increase their bargaining power with the airline, it is similarly possible several landowners would negotiate by themselves. Throughout this process, something crucial is achieved: the very subjective value of the cost of the damage done to the surrounding property is defined by the stakeholders of that property. Expecting a government agency or some commission to magically set a price of pollution per square foot per fifty yards of distance from the airline's path of operations may sound reasonable, but it neglects the fact that each landowner values different parts of his or her property differently. Thus, the just value of the damage is much closer to what the owner wants.

    Furthermore, it isn't the traveler who creates these external costs. The airline is responsible for them, so the traveler shouldn't be forced to pay them. Of course, since the airline must earn the money to pay for any legitimate costs, the traveler will end up paying for at least part of them anyway. For a more technical analysis of externalities, see Why Externalities Are Not a Case of Market Failure (PDF).

    Anyway, Ryanair believed that wheelchairs also represented a frill. Until a year ago, the airline charged passengers for wheelchairs.

    And rightly so.
    At the end of last year, a London court ruled that Ryanair had acted unlawfully by not providing a wheelchair free of charge after the British Disability Rights Commission brought an action on behalf of Bob Ross, who suffered from cerebral palsy and arthritis.

    While travelling from Stansted airport to France in 2002, Ross was charged 18 (R205) for the use of a wheelchair to take him from the check-in desk to the plane and the same fee on his return trip.

    This represented a substantial addition to Ryanair's one-way fare of 10.


    You aren't entitled to other people's property unless they have violated your rights by initiating force against you or your property. Ryanair is not obligated to provide anything to Mr. Ross assuming no one in the company aggressed against him. Being handicapped doesn't grant you more rights than other people.
    Ryanair said the airport's owners, British Airports Authority (BAA), should pay for wheelchairs. "We fly to 86 airports and at 80 of them wheelchairs are provided free of charge," said a Ryanair spokesperson at the time.

    BAA replied that it did provide them free up to the check-in, but the cost of the airside movement had to be met by the relevant airline. It said all other carriers complied with this policy.


    No, the customers are responsible to make the necessary arrangements they want for their travel. That includes paying for or contracting for disabled assistance.
    Lawyers acting for Ross told the court that Ryanair had tried to categorise the use of a wheelchair as a frill. In the year to March 2002, Ryanair carried 6.6 million passengers, of whom 7,296 had requested wheelchairs. If the costs of the wheelchairs had been shared by all passengers, it would have added 2p to each fare.

    In response to the ruling, Ryanair said it would charge a e0.73 (R5.80) levy on all passengers to meet the costs of providing wheelchairs at Dublin, Shannon, Stansted and Gatwick airports.


    And so now everyone who flies Ryanair is explicitly stuck with the costs imposed at the demand of the government to help others. Coercion is wrong and this is coercion.
    Although the principle appears to be the same, the situation at Nationwide is a little different. Passengers who need a wheelchair to access the plane have to pay R650 for each one-way flight to cover the cost of the passenger aid unit that Nationwide has to borrow from another airline.

    Apparently, the other airlines do not charge for this facility as they own aid units and presumably don't charge for depreciation and replacement costs.


    Sounds completely reasonable to me. If I want a beer on a flight, I should pay for it. If a seat is available that has extra leg room and I want it, I should pay for it. If I have a medical condition that requires extra monitoring from the stewardesses, I should pay for it. If the airline decides to absorb those costs as a way to please its customers, that's fine. But the airline is under no moral obligation to do so nor would I expect them to.
    Ryanair's wheelchair policy and its response to the ruling have been enthusiastically endorsed by free market extremists who reckon it throws open an important issue.

    "Interest groups often press for special treatment at the expense of others. People often agree to give it because they think the group is deserving and because they have not thought through how the service is to be paid for," writes one fundamentalist.

    "By making the charging transparent, as Ryanair has done, people will be forced to think about whether the interest group really is deserving, and if they decide that it is, face up to supporting that view with their own money."


    And we all know how nasty and scary those extremists are! Lord - they want to advocate principles and then follow through with them! Such a radical plan of action cannot be but disastrous to all mankind! But this is an op-ed, so I shouldn't be surprised Ann Crotty uses loaded language.

    Searching around, it appears Geoffrey E. Wood wrote that in the abstract to his article "Who Pays for Wheelchairs?" in the June 2004 issue of Economic Affairs. I say Mr. Wood has it right. People all to blithely demand others should sacrifice for the needy without seriously considering just what is being sacrificed and who is doing the sacrificing. For example, imagine the gut-churning horror politicians would experience if everyone had to pay their taxes on election day...all at once and in full. The electorate would face the stark reality of what their government demands of them in response to their demands of government. I see nothing wrong with this. It is certainly the most open and honest way of conducting things. Hiding costs through withholdings and paycheck deductions obscures the real transactions going on.

    Essentially, this view suggests we should query deserving claims and in satisfying ourselves that each claim is or isn't deserving, ignore any human sensitivities.

    How completely sad is that idea? As though most of us don't enjoy a better life through an accident of birth rather than any appropriate recompense for personally honed attributes.


    How about this? Other people are not your property to dispose of at your will and neither is their property. No one has the right to enslave me provided I have done nothing wrong. Demanding the airline cover these costs (and likely demanding the government force them to do so) is exactly that: slavery. It may not be as repulsive as the slavery in America during its first generations, but in principle it is no different.

    Again, being crippled or ill or disabled does not entitle you to some special realm of rights that others cannot have. The concept of rights doesn't bend that way.

    It is great that Ryanair's cheap flights have enabled a lot of people to travel, but by encouraging consumers to take an individualised view of life, the airline has highlighted the destructive anarchy of individualist capitalism.

    2004 Business Report & Independent Online (Pty) Ltd. All rights reserved.


    Consider the converse. Taking a collectivized view of life means the society or group or class is more important than the individual. The needs and desires of five people rest on a higher moral plain than the needs and desires of one person. If the residents within a city consume more electricity than is being generated, the city should be able to simply take the land and resources of some inhabitants and convert them into electrical generating capacity. If, by popular vote, the majority of a nation picks a politician who says invading and subjugating neighboring peoples is the only way to restore economic health to the nation, then there are no moral objections to the tanks rolling in. If a gang wants to improve its standing among other gangs, it is fine for it to aggress against strangers walking through the gang's "territory."

    This is the elevation of the collective over the individual and that desire is responsible for more death, destruction, chaos, and theft on this planet than anything else.

    Ann Crotty was unable to show how the policies of these airlines are destructive. What I suppose she wants (the state managing how much the airlines should pay for the disabled) is. She wants an arbitrary amount of resources forced into the service of a customer need that will not remain static and predictable. Those resources will then be wasted as will the manpower to implement and manage them.

    Finally, she obviously has a disdain for systems without formalized and enforced rules, otherwise popularly known as the turbulent demon Anarchy. But she refutes herself earlier up in the article:

    At this extreme, the cost of everything is deconstructed and allocated to individual consumers and you either pay or don't get access to the service or product.

    [...]

    In a bid to offer the cheapest flights on any route, Ryanair has identified a cost structure in which a price is attributed to every aspect of a plane trip.

    One of the airline's near-term goals is to discourage passengers from using luggage that needs to be put in the hold as Ryanair knows precisely how much this costs.

    Encouragement will be done in the free market manner, which is to charge passengers for any luggage they want stored in the hold.

    [...]

    This is remarkably efficient...


    This is quite explicitly a system of control and order. The actors within the system know before finalizing their transactions the pros and cons of doing business. They have the ability to decide whether to engage in exchange or not. It is a system of control and order, but it is also a voluntary system. The values we hold and their hierarchy in our minds provides an efficient and effective system of control and order internally and externally. Our values provide order to our thoughts and respecting the rights of others provide order to our behavior. The consequences of nonpayment or aggression should be obvious and they provide the enforcement and order she apparently desires.

    October 27, 2004

    Raping Private Property in Seattle

    Via John Lopez of No Treason, I hear of something that should surprise no one who understands that stakes of what is involved: King County Council OK's controversial limits on developing rural land

    The King County Council approved rules last night that would restrict development on rural land, over objections that the changes are draconian and would entangle the county in lawsuits.

    [...]

    The most controversial of the changes would require rural residents to leave between one-third and one-half of their land in a natural state, depending on lot size.

    [...]

    "I'm getting calls to recommend attorneys every day," said Rodney McFarland, president of the Citizens' Alliance for Property Rights. "What kind of society would we be if we let this go through without a legal challenge?"


    What kind of society do you think you live in now, Mr. McFarland? That bridge has long since been crossed. You disagree? Well...
    But opponents yesterday said that argument -- and the scientific studies cited by King County -- were too weak to withstand a court challenge.

    They contend the county hasn't shown that the public benefit from the sweeping regulations would outweigh the harm done to private property owners by requiring them to leave the majority of their land untouched.
    1996-2004 Seattle Post-Intelligencer


    BAM! You have granted their premises. You have said that this is fine as long as there is a "public benefit" that is larger than the aggregate individual harm done. Pfft. Your organization needs a new name, for it absolutely is not for property rights.
    Because the county is bound by the state Growth Management Act to update regulations based on the latest scientific studies, doing nothing is legally and morally unacceptable, said Councilman Dow Constantine, D-Seattle.

    "For generations to come, this legislation will help prevent flooding and erosion and protect our drinking water, streams and wetlands from being degraded by new development," said Constantine, who authored compromises on the legislation.


    I'd like to see these commies squirm in teeth-baring confusion if it was demanded that their public-subsidied homeless shelters, libraries, community health clinics, and government buildings set aside 25% of their floor space to deteriorate back into the dirt they worship.

    October 21, 2004

    Costly to Govern

    [Updates below.]

    Jay Jardine points out an example of turning the jackasses in government against themselves. In Fight Every Ticket, he proposes "Costly to Govern" as a fitting epitaph for his gravestone, thus providing the title of this post.

    The biggest problem with resolutely standing your ground, middle fingers pointed skyward and aimed at The Law and Its Enforcers, are the liabilities the state has assumed you owe it once you break its rules:

    1. Permanent criminal records that most employers might check, thereby possibly making you less attractive as a future hire
    2. Court fines, legal fees (assuming you don't represent yourself), and the uncountable opportunity costs of spending your time resisting the state
    3. Revocation of any or all the "privileges" the state grants you; for example, in the case of Texas that means prohibitions against driving on anything other than private roads
    4. Warrants issued against your name allowing the police to arrest you at will
    5. Incarceration and/or property seizure, if convicted.

    At the moment, neither my vehicle registration or vehicle inspection stickers have been updated. Consider the following scenario that happens at least once a week:

    I'm driving home from a friend's house after having three Lone Star beers and a few bong hits over a period of two hours. I'm driving home at my usual velocity, which is to say 10 to 15 miles over the speed limit. I'm spotted by a cop and pulled over. Imagine what I face now:

    1. A misdemeanor (< $200) for not getting my car re-inspected
    2. A misdemeanor (< $200) for not getting my car re-registered
    3. The cost of the speeding ticket which varies depending on the mood of the officer and whether or not I've taken the safety course in a year:
      • Driver Safety Course: $95.00
      • Speeding - up to 25 MPH over speed limit: $236.00
      • Speeding - up to 10 MPH over speed limit: $146.00
      • Failure to respond on or before court date: $191.00
        1. Arrest warrant fee charged for the above: $50.00
        2. Denial of driver's license renewal DPS fee for the above: $30.00

    4. If the cop smells beer on me and asks me to take a breathalyzer test, I am "subject to an automatic 180-day driver's license suspension" if I refuse to comply
    5. If the cop decides to bust me for "intoxication" due to detecting marijuana on me, I face the following possible penalties for a first DWI offense:
      • up to a $2,000 fine
      • 72 hours to 180 days in jail
      • driver's license suspension: 90 days to 1 year

    A pretty damn impressive list of shit to deal with, all for doing something I've done hundreds of times without inflicting pain or causing damage. "Tough on crime," indeed!

    Would it be worth fighting these charges in the parallel hopes of getting them either dismissed or reduced and imposing extra costs on a government grown used to having its way with us? That's up for each of you to decide. Personally, an episode like the one above would be disastrous for me if I were convicted of everything and handed even the minimum punishments. I don't have the financial leeway to dabble in legal proceedings and no lawyer would want to take up my real argument against the whole affair; I'd have to settle with a lawyer who fights the case on technical grounds or appeals to my status as a good citizen.

    *choke*

    But the costs imposed on the State of Texas would far outweigh the costs imposed on me. The grinding machine of justice would have to accommodate my presence in the system. State employees would have to allocate resources to prosecute me, judge me, punish me, detain me, and file me. I guarantee their real, absolute costs would far exceed mine. Would it make a difference?

    Probably not. I'd be a speck of a percentage in the general budgets of the City of Austin, Travis County, and the State of Texas. The coerced taxpayer foots the bill for these services, so it isn't like they respond to costs like a normal entity would. Nothing would be repealed unless I found a continuous line of astoundingly sympathetic judges and juries willing to overturn long-established laws and practices on principles that would threaten the government's ability to manage our lives.

    In the end, I'd be out at least hundreds of dollars I don't have and hundreds of hours better I'd rather spend on...drinking beer, getting stoned, and hanging out with friends. For all that inconvenience, the governments involved would barely burp. Would the satisfaction of knowing I decisively won the battle of absolute costs while utterly losing the battle of relative costs be enough to justify the resistence? Not for me.

    It doesn't seem fair because it isn't.

    UPDATE 10/28/2004 10:22am
    Related thoughts from Billy Beck.

    UPDATE 1/28/2005 11:51am
    Hypocrisy or Consistency?

    UPDATED 6/8/2005 2:51am
    An Austin Parking Ticket

    UPDATED 7/24/2007 4:36pm
    Jury Duty

    October 20, 2004

    A Solicitation to Those Who Say I Shouldn't Complain If I Don't Vote

    Apparently, many people believe I don't have the right to complain about the state of the country and its political direction if I don't vote. Well, I don't intend on voting for any candidates this election, so on November 3rd, will I have the right to complain? Two questions:

    1. If I were to assume that the act of complaining takes the form of voicing, writing, or otherwise communicating my complaint, does that mean I should be silenced? If not, then how would losing that right translate into me being allowed to complain after an election?
    2. If my complaints were based on my refusal to endorse the political process because any serious candidate for office explicitly endorses and advocates the existence of government and its associated functions against the will of countless individuals and therefore since no candidate will ever fulfill what I want, what am I supposed to do? Voting for Bush, Kerry, Badnarik, Peroutka, or anyone else means violating a fundamental oath and prinicple of mine to never impose my will on others by force, and that is the purpose of voting.

    I really detest those bumper stickers telling me I can't complain if I don't vote.

    October 13, 2004

    Laurence M. Vance is Wrong

    Should a Christian Join the Military?

    The larger question of whether a Christian (or anyone opposed to the federal leviathan) should work for the state is not at issue. Someone employed by the state as a teacher, a mailman, a security guard, or a park ranger is providing a lawful, moral, non-aggressive, non-intrusive service that is in the same manner also provided by the free market. Thus, it might be argued that working for the BATF, the CIA, the FBI, or as a regulation-enforcing federal bureaucrat is off limits, whereas these other occupations are not.

    My emphasis.

    Mr. Vance, you are entirely incorrect.

    Teachers, mailmen, security guards, and park rangers (the kind we'd see in private facilities, NOT these guys) employed in a free market are indeed providing a non-coercive, non-aggressive, moral service. Why?

    • Because their employment is based on voluntary agreement with their employer;
    • because they choose to accept the wages and benefits offered by the employer in exchange for their labor and time;
    • and, more importantly, because their employers operate in the context of a free market themselves.

    That last point is crucial. A business cannot survive without customers and it cannot attract customers unless it has products and services that those customers want to purchase. The customers of a business voluntarily choose to spend their money on that business over its competition. The entire system is characterized by this: individual liberty. A free market business does not engage in force to gain revenue.

    Someone employed by the state as a teacher, a mailman, a security guard, or a park ranger is providing a lawful, moral, non-aggressive, non-intrusive service that is in the same manner also provided by the free market.
    How do state-employed teachers, mailmen, security guards, and park rangers compare to those working in a free market? While they and their employers still retain most of the freedom described above to choose and leave jobs and hire and fire employees, there is one crucial difference. They are paid by the state and the state pays them with tax money. The state engages in force to gain revenue.

    Taxes are theft, wealth taken from citizens through the threat of violence against them and their property. The state does not and cannot respond to market demand for the services it offers (or forces on us) the same way a private entity can and does. Funding levels for the park service are based at least as much on political expediency as the reality of the service's needs. Anyone paying attention to the public school financing debacle in Texas knows how teachers are funded is utterly divorced from their value. Assuming Mr. Vance is euphemistically referring to the state's law enforcement officers as "security guards," I have to point out that the very important service they are supposed to provide (securing us from crime) is all-too often engaged in of violating the very basic crimes of aggression, coercion, theft, and fraud. I've yet to meet any state-employed mailmen because the United States Postal Service is a federal agency. Regardless, I'd be just as opposed to a Texas Department of Postal Service as I am to the USPS. By what right do these entities operate at the expense of everyone else?

    Which brings me to the final point.

    The larger question of whether a Christian (or anyone opposed to the federal leviathan) should work for the state is not at issue.

    Why? What is the difference between the federal leviathan and the individual state leviathan? Does one entity respect the people living under it better than the other? Is there something about Texas, New Hampshire, Oregon, Florida, or North Dakota that make those states more moral than the United States Government?

    Of course not. They are all governments and they are all actively engaged in forcing us around, taking away our time and wealth, and attempting to substitute their judgment for ours on an ever-expanding set of issues. I don't bestow upon the governments of New Mexico, Wisconsin, or Ohio any more legitimacy or benevolence than the USG. Why should I? They all operate on the same principle: the individual should be subordinated to the collective for altruistic, utilitarian, and pragmatic reasons. Sure, Americans have the choice of living in one of 50 states and a number of sub-units throughout this country. That doesn't mean there is a free market of government in action. It just means you get to pick which bureaucracy gets to tamper with you and the things you value.

    This is the first time I've encountered Mr. Vance's writing so I'm unfamiliar with his political philosophy. But if what he has revealed here is any indication, I think I'll have some problems with it in the future.

    "The Quality of Mersey" Needs Closer Examination

    The recent much-admired Mark Steyn article contains something worth pointing out that cuts straight to the heart of the Iraq Affair: The Quality of Mersey

    If the FCO wants to issue advice in this area, that's the way to go: If you're kidnapped, accept you're unlikely to survive, say "I'll show you how an Englishman dies", and wreck the video. If they want you to confess you're a spy, make a little mischief: there are jihadi from Britain, Italy, France, Canada and other western nations all over Iraq - so say yes, you're an MI6 agent, and so are those Muslims from Tipton and Luton who recently joined the al-Qaeda cells in Samarra and Ramadi. As Churchill recommended in a less timorous Britain: You can always take one with you. If Mr Blair and other government officials were to make that plain, it would be, to use Mr Bigley's word, "enough". A war cannot be subordinate to the fate of any individual caught up in it.

    My emphasis. Mr. Steyn is writing in the context of the brutal murder of British hostage Kenneth Bigley at the hands of Islamofascists in Iraq, addressing the complaints that a citizen's government should negotiate with terrorists in order to secure the release of a kidnapping victim.

    I found the article in a number of blogs, but decided to comment on the Samizdata thread featuring it. Here's what I said:

    A war cannot be subordinate to the fate of any individual caught up in it.

    Now there's some ugly collectivist sentiment. Consider its implications, people.


    That earned me a response by "snide":
    Now there's some ugly collectivist sentiment. Consider its implications, people.
    The implications? Sure, in a war, some innocent people will get killed and whilst that is regrettable, it is also inevitable. That is the reality of war. Get over it.

    Also, like so many of the brain-dead variety of libertarians, you probably think you have a right to leave your lights on at night during an air raid... but you do not because what would be a right under normal conditions is trumpted by the right to life of others when there is a war on.


    I replied:
    snide,

    You think it "brain-dead" to point out statements that implicitly advocate the government (that entity which wages war) being more important than the individual (the government subjects caught up in it)? I'm unsure of your political leanings, but I find support of suppressing my freedom at ANY time contemptible. Rights don't just go away when you want them to.

    I'll leave my lights on when I damn well please to and if a neighbor wants to try and strop me, he'd better at least have the balls to force me in person to turn them off rather than have the state to it by proxy. My rights come into clear view at that moment when the aggressor in the situation becomes apparent.


    Rightist war supporters use the very same logic as leftist economic interventionists when they say some event demands the setting aside of our rights in order to help/save/protect/defend/enrich a collective of people. When they say "9/11 changed everything," they echo the words of commies who say "this community's poverty demands your sacrifice."

    They must be called on it.

    October 11, 2004

    Supporting What They Oppose

    It's self-interest that's bringing us together.

    -Executive director of the League of Conservation Voters Deborah Callahan

    It almost seems grudgingly admitted that base self-interest is what brings the LCV to join with other organizations, that only the most dire of situations could convince these people to organize as they have. This reluctance shouldn't be surprising. Self-interest is generally reviled by those who endorse the government and its actions and especially hated by the left and the movement's issue-specific authoritarians. Self-interest is probably the most important driving force within capitalism and is the primary foundation for most economic law.

    It is self-interest that drives and sustains economic growth. All actors within a system will tend to seek outcomes that improve their standing, based on their own subjective values and standards. Self-interest means Wal-Mart expands operations, environmentalists seek to clean the air, and large numbers of high school graduates quickly enroll in college. My desire to improve my life leads me to engage in economic exchanges every day.

    And note to self: the next time you hear someone claim the League of Conservation Voters is "non-partisan," call bullshit right there and mention this.

    October 08, 2004

    Note to Nick Gillespie and Mike Snell: Tax Cuts Do Not "put money" in Our Pockets

    Reason: You May Already Be A Winner

    These calculations suggest that, contrary to John Kerry and other critics, the Bush income tax cuts have in fact put real money in the pockets of typical American families.

    No.

    The Bush income tax cuts have in fact left more money in the pockets of typical American families. Cutting taxes means the government takes less of our wealth. Furthermore, the government cannot put money into our pockets without stealing or coercing it from someone else. That's one reason I feel queasy about accepting my income tax return check.

    But both Mr. Gillespie and Mr. Snell still right regarding the intent of the article. Because the wealthy pay an exorbitantly large percentage of federal taxation, when taxes are cut for all income brackets, they will save an exorbitantly large amount that would have otherwise been taxed. See: How US Taxes Work.

    October 06, 2004

    Cheney vs. Edwards

    Who "won?" Entropy, my fellow Americans. The Democrats offer no challenge to the fundamentals of Republican foreign policy. Republicans no longer present any philosophical objection to Democratic economic policy.

    -Jim Henley

    Well said, even though this has been the case since as long as I can remember. It's just up front and obvious these days.

    Dick Cheney: Remember, the state should exist and should be wielded against the individual, at home and abroad. Just not like that moron wants. John Edwards: Remember, the state should exist and should be wielded against the individual, at home and abroad. Just not like that lunatic wants.

    Here's what I heard and saw for most of the debate:

    We need this much government!No, we need this much government!

    This goes back to what I wrote in The Democratic Party - The Party of Personal Liberty?:

    Economic liberty (ostensibly proposed by the GOP) and social liberty (ostensibly proposed by the Democrats) are merely offshoots of the same concept: individual liberty. Neither party supports individual liberty without contradiction. Conservatives wish to preserve tradition and a kind of social morality, often at the expense of liberty. Liberals wish to improve socio-economic conditions for the lower rungs of society and for the overlooked/disadvantaged/etc., regularly at the expense of personal liberty.

    We've got one set of candidates (the Right) that want to weaken the government's influence somewhat and only in a few areas and otherwise keep the status quo or expand the state elsewhere. The other set (the Left) wants to increse the government's influence in just about every area and weaken the government's influence overseas, but only in some forms of military action. Neither side speaks to core philosophies that are resolutely adhered to and never deviated from.

    Which isn't and shouldn't be surprising. It's a direct result of attempting to be the most popular representative in your district and when so many districts comprise a diverse ocean of people the only way to survive is to abandon principle and jump on pragmatism.

    At least the Veep debate was entertaining. The first Bush-Kerry matchup wasn't.

    October 05, 2004

    Representative Coercion

    Wall Street Journal: Found in Translation

    I remember one evening in Damascus this summer. Normally the streets would have been packed well past midnight with young couples and Gulf tourists taking advantage of the cool desert breezes. But that night the streets were deserted. Indeed, for two hours every summer Sunday and Monday night, countless Arab communities across the Middle East and North Africa sat huddled around their sets to take part in "Super Star," the Arab version of "American Idol."

    The format of the Lebanon-based program is similar to its prototype: Aspiring pop stars compete their way through ever-winnowing rounds, this time singing a modern and classical Arab favorites, until a winner stands alone. To decide who moves on, audience members cast their votes through the Internet, an automated telephone service and cell-phone text-messaging.

    [...]

    If the Arab people cannot choose their political representatives free from coercion, at least now they can select a cultural representative to champion their musical tastes.


    Question for Tyler MacKenzie:

    What is the point of being able to uncoercively choose your representatives when those very representatives will be coercing you and your neighbors through their laws and regulations?

    Link via Andrew Sullivan, who calls his post "Idolizing Democracy." Unintentional humor, I must assume.

    October 04, 2004

    Socialism and Capitalism in the NFL

    CNNMoney: Socialism is on the run in the NFL

    Capitalism is coming to the most successful socialist state the planet has ever known: the National Football League.

    Chris Isidore's metaphor doesn't sit well with me. Obviously, any organization operates with characteristics that could be categorized as "socialist" or "capitalist."
    The league has turned revenue sharing and parity on the field into the core tenets of its business religion. But in recent years, it has been quietly taking steps to give teams greater ability to go after sponsorship dollars on their own.

    It does help to present your readers with some definition of your core terms. From this, I gather than the freedom to pursue one's self-interest (in this case, the football franchise's) is what Mr. Isidore sees as a critical element of the capitalist label. I cannot disagree with that. And given that it seems nearly all socialists heartily endorse some form of economic egalitarianism, I don't consider it out of bounds to describe the NFL's previous state to be "more socialist" than as it is now.
    In March, the NFL made little-noticed moves, such as allowing teams to sign deals with local sponsors that allow use the team logos. Teams also can go after local beer and soft drink sponsorship deals that compete with NFL national sponsors Coors and Pepsi.

    But those changes, while they seem minor, will mean tens of millions to the larger market teams. Those are dollars they won't have to share with the other owners, and money that will be out of reach for some other smaller market owners.

    2004 Cable News Network LP, LLLP. A Time Warner Company ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


    The National Football League is a private organization that has the right to determine what happens to its property. As such, it is fundamentally capitalist. What I dislike about Mr. Isidore's metaphor is the implicit assumption that sharing and equality is synonymous with socialism.

    Part of the problem is just what is meant by socialism. I view it as any social system that uses coercion and force in the form of the collective state to accomplish goals. That's a very broad, but accurate description. I view capitalism as the opposite: a social system that relies on voluntary mutual interactions for individuals to accomplish goals. Obviously, that is a explicitly anarchist society.

    But let's assume that by socialism, Mr. Isidore means a common-knowledge sort of governmental entity, the kind that is immediately summoned in one's mind when it's mentioned. Say, somewhere between Cuba and Canada. The official goals of each state, of course, are benevolent and intended to help people who need it and correct what are perceived as social injustices. Cuba embodies the nastier side of socialism with it's harsher direct control over individual Cubans while Canada still allows a good deal of individual freedom for Canadians to employ.

    Does that "middle-ground socialism" mean that the people under it are more equal than in more capitalist countries? That more sharing occurs? I'd like to see some evidence to support this. The talk must be backed by the walk, so to speak. Are wage disparities smaller in socialist countries? Is there a higher level of charitable work and donation? Are living conditions homogenous throughout the land? Do the rulers of these countries exist on the same economic level as their subjects?

    September 29, 2004

    Charles Hueter is an Idiotes!

    Via Hit & Run an article from the New York Times Magazine: Is Voting Worth the Trouble?

    Why does voting in a presidential election feel at the same time both terribly important and utterly pointless? There is a paradox here, and it is not easy to make it go away. On the one hand, casting a ballot on Election Day strikes us as a kind of civic obligation; neglecting to do so is perhaps not so serious as neglecting to file a tax return, but it is still something you feel guilty about. On the other hand, nearly half of those Americans who are eligible to vote evidently don't think that it's worth the bother. And, in a sense, they're right.

    Some nonvoters, no doubt, couldn't care less about which candidate wins. (The ancient Greeks had a word for a person who is indifferent to public affairs in this way: idiotes, or idiot.)

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company


    I learn something new every day! And to think I've been using this in a negative connotation my whole life!

    From SearchGodsWord:

    Definition
    1. a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king
    2. a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer
    3. a writer of prose as opposed to a poet
    4. in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art

    Translated Words
    KJV (5) - ignorant, 1; rude, 1; unlearned, 3;

    NAS (5) - ungifted, 1; ungifted man, 1; ungifted men, 1; unskilled, 1; untrained, 1


    From Bill Cassleman's Medical Dictionary:
    Idios, Greek, of an individial, peculiar to one person; compare idiotes Greek, a private person. Idiot and idiocy obviously contain this root. They derive from idiotes which was the word for a private person, as opposed to a person of rank and influence holding public office in ancient Greece. Hence, it was supposed, an idiotes was ignorant and stupid. The ancient Greeks were rather free in their putdowns of common people.

    The rest of the NYTM piece is worth reading as a generalized "why the hell do supposedly rational people vote?" exercise, not that the idea is new or anything.

    Jim Holt ends with this, emphasis in the original:

    The moral, if there is one, is to vote out of duty, not self-interest. Why duty? For the simple reason that (as the Marquis de Condorcet once suggested) the more people who vote, the greater the chance of a happy result -- provided that each person is more likely to vote for the superior candidate.

    Dammit, now I'm afraid to use moron, imbecile, fool, and twit to describe this guy.

    On the other hand, perhaps I can now feel at home being called an idiot. I certainly don't like voting: The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information...A Libertarian for Bush?...Whom to Vote For?.

    September 24, 2004

    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    [Updates below.]

    I can't recall when this first started appearing on the front page of the Statesman's website, but it is absolutely noteworthy:

    Want your voice heard? First you have to register.

    This kind of thinking needs to be exposed for the dangerous sham it is.

    If I want my "voice" heard, I have an uncountable number of options available to me:

    • I can make a sign and place it in my window at home.
    • I can put a bumper sticker on my car.
    • I can literally speak my mind into a voice recorder and put it online for others to download and listen to.
    • I can operate a blog (hell, any kind of website) and write as many thousands of words as I want.
    • I can go to any local pub or bar and start up conversations with strangers.
    • I can write articles to the thousands of newspapers, news magazines, periodicals, and journals around the world.
    • I can write letters to the editor of just about any publication.
    • I can start a band that focuses on what I want to say and tour the music scene.
    • I can buy or make a T-shirt that says something with which I agree.

    Etcetera...

    What I don't need to do is register with the state. That term alone should send chills up your spine. It should make you rethink the entire enterprise. The idea of having to register for anything should scare you, be it a car, a handgun, a marriage, or your very birth.

    We are repetitively exhorted to believe that our votes are our way of "talking" to politicians in the one manner they cannot ignore. I call bullshit on that. What kind of message do you think you send with a vote? What information are you trying to convey? What data does a vote contain? And how are politicians and their staffs supposed to decipher this?

    Let's say I'm a good-hearted Austinite lefty who wants Bush out of office. Let's say I think we need immediate Kyoto ratification, higher taxes on the rich and corporations, and much stronger restrictions on international trade in order to protect domestic industries and workers. So I vote for John Kerry because he's more likely to replace Bush and enact the policies I want pushed. What happens?

    Living in Travis County, that means I get to record my Presidential vote on Hart InterCivic's eSlate electronic voting system. My precious few bytes of data are then recorded and tabulated with the rest of the county. The result is passed on to the Secretary of State and confirmed. Of course, since Texans will give the majority of their votes to Bush, Texas's electoral college members will very likely vote for Bush when their time comes. But my vote is still recorded in the final count.

    Does John F. Kerry get my message? Does George W. Bush witness my displeasure with his actions and reconsider them? What about their respective advisors? Will they say, "Looks like Charles Hueter doesn't like Bush and wants Kerry instead. Better recalibrate a little" and tweak their campaigns in the future?

    Furthermore, how would they tweak their campaigns? My vote isn't a list of things I want done. It's a statement of support for two people to become President and Vice President over other choices. It doesn't explain my positions and recommendations on welfare, taxes, the environment, workers' compensation, terrorism, Social Security, campaign finance reform, property rights, the war in Iraq, civil rights, medical marijuana, obesity, economic growth, morality, or abortion. Sure, there are general trends one can discern by picking one team over another, but you cannot tell what my actual positions are on those and hundreds of other issues. You can't tell how I rank them in importance. You can't tell the degree I want them implemented. You can't tell the specific details of what I want to happen. You can't tell if I loathe John Kerry but loathe Bush even more. You can't tell if I just barely pass Texas's standards for mental competence. You can't tell if I'm lying and doing this as a joke. You can't tell if I'm drunk and accidentally picked the wrong guy and wasn't sober enough to realize it.

    *scoff*

    You can't even tell if I'm alive or dead:

    In essence, all the crucial information that your opinion contains on a host of political issues - the technical elements that make your voice unique among others and truly differentiate you from your opponents - is stripped bare by the voting process, leaving the candidates and public with a vague and generalized sense of what they think you want. This applies with no less magnitude towards local elections. In their case, you've got a range of problems that usually have immediate and close impact on you and your neighbors. By voting, you become another cog that simply says "yes" or "no." And then you leave all the details up to your representative...assuming you were lucky enough for that person to get elected. In the opposite case, your beliefs are simply ignored.

    By voting, your voice loses it's ability to argue, to persuade, to change minds. It loses it's power. And the vote advocators end up twisting in knots trying to get an outcome that doesn't suck; an example would be a libertarian voting for Bush.

    Contrariwise, all that vital information is left intact though the methods I listed above. Communicating that way allows more to be transmitted...even if it's restricted to asinine sloganeering and recklessly ignorant action. At the least, you can approach me and find out more. That is fantastically difficult for most politicians to do.

    So I react with deep horror when I read something that says:

    Want your voice heard? First you have to register.

    To me, it doesn't matter for whom you vote. I don't need to register to be heard. I don't want to register to be heard. You can go stuff your voting fetish. I won't participate.

    UPDATE 10/4/2004 8:29am
    The herd handlers are getting excited.

    News8Austin: Marathon voter registration rushes to beat deadline

    Time is running out for non-registered voters wanting to vote in the Nov. 2 elections. Midnight Oct. 4 is the deadline to register.

    September 21, 2004

    Zinger!

    In "I'm Proud to be an American", the protagonist is proud to be an American because "I have God to watch me".

    I'm surprised that the National Reconnaissance Office would mention the competition like that.

    -Hit & Run Commenter "Trey"


    He's referring to the discovery of this moronic pap put out by the National Reconnaissance Office as uncovered by CoolGov, a website that does what it can to uncover unusual and notable government-produced HTML for us taxpayers to see.

    September 17, 2004

    The Ethics of Face Transplants

    Courier-Journal: Doctors prepared to do face transplant

    Even as ethicists and others raise concerns, a team of doctors from Louisville and the Netherlands says it is ready to perform a face transplant.

    "There arrives a point in time when the procedure should simply be done. We submit that that time is now," the researchers wrote in an article scheduled for publication today in The American Journal of Bioethics.

    The article, by the team from the University of Louisville and the University of Utrecht in the Netherlands, explores the ethical and psychological issues, and physical risks, involved in a transplant that would attach the face of a dead donor to someone with a severely disfigured face, such as the victim of a serious burn or accident.

    Although researchers will not say when such a transplant would be done, they are taking steps toward the first operation, which would be considered clinical research.


    Here's all that matters to me:
    "Previous research and current understanding indicate that the psychological risks are more complex and extensive than the Louisville team suggest," [Nichola Rumsey of the University of the West of England] wrote. "I have no wish to minimize the distress experienced by many people with severe disfigurements, but to my mind, the current risk/benefit ratio ... is dubious at best."

    [...]

    "Our position is that face transplantation could now be performed," wrote three surgeons from Henri-Mondor Hospital in Paris. "The switch from 'could' to `should' depends on the ethical conditions surrounding the procedure."

    Copyright 2004 The Courier-Journal.


    The only ethical considerations that truely matter are whether or not the participants in the procedure voluntarily consent to it. Everything else is secondary.

    September 16, 2004

    Haymarket Gets a Memorial

    Associated Press via ABCNews: Haymarket Memorial Marks Ill. Labor Rally

    For years, visitors at the troubled site of Haymarket Square left disappointed: Only a plaque marked the spot where a bomb thrown during an 1886 labor rally killed seven police officers and led to the executions of anarchists unjustly convicted of the crime.

    Police viewed it as a place where their fellow officers died in the line of duty. Social activists went there to honor the memory of those wrongly convicted. Union supporters considered it a crucible in the labor movement's history.

    Anti-labor hysteria gripped the country after the bombing, and the site's legacy in Chicago was too contentious to support a memorial. Now, a large sculpture has been dedicated there, and text on the memorial acknowledges that Haymarket's significance "touches on the issues of free speech, the right of public assembly, organized labor, the fight for the eight-hour workday, law enforcement, justice, anarchy and the right of every human being to pursue an equitable and prosperous life."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    The Haymarket affair helped ruin the reputation of anarchism and made it far more difficult for the individualist anarchists to get their arguments heard over the calls for violent overthrow and social revolution the collectivist anarchists demanded and sometimes attempted to obtain.

    Chicago Sun-Times: After 138 years, Haymarket memorial to be unveiled

    The story of the Haymarket Incident is rich in themes that resonate to this day.

    It was a time when Americans felt threatened by terrorists. When suspicion fell heavily on certain groups of immigrants. When basic civil rights, such as free speech, were under attack in the name of national security.

    On May 3, 1886, two men were killed by police outside a McCormick reaper factory on the Southwest Side, where striking workers were demanding an eight-hour day.

    The following night, several thousand protesters, outraged by the killings, turned out for a rally at the Haymarket, west of today's Loop. One flier promoting the rally -- and this really alarmed the police -- called for "revenge" and encouraged workers to fight back with weapons: "To arms, we call you, to arms!"

    The rhetoric at the rally was just as fiery, with anarchists calling for not just an eight-hour day, but the complete overthrow of the capitalist system. The rally was otherwise peaceful, however, so much so that Mayor Carter Harrison, who had stopped by to observe, walked home early.

    But as the rally was winding down, when only a few hundred protesters were still present, about 180 police officers marched to the makeshift speaker's stand -- the bed of a Crane's Co. wagon. An officer ordered the crowd to disperse and, at that moment, somebody threw a bomb into the cops' ranks.

    One officer was killed almost instantly. Gunfire and general panic broke out. At least four workers were killed. Six more officers would die of their injuries in the coming weeks.

    Precisely what else happened that night remains a matter of intense disagreement, but what followed is indisputable -- a shameful travesty of justice.

    Copyright 2004, Digital Chicago Inc.


    The only photo I could find of the event was this from the Chicago Tribune:


    (Tribune photo by Chuck Berman)


    Not impressive, but then again it doesn't show much.

    I do find it ironic that a memorial in part to anarchists (whom allegedly desired the absence of government) was erected in part by state action.

    Chicago Tribune: Haymarket riot not forgotten

    The monument was built with a $300,000 Build Illinois grant secured by state Senate President Emil Jones (D-Chicago).

    [...]

    It sits near Randolph and Desplaines Streets, on the very spot where a Methodist lay minister was making a speech atop a wooden wagon to a dwindling crowd of about 200 labor protesters when someone hurled a bomb, said Bill Adelman, professor emeritus of labor history at the University of Illinois at Chicago.

    Chicago artist Mary Brogger depicted the wagon in 3,200 pounds of rust-colored bronze. The wagon, with a faceless human figure apparently orating atop it, is coming apart. More faceless figures are beneath and beside it, holding, pushing or pulling the wagon.

    "These figures are engaged with either building or dismantling the wagon," Brogger said.

    "So it gives us the duality showing that the truth in any movement is complicated."

    Copyright 2004, Chicago Tribune

    September 15, 2004

    Sullivan's Hand in Your Pocket

    [Updates below.]

    My own hope a year ago was that the sheer amount of reconstruction money that would be spent in Iraq would surely win over the population.

    -Andrew Sullivan

    That's your money he's so glibly tossing around in his mind and asking so eagerly to be spent elsewhere. Think about that the next time he bitches about rights and freedom.

    ADDED LATER:

    On a related note...

    The increasing popularity of laws that allow doctors and pharmacists to opt out of certain practices or even certain kinds of patient is a worrying trend. It was designed in part by the religious right to prevent gay people from having access to good medical care, and also to protect doctors from being forced to perform abortions. Now, its effects are being extended to the birth control pill, which some believe can be a form of abortion. The slow and fitful attempt of the far right to control others' sex lives continues. If you approve, vote Republican.

    That's him again.

    Mr. Sullivan then apparently wants people within the medical profession to be forced to treat patients they don't want to treat. Why?

    We reserve the right to refuse service.


    Good enough for retail. Not good enough for health care. Pftt.

    Of course, when Mr. Sullivan says something like "The desire to control other people's lives is a universal on both right and left. And universally deplorable." just a little while later, I have to give up and move on. He's clueless.

    UPDATED 9/28/2005 9:59am
    Andrew Sullivan Needs Slaves

    September 07, 2004

    Private Defense

    Terry Frye protects his home against possible looting in the aftermath of Hurricane Charley in Port Charlotte, Florida early August 14, 2004. Frye scrawled a note on the wall behind him to protect his home and scare off looters. Rescuers raced into southwest Florida Saturday to search for victims and help survivors of Hurricane Charley, a devastating storm that leveled buildings and left up to one million without power. As a weakened but still powerful Charley headed toward the South Carolina coast, search teams with heavy equipment set out for Fort Myers, Punta Gorda and Port Charlotte, the Gulf Coast towns hit hardest when the storm made an unexpected turn south and struck with 145 mph (233 kph) winds. REUTERS/Marc Serota

    Don't take any shit, Mr. Frye.

    September 03, 2004

    Rich Lowry's Slip 'o the Truth

    Like any good politician, [President George W. Bush] feeds off people.

    -Rich Lowry, editor of National Review

    He said that last night around 5:45pm central standard time while talking to C-SPAN on the Republican National Convention floor.

    The context of the quote was a discussion of how President Bush would do during his acceptance speech and Mr. Lowry obviously meant the way a good speaker takes the energy from his or her audience and uses it to enhance the speech.

    Of course, I hear a totally different thing and think to myself Why, yes, Mr. Lowry, that is exactly the standard by which all good politicans are judged.

    As for Bush's speech itself, I caught the last third of it. The VCR recorded the rest and I'll watch it sometime later.

    August 26, 2004

    Roy Horn's Double Mauling

    Associated Press: Producer Won't Release Tiger Attack Video

    The company that produced the Siegfried & Roy magic show said Wednesday that it won't give federal investigators a video of the tiger attack on illusionist Roy Horn because it's protecting the performer's privacy.

    Feld Entertainment Inc. said it's offered on several occasions to show footage of the October attack to the U.S. Department of Agriculture but the agency has not accepted the invitation.

    "Feld Entertainment is cooperating with the USDA and will continue to provide the agency with the necessary information to complete its pending investigation, while also protecting Roy Horn and his family's privacy," the Vienna, Va.-based company said in a written statement.

    Agriculture Department spokesman Jim Rogers declined to comment Wednesday, after confirming Tuesday that the agency is investigating possible violations of the Animal Welfare Act.


    My emphasis, which I'd like readers to consider very carefully.
    Horn was mauled by a 300-pound tiger [this is probably a typo as I've seen the weight described closer to 600 pounds] during a performance at a Las Vegas Strip hotel. The tiger bit Horn in the neck and dragged him off stage. One of the show's employees was able to break the animal's grip by hitting it with a fire extinguisher.

    Horn, 59, survived the attack but suffered a stroke that left him partially paralyzed, and his long-running show with Siegfried Fischbacher closed.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Who was the victim here? Roy or Montecore, the tiger?

    This AP report mentions:

    Amy Sherman, who was sitting in the front row with her mother about 10 yards away from the stage, said the attack happened right after Horn introduced the tiger.

    "Right after that, the tiger kind of turned its head and bit him on the arm," Sherman said. "Roy started taking a microphone and started whapping the tiger on the head."

    The tiger, who was on a short leash, then dragged Horn to the ground and they struggled before the tiger dragged him behind a curtain by his neck, she said. Trainers on stage rushed to aid Horn, trying to subdue the tiger.

    "We just heard all this commotion behind the curtain and you could hear Roy scream," Sherman said. "Everyone at our table was kind of looking at each other, like 'Oh my God,'" she said.


    CNN reported:
    Crew members backstage sprayed a fire extinguisher at the big cat to force him to release his grip, a tactic they are trained to use in such an event, Mirage spokesman Alan Feldman said.

    Three E! Online articles to consider:
    Siegfried & Roy Tiger Sprung
    Oct 14, 2003
    The question still on everyone's mind is: What caused the usually mellow Montecore to lose his cool?

    Siegfried & Roy buddy Steve Wynn told People that Siegfried believes that Montecore was bothered by a woman seated in the front row with a freakishly large hairdo.

    Roy tried to get Montecore to focus, and the tiger growled at him. Roy told the tiger "no," and bopped him on the nose with his microphone. Montecore responded by grabbing Roy's sleeve in his mouth. According to audience members, Roy then stumbled and fell back, at which point Montecore went for the kill.

    Or maybe not. Siegfried believes the cat was trying to help Roy, protecting him from danger after he fell.

    "If the animal would attack Roy, Roy would be no more after that. 10 seconds," Siegfried said on CNN, in defense of the tiger. Animal experts have disputed that claim, and animal-rights group PETA has called on the duo to retire their big cats.

    Copyright 2004 E! Entertainment Television, Inc. All rights reserved

    Siegfried & Roy's Roy Still Critical
    Oct 6, 2003
    On stage alone, Horn introduced the sold-out audience of 1,500 to Montecore the tiger. As is his shtick, Horn announced that Montecore was making his stage debut. In reality, the big cat was a veteran of the show and was, in the words of a source in the Las Vegas Review-Journal, "a favorite of most of the handlers."

    But on Friday, Horn and Montecore experienced a nearly fatal failure to communicate.

    "Roy tugged the tiger to get him into the middle of the stage, but the tiger didn't like that so much and came up and bumped him with his head," audience member Jonathan Cohen told the New York Post.

    Horn responded by tapping Montecore with his microphone. Montecore responded by biting Horn in the arm. Horn tried to fight off the animal with his mic.

    "Then the tiger just went for him," Cohen said in the Post. "He bit him in the neck and literally picked him up and dragged him [off the stage] as if he were a wild animal attacking his prey."

    Away from confused audience members' sight lines, crewmembers sprayed the tiger with fire extinguishers.

    Copyright 2004 E! Entertainment Television, Inc. All rights reserved

    Siegfried & Roy Video Mystery
    Aug 25, 2004
    All along, Roy's reps have maintained that the attack was simply an accident, but the USDA has kept open an investigation into possible violations of the Animal Welfare Act. Abuse of the act could result in a fine and suspended or revoked licenses. "But an investigation doesn't mean something bad's going to happen," said USDA spokesperson Jim Rogers. "We just need to determine if any of our regulations were violated."

    Copyright 2004 E! Entertainment Television, Inc. All rights reserved


    Since the USDA isn't explaining what part of the AWA it thinks might have been violated, I don't know what they are investigating. You can dig around here to read the full text, the amendments over the years, and the Federal Register regulations published.

    The show is over for good, a human is in a difficult phase of physical therapy, and the world has been reminded that even the most highly trained animals are still animals and cannot be fully trusted to do what we want them to do. The USDA should back off.

    August 23, 2004

    Meteor Blades Needs Economics

    [Updates below.]

    In this Daily Kos post:

    Some people think we should have more Open Threads. They remind me of the people who argue that the solution to urban traffic congestion is to widen existing freeways and build more new ones.

    But every time that's done, all the extra pavement fills up with cars in half the time it was predicted.

    You guys are like that. Give you a shiny new pavement, and the next thing happens is you're driving on it bumper-to-bumper with your Links and Rants, Complaints and Praise, Worries and Hopes. When will you ever get enough?


    There aren't many goods in existence that humans want that aren't scarce. There are even fewer services in such a situation. We exist in a world of limited resources and time and this extends to our online digital lives as well. Daily Kos gets hundreds of thousands of hits per day and has an large, active, and registered user base that regularly pushes the blog's Open Threads past 100 comments.

    So what's going on? It's a combination of the Tragedy of the Commons and the Free Rider Problem. Even though the owner of Daily Kos has " 2004. Steal what you want." and "...everything I do on this site I do for the benefit of my readers." noted on his website, the idea of an "open thread" falls victim to the two problems mentioned above, particularly when the thread is stored on such an active server.

    An apt quote from Professor Garrett Hardin, the author of the tragedy of the commons article above:

    Congestion on public roads that don't charge tolls is another example of a government-created tragedy of the commons. If roads were privately owned, owners would charge tolls and people would take the toll into account in deciding whether to use them. Owners of private roads would probably also engage in what is called peak-load pricing, charging higher prices during times of peak demand and lower prices at other times. But because governments own roads that they finance with tax dollars, they normally do not charge tolls. The government makes roads into a commons. The result is congestion.

    Obviously, Daily Kos is not government-owned. It is privately-owned property (to the extent that such a concept is respected by the state these days and to the extend it's owner wishes to recognize it) and as such doesn't suffer nearly as greatly as it otherwise would if anyone could anonymously comment without the restrictions of registration, moderation, and the "Mojo" rating system. However, the capabilities of the property and the size of its users are still large enough to trigger concern, even if mentioned as a wry comment.

    Meteor Blades and others should keep that in mind whenever they propose further socialization of goods and services, such as they've done in regards to health care.

    The answer to Meteor Blade's question is: probably never. When provided a free or near-free service, people will flock to it as long as it meets their needs. Given the value the blog's users see in Daily Kos and its continued climb in popularity, it is obvious those needs are being met and then some. People will use it more often and spread news of the service's usefulness to their friends, building a network effect that strains the infrastructure of the service.

    As long as the costs don't outweigh the benefits, people will tend to consume goods and services at whatever rates they desire. This isn't complex capitalism. It's basic economics.

    UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:26am
    The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Daily Kos Wants It All, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Kos Continues to Amaze, Economic Ignorance, For the Privatization of Freedom, Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy, and Kos Strikes Again

    August 02, 2004

    Ycua Bolanos Fire in Asuncion

    [Updates below.]

    Evening Standard via Thisislondon.com: 340 killed in inferno

    Hundreds of people were left to die inside a blazing supermarket after security staff locked doors to prevent customers from running out without paying, it emerged today.

    Initial reports suggested as many as 340 people were killed when the fire tore through a large shopping centre in the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion after an industrial propane tank exploded.

    Police have charged the store's owner Juan Pio Paiva and his son Daniel with homicide after they allegedly ordered security personnel to lock down every exit. Firefighters had to batter down the locked main entrance to the complex before they could reach hundreds of trapped shoppers.

    2004 Associated New Media


    BBC News: Paraguay mourns shop fire victims
    President Nicanor Duarte, who rushed to the scene of the disaster, has promised a full investigation.

    Witnesses have said that people had to escape through the windows because the doors within the centre had been deliberately closed to prevent people leaving without paying.

    One survivor told reporters: "They closed the door in our face."

    The shopping centre owner, who is being questioned by police, told local television that he did not believe he was "the least bit to blame".

    Juan Pio Paiva added that he "greatly regretted" the tragedy and "shared" in the victims' sorrow.

    BBC


    Associated Press: Paraguay Survivors Say Doors Were Blocked
    Survivors of an inferno in a crowded supermarket said Monday that locked doors slowed their escape from a fast-spreading fire that killed at least 311 people Paraguay's worst disaster in more than half a century.

    [...]

    Authorities said they had detained two owners of the supermarket for questioning about reports by some survivors that doors had been locked. A statement released by the management denied doors were locked after the fire broke out to prevent looting.

    Juan Pio Paiva, one of the detained owners, also dismissed speculation that doors had been deliberately locked.

    "The security guards confirmed that the doors weren't closed by them," he said, angrily. He said he "lamented" the disaster and said the building met safety standards.

    One survivor, Celeste Silva Hermosa, told Paraguayan television Canal 13 that she found her way blocked as she tried to escape. "The door was closed," said Silva Hermoso, adding that she was not sure how she made it outside. "The people just kept pushing me along."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Reuters: Paraguay probes fire deaths
    Investigators in Paraguay are searching for evidence that security guards might have trapped shoppers in a burning supermarket by locking the doors to stop looting, while the death toll in the country's worst tragedy in decades rose to nearly 300.

    President Nicanor Duarte Frutos called for a rapid investigation into Sunday's blaze "so those responsible are punished with the full force of the law."

    "There are several witnesses who saw how they shut the doors to the supermarket and we also confirmed that the emergency exit was welded," Paraguay's Police Chief Humberto Nunez told Reuters on Monday.

    Three owners of the Ycua Bolanos supermarket and three security guards are in police custody, but main shareholder Juan Pio Paiva said no orders were given to lock the doors.

    "The company has insurance against vandalism," he told a news conference. "It does not make sense in a fire of this magnitude for security guards to close the doors and stay inside."

    Reuters 2004. All rights reserved.


    Independent Online: Paraguay in mourning after supermarket blaze
    "There are several witnesses who saw how they shut the doors to the supermarket and we also confirmed that the emergency exit was soldered," Paraguay's police chief Humberto Nunez said.

    2004 Independent Online. All rights strictly reserved.


    Big News Network: Paraguay: Owners arrested in market blaze
    Paraguayan authorities have arrested the owners of a supermarket that caught on fire over the weekend, killing almost 300 people and injuring another 300.

    ABC Color newspaper reported Monday that Juan Paiva and his son Daniel were taken into custody on charges of negligible homicide. According to eyewitness testimony, the doors to the Asuncion supermarket were locked when the blaze broke out Sunday, as the owners did not want customers to leave without paying.

    Copyright 1998-2003 Big News Network.com. All rights reserved.


    Channel NewsAsia: Paraguay shopping center inferno toll tops 300
    "Most of the people were killed by asphyxiation because they breathed in toxic fumes. If they had been allowed to get out they would not have died," said fire chief Hugo Onieva.

    Prosecutors have said Juan Pio Paiva, owner of the supermarket, will be charged with second degree homicide.

    [...]

    Firefighters believe a spark hit an industrial-sized propane gas tank in the food court of the complex, which also housed offices and a parking garage. Witnesses said they heard several explosions.

    The fire started just before midday when the supermarket was at its busiest with between 500 and 700 customers. The complex was destroyed in less than half an hour.

    [...]

    "By some miracle I got out before the doors closed. After me no-one got out," said 23-year-old student Juan Morinigo, who was in shock.

    Another survivor, Rosa Resquin, said she heard someone ordering the store doors closed, yelling "no one gets out of here without paying."

    "When they arrived, the police and firemen opened the doors, but it was already too late," she told reporters.

    Copyright 104 MCN International Pte Ltd. All Rights Reserved.


    Mid-Day Mumbai: Nearly 300 killed in Paraguay fire
    Prosecutor Edgar Sanchez, in charge of investigating the blaze, told reporters that shopping centre owner Juan Pio Paiva will be charged with homicide for blocking the doors. Paiva surrendered to the authorities, but denied ordering workers to close the shopping centre doors.

    2003 Mid-Day Multimedia Ltd. All rights reserved


    Bloomberg: Paraguay Authorities Detain Shopping Center Owner After Fire
    Police are questioning Juan Pio Paiva, owner and president of Ycua Bolanos SA, and the rest of the six-member board to determine whether they authorized locking the doors of the center to prevent looting after the fire began, Manuel Sarquis, director of the government's national emergency committee, said in a telephone interview from Asuncion, Paraguay's capital.

    2004 Bloomberg L.P. All rights reserved.


    It's too early to tell if the allegations against the store's management are true. Regardless of their validity, the situation raises interesting questions for property rights and self-ownership.

    Theft is a clear-cut case of immoral behavior and should never be dismissed, rationalized, or ignored. Any business owner is right to condemn it and want it reduced as much as possible. Anyone caught, no matter what the value of the loot, deserves punishment.

    However, does that mean the owner of the property can do whatever he or she feels is necessary to do to keep that property safe? Assuming Mr. Paiva did order the doors locked, I'd say no.

    Given the swift and chaotic nature of the fire, it would require an almost Herculean effort to identify the potential thieves and detain them in the window of time available. Only individuals act and capitalism demands respect for individual rights, beginning with the right to one's own life. Detaining hundreds of people, innocent of theft or not, within a ferociously burning building is an open-handed slap in the face of those rights. It is within the realm of possibility that every rational human tried to flee with something tucked under their clothing but it is far more likely that upon seeing the situation deteriorate, most people dropped what they were doing and anything not critical to their lives. Locking the doors would be an act of collective punishment, condemning hundreds to injury or death for the actions of a few.

    Furthermore, by ordering the guards to close the doors, their lives are placed at risk as well. No man has the right to order another to his death.

    For those few who might have attempted to steal, Mr. Paiva's own statement is instructive:

    The company has insurance against vandalism. It does not make sense in a fire of this magnitude for security guards to close the doors and stay inside.

    For catastrophic disasters, the destruction is either complete or near complete. The loss of a few dozen dollars worth of goods is immaterial to a businessman who just lost his business to a fire. After a certain degree of damage and loss, insurance tends to rather just assume a total loss and compensate accordingly.

    What would the store's owner, assuming the doors were ordered closed, expected to accomplish with that course of action? Would these people have returned to the checkout isles and waited in line to pay at the cash register while a blaze eats up the building around them? Would the clerks working the checkout lines stayed behind to conduct the transactions knowing the same? It would be flatly stupid to try this. The fire would have destroyed the money anyway a few minutes after changing hands.

    Accusations of greed for the purpose of defaming the free market are sure to follow this. But greed isn't just about wanting money. It's about lusting after it at the expense of all other values. This would be greed heightened to insanity and entirely different from the charges of greed we hear about every day.

    Given my ignorance of the situation and the people involved, I assume nothing about this incident. Hopefully, what started out as a tragedy won't get worse.

    UPDATE(8/6/2004 9:02am)
    A quick scan of the news reveals some new info.

    Taipei Times: Forensics team analyzes Paraguay market fire site

    An international forensic team examined the charred interior of a Paraguayan supermarket to determine the cause of a weekend blaze that killed more than 400 people, many of whom were trapped inside by locked doors.

    As the specialists from Argentina, Colombia and the US took burn samples from the building, Interior Minister Orlando Fiorott said the investigation "clearly points" to an accidental gas leak that ignited. He said that it didn't look as if Sunday's blaze had been intentionally set, but cautioned that the findings were preliminary.

    The death toll was revised to 426 on Wednesday, down from 464 a day earlier; 520 people remained hospitalized with burns and other injuries. The attorney general's office said 153 were reported missing.

    Copyright 1999-2004 The Taipei Times. All rights reserved.


    AP via ABC News: Paraguay Kids Return to School After Fire
    Children across Paraguay returned to school Thursday after a three-day national mourning for the 45 youngsters and nearly 400 adults killed by a weekend fire at a supermarket in Asuncion.

    Teachers at the Uruguayan Republic school, just blocks from the destroyed Ycua Bolanos market, opened the day with a prayer and hymns as some teary-eyed children stood quietly during a ceremony remembering six classmates who died in the blaze.

    At least 25 parents of children who attend the school in a middle-class neighborhood also died in Paraguay's worst disaster in decades.

    [...]

    Rescue workers said they found the bodies of about 45 children, a few still in the arms of their parents. The store was inaugurating a new play area at the time of the fire, and many families had come to shop with their children, officials said.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    AP via the Arizona Daily Sun: Paraguay supermarket death toll reaches 426
    Officials charged a co-owner of the supermarket and four others with manslaughter Tuesday after a security guard said he was ordered to lock the doors to prevent people from stealing.

    Officials have said they were checking reports that an exploding gas canister could have started the flames, which forced a floor to collapse, crushing cars and burning many bodies beyond recognition.

    [...]

    The charges came after chief investigator Edgar Sanchez said a security guard testified he was told via radio to lock the doors when the fire began. Sanchez said the guard didn't know who gave the order.

    [...]

    Paraguayan officials said they've begun reviewing leading shopping centers in the capital and their emergency preparations.

    Angel Villalba, the president of the Paraguayan Association of Supermarkets, told a radio station that initial findings have been alarming.

    "Almost none of them have emergency exits," he said.

    2000-2004 Arizona Daily Sun


    Xinhuanet: Paraguayan president admits security defects in collapsed building
    Paraguayan president said Thursday that irregularities existed in the construction of the building, in which 504 people were killed in a weekend blaze on the outskirts of Asuncion, Paraguay's capital.

    "Bribery prevails," Nicanor Duarte said during his second visitto the site of the fire that destroyed Ycua Bolanos supermarket.

    Construction regulations were breached, and the buildings lack an efficient security system, the president said, adding there were not enough emergency exits and extinguishers.

    Bolanos said the incident, considered as the worst in the history of the country, must lead to reflections among people so as to avoid the repetition of the "terrible vices."

    [...]

    The supermarket owner Juan Pio Paiva and his son Victor Daniel Paiva, accused of manslaughter, were held in preventive detention on Tuesday, as eyewitnesses said the son ordered supermarket guards to close doors to prevent people from leaving without paying.

    Copyright 2003 Xinhua News Agency. All rights reserved.


    I think they've got that death toll wrong, considering what I've read in other recent news items.

    Xinhuanet: Investigation on cause of fire in Asuncion starts

    "We don't rule out any hypothesis because the investigation has just started," Teresa Sosa, the prosecutor for the case, told the press at the coordination center set up by the parking lot of the destroyed Ycua Bolanos supermarket.

    [...]

    Agent Benedicto Perez of the Argentine province of Formosa, in the border with Paraguay, assured that the possibility of an attack was ruled out and, in principle, the fire could be an accident.

    His views echoed those of Paraguay's Interior Minister Orlando Fiorotto, who labeled the incident that has left 504 dead and 500 injured as "accidental."

    [...]

    Nine agents of the United States Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Agency (ATF) arrived Thursday in Asuncion to join the team of investigators, which added the number of agents from that country in Paraguay to 12, according to information released by Paraguayandaily ABC Color.

    Copyright 2003 Xinhua News Agency. All rights reserved.


    Again, everything else that I've seen reported so far says the body count is at 464.

    News24: Short-circuit caused blaze

    An electrical short-circuit apparently caused the Asuncion supermarket blaze last Sunday, Paraguayan President Nicanor Duarte said on Thursday, blaming locked gates for many of the more than 400 deaths.

    "Initial information shows it probably was a short-circuit," the president said as he surveyed the aftermath of the fire.

    "People were locked in. That is why the number of victims was enormous," said Duarte.

    The president also said there were not enough emergency exits.

    The owners of the shopping centre and four guards have been arrested and charged with ordering the gates locked during the blaze so shoppers would not leave without paying.

    Even children said security personnel prevented them from leaving as flames engulfed the shopping center,

    Firefighter Juan Carlos Valiente recalled the horror of seeing the lifeless bodies of children who died in each others' arms.

    As the fire raged, guards used rifles to hold back the fleeing crowd, said Valiente, adding that one of them threatened him with a pistol and fired it in the air.


    BBC News: Paraguay's lax fire rules slammed
    Paraguay's President Nicanor Duarte has said Sunday's deadly fire at a shopping centre exposed a serious failure to enforce building regulations.

    Mr Duarte made a second visit to the scene of the blaze on the outskirts of the capital, Asuncion, in which more than 420 people were killed.

    [...]

    President Duarte said: "If buildings are put up and corners are cut, so that instead of 15 fire extinguishers there are eight or five, and instead of seven emergency exits there are three, and very narrow ones at that... then someone has been bribed, there are bribers and bribe-takers."

    BBC


    I'll hold my tongue for now, but I have some disagreement with what's been said in this report.

    Newsday: WORLD BRIEFS

    The co-owner of a supermarket and four security guards were charged with manslaughter for a fire in Asuncion, Paraguay, that killed 464 people on Sunday. The charges came after a guard testified he was ordered to lock the burning store's doors to prevent looting, trapping shoppers inside. Owner Juan Pio Paiva rejected the allegations as he was brought to jail Tuesday, shouting, "My conscience is clear." Paiva's son, Daniel, was under investigation.

    Copyright 2004, Newsday, Inc.


    UPDATE(8/26/2004 8:35am)
    Little new to report.

    UNICEF backs emotional recovery plan for child survivors of Paraguayan fire

    In an effort to help grieving Paraguayan children cope with their emotions and begin resuming a normal life after the disastrous supermarket fire earlier this month that killed some 400 people, the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) is supporting a programme of psychosocial assistance called 'Return to Happiness.'

    The programme, involving play-related activities in which youngsters aged between 6 and 14 share their stories, games and music, is intended to benefit 1,500 children under the direct supervision of professional psychologists, with 150 young volunteers helping to carry it out.


    Another link to the UN here: 'Return to happiness' programme helps children recover from trauma.

    The Herald Press: Rotary sending 'team' to help in Ecuador

    City officials and local Rotarians will be making a trek to South America to help prevent tragic deaths and suggest formulating safety standards.

    Rotary Club members John Forneris, John Parker and Al Santostefano will be traveling with Forneris’ son Stephen to Guayaquil, Ecuador in an effort to aid in the possible initiation of building codes within the city. The foursome will be leaving for their week-long trip on Aug. 31 and work with officials and Rotary Club members from Guayaquil.

    "We’re there to help," Forneris said, adding the officials will be looking at high-profile buildings, give analyses and look at what threats there may be to life safety. "We’re applying technology and engineering in a humanitarian way. It’s a unique approach."

    [...]

    The Rotarians said they believed building and fire codes may have more attention brought upon them following the fatal mall fire in Paraguay earlier this month.

    Nearly 300 people were killed and several hundred were injured when a fire swept through a shopping complex in Asuncion, and the doors were blocked by security personnel to prevent shoplifting.

    Parker and Santostefano said they will be showing how they perform inspections, such as why doors should not be locked in public places and the need for emergency lighting in case of a fire.

    "We’re kind of excited. We’re getting involved in this to help another country and community," Forneris said.

    "I’m looking forward to it," Parker said, adding the project has been in the making for nearly a year. "John Forneris made this thing come together."

    Parker, in turn, brought the idea of the trip to Santostefano’s attention.

    "I thought it’d be interesting," Santostefano said, adding it would be a learning process for him of what it is like with no building or fire safety codes. "It makes me think more about why we have codes. I’m excited about going."

    "It should be very educational. I think it will be very well received," Parker added. "I hope the government takes this (information) and builds on it."
    The Middletown Press 2004


    *sigh*

    A private initiative with the goal of increasing public intrusion.

    Xinhua: Paraguayan supermarket fire affects 1,000 families

    The fire in a supermarket on the outskirts of Asuncion, capital of Paraguay, left at least 1,000 families affected for the death, disappearance and injuries of their relatives.

    The incident, which occurred on Aug. 1 in the Ycua Bolanos supermarket, left 417 dead and 55 charred human remains, plus 49 missing, according to Director of the National Emergency Council, Aristides Gonzalez. In addition, 477 injured were hospitalized.

    The Mental Health Direction of the Public Health Ministry is providing psychological assistance to 376 people affected in one way or another in the fire, said the official.

    The fire broke out when the supermarket was crowded with Sunday midday shoppers. Reports said nearly 1,000 people had been inside the shopping center, which is part of the complex that also houses offices and an underground parking lot.

    The supermarket owner Juan Pio Paiva and his son Victor Daniel Paiva, accused of manslaughter, were held in preventive detention. Eyewitnesses said the son ordered supermarket guards to close doors to prevent people from leaving without paying.

    Copyright 2003 Xinhua News Agency. All rights reserved.


    Still haven't gotten a consistent body count over time.

    July 29, 2004

    A Presidential Nomination Convention Is...

    ... the closest approximation an adult can have to being in the ninth grade.

    -Jonathan Chait

    And he doesn't mean it nicely.

    July 22, 2004

    Howard Mortman's Confused

    [Updates below.]

    MSNBC: Capitalism spoils trip to wine country

    I’m no expert in oenology. But I do know this: I enjoy tasting a good glass of wine. So when I headed out to California wine country earlier this summer, I stopped by my favorite vineyards for a taste and a chat with the wine makers and experts (oenologists, as the fancy people call them).

    And you know what they did to me for the privilege of tasting, and sometimes purchasing, their wine? They charged me! Five bucks! Five lousy bucks.

    Hmm.
    Capitalism has taken hold of California wine country, thanks to the mandatory $5 tasting fee. The green of cold hard cash now matches the brown of fertile soft soil. The almighty dollar is there to stay, unlike the pests and bugs that wine makers have been beaten back over the years.

    Hyperbole has taken hold of Mr. Mortman. Will the fee be required everywhere for the duration of time? How does he know this?
    Surely, many wineries have long charged a fee to sample their wines in tasting rooms. But not all. In previous trips to Sonoma, Napa, and other regions I’ve been able to pick and choose which wineries I tried based on whether there’s a “cover charge.” Taste had something to do with it, but so did frugality (re: free-loading). Now, no more. Everywhere I went on my most recent trip (Buena Vista, Ravenswood, Gundlach Bundschu), there it was that f$5 fee.

    Aww. The self-described free-loader is mad because he can't free-load any longer. I can understand the feeling but not the direction of the emotion. Because:
    The tendency to ascribe to the market economy the characteristics of being something other than the events caused by the choices and actions of individuals is incorrect. The market arises as a result of the willingness of individuals to interact. Every development in the market is the outcome of purposive actions on the part of individuals who are seeking to improve their own state of affairs.

    - Thomas C. Taylor


    You don't blame "pilots" in general when you're delayed at LAX, do you?
    Presumably, the charge covers the cost of wine, wine servicing, and helps deter excessive and potentially dangerous drinking (for that matter, so does forcing someone under the influence to spell “Gewrztraminer”). On paper, I can understand the argument, if not embrace it. But as a true-blooded believer in free-market democratic capitalism unencumbered by government regulation and taxation, I have serious gripes over the grapes:

    Stop.

    The last sentence is a lie. If he was being truthful, he wouldn't be bitching about the voluntary actions of businessfolk doing what makes economic sense for their enterprises. It's also contradictory, because the moment you introduce democracy into free-market capitalism, it becomes encumbered by government regulation and taxation.

    He then proceeds to lay out three reasons he feels justify his complaints, ending with:

    Bottom line: Visitors pay a fee that benefits the winery, but get no discernible benefit in return.

    2004 MSNBC Interactive


    You get to taste the wine. How's that for a benefit? You aren't entitled to it, ya know.

    UPDATE(7/29/2004 12:55pm)
    It's possible I've made a mistake regarding what Mr. Mortman may or may not be advocating. He's done some writing for Reason and for National Review, which might not make him a politically consistent defender of individual freedom but does shed a different light on his politics in general. I have never heard of him, so I took what he wrote at face value. If it was satirical or sarcastic, then I apologize right now.

    It didn't seem like that when I read it, however.

    July 20, 2004

    The Root of All Political Problems

    "I'm disappointed he feels that way because I think that somebody that did 20 years in the Army ought to be able to recognize that there's a greater good than the individual...I wish we didn't have a situation that required us to have this level of sacrifice, but we do."

    -Army Chief of Staff General Pete Schoomaker

    My emphasis.

    I cannot think of a single political issue, contemporary or not, that does not revolve around the two basic choices we have to make. Either you stand for the individual sacrificing himself, his property, and his values to a collective or you don't. This is a binary, black and white choice. It cannot be avoided.

    The collectivist spectrum is vast and allows them to infinitely dance and shift among "nuanced" positions; positions different only in degree from their neighbors, unfortunately leading so many to believe there are substantial variations in the philosophies of Socialists, Greens, Progressive Democrats, Moderates, Conservative Republicans, and Limited-Government Constitutionalists. There aren't. The differences consist of disagreements over what parts of society to run and how hard to run them into the ground.

    The elevation of the collective above the individual remains the greatest poison to liberty and General Schoomaker and his type are the malignancy's peddlers.

    July 14, 2004

    Robert Kennedy Jr. is an Eco-Idiot

    The environment is the most important, the most fundamental, civil-rights issue.

    -Bob Kennedy

    Right off the bat in a Working for Change interview, we get a pantsload of crap. It doesn't get any nicer as we move along.
    The environmental movement is a struggle over the control of the commons -- the publicly owned resources, the things that cannot be reduced to private property -- the air, the water, the wandering animals, the public land, the wildlife, the fisheries. The things that from the beginning of time have always been part of the public trust.
    These things can't be "reduced" to private property? I disagree. Want to know why it can be hard to do so these days? Because asshat collectivists keep nationalizing the damn things! They, through the political process, stake a claim on the environment as if THEY owned it, in direct contradiction to their assertion "the people" own such things.
    Environmentalism didn't begin on Earth Day. It's been recognized for thousands of years as a basic human right.
    So was slavery. So what?
    If you were a citizen of Rome, you had an absolute right to cross a beach to catch a fish. The emperor himself couldn't stop you.
    That's better than it is these days, when the emperors themselves don't allow us to cross any beach we want to fish. Of course, the better plan is to allow private property to flourish along the beaches so the owners can decide for themselves who can fish off their land and who can't.
    In England, in the 13th century, they had a clean air act. It was illegal to burn coal in London. It was a capital crime and people were executed for it.
    Probably warms the hearts of ecoterrorists everywhere. With awful laws like that on the books, its no wonder it took so long for people to accomplish any economic progress.
    When Roman law broke down in Europe during the Dark Ages, a lot of the feudal kings began reasserting control over the public-trust resources. For example, in England, King John began selling monopolies to the fisheries and he said the deer belonged to nobility. The public rose up and confronted him at the Battle of Runnymede and forced him to sign the Magna Carta, which of course was the beginning of constitutional government. In addition to having virtually all of our Bill of Rights, the Magna Carta has two other chapters on free access to fisheries in navigable waters. And those rights descended to the people in the States when we had the revolution. And virtually every state constitution says the people of the state own the waters and the fisheries, the wildlife, the air. They're not owned by the governor, the legislature, the corporations. Nobody has a right to use them in a way that will diminish or injure their use and enjoyment by others.

    [...]

    Really all environmental injury is an assault on democracy, because the most important measure of how a democracy is functioning is how it distributes the goods of the land, the commons. Democracy must ensure that the public-trust assets stay within the hands of the people.


    I simply cannot understand the thinking behind this. Assuming I'm one of "the people" and assuming Mr. Kennedy really means "the people own" some aspect of nature (say, a stretch of beach), then why is it illegal to camp on that beach when I want? Ownership implies the right to use the property as one sees fit. I'm apparently an owner of:
    • 507 million acres of United States surface land
    • 476 dams and 348 reservoirs
    • 1.76 billion acres of the Outer Continental Shelf
    • 3,300 recreational sites

    I've never claimed these resources and I've barely been near perhaps 0.0000000001% of them. I certianly haven't bought these things from anyone. Yet, according to enviros, I'm a joint owner in them...along with 300 million other Americans who also can't exercise ownership over them. Well, that's not entirely true. Because Mr. Kennedy is lying in the above quote. The government owns the resources and who is the government? The mayor/governor/president, city council/state legislature/Congress, and the various executive agencies. "The people" are not the government. It has final say over what happens with these resources and it simply doesn't matter that we can elect the people who either run these things or who pick the bureaucrats who do. The day-to-day control is in their hands, not ours.
    It's the political system that allows corporations to have so much influence in the political process. We've got to get the money out of politics. It's overwhelming the Democratic process. Campaign finance reform is hands-down the most important environmental bill.

    There is only one way to consistently satisfy what he wants: publicly-funded elections. Anything less represents private money financing political candidates in order to influence electoral outcomes. You can't do this without the state getting the money to pay for the campaigns...and where exactly would that come from? Then there's the problem of who the money is spent on: the media. If they charge prices higher than the campaigns can afford, then what? Do we force the media to offer free coverage or impose price caps on ad prices for political campaigns? Naw. We'll probably just restrict all political advertising to NPR.

    Here is the crowning hypocrisy:

    Grist: So is the culprit free-market capitalism?

    Kennedy: No! The best thing that could happen to the environment is free-market capitalism. In a true free-market economy, you can't make yourself rich without making your neighbors rich and without enriching your community. In a true free-market economy, you get efficiencies and efficiency means the elimination of waste. Waste is pollution. So in true free-market capitalism, you eliminate pollution and you properly value our natural resources so you won't cut them down. What polluters do is escape the discipline of the free market. You show me a polluter, I'll show you a subsidy -- a fat cat who's using political clout to escape the discipline of the free market.


    Ye gods, he's almost sounding rational...
    Grist: So you're saying free-market economies have to be controlled by regulations and strong central government?

    Laissez-faire capitalism does not work, particularly in the commons. Individuals pursuing their own self-interest will devour the commons very quickly. That's the economic law -- the tragedy of the commons. You have to force companies to internalize costs. All of the federal environmental laws are designed to restore free-market capitalism in America in this regard.

    [...]

    I don't even consider myself an environmentalist anymore. I'm a free-marketeer. I go out into the marketplace and I catch the polluters who are cheating the free market and I say, "We are going to force you to internalize your costs the same way you are internalizing your profit." That's what the federal environmental laws allow us to do: restore real property rights in America.

    (c) 2004, grist magazine


    I give up. The man has no idea what he's talking about. Read the rest if you can handle it.

    July 13, 2004

    Typical Anti-Capitalist Distortion

    [Updates below.]

    Binghamton Press & Sun-Bulletin: Capitalism makes lives better (Wednesday, July 7, 2004):

    A Guest Viewpoint column by George Haeseler claims we should be clamping down on "corporate power and greed (which) lie at the root of most of today's injustices." He believes that unions should be strengthened and that we should vote out of office politicians who "do the bidding of corporations."

    In the last hundred years it has been demonstrated, beyond any doubt, that capitalist countries, particularly those where government interference in the free enterprise system is least, have provided the highest standards of living in history for their people.

    With this kind of history to guide us it is not at all clear to me why we would want to charge down the path of another half-baked socialist scheme, almost all of which have proven in the past to be economic disasters.

    ROBERT A. STREVELL

    ENDICOTT

    2004 Binghamton Press & Sun-Bulletin


    Capitalism isn't all good (Tuesday, July 13, 2004)
    The letter "Capitalism makes lives better" expresses some naive viewpoints. To view the history of capitalism as a loving, blissful stroll through history is to ignore over 100 years of oppression and resistance. To forget the sweatshops and terrible factories of this country's history is sad, but to ignore the slave labor and oppressive conditions involved in today's Third World factories is worse.

    The benefits of capitalism are easy to laud when you are a middle-class American, but millions of us don't have health care and struggle in abject poverty. Despite living in the land of plenty, it gets harder and harder for the poor in this country.

    JESSE HARASTA

    JOHNSON CITY

    2004 Binghamton Press & Sun-Bulletin


    Mr. Harasta, in an effort to fight oppression, wants more oppression. In wanting to fight slave labor, he wants to enslave people to the state. In order to see more Americans prosper, he wants the government to continue stealing from our wealth and make more economic choices for us.

    He shouldn't be angry towards what he believes is capitalism.

    He should be angry with the slobs and morons who educated him.

    UPDATED 5/22/2006 1:15pm
    Mr. Harasta contacted me last week expressing his desire to respond to this post. Since I've closed comments and since my time is presently occupied with collegiate matters, I'll link to the reply he posted to his Upstate Anarchist blog here for the moment and compose a reply of my own in the next few days.

    This could get interesting.

    UPDATED 5/25/2006 11:22am
    Part II

    July 08, 2004

    Presidential Economic Expectations

    Presidential Economics: What Leaders Can and Cannot Do about the State of the Economy, by Russell Roberts

    John Kerry will focus on the mediocre performance of the economy, particularly the job market, in the first part of the Bush Administration. Bush will tout the performance of the economy over the last year or so as long as the job numbers continue to be rosy through the fall. Implicit in this discussion are two strange assumptions. The first is that the President "runs" the economy. The President hardly even runs the government. He certainly cannot direct the fortunes and failures of millions of workers, managers, investors and entrepreneurs. The second implicit assumption is that the success or failure of the President depends on his ability to "stimulate" the economy, as if the economy were an engine that simply needed a different setting for its carburetor or as if it were a lazy steer that needs prodding to speed its way on a cattle drive.

    Save us! Protect me! Stop them! Restrain him! Enrich us! Steal from them!

    Those are what people demand of Presidents these days. Rarely do they demand "leave us alone to succeed and fail as necessary."

    I once heard a story that helps explain the problem with these views of the economy. Imagine coming across a young boy who is standing at the edge of the shallow end of a swimming pool. He holds a bucket in his hands and he looks crestfallen. What's wrong, you ask. Well, he explains, I'm doing a science experiment and it's not working. What's wrong? For the last hour I've been emptying water into this pool with this bucket. But the water level hasn't changed a bit. The pool hasn't gotten any deeper. It's a big pool, you explain. A few bucketfuls of water aren't going to have much of a visible effect. The boy redoubles and retriples his efforts. A week goes by. You come back to the pool and he looks no happier than he did before. What's wrong now, you ask. I've been doing the same thing eight hours a day for a week and I still don't see any change. Is there a leak in the pool, you wonder. No, he says, no leak. I checked that out.

    The boy shrugs his shoulders and gets back to work. You watch as the boy goes to the deep end of the pool, scoops up a bucket of water, walks the length of the pool and empties it into the shallow end.

    What would you tell that boy? It would seem fairly straightforward to explain that taking money from your left pocket and putting it into your right pocket doesn't make you any richer. So it is with water in the pool. The total amount is unchanged. But if it rained each night of the boy's efforts, he might actually come to believe that moving water from the deep end to the shallow end actually leads to making the water deeper. You might find it difficult to make your case.


    *zing!*

    Anyone want to dispute Professor Roberts here? Wealth isn't created by stealing from one and giving to another and certainly not when that wealth is partially wasted on bureaucracy in the process. It also isn't created when the naturally arising incentives and disincentives resulting from free market prices and choices are perverted by political will. What does he say Presidents can do?

    A President can no more stimulate the economy in the short run than you can make a child grow a foot in a week. Genuine growth takes time. The most a President can do is to help create an environment for that growth to take place by unleashing the creativity inherent in a nation's people and those they trade with in other countries.

    Copyright : 2004, Liberty Fund, Inc.


    And that environment is best constituted when the government gets the hell out of freedom's way.

    June 24, 2004

    Some AIDS Activists are Short on Brains

    ABCNEWS: Demonstrators Protest U.S. Polices on AIDS

    Hundreds of demonstrators marched Thursday to protest U.S. policies on AIDS, demanding that President Bush do more to treat and prevent the disease.

    Do these idiots think President Bush is some sort of global doctor and the United States is his physician's bag?
    In Johannesburg, about 500 angry AIDS activists, many wearing red and white T-shirts that said "HIV Positive," criticized Bush, saying he had hurt the global fight against the disease by spending billions of dollars on war.

    They also contended he undermined the global fight against AIDS by limiting access to condoms, reproductive choices and generic drugs.

    [...]

    "The effect of the U.S. government's unlawful war in Iraq has been to divert international attention and resources away from global health and poverty," [Mark] Heywood said, reading from the memorandum.


    Do these idiots think President Bush is diverting the money and attention they apparently think they deserve from the fight against AIDS to wage war in Iraq and combat terrorism? Do they think he has actually been denying people the ability to acquire the goods and services mentioned? I'm certainly not going to put it past the United States Government's ability or will to grossly interfere in a market, but I've got a hunch what these people really is the Bush Administration isn't spending enough taxpayer money subsidizing these activities; a totally different beast altogether, the difference between a voluntary mutual exchange and a government racket.
    In the memorandum, the activists demanded that Bush cut military spending and earmark more money for the fight against AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis, malnutrition and poverty which they called the biggest threat to human security today.

    The memorandum noted the United Nations estimated that 2.5 million to 3.5 million people died of AIDS last year, 1 million died of malaria and 2 million died of tuberculosis. It said the U.N. estimated 800 million people suffered from malnutrition and that it contributed to half of the 10 million child deaths in the developing world.

    The activists also demanded that the U.S. ensure the success of the World Health Organization's plan to treat 3 million people with AIDS by 2005.

    They also accused the United States of undermining public confidence in generic anti-AIDS drugs, and demanded that it stop limiting access to condoms and reproductive choices through family planning. They also demanded that the United States give the promised $15 billion for AIDS prevention and treatment to the Global Fund.


    Well now. That's a hell of a list of demands. I wonder from where these people think the money to pay for this stuff would come? Actually, I don't wonder because they don't care.

    If they did, they'd understand they are publicly demanding that Americans have more of their wealth stolen and redistributed to the needy around the globe. It's bad enough we have to contend with Bush's bogus AIDS initiative, but we don't need more demands we sacrifice ourselves for others. Why don't these animated, motivated individuals put their energy into enterprises that are honest and do more immediate good?

    Furthermore...

    "We promote choice, we don't dictate like George Bush. His policy is killing people, it is making the problem worse," said Mark Heywood, a leader of the South African activist group Treatment Action Campaign.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    ...how about they cease the gushing hypocrisy of simultaneously demanding I have our income coerced from us and then assert they stand for choice and against dictatorship? Is a little intellectual honesty too much to ask?

    June 23, 2004

    Quote of the Morning

    I would argue that any society that needs to use coercion (which is what law is) as its primary organizing principle is a society that is already unhealthy to the point of failure.

    -Sol Invictus

    June 15, 2004

    When 'Activism' Is Needlessly Redefined

    Rotten Tomatoes is a fun and useful site to get quick opinions on films. It also has a number of sponsorships/affiliations with other websites that sell and promote movie-related items. One of them is Allposters.com.

    I was checking out a rather cool Fight Club poster (#409944) and wanted to see if the company had other good offerings. Moving up a few levels, I discovered their "college section" and underneath it, their "Peace / Activism Posters" section. Curious (and apprehensive) to see what this contemporary business might have, I peeked inside.

    It has sixty-six posters. Of them:

    • Far more than half have the peace signs of the dove, V-fingers, or some other instantly recognizable symbol of peace or opposition to war
    • Eight posters are pictures of Earth from space
    • One explicitly anti-Bush poster ("Start Wars")
    • One Che Guevara

    Is this what "activism" means these days? Searching for capitalism gets you squat. Ditto for free market and laissez faire. I found an inappropriately named poster called "Free Enterprise" (#351752) that shows the Space Shuttle and a NASA starter plane. There are quite a few images of the Statue of Liberty. Looking for freedom nets you a slew of Norman Rockwell prints, some generic US flag and eagle shots, a few pictures of the famous toppling of Saddam's statue, some miscellaneous posters, and a good one (#838279) quoting Justice William O. Douglas: "the right to be let alone is indeed the beginning of all freedom."

    Anyway, I'm not going to go peruse the other possibilities and pass judgment on them. I have an idea of what to expect. Just as the word "liberal" has been utterly perverted into meaning the opposite of it's core concept, being an activist for anything other than socialism, unilateral peace and tolerance for all, and environmentalism is seen as being a novelty. Being an activist for capitalism is either unheard of or relegated to those vile "right-wing oppressor think-tanks."

    It certainly doesn't have the wide recognition as being an activist for other causes.

    June 03, 2004

    Can't Cut the Budget; Politicians Will Eat Me

    The Socialist Disease: More Education Money Won't Solve Problems, written by the Texas Public Policy Foundation's Michael Quinn Sullivan, doesn't quite come out and be honest about what needs to be done. It does, however, say this:

    Consider this: we've tripled real-per-student spending in less than 30 years, and built monuments to fiscal mismanagement with athletic and administration complexes rivaling college facilities; we have superintendents with multi-year contracts valued in the millions of dollars.

    Meanwhile, scores on the SAT, ACT and other national indicators of academic achievement have shown no improvement in the quality of education for kids surviving the system. Drop-out rates, especially for minorities, are an embarrassment.

    [...]

    Let us set aside reason and pretend more money might actually, finally, for the first time, make a positive difference. Why not prioritize state spending? Is there nothing to cut in the state budget to provide more money for education? Nothing less important?

    We have a commission to encourage government employee productivity; there are at least a dozen river authorities with billions in assets. Texas has a commission on acupuncture. There is nothing to cut? Nothing to change? No way to save money?

    In the religious pantheon of the left, government agencies and programs are wrathful gods to be fiscally appeased - never questioned - on a regular basis, regardless of the economic effect.


    Call for the elimination of wholly unnecessary government departments - much less call for budget cuts of 10% or more - and you'll be demonized and remembered as a hater of all that is needy for years. The only time it's OK to scale back the government is when the corruption and mismanagement reach news making levels...and even then the investigations will take forever, few will take responsibility, and fewer will be punished for their actions.

    June 01, 2004

    The Rude Pundit's Petty Tyranny

    Via QandO (via Beckster), I came across this Atrios post that led me to this Rude Pundit post.

    *breath*

    Mr. Rude says:

    It'd Only Be Cooler If Saddam's Lifeless Hand Was Attached To It:
    In the realm of the "Ya gotta be fuckin' kiddin' me" is this: apparently our President keeps Saddam Hussein's gun, the one he had when he was captured from the "spider hole," in a study off the side of the Oval Office. Bush shows it to visitors; he is "proud of it" because, it seems, or so it is said, it reminds the President of how "proud" he is of the troops.

    [skipping past some bile]

    One does wonder if Bush is following D.C. laws in reference to the ownership of a working handgun - Does Bush get around registration laws? You know, it's illegal to own a handgun in D.C. unless it was registered prior to 1976. Licensing laws? And if he's breaking the law, isn't this like Capone and tax evasion, and we can finally, at last, jail this petty tyrant?


    In a subsequent post, the Rude One continues:
    And What About Those Other Little Firearm Laws?:
    See previous post for more about President Bush's ownership of Saddam Hussein's handgun - a gift from the troops, allegedly. Exactly how may laws, federal and D.C., might the President be breaking with his possession of that firearm? Did he receive a background check for the transfer of ownership? Is Bush licensed to possess a firearm in a federal facility? The District of Columbia prohibits firearms to be gifts. How many people are implicated in Bush's firearm possession?

    And, of course, ignorance of the law does not excuse the potential crimes.


    So.

    Let me first dispense with any notion that I think President George W. Bush is not a tyrant. He is, just like every President I can think of, a tyrant to some degree. Whether it's designating an American citizen an "enemy combatant" and indefinitely detaining him with the military, nationalizing industries, or imposing price controls, Presidents throughout history have used their power to push Americans around. Dubya is no different, though better in most objective respects to other tyrannical luminaries such as FDR or Nixon.

    However, the solution to the problem of petty tyranny is not more petty tyranny. Gun controls and regulation are forms of direct tyranny of the government over the people. They restrict our freedom to make choices for ourselves in our interest. Their proponents and supporters want to take away my right to armed self-defense, currently embodied in the form of a Browning Hi-Power. I possess a Texas Concealed Handgun License not because I want the government to grant me the privilege of carrying a firearm, but because I don't want to get arrested if carrying one. That, having to conform to the wishes of others due to the threat of violence against myself and my property, qualifies as tyranny in my book.

    Bitch about Bush all you want. I do, in many ways. But don't advocate fighting fire with extra gasoline.

    May 28, 2004

    Principle Over Pragmatism

    [Updates below.]

    Some of the discussion in this Instapundit post is thoroughly disheartening. The most common complaint about libertarians is that they are "absolutist." This is a direct attack against being principled and against strong logical stands on every issue.

    Let me explain a few things to those who complain about someone who strictly adheres to the principles of individual liberty, private property, and non-agression. Being unprincipled has led to:

    1. The income tax.
    2. The welfare state.
    3. Gun control.
    4. Prison terms for drug users.
    5. Unjust detainment and political criminals.
    6. Restrictions on your right to speak and publish your mind.
    7. Economic regulation that rewards the incompetent and punishes the skillful.
    8. The abrogation of national sovereignty to unaccountable international institutions.
    9. The horrors of the military draft.
    10. The protection of some groups of people at the expense of others.

    You fools who dismiss libertarians as extremists, absolutists, stubborn, and whatnot are only helping to dig your own graves. And everyone else's.

    UPDATE(12:35pm)
    In case anyone wants to know what I'd like an honest-to-goodness Republican to do when in office can read about what real limited government means. I'm not going to help elect Bush - or Kerry - if they aren't willing to go at least that far.

    May 21, 2004

    Fiscal Responsibility?

    [Updates below]

    It's Democrats that now stand for fiscal responsibility.

    -Markos Zuniga


    If by "fiscal responsibility" Kos means "raising taxes rather than cutting spending," then sure. One route to balancing any budget is to increase the amount of money made. I can, for example, get another job or find ways to get my current salary increased.

    Equally possible is a reduction in the amount of money spent. I could cut out some or all of my pub appearances and stop buying books and CDs.

    But the government's budget isn't exactly analogous to an individual's. They share the essential characteristics: adding inputs and subtracting outputs. However, individuals earn their income by working for someone else. That income is rightly theirs because the working relationship was offered and accepted voluntarily.

    Government's "revenue" doesn't work like that. It comes primarily from taxes and taxes are the result of coerced theft. Government, far from earning the money it spends, quite literally threatens society with jail and fines and property seizure if they don't fork over their "fair share." Millions of Americans choose each year to hand over their tax money because they feel they get something back for their pain.

    The entire debate about fiscal responsibility has lost much of it's importance on me. I certainly agree it's better for a government to not run a deficit. I'd much rather have annual refunds of surplus tax money given back rather than a tsunami of red ink and the subsequent levels of government borrowing. Still, the debate rings hollow when you consider my point of view above: the argument is based on the assumptions that

    • A percentage of my wealth isn't actually mine, but the state's.
    • There exist people who are capable of handling that wealth without outrageous degrees of mismanagement, corruption, (further) theft, waste, and inefficiency.

    Whom the power of the state goes to becomes irrelevant in my eyes. Unfortunately, Kos's totalitarian mindset doesn't assuage my fears at all.

    UPDATE(6/3/2004 1:09pm)
    Can't Cut the Budget; Politicians Will Eat Me!

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:06pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    UPDATE 1/18/2005 9:40am
    Kos continues to amaze me.

    UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:27am
    The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Economic Ignorance, For the Privatization of Freedom, Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy, and Kos Strikes Again

    May 20, 2004

    Pagare Tutti, Pagare Meno - How to Explain Income Taxation

    Some times, Reuters can prove to be useful. Link via Marginal Revolution.

    I've now got the perfect term for explaining the twisted and immoral logic behind income taxation: Pagare tutti, pagare meno. It's Italian for "everyone pays, everyone pays less."

    The good news is that the Sicilian Mafia has slashed the rates it charges "clients." The bad news is that it has vastly expanded its client base.

    "Pagare tutti, pagare meno," roughly translated as "everybody pays, everybody pays less," is the new slogan Sicilian magistrates and mayors are using to describe what the Mafia is doing these days.

    Reuters 2004. All Rights Reserved.


    A more apt and appropriate way to describe the state and its taxation I have not run across.

    By spreading the reach of taxes to more people, you can reduce the amount taken from each individual so as to appear "revenue-neutral" or as a way to "save taxpayer money." Legitimate economic entities can charge less for their goods if they can get them sold on a larger scale, so you often see this kind of free market thinking utterly perverted by statists and anti-capitalists. From fraudulent programs like Social Security to publicly funding political campaigns, you find a spectrum of people - Democrats and Republicans - supporting an increase in the breadth of legalized theft in order to be "fiscally responsible" and in order to keep that damned important safety net up off the concrete floor.

    Pagare tutti, pagare meno = taxing income = let's screw everyone so each of you is screwed a bit less

    Keep that in mind.

    May 19, 2004

    Intellectual Blinders

    No new schools for Wimberley

    The Wimberley ISD won't be getting any more money from taxpayers, at least for now.

    Sixty percent of Saturday's voters said no to a $45 million bond proposal.

    The district won't be getting new schools to replace the ones school they say are at capacity.

    "You have to pass a bond if you're talking about a new facility, because you're looking at something in the magnitude of anywhere from $15 to $25 million," Wimberley ISD Business Manager Randall Rau said.

    A successful bond would have meant a new elementary and high school, and renovations to existing schools. The district expects enrollment to double in the next 10 years.

    "I felt like it was really important that it pass, and I'm disappointed that it didn't," bond supporter Brenda Cusack said.

    "What we're doing is just kind of sitting and trying to figure out what happened, what went wrong," Rau said.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    If schools didn't have to rely on public funds to operate, shit like this wouldn't be an issue. The costs of running an educational institution would be limited to the operators and their customers. The financial problems with each free school or free school district wouldn't always have to spill over into the next one like they do with today's public schools.

    But, no. The very consideration of seperation of school and state is tantamount to treason.

    May 14, 2004

    My Opinon of the Nick Berg Event

    Is best expressed by Billy Beck:

    He saw the room where he died in a way that none of us ever will. Surrounded in a strange place by malevolent strangers, that must have been obvious to him with continuous shocking wonder. I haven't seen the entire video. (I've seen what's being broadcast, but I saw the one of the Chechens carving up a Russian soldier some years back, and that was enough for me to get the picture.) However, I have the impression that he was not aware of what they were going to do to him until they did it. He certainly knew the camera was there. I wonder what (if) he really thought about it. Was there anything at all hopeful about it to him?

    Did it ever flash through his mind that it was the last thing that would ever connect him with home?


    There's more and I suggest it be read.

    Regardless of my opinion of the state of things in Iraq and the actions the United States government has taken against international terrorists, it must be said that the people who are willing to do this sort of barbarism and who have done it are utterly unworthy of any label other than inhuman.

    John Kelso Wants Americans to Act Like Canadians?

    [Updates below.]

    This may be a somewhat light-hearted column with a soft but potentially sensible suggestion, but I still can't resist commenting on it.

    Austin American-Statesman: Going overseas? Tell 'em you're Canadian

    My fellow Americans: If you're planning to travel outside of the good old U.S. of A. anytime soon and you want to avoid a tongue-lashing from a bunch of annoying foreigners, just pretend to be a Canadian.

    What about us poor folk who are of mixed nationality? I hail equally from Germany and Canada. Strictly speaking, I should be the one getting tongue-lashed here. Not that I think my friends aren't up to the task...
    I don't know about you, but I don't want to hear a speech about the war in Iraq from some French know-it-all.

    Something I certainly don't want to hear either, especially since our likely agreement on the necessity of the war would be tempered by the severe disagreement on why it was unnecessary. Living in Austin, however, means that you get to hear and read speeches about the war in Iraq from some Travis County know-it-alls.
    So how do you pass yourself off as a Canadian?

    Let's say you've gotten through customs and you're climbing into a cab in Egypt. And you don't want to listen to a ration of garbage from your driver, the Ayatollah Knowsitall. What do you do? Easy. Tell the cabbie you're from Canada. But how do you make him believe you?

    There are all sorts of little tricks you can use.

    "You could tell him you play hockey, and then you could take your teeth out," said Gerald Stoughton, a Canadian living in Austin who was one of the original members of the Austin Ice Bats hockey team. "That would show them you're a Canadian."

    That's a start. But with your teeth out the cabbie might think you're from the front row at Willie Nelson's picnic. "No teeth? You from Texas? You got oil well?"


    Mr. Kelso, being the semi-humorist that he tends to be, begins to list the other ways one could pass him- or herself off as Canadian.
    So a better way to pass as a Canadian is to say, "You know, where I come from, we got pretty darned good health insurance."

    No one's going to think you're an American if you're bragging about your medical coverage.


    Ha ha and all, but I'll take the United States pseudo-private health care system over just about any other nation's...including Canada's. This is because state-controlled systems screw you on several levels:
    1. Taxes (a huge problem of their own right) are imposed to cover the costs of the system.
    2. Since people think the system is "free," they initially try to consume the available healthcare resources willy-nilly. This cannot be borne by a system that relies on a relatively fixed level of "revenue" so the government either has to increase taxes or impose service rationing. The latter is a common way to deal with the problem, thus creating resource scarcity where there once wasn't.
    3. Healthcare consumers have their choices restricted by the government and those choices rightly belong to individuals, not the state.
    4. Favored people and groups with political connections tend to get precedence over everyone else.

    That's just a quick explanation. The basic stance I take is that people pay for their own health services. More can be found here: Laboratory Failure: States Are No Model for Health Care Reform and Health Care Reform: The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly
    With the war in Iraq and those embarrassing photos of our troops mistreating Iraqi detainees, it's common sense to pass yourself off as being from someplace noncontroversial like, say, Saskatoon. Unless, of course, you want to put up with a bunch of snide remarks upon arrival in France, Spain, or any number of countries where they think we're a bag of walnuts.

    So if you gotta go, your best bet may be to act like you're from Prince Edward Island. Nobody hates Canada. This is because Canada never invades anything. So what's to hate?


    Canada did sorta invade Nazi-dominated Europe with the Allies a few dozen years ago...but bah, I do like this one. :)

    I call the Yukon! Seems like a nice quiet place.

    With that in mind, here are the top 10 moves to pass yourself off as a Canadian.

    10. Lie. Brag about how you can buy prescription drugs back home without taking out a second mortgage.


    I don't own a home, nor do I need to take out loans to afford the occasional prescription drug supply my doctor hands over. Anyone who complains that other people have high drug bills are missing the point: this is a diverse nation populated by individuals living with unique situations. Flippantly collectivizing the nation into a lump entity and making it sound like most people are simply getting screwed is misleading.
    9. Sound Canadian. Remember that there is always a "boot" in the word "about." As in, "I was 'a boot' to admit I'm from Dallas, but I don't need the aggravation."

    8. Get yourself into one of those funny-looking hats with the furry ear flaps.

    7. Every once in a while, blurt out, "Did you catch that Leafs game last night?"

    6. Ask, "Where's a fella find a decent order of seal blubber around these parts?"

    5. When people start to catch on, hum a few bars of "O Canada! ".


    Cultural body-blows!
    4. If somebody accuses you of being an American, say, "I know I could stand to lose a few pounds, but I'm not that fat."

    See mini-rant above.
    3. Remind everybody that July 1 is Canada Day, and that the Grey Cup is a football trophy, not a protective device worn in the geriatric ward.

    I found that second one funny. Old folks are always good for a few jibes.
    2. If you get sick of all this Canadian stuff, switch countries and pretend to be a Swede.

    My father might kick my ass, man!
    1. And, finally, if somebody mentions President Bush, play dumb. Hey, it works for him.

    Copyright 2001-2004 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    Funny only because it often seems true.

    UPDATE(12:40pm)
    Then there's the problem with Canada and heavy metal.

    May 08, 2004

    Stealing from Criminals

    Deputies will learn Taser use

    The Harris County Sheriff's Department has bought 161 Taser guns and will train as many as 200 patrol deputies in their use by July, according to sheriff's Maj. Mike Smith.

    Sheriff Tommy Thomas said the devices, which fire high-voltage non-lethal darts to subdue violent or potentially violent suspects, cost about $1,000 each and will be paid for with money seized from criminals.

    Copyright 2004 Houston Chronicle

    E. Joe Deering / Chronicle


    My emphasis.

    I hold no sympathy for people who violate the rights of others when they receive punishment, but this idea of seizing their property to pay for goodies like this seems wrong. I'm not certain how the property seizure laws work, but if the property is taken as punishment, it should go to the victim(s) of the crime, not to enrich the armory of the law enforcement agency who arrested him.

    May 06, 2004

    Politicians Don't Pay Taxes

    It used to be thought that heroism and "courage" meant being willing to go out into the lists, candidly and unafraid, to battle the mighty and despotic powers-that-be. Can we really call it "courage" when a [Walter] Mondale or a [Bruce] Babbitt frankly calls upon the eager state apparatus to increase still further its already outrageous and parasitic plunder of the hard-earned money of honest and productive American citizens? Whooping it up for higher taxes is the moral equivalent of some Ugandan theoretician of a few years ago publicly urging Idi Amin to pile on his looting and despotism still further, or of a Mafia consiligieri advising the capo to add an extra ten percent to the "protection fees" imposed on neighborhood stores. We can think of many names for this sort of activity, but "courage" is surely not one of them.

    It might be objected that, after all, a politician who urges higher taxes is not only imposing suffering on other people; he himself as a taxpayer will also have to bear the same deprivations as other citizens. Isn't there, then, a kind of nobility, even if misguided, in his plea for "belt-tightening" common sacrifice?

    To meet this question, we must realize a vital truth that has long remained discreetly veiled to the tax-burdened citizenry. And that is: contrary to carefully instilled myth, politicians and bureaucrats pay no taxes. Take, for example, a politician who receives a salary of, say, $80,000; assume he duly files his income tax return, and pays $20,000. We must realize that he does not in reality pay $20,000 in taxes; instead, he is simply a net tax-receiver of $60,000. The notion that he pays taxes is simply an accounting fiction, designed to bamboozle the citizenry into believing that he and the rest of us are on the same moral and financial footing before the law. He pays nothing; he is simply extracting $60,000 per annum from our pockets. The only virtue of the United Nations' employees is that they are frankly and openly exempt from all taxes levied by any nation-state - which simply makes their position the same as other national bureaucrats, except uncamouflaged and unadorned.

    The same principle, too, applies to sales or property or any other tax. Bureaucrats and politicians do not pay them; they are simply subtracted from the net transfer to themselves from the body of taxpayers.

    -Murray N. Rothbard, Making Economic Sense, p. 212-213, "Babbity and Taxes: A Profile in Courage?"

    Something to keep in mind when some jackass bureaucrat mentions how he and his brethren will be "sacrificing" along with the rest of us if taxes are raised. They won't be sacrificing anything; they merely soak up less productive wealth from the rest of us.

    By the way, I'm glad I bought those Mises Institute books. I've finished them all except for Making Economic Sense. I'm about halfway through it and am quite pleased with the content. Some of it is obviously duplicated in Rockwell's The Economics of Liberty, but otherwise I'm struck by the clarity and fervor of Rothbard's writing. I still don't have any of his "serious" work like Man, Economy, and State, but reading these opinion articles from his days publishing at The Free Market has been enlightening.

    May 05, 2004

    Political Apologies Mean Nothing to Me

    The Associated Press has a short recap of some memorable recent apologies: A Look at Political Apologies. The list includes President Richard Nixon (Watergate), Senator Edward Kennedy (Mary Jo Kopechne), President Ronald Reagan (Iran-Contra), President George H.W. Bush ("Read my lips"), President Bill Clinton (the Lewinsky affair), Senator Trent Lott (the Thurmond incident), and ex-White House counterterrorism adviser Richard Clarke ("the government failed you" on 9/11).

    It is nice to hear politicians going public and admit wrongdoing. It's nice to know that they will occasionally leave their offices and fund raising parties and attempt some level of humility. However, most apologies are made after dead obvious errors. They never apologize for the odious laws they foist upon us each year.

    As far as I'm aware, no major politicians involved in the following have apologized for the following:


    Those are just the big ones that come to mind at the moment. I'm open to read evidence that shows our representatives felt sorry about slowly taking over our lives and replacing our individual responsibility with collective control. I'm even more open to see our "leaders" actively try to roll back laws and rules they helped enact after understanding the damage they helped cause.

    But I'm not holding my breath.

    April 30, 2004

    Glenn Reynolds is Wrong

    [Updates below.]

    ARE WE GOING TOO SOFT IN IRAQ? Some people think so. It seems that way to me, too, though I'm reluctant to make a judgment at this distance. But in my lifetime, at least, the United States has generally erred by not being violent enough, rather than by being too brutal.
    My emphasis. That's the Instapundit talking this morning. I don't know where he was when he wrote it, but there's no doubt it came from the Department of Bad Timing. His statement deserves careful consideration given it's implications. This vector of more violence, more intervention, more imposed force is a direction I don't want my country going. The torture of Iraqi prisoners at Abu Ghraib is beyond disgraceful and is symptomatic of the very thing Mr. Reynolds wants more of. He probably doesn't want torture to occur, but given the reality on the ground, it's going to happen.

    My distance from the pro-war side continues, albeit at a faster pace than before.

    UPDATE(10:35am)
    On the lighter side, my father forwarded an e-mail to me:

    Time to re-evaluate U.S. involvement:

    Every day there are news reports about more deaths. Every night on TV there are photos of death and destruction. Why are we still there?

    We occupied this land, which we had to take by force, but it causes us nothing but trouble. Why are we still there?

    Many of our children go there and never come back. Why are we still there?

    Their government is unstable, and they have loopy leadership. Why are we still there?

    Many of their people are uncivilized. Why are we still there?

    The place is subject to natural disasters, to which we are supposed to bail them out. Why are we still there?

    There are more than 1000 religious sects, which we do not understand. Why are we still there?

    Their folkways, foods and fads are unfathomable to ordinary Americans. Why are we still there?

    We can't even secure the borders. Why are we still there?

    They are billions of dollars in debt and it will cost billions more to rebuild, which we can't afford. Why are we still there?

    It is becoming VERY clear...

    WE MUST PULL OUT OF CALIFORNIA !!!!!!!!!


    UPDATE(4:49pm)
    The soldiers who engaged in this torture, assuming it is true, are "assholes who deserve jail or execution," according to Mr. Reynolds. That's wonderful, but will the jail or execution be "violent enough" for him...?

    UPDATE(7/23/2004 4:40pm)
    He's wrong and he's also not very libertarian. Nor does he think clearly regarding Hillary Clinton or private space tourism.

    UPDATE 1/20/2005 12:25pm
    Glenn Reynolds is NOT a Libertarian

    UPDATED 9/26/2005 2:44pm
    He hasn't been paying attention to An Intellectually and Morally Serious Antiwar Movement.

    April 28, 2004

    Harriette Kelton's Mistreatment

    [Updates below.]

    Texas Woman, 97, Cuffed on Ticket Charge

    A 97-year-old woman was handcuffed and taken to jail in a squad car for failing to pay a traffic ticket, but her son is questioning police officers' treatment of the former teacher.

    Harriette "Dolly" Kelton had an outstanding warrant for failing to pay a traffic ticket when Highland Park police stopped her last week for having an expired registration and inspection sticker.

    Kelton, who has lived in the northern Dallas suburb for at least 60 years, is a former teacher at The Hockaday School. She was in police custody for about two hours before her attorney arrived and was released on her own recognizance.

    "A warrant begins with the words 'you are hereby commanded to arrest,' " Detective Randy Millican, Highland Park's public information officer, told The Dallas Morning News in Wednesday's editions. "How do you decide who do you arrest and who you don't? How about at age 90 but not at 91 and up? How about between 17 and 20?"

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    We can dance around all day debating how to arrest lawbreakers and accomplish nothing.

    Or we can ask ourselves why we fine, arrest, and jail people for the noncrimes of not using turn signals, speeding, or not having your state licenses arranged just so. I'd rather direct my anger at the lawmakers and their constituents who asked that these laws be enacted.

    UPDATE(5/14/2004 9:02am)
    The cops have backed down in the face of public pressure.

    Nonagenarian's Arrest Spurs Policy Change

    Police guidelines calling for anyone wanted on a warrant to be arrested have been revamped following the public outcry over an officer's arrest of a 97-year-old woman.

    [...]

    Officers in the Dallas suburb of Highland Park now can use discretion in arrest cases if they have a supervisor's approval. Several factors will be weighed when making that decision, including physical disabilities or old age. The same criteria will be used in determining if the person needs to be handcuffed.

    The department was inundated with e-mails and calls from around the country after the April 22 arrest of Dolly Kelton.

    The revisions clarify the options officers have in arresting offenders, said Detective Randy Millican, public information officer for the Highland Park Department of Public Safety.

    "I think it's appropriate to say we have defined some discretionary areas without placing at risk our officers," he said.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

    April 27, 2004

    Let People Work, Texas!

    House committee considers video gambling at racetracks

    Texas Agriculture Commissioner Susan Combs said allowing video gambling at horse and dog racing tracks would create rural jobs.

    Copyright 2004 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


    You know what this means, right?

    It means that the State of Texas has deliberately kept the unemployment level higher than it would naturally be if more forms of gambling were allowed. By outlawing jobs, more people are left out of work. It's a simple equation.

    Keep this in mind every time you hear a politician wringing his or her hands about jobs. In all likelihood, that politician has voted numerous times to criminalize all manner of jobs and businesses.

    UPDATE(4/30/2004 10:15am)
    The proposal is taking fire:

    Republicans and Democrats alike are threatening to kill a proposal to expand gambling in Texas by legalizing video lottery terminals, a move that could deal another big blow to the current House school finance plan.

    The bipartisan opposition to video lottery comes from Republicans who object on moral grounds and Democrats who hope an attack on legalizing the terminals will force House leaders to drop a plan for higher sales taxes. Together, they could have the 51 votes needed to kill what has become a major part of a House committee's revenue-raising plans.

    Copyright 2001-2004 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    Republicans oppose gambling on MORAL GROUNDS!? What fucking balls they must have to tell me it is wrong to want to attempt known risky ways of increasing my wealth. They have no right nor standing to prohibit me or anyone else from taking chances with our money.

    No, I "bet" that the primary reason Republicans oppose this is due to religious dogma that seeped into the conventional wisdom of their communities. Since their constituents dislike gambling, they can't get elected as easily if they support the legalization bill.

    Gambling. Another victim of democracy.

    April 26, 2004

    A Slice of Dennis Kucinich's Economic Wisdom

    I was doing a search for "windfall profits oil tax" after hearing about it in the April 2 edition of Geov Parrish's This Day in Radical History. I didn't find anything because the Google search turned up only turned up 19 hits. Scanning the results, I came across this incandescent economic stupidity, posted in June of 2000, from U.S. Representative Dennis Kucinich:

    Gas prices soared to more than $3 a gallon in Chicago over the weekend, and one local congressman is doing everything he can to make sure that those prices don't hit Cleveland.

    U.S. Rep. Dennis Kucinich says that he will introduce a three-part plan that will stop what he calls the "price gouging of Americans at the pump."


    So far, everything's just as you'd expect a politician to say.
    "The oil companies are making money here," Kucinich said. "We need to tax them right here at the refinery level, and a windfall profits tax at the refinery level will go a long way to showing the oil companies the American people do not have to take this lying down."

    The windfall profits oil tax was first introduced in 1980. It made $40 billion off oil companies before it was repealed in 1988.

    Copyright 2002 by NewsNet5. All rights reserved.


    *blink*

    Mr. Kucinich thinks gas prices are too high.

    So...he says we should tax oil producers at the refinery level.

    *pause*

    And people wanted this guy to be President?! Exactly what did the hell did Mr. Kucinich think was going to happen if this occurred?

    Fantasy Kucinichland:

    • Oil Producer: Man, it sure feels good jackin' up prices during these high-demand months! I'm visualizin' the typical downtrodden middle class American cursing Big Oil for chargin' him three bucks a gallon! Hoo-wee!
    • ...tax passes...
    • Oil Producer: Lawd, that tax sure cuts into my bloated profit margin like a rattler through a city slicker's designer jeans! Why, oh why did this happen to me?
    • Mr. Kucinich: You hurt consumers with your immoral gas prices and they've decided to punish you. Ha! Villain!
    • Oil Producer: I have seen the error of my ways. I'd better charge less for oil and make everyone happy again!
    • Millions of Little Guy Americans: Yay!
    Whatever he might have thought would happen, what's more likely is this:

    Reality:

    • Oil Producer: Since people buy more fuel during this part of the year and are willing to pay higher prices to get it, I'll charge distributors more in order to cover my higher production costs.
    • ...tax passes...
    • Oil Producer: Well, now that I'm being forced to give up 20% of my sales to the government, my revenues are lower than before. However, demand is still high and the actual costs to produce this oil haven't changed any. I didn't deserve this.
    • Mr. Kucinich: Yes you did. You charge too much for gasoline! You're screwing them!
    • Oil Producer: I charge what distributors are willing to pay and they are willing to pay from the revenues of customers who are willing to pay what those customers can afford. What's wrong with that? Now, I have to increase prices to cover these extra costs, costs that have nothing to do with producing gasoline. Who's getting screwed now?
    • Millions of Little Guy Americans: Boo!
    And I thought Howard Dean was bad...

    April 23, 2004

    Hating Technology and Misunderstanding Unemployment

    Capitalism and jobs - the fundamentals

    Why pay low wages here or abroad if you can get away with paying no wages? The number of jobs that have been sent abroad is relatively small compared to the number of jobs lost permanently through the application of new technology. Technology impacts on every phase of the economy, from heavy industry to the service sector. All are computerized, automated and in many cases dehumanized.

    Technology continually improves. Billions are spent on research, both government and private. Today's technology makes new, qualitative breakthroughs. Each application of advanced technology at the point of production brings with it new layoffs.

    Should this job elimination be accepted passively? Shouldn't it arouse the same passion and anger as exporting jobs? Shouldn't technology benefit the people, not profit-hungry corporations?

    Technology - that's the real crisis facing the U.S. working class. That's why more and more millions join the ranks of the long-term and permanently unemployed.


    That's from Pat Barile, a member of the US Communist Party's National Board. He doesn't want the processes of production to be efficient. He's part of a long line of "thinkers" who feel that the advancement of technology hurts people. A quick glance at history is enough to refute him.

    Brink Lindsey:

    According to data compiled by the U.S. Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics, total U.S. private-sector employment rose by 17.8 million during the decade from 1993 to 2002. To produce that healthy net increase, a breathtaking total of 327.7 million jobs were added, while 309.9 million jobs were lost. In other words, for every one new net private-sector job created during that period, 18.4 gross job additions had to offset 17.4 gross job losses.

    [...]

    The ongoing growth in total employment is frequently dismissed on the ground that most of the new positions being created are low-paying, deadend "McJobs." The facts, however, show otherwise.

    Management and professional specialty jobs have grown rapidly during the recent era of globalization. Between 1983 and 2002, the total number of such positions climbed from 23.6 million to 42.5 million-an 80 percent increase. In other words, these challenging, high-paying positions have jumped from 23.4 percent of total employment to 31.1 percent.

    [...]

    Between 1980 and 2003, U.S. manufacturing output climbed a dizzying 93 percent.


    And most importantly:
    It is true that manufacturing's share of gross domestic product has been gradually declining over time-from 27.0 percent in 1960 to 13.9 percent in 2002. The percentage of U.S. workers employed in manufacturing has likewise been falling-from 28.4 percent to 11.7 percent over the same period. The primary cause of these trends is the superior productivity of U.S. manufacturers. As shown in Figure 3, output per hour in the overall U.S. nonfarm business sector rose 50 percent between 1980 and 2002; by contrast, manufacturing output per hour shot up 103 percent. In other words, goods are getting cheaper and cheaper relative to services. Since this faster productivity growth has not been matched by a corresponding increase in demand for manufactured goods, the result is that Americans are spending relatively less on manufactures. Accordingly, manufacturing's shrinking share of the overall U.S. economy is actually a sign of American manufacturing prowess.

    Exactly the same phenomenon has played out over a longer time period with respect to agriculture. In 1870, 47.6 percent of total U.S. employment was in agriculture; by 2002, the figure had fallen to 1.7 percent. In the future, manufacturing will in all likelihood continue down the path followed by agriculture: as strong productivity growth reduces the price of manufactured goods relative to services, manufacturing's share of the overall economy will continue to fall. People who bemoan this prospect don't recognize economic progress when they see it.


    Mr. Lindsey has more in his Job Losses and Trade: A Reality Check CATO briefing paper. Economic ignorance is driving these fears.

    What jobs are typically done that would otherwise go to humans? It's the labor-intensive and repetitive work that gets eliminated over time, things like digging ditches, inserting Tab A into Slot A, or writing changes to the content of 782 webpages and leaving the other 218 alone. Technology takes over tasks that free up labor to do other jobs, jobs that require more of the human mind.

    Humans seek to earn the greatest possible return on their investments of time and effort. Concurrently, we also want to minimize our dissatisfaction and pain. This means we attempt to reach a compromise with what we want and what we're willing to suffer to get it. This goes for all kinds of human action: riding bikes, eating out, finding a girlfriend, working a job, and running a company. Acting as if this self-interest is immoral and wrong only in the instance of employers firing workers when technology takes over is a hole in his argument. Technology gives us more power to satisfy our wishes in more inexpensive ways than ever before.

    Mr. Barile would have more of a point if it could be proven that free economies don't create new kinds of jobs...but he nor anyone else could prove it. Free economies respond to the fickle and shifting demands of consumers and every economic actor is a consumer. The whole system is interlocked and flexible to new demands and desires. Technology makes much of that flexibility possible. If Mr. Barile was correct, the most capitalist countries would have ever-increasing unemployment that constantly slopes upward as technology advances. We'd have unemployment rates blowing past 20% and climbing faster than population growth. This is obviously not the case.

    With unemployment, free markets aren't the problem:

    • Assuming the government doesn't subsidize the lives of the unemployed with "unemployment insurance," thereby giving them less incentive to find work quickly;
    • assuming the government doesn't price out ranges of jobs with minimum wage laws, thereby forcing companies to avoid hiring people to do work that rightly should be paid at lower wages;
    • assuming the government doesn't burden businesses with wasteful paperwork and spaghetti tangle of regulatory hurdles, thereby diverting resources that could be spent on hiring new people;
    • assuming the government doesn't eat into and steal employer savings through inflation and taxes, thereby reducing the available funds to pay for new employees;
    • assuming the government doesn't eat into and steal employee business savings through inflation and taxes, thereby reducing the cushions entities create for themselves in case of financial emergency;
    • and assuming the government doesn't use tariffs and duties to favor certain industries and companies over others, thereby increasing the difficulty in economic prediction and calculation and thus making it more risky to hire
    ...people will pick themselves off the ground and go out and find new work.

    Mr. Barile wants technology to benefit "the people" rather than "profit-hungry corporations." This kind of thinking is absurd for a number of reasons.

    First of all, "profit-hungry corporations" are made up of "the people." People with families. People with friends. Brushing aside the individuals that make up a business in order to lay convenient blame at the feet of some monolithic threat isn't a valid argument.

    Secondly, profit-starved corporations...CAN'T HIRE "THE PEOPLE."

    Thirdly, technology wouldn't exist if it didn't benefit us. It would be a waste of resources if it didn't produce some benefit. Being able to publish my opinions in public through an easily accessible medium is a benefit, and it costs me less than $20 a month. None of it would be possible without technology...and that technology has more uses than just the one I'm engaged in. Less than ten years ago, I'd need to either purchase or contract a printing press to publish my opinion and those opinions wouldn't be nearly as available as they are now. I'd have to spend thousands of dollars to even begin the process, supporting the jobs of dozens of people while doing so.

    But why do that when I can do it myself for a fraction of a fraction of the cost? Why have those people engaged in that market when the money spent in it can be used for other, more urgent needs? If I'm busy spending $5,000 on publishing, I can't spend $5,000 on other things.

    It's instructive to examine the medium Mr. Barile is using to get his opinion out. In essence, he is contradicting his own stand by using technology. The Internet rendered a terrible blow to newspaper publishing. Automated and computerized newspaper publishing knocked the typewriter industry around. The typewriter industry dealt a blow to professional handwriting instructors. They in turn took jobs away from...you get the idea. If Mr. Barile really believed in what he's talking about, he'd be furious his ideas are being disseminated on such an efficient platform.

    He'd demand they be distributed through more "humanized" means.

    Like with teams of horses and buggies (assuming he doesn't want to protect the Walking Courier Association's jobs) carting thousands of pounds of hand-chopped (no chainsaws!) and hand-inked (no printers!) trees around cities, coordinated by long distance yellers (no telephones or fax machines!) and drawings made in the dirt (no dry-erase boards!).

    The man is a Communist, so his point of view is to be expected. But read his sentiments and compare them to mainstream opinion. They aren't that far apart.

    And that's the real danger.

    April 16, 2004

    Question for Those Demanding We Negotiate

    You consistently say we should be "understanding" and "learning where our enemies are coming from" in order to defeat terrorism. If this is the case, how do you feel about the wholesale rejection of this approach by Europe?

    European politicians have ruled out negotiating with Osama bin Laden after a tape the CIA says is likely to be that of the al Qaeda leader offered a truce to European nations if they pull troops out of Islamic countries.

    "It is completely unthinkable that we could start negotiations with bin Laden. Everyone understands that," Italian Foreign Minister Franco Frattini told reporters.

    European Commission President Romano Prodi said there could be no negotiating under a "terrorist threat."

    Leaders in France and Germany also rejected any such offer.

    "I don't think we need Osama bin Laden to start telling us how to handle our political affairs," British Prime Minister Tony Blair said after meeting with U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan.

    [...]

    In Washington, Secretary of State Colin Powell called the European reaction "very direct and clear."

    "You can't make a deal with somebody like bin Laden," Powell said. "How can you make a deal with a terrorist?"

    2004 Cable News Network LP, LLLP.

    Are Free Markets Hurting Themselves?

    ...in the income tax preparation market? Jim Henley:

    Ah, taxes. I put them off and put them off and by the time I've installed TaxCut and opened the forms, it's over in a couple of hours.

    [...]

    ... tax preparation software has gotten so good that for ordinary earners - wages, income, dividends, mortgage-plus-state-tax-plus-charity deductions - completing a return is a cinch. And from what I can tell, the programs seem to handle all sorts of contingencies I barely understand, let alone have a need for. That means that an awful lot of voters don't feel the pain of a complex tax code either - the computer handles the hard part. You can say that the code's complexity makes it hard to plan, but even there, a lot of the tax and financial management programs can help that area too.

    That means that we libertarians face a serious annoyance gap: not only are middle-class voters not feeling especially taxed, they're not feeling the pain of our bizarrely involuted tax code either...[b]ut politics favors the pissed. And we don't have a mass movement of the pissed now when it comes to taxes.


    Free people will attempt to overcome or sidestep situations when faced with annoyances, inefficiencies, and pain. That explains the rise and popularity of tax preparation software and the long-term prosperity of tax preparation companies. This market exists to rid the taxpaying individual of at least some of the irritation of dealing with his or her taxes by themselves. And of course, since free markets deal with human problems better than other means, over time the burden of arranging one's taxes will slowly drop as entrepreneurs learn better ways to serve their customers. Assuming the government doesn't dramatically change the rate at which it complexifies the tax code, this trend isn't likely to stop.

    It's conceivable to me that at some point in the future, the old anti-tax argument that the IRS is too much of a burden and needs to be reformed will steadily loose traction with voters. They'll look at the effort they put into their taxes, realize it isn't as bad as it once was, and ignore the other, much greater problems with income taxation.

    April 13, 2004

    Only the Issues That Matter!

    Erik drops the Logic Bomb of the Ages:

    On Hackey Sack

    How the hell did stoners get so coodinated?


    Silly skeptic.

    Stoners store their unused coordinative skills and energy for the time and place of their choosing, just like everyone else. We decide when it's best to physically exert to accomplish goals.

    What everyone else does not do, of course, is engage in activities that contribute to the effectiveness of that storage effort in such a way as to still allow future physical exertions of relatively high intensity and dexterity. We sit around in living rooms all evening, conserving our energy and maintaining limber minds. We don't needlessly abuse our bodies with exercise that can hurt our joints and tendons. Other than the deleterious effects of The Munchies and spine problems induced through too much sitting down, we're ready to rock. Even the lung capacity issue can be overcome.

    So when the day that glorious Hacky Sack is unexpectedly produced for a band of potheads, they are ready and willing to purge themselves of the overabundance of calories in their systems and exploit the flexibility of the art we've honed: Doing Nothing.

    April 12, 2004

    Somalia, Anarchy, and Capitalism

    [Updates below. Bad link fixed.]

    If you travel in the same circles as I do, it is merely a matter of time before someone's political opponents (or your own political opponents) either calls you "anarchist" derisively or dismisses a pro-anarchy position with a reference to Somalia. The latter being the more common in my experience, it is usually written in a manner similar to the following:

    Hey, you hate government so bad, why not just pack up your stuff and move to Somalia? Total free market over there, man. No nasty state bothering your greedy ass for taxes and paperwork. No irritating cops. No one making sure drugs are safe to use. No one to maintain the roads. No prisons to put criminals in for there wouldn't be any laws to make criminals out of killers, rapists, or robbers. No one but yourself, all the guns you could want, and several thousand others equally well-armed and just as hungry and poor as you. Give no-government Somalia a shot! It's an anarchist's utopia!

    I consider this analogy flawed. It assumes both that this is what an anarcho-capitalist society would necessarily look like and that government is the only entity that can effectively do certain important and necessary functions.

    Do the people living in the geographic area we call Somalia exist in an anarchist society, a society without a state? If so, does the nature of that anarchist society conform to or resemble what market anarchists would ideally want society to be?

    What constitutes anarchy? You can define the same thing in many ways, but this seems the most effective for the moment:

    • A number of people voluntarily living amongst each other without an entity forcing or coercing individuals within that group into doing things they don't want to do.

    That definition, I believe, should be accepted by a broad majority of free market anarchists because it hits at the heart of the issue: the immoral, unjustified, counterproductive, and harmful initiation of force. Individualist anarchists consider this the fundamental principle at stake, and the main reason why they have trouble associating with "limited government" libertarians and Objectivists in some instances. Both groups tend to advocate state involvement in some parts of our lives, and even though it's to a dramatically reduced level compared to things as they are now in the United States, it still violates the principle.

    It doesn't help your drive to argue when folks normally on your side jump ship and join your common opponents. Briefly browsing through any market anarchist/libertarian blog or discussion forum and you'll see this very argument being played out regularly. And it's in these arguments that Somalia is often brought up. It's used as a smug means of ending all debate on that subject and should be a corollary to Godwin's Law.

    I don't really know that much about Somalia. My father was on active duty in the Army when the infamous Black Hawk Down event occurred. My family was stationed in Hawaii and getting ready to move to Kentucky. I was 13 or 14 at the time and didn't give a damn about the story, which I considered unimportant after watching Desert Storm on TV a few years before. I have little historical background to refer to and I haven't examined the situation closely.

    So it was interesting to come across this article, published April 5 by EastAfrican columnist Abdulkadir Khalif:

    Extreme Capitalism is Exciting But Dangerous

    One of these days - sooner rather than later, one fervently hopes - we will have a new Somali government to oversee the affairs of a country that has undergone a decade of social, economic and political turmoil!

    The new team, made up of a president, a 275-member parliament and executive Cabinet ministers, interim in nature though its mandate will be (currently, a 4-year transitional period is envisaged), will find a Herculean task awaiting it.

    For starters, they will have to regulate and bring order and good governance to one of the most complex economic systems on earth - part private, part underground, part unscrupulous and totally unregulated.


    Quite obviously, the author of this opinion isn't satisfied with the way things are now.
    Somalia today is the most capitalist of societies anywhere and at any time in history. Without any state to speak of, markets have run hog wild. The US, the strongest advocate of free markets, looks like communist Cuba in comparison with the freewheeling ways of Mogadishu.

    I've got to give Mr. Khalif credit for understanding the fundamental issue here. In an individualist anarchy, nothing and no service is forcefully prohibited from experiencing open market forces of supply and demand. In his mind, a full and complete application of capitalist beliefs necessarily leads to a system without a state involvement in human life. I bet more than a supermajority of alleged free market-supporting Republicans and Democrats won't remotely come close to this level of noncontradictory advocacy.
    Arms and ammunitions are sold in open-air markets known as cirtoogte. Neither buyers nor sellers show any care for the often densely inhabited neighbourhoods around them as prospective clients try out the guns by firing bursts into the air. The crackling sound of gunfire can scare newcomers, but for residents it is a background noise, most even having no trouble sleeping through the intermittent, deafening fusillades.

    Insecurity creates spikes in demand for handguns like the G3, AK47 and M16, which generally fetching higher prices whenever factions or clan militias take each other on. Middlemen representing the warlords, carrying large sums in cash, frequent the corner of the market devoted to heavier artillery, mostly anti-aircraft guns.


    Aside from the fact that the G3, AK47, and M16 aren't handguns (perhaps this is a translation problem), this seems largely right to me. I still have some questions to work out in regards to noise ordinances which would apply here, but I see no innate anarcho-libertarian disagreement with this picture.
    Oddly, enough, the men engaged in the arms trade look upon it as just another business activity designed to yield the best return on investment. It will be up to the new government to neutralise this unique market and perhaps channel the capital of these merchants of death into less destructive avenues of profit-seeking.

    Why does Mr. Khalif think it's odd that the people selling weapons and the people buying them look upon the market "as just another business activity designed to yield the best return on investment"? That's the whole point of engaging in voluntary trade.

    When I go to the grocery store to buy food, I want to spend my money on the things closest to what I want and want to do so without waste. When someone runs a grocery store, he or she want to sell items within the store at the best possible price to attract customers and still make a profit. In both cases, the two people are looking to come out ahead, even after taking into account the costs we pay to arrange and make the deal. If I felt that I would get less than what I was asked to pay for, I'd go somewhere else. If he felt that my money wasn't at least enough to make up for the costs he's already endured getting that item to his shelves, he won't do business. Yes, there are some exceptions to these ideas, but they don't affect the general relevance of voluntary trade.

    Some may consider the act of buying and selling dangerous objects - such as firearms or explosives - odd, not normal, out of the ordinary. Some may even consider it to be distasteful or disgraceful. But a market arises when there are human desires so strong they bring two people together to trade for what the other has. The act of trading shouldn't bother anyone, as all participants freely work together for mutual benefit. It results from the same driving force in all human action: the move from the status quo towards a more satisfactory environment and life.

    Should businessmen have certain opinions on the business they are involved in depending on the things they sell? A shop selling local art has products that serve far different ends than one that sells quality surface-to-air missiles. Most goods and services in a peaceful economy are not designed to kill or maim humans or destroy their property. In a society where there is no government to employ police officers and a military to enforce a single set of rules for all, people would have to contract out their defense and retaliation if they felt it necessary. Private defense agencies would spring up to offer various services. But since anyone would be free to own weapons, it seems impossible to assume a thriving market for such products wouldn't develop. So it's likely in an anarcho-capitalist society of significant size, the market for weapons would be larger than it currently is, because the demand would exist and there wouldn't be any state-enforced barriers to ownership. Keep in mind it is conceivable that some arms dealers would institute their own rules of doing business with customers, potentially setting self-imposed age and competency requirements.

    In any event, I can understand how it would seem callous and flippant to be in the gun-running business and flatly not give a damn about the purpose of your market. Human death and pain are things we wish to avoid, and it seems like arms dealers encourage them. To be honest, however, the merchant wouldn't exist without it's clientele and it's for the negative reasons his clientele may have that should be condemned: intentional murder or armed robbery for instance.

    Importers of medicines bring in containers filled with a wide range of stuff from antihistamines to antibiotics and expectorants. These drugs are sourced from all sorts of places, but their composition and shelf life are increasingly doubtful. The new rulers will have to install public analysts to ensure the safety of these drugs.

    An unregulated society like Somalia's is particularly attractive for charlatans who claim they can cure any illness including cancer and Aids (and, of course, impotence). Then there the one hundred and one lab technicians and pharmacists in each neighbourhood testing blood and stool and dispensing sophisticated drugs. One wonders where on earth are the colleges that are churning out this dynamic cohort with all the expertise it claims in medical science and technology.


    Much of what I said regarding arms dealers can be applied to this as well. People want medicines and people want to provide them in order to benefit. Some of those people engage the market for fraudulent reasons. Allow the players in the market to correct these problems. Eventually the frauds selling pressed placebos and common chemicals will earn a reputation as such and the information will spread. Reputations matter, even in restricted markets. The freer the markets, the easier that information (manifested in the form of prices) can spread.

    This isn't going to lead to utopia and I am not implying that it will. But I do believe that if left alone, there will be a general leveling tendency towards more just exchanges.

    Yes, there is a lot of dynamism in the people of Somalia as they translate everything into market opportunities. Manufactured goods, natural resources, crime, leadership, security are all, therefore, activities capable of producing profits.

    Again, I have to give Mr. Khalif credit for understanding this. Even if it was probably written sarcastically.
    Somalia, one of the few African countries self-sufficient in food at the time of independence, has now become a net importer. Food items enter the market in boxes, tins, and sachets, all claiming to contain all sorts of goodies enriched with vitamins, proteins and what not to attract consumers. No tests of their fitness for human consumption are ever done - for toxins, GM content or nutritional adequacy. So Somalia urgently needs a Bureau of Standards.

    No, the people of Somalia need to start respecting and defining their property rights. One of the things some commenters either forget or choose to ignore when arguing with anarcho-capitalists is the society they envision has a great respect for private property. This respect would necessarily transcend the respect we have in the US for property rights (already higher than in most parts of the world). To get to that point, though, the people of Somalia need to extract themselves from violent chaos. It may take a few generations to get past the emotional tar baby.

    Once that happens, most of that productive effort wasted on violence will go towards the peaceful consumer economy.

    Experts estimate that Somalia has well over 40 million heads of livestock, mainly camels, cattle, goats and sheep. The Horn of Africa's unique semi-arid ecosystem, dominated by open grassland savannah and rocky escarpments, is ideally suited to sustain such high-density livestock. The country is equally rich in fish resources, 180,000 metric tonnes of which can be exploited per annum without endangering stocks. Enlightened policies are needed to smoothen investment here and chase away the "sharks" - the hundreds of foreign trawlers that are illegally camped in Somalia's unpoliced waters, ruthlessly depleting its fish stocks and using hired militias to neutralise opposition from local fishermen.

    This fishing thing is also a property rights issue. Who owns the land those fish are on? Mr. Khalif doesn't mention this and it is crucial. If I own that land, I'd be aware of the tremendous opportunities at my fingertips. I could allow people to fish as long as they payed a fee. Poachers would be chased off because I'd value the business. The biggest problem seems to be startup capital for investment in such a business infrastructure. If no such local investors are available or willing to do business, then turn to the external banking community. If that doesn't work, then change your plans to reduce the risk that is frightening the investors off.

    Collective ownership, even with someone that appears as innocent and simple as "enlightened policies" won't solve the problem. It just socializes the costs of protecting the fish, policy that is corrosive in the long run.

    However, competition in the vibrant information technology and mass communications markets is already benefiting local people with some of the region's lowest prices for phoning, faxing, e-mailing, etc, while people everywhere can tune into local FM radios for news and entertainment. But this is Somalia, where a dash of anarchy is mandatory in each sector; here, it takes the form of multiple companies using former state telephone and electricity poles in a such a way that wires of all colours and diameters are intertwined like tricolore pasta in a cooking pot.

    Warms my cold heart, this does.
    The free market has created the most ridiculous opportunities. Gun wielding young men demanding leejo (payoffs) prey on every business under the sun. Transporters and commuter buses are favourite victims, with roadblocks being erected at random across country roads and town streets. In the towns, however, the once common "custom" of threatening drivers by pointing a gun at their heads has been phased out nowadays. Instead, harmless looking, empty-handed young men approach vehicles demanding payment. Conductors give up the cash without protest, knowing that failure to do will lead to a size 8 nail bolted to a piece of wood being slipped under their tyres, when they are not looking.

    These days, the crime market is limitless. Who has not heard the rumours of teenaged "contract" kidnappers who deliver their hostage to older hostage-takers for $500 apiece, whereupon the "professionals" take over and extort ransoms ranging from $10,000 from wealthy parents? Forgers at the Abdalaa-shideeye "documentation centre" run off state and municipal documents, including title deeds, at the snap of a finger.


    I have no easy solution to this. Perhaps a commenter would like a go at it?

    Security firms on the free market would obviously be able to provide services to those who wanted them. If the current crop of firms is too corrupt, like-minded people are likely to band together and form their own firm and protect themselves and others who wanted real service. Worries about private militias dominating the public with constant warfare are misplaced because such warfare is expensive in both human and financial terms. Security firms won't be able to conduct operations 'round the clock because it's counter-productive to their long-term business vitality.

    But I'm open to opposing argument.

    A position in the council of ministers is a market opportunity too. That is why all politically ambitious people seem to want a Cabinet made up of hundreds of ministers, each standing for one of the nearly 200 clans this nation is blessed with.

    Ah, the looters are eager to get to work. Better to remove that incentive entirely. :)
    The market mentality has affected everything. All premises belonging to the former government were "privatised" by individuals who grabbed them after they had been looted and partially destroyed. The new landlords generally found good use for the premises by leasing them to internally displaced people who had fled their home villages, towns and pastoral areas to escape the clan wars.

    Countless other private properties have been grabbed and rented out. How quickly and efficiently a new government restores property rights and repossesses grabbed properties will determine its effectiveness.


    This sounds like the normal functioning of a society's members who want to lead productive and happy lives. Once the state is gone, all it's prior property is up for grabs. The smarter people will try to make some economic use out of it since it gives them a tremendous advantage over others trying to enter the market: no up front capital costs for your building(s).

    It's the delineation and possession of the non-government property that will cause much of the problems. The fishing example above is illustrative.

    Expectations will be high in a society that has lost practically all basic infrastructure and been relegated to the 19th century by nearly two decades of bitter civil conflict. One can only urge the new rulers to stimulate and regulate the market and entrepreneurial skills of the people, if rapid progress is to be achieved.

    I say let Somalia continue on as it is and let people work out their problems and grow their society. The violence must stop before serious development can occur, I agree, but I can't see a way to quell it externally without breaking a principle or two. Perhaps outsiders could come in at the request of a group to establish a small safe area that can be widened as peaceful people migrate there.
    Otherwise, gangster capitalism will merely be replaced by multinationals and other global opportunists.

    Copyright 2003, Nation Media Group Ltd. All rights reserved.


    Otherwise, market anarchy will merely be replaced by gangster African government. People should be forced to satisfy the needs of others, directly or indirectly.

    So, do I consider Somalia to be an anarchy? From just reading this article, I'd say it might as well be. Does it exist in a form that individualist anarchists want their ideal society to be? Not quite, because private property is routinely disrespected and there is too much violence and coercion in the streets. The state is essentially gone, but that isn't the only condition anarcho-libertarians want for that society. Stronger foundations of civilization are desired before the great weight of culturally acknowledged complete personal responsibility can be allowed to happen.

    Praise be to Erik for giving me the inspiration to consider this topic in a deeper format. I invite questions, comments, and polite disagreement. I'm still gathering steam in reading anarchist background literature, so I probably could have voiced my opinions more comprehensively. I may return to this in a year or so to see how I've changed.

    UPDATE(5/31/2004 1:34pm)
    I ran across this Atlantic article published in May of 2001 that's worth reading. While the title of "Ayn Rand Comes to Somalia" isn't exactly true, it certainly describes how things have been developing.

    April 02, 2004

    Liberal/Conservative in What Way, Kinja?

    [Updates below.]

    There has been some attention paid to the recent arrival of a new blog service called Kinja. What is it? It is:

    ...a weblog portal, collecting news and commentary from some of the best sites on the web. Visitors can browse items on topics, everything from food to sex. Or they can create a convenient personal digest, to track their favorite writers.

    Weblogs are much talked about, but still challenging to navigate for the average web user. Kinja is designed to bring weblog writers to a broader audience, by making it easier to explore topics, posts and writers.


    Curious, I quickly browsed around both the conservative and liberal "Editor's Digest" subsections and noticed something.

    Jim Henley is under the liberal section. His discussion of his April Fools post was linked in the "liberal" same section as these bloggers:


    There are more, several of whom I've never heard of and several of whom are not so easily categorized as liberals. But upon what grounds is that categorization made? The roster of "conservative" bloggers in the other section is populated with a few of the obvious mentions, but then again, some aren't so obvious.

    I e-mailed the service asking for clarification on their selection processes.

    UPDATE(4/5/2004 1:20pm)
    I've been talking with Nick Denton about implementing sort of a "libertarian digest" to be featured off the main page. Nothing solid or confirmed yet, but I did send him a bunch of links to libertarian blogs for consideration.

    UPDATE(4/7/2004 11:17pm)
    More here.

    March 29, 2004

    A Confusing Mess of Contradictions

    [Updates below]

    [This is a repost. Original article lost after the recent server move.]

    Do We Need Free Market Principles in Education?


    Monopolies or Competition?
    Supply and Demand or Price Controls?
    Market Demand or Government Demand?
    Pay Well for Quality or Pay MORE for Poor Quality?

    I am really pondering now, but I don't have an MBA.

    Recently the Governor of Texas set forth a proposal for incentives to promote excellence in education. Rewarding good behavior is a foundation for parenting, business, and society. Rewarding bad behavior only produces more bad behavior, right?

    Seems like a simple concept.


    Janelle Shepard, the author of this article, is the director of Texans For Texas. I suppose that's better than Chileans For Texas or Iowans For Texas. Don't want other people messin' in our affairs.

    Ms. Shepard asks a series of important questions at the beginning of her article. Given the way they are asked and the nature of the organization she runs, it would seem the answers she would use would be:

    • Do We Need Free Market Principles in Education? Yes
    • Monopolies or Competition? Competition
    • Supply and Demand or Price Controls? Supply and Demand
    • Market Demand or Government Demand? Market Demand
    • Pay Well for Quality or Pay MORE for Poor Quality? Pay Well for Quality

    What's her solution to the Texas educational trainwreck? Does she advocate abolishing the government grip, near-monopolistic as it is, on grade school education? Does she suggest we should eliminate the price controls of government regulation and taxation? Does she believe the market in education should be left alone by government interference and demands? Does she say we should take responsibility and pay for the services we desire rather than forcing others to share the burden, whether those services are cheap, expensive, high quality, or poor quality?

    In other words, does she truly propose we apply free market principles to public education?

    No.

    The state should:


    1. Establish statewide training requirements only when it is clear that one mode of training is most effective in all cases.
    2. Allow experimentation not only with new ways of training and certifying teachers and principals but also with new ways of assigning, compensating, and evaluating them.
    3. Make teaching and school leadership attractive to people who want to be judged and paid on the basis of performance.
    4. Eliminate job protection for experienced teachers whose efforts fall off. Performance should be expected throughout one's classroom career, not just at the beginning.
    5. De-couple pay from seniority.
    6. Signal the importance of performance by paying for it.
    7. Allow schools to experiment with new combinations of teaching and technology.
    8. Recruit principals who are effective executives, seeking them in many fields, not only education.

    She chooses to re-engage the state in increasing administrative minutiae, trying to encourage better behavior with "incentives" that she erroneously considers to be free market-like.

    It's the equivalent of complaining about the dangers of a loaded handgun being pointed at your head, and then being relieved when the person pointing the gun at your head is replaced with someone else. Her proposed ideas don't address the fundamental problem of having the government (be it federal, state, or local) run and fund schools: other people messin' with our affairs.

    UPDATE(5/4/2004 9:07am)
    I did some quick 'n dirty educational cost calculations of my own.

    Ted Kennedy's Priorities

    [This is a repost. Original article lost after the recent server move.]

    From last night's Meet the Press:


    (Videotape, March 19, 2004)

    PRES. BUSH: Who would prefer that Saddam's torture chamber still be open? Who would wish that more mass graves were still being filled? Who would begrudge the Iraqi people their long-awaited liberation?

    (End videotape)

    MR. RUSSERT: What the president's saying, Senator, if you had your way the torture chambers, the mass graves, and the hostile holding of the Iraqi people by Saddam Hussein would still be in place.

    SEN. KENNEDY: Look, this nation, this president, brought us unilaterally to war. They have had a unilateral foreign policy where they rejected the Kyoto treaty, they got out of the ABM treaty, they have basically taken us to war alone, and that has fracture the whole alliance, the whole world community, from having the kind of cooperation that is absolutely essential if we're going to deal with the problems of terror and al-Qaeda in the world.

    Sure, there are dictators that we want to free ourselves from. But, you know, we have sacrificed in terms of lives, American lives, we have sacrificed in terms of treasure and we have most of all sacrificed in terms of the credibility of the United States around the world.


    My emphasis.

    Lives. Treasure. Important things, yes. But Gawd forbid we squander international credibility!

    March 19, 2004

    The Anniversary of the Iraq War

    Back when I began this blog, I supported going to war in Iraq, all the way up to the initiation of hostilities. I did this on several grounds. Here they are in order of importance:

    • I believed Iraq posed a demonstrable threat to the United States by it's weapons of mass destruction.
    • I believed Iraq was complicit in an international terrorist network that threatened the United States.
    • I wanted to see Saddam Hussein removed from power and individual liberty restored to it's people.
    • I wanted to see the Arab Middle East undergo a fundamental change away from tyranny and towards freedom and believed Iraq would be the initial "domino" that moved the others towards the correct way.

    Since that time, I have undergone a fairly significant philosophical change. Independent from the situation in Iraq, I began to question if my positions on some political issues contradicted my positions on others. If that were the case, then I'd have to rethink my principles and either reconcile them with my stance on the issues or adopt new ones. Since that time, I've remained convinced my principles are fine...it's my application of them that needed work.

    I once described myself (on a my much lesser personal website) as "a screwy mix of Republican/Democrat and Libertarian/Green Parties! You never know where I'll lean!" That was the initial realization that I couldn't identify with any major political party and that if questioned on only one or two issues, I could come off as just about anything. I realize now that "screwy mix" was due to two things: the misunderstanding of what those parties actually stand for and an inability to logically apply what I considered to be axiomatically true to human action.

    These days, when taking yes/no stances on most issues, my political alignment would be indistinguishable from libertarianism. As I ventured further into the blog world, I discovered other bloggers and writers who I'd normally agree with on domestic economic and social issues taking stances that contradicted what I believed to be the correct course of action towards other countries. This was the problem. Was I to be an interventionist libertarian or an isolationist libertarian? By default, I was the former. It took me two years to realize I wasn't asking the proper question. But even before then, I began to question the US government's actions and plans.

    The proper question I should have asked is why should others be forced to pay for what I want to happen to other people and other governments? I find myself talking about the injustice of socialized healthcare and the socialized education often; it came to be that I realized I was contradicting myself if I held those positions and turned around to say a government and it's objectives should be supported by taxation.

    I supported the intended outcomes of Gulf War II. I wanted a safer, freer world. I still do. But the means by which I advocated that to happen are anything but. Ends do not justify means.

    So, on this first anniversary of the second American-Iraq War, I choose to formally drop my support of continued foreign occupation and intervention. In my opinion, the only just thing to do at this point is to do what should have been done in the first place: let the Iraqis choose their own destinies and decide if they want freedom, limited government, social democracy, religious tyranny, or any of the options among them. Questions of Iraq supporting international terrorists, WMD, or regional liberty don't necessitate my attention because I am concerned with myself and my freedom first and I don't want to impose on the liberty of others in order to fight the battles that rightly belong to the parties actually injured.

    In abstract, it's entirely possible a terrorist would delight in killing or harming myself or the things I value. I don't discount that from occurring. But I shouldn't have to pay for the retribution or protection of others and I demand no such favors in return. Such a stance implies anarcho-capitalism and that does not bother me.

    What bothers me is an ever-increasing state apparatus and ever-decreasing degree of personal freedom.

    March 17, 2004

    Making Sense of 'Making Light'

    [Updates below.]

    You can't simultaneously attack the NEA and claim you support teachers.

    -Teresa Nielsen Hayden

    I call bullshit.

    I consider a person's education to be one of the most important qualities they possess. A strong knowledge of history, effective arithmetic skills, and coherent communication abilities are, among other things, crucial to anyone who wants to go beyond everyday labor and living and lift themselves to a higher standard of living. I'm of the opinion that the intrinsic strengths young humans have can only take them so far without professional direction. The distance they may go before peaking might be considerable, but humans start off with a lack of understanding about the world around them and it sometimes takes a third party to bring awareness of the world to them. This is doubly true when you wish to expand your horizons beyond just being able to get by in life.

    Educators, therefore, are important. High-quality, intelligent teachers and instructors are needed. And when enough of them are in existence, common goals and interests are likely to produce associations that work together to further their goals. These associations are abstractions, socially-constructed entities that cannot, by their nature, represent every person associated with them 100% nor appeal to everyone outside the association. The National Education Association is no different.

    What is the purpose of the NEA?

    To fulfill the promise of a democratic society, the National Education Association shall promote the cause of quality public education and advance the profession of education; expand the rights and further the interest of educational employees; and advocate human, civil, and economic rights for all.

    That is it's current mission statement. Elevating "the character and advance the interests of the profession of teaching and to promote the cause of popular education in the United States" was a founding motto back in 1857. Who can join the NEA?
    Anyone who works for a public school district, a college or university, or any other public institution devoted primarily to education is eligible to join NEA. NEA also has special membership categories for retired educators and college students studying to become teachers.

    So there are the basic characteristics of the NEA: what it does and who it represents. Anyone with the time can read through the NEA's take on various issues.

    I note that it's obvious there is a fundamental slant at the base of the NEA's structure: it supports public education (read: government-run schools) and opposes shifting the system of education from the state to the private sector, even if that shift is limited to a few school-supporting services. Thus, the NEA is actively associated with continuing and promoting socialist education. I mean no insult in saying that; it's simply the truth.

    From my point of view, the government does not belong in the education system at all. Therefore, I could foresee myself "attacking" the NEA at some point in the future for a policy or a statement. I wouldn't call it a "terrorist organization," but I might call it "misguided" or label it's stance on some issues "egalitarian nonsense." I venture that I'd have many beefs with the National Education Association, primarily because it and the vast majority of it's members believe I must be forced to provide for the educations of others and others must be forced to provide for my education. Up to a certain age, of course. Don't wanna get too crazy with all that coerced wealth transfer...

    And yet I have plainly explained my support for teachers as demonstrated above. I support free individuals deciding to provide a service to those who want to buy that service. I support people who wish to enter into a profession for the purpose of helping children and adults increase their knowledge of the world. I support parents having the liberty to choose among institutions of education to pick the best options for their family.

    I support teachers. I don't support the continued collectivization of education in this country. I hope this makes sense to Mrs. Hayden. It makes a lot of sense to me.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 10:50am
    Oh boy. Go read the Vice article written by Gavin McInnes: Trenchcoat Mafia - The NEA Is Here to Shoot Up Your Classroom

    In Sacramento recently they threatened to destroy anyone who opposed them, even an eight-year-old boy (a lawsuit is pending). In Indiana they hired a tire slasher to become one of their members and he immediately got to work destroying any car owner that stood in the way. In Michigan they killed a pet cat to show the owner what happens to blabbermouths. They have goldplated champagne coolers, lavish holidays all over the globe, and more politicians in check than any group in the Western world (not even the Republicans and the Democrats have as many lobbyists on Capitol Hill). They only very recently started paying taxes, and the little tax they do pay is a minuscule fraction of their annual income. They are above the law, make over a billion dollars a year, and control the hearts and minds of every newspaper in the country. They are the mafia. A group of chubby gluttons who squeeze the working man dry and then use that money to beat him further into submission. This is not the mafia featured on HBO. They're not even Italian. This mafia is actually a labor union known as the National Education Association (NEA). A gigantic, hydra-headed extortion machine that charges every teacher in America hundreds of dollars to "represent" them but is really only concerned with getting more money and crushing more opponents.

    March 11, 2004

    The Madrid *Terrorist* Bombings

    Madrid Bombs Kill 192; Purported Al Qaeda Claim

    Simultaneous bomb blasts ripped through four packed commuter trains in Madrid on Thursday, killing 192 people and injuring 1,421 in Europe's bloodiest guerrilla attack for more than 15 years.

    My emphasis.

    I don't know what's wrong with the editors at Reuters or this story's author, Daniel Trotta. What happened in Madrid doesn't fit my definition of a guerrilla attack at all. This is terrorism, plain and simple. Guerrilla attacks are done in the context of a civil war, most often against military or government targets. What happened today doesn't fit that profile.

    Whoever thought that word accurately describes what happened is either lying to themselves and the public or knows something we don't. The ETA seperatist movement might be considered a guerrilla civil war, but as the article itself says:

    Prime Minister Jose Maria Aznar's government focused blame on the Basque separatist group ETA, but a purported al Qaeda letter to an Arabic newspaper claimed responsibility for the 10 blasts, which triggered jitters in world financial markets.

    [...]

    After initially blaming ETA outright for the attack, three days before Spain's general election, the government later said a stolen van had been found near Madrid carrying seven detonators and an Arabic tape of verses from the Koran.

    "The conclusion of this morning that pointed to (ETA) right now is still the main line of investigation... (But) I have given the security forces instructions not to rule out anything," Interior Minister Angel Acebes told reporters.

    No authentication was available on the purported al Qaeda letter, a copy of which was faxed to the Reuters office in Dubai by the London-based al-Quds al-Arabi newspaper.

    "We have succeeded in infiltrating the heart of crusader Europe and struck one of the bases of the crusader alliance," it said, calling the attack "Operation Death Trains."

    U.S. intelligence agencies said it was too early to say who was responsible but saw the hallmarks of both ETA and al Qaeda, which has threatened to attack countries such as Spain that supported the U.S.-led war in Iraq.

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    No one knows who is responsible for this, so the best description is to default to terrorism.

    In any case, it's a horrible day for Spain. It very well might be a new date in terrorist history: 3/11.

    March 10, 2004

    Libertarian's Don't Have to be Utopians, Dammit

    Libertarianism to me is a matter of defending and extending the zones of free action, not dreaming up a utopian endstate that has no connection to the world we live in now.

    -Jesse Walker

    February 26, 2004

    San Antonio Considers a Trucking Ban

    Left-lane truck ban before council

    The City Council is again considering banishing 18-wheel trucks from the fast lanes of some parts of Interstate 10 and U.S. 90 in an experiment that could later spread to other freeways in the city.

    Starting April 1, trucks with a trailer or at least three axles would not be allowed to use the left lane except when passing.

    [...]

    The ban would be in effect from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. Mondays through Fridays, except holidays. It would apply to I-10 between I-35 and Loop 410 and to U.S. 90 inside the loop.

    Violators could be fined up to $200.


    I'm in Austin, so this only affects me marginally, but that's because I don't run a business that depends on heavy trucking. Who knows how this will impact the industries who rely on it? On the other hand...
    "Maybe there'll be less congestion and maybe there'll be fewer accidents," said Patrick Irwin, local traffic operations director for the Texas Department of Transportation, which recently approved the plan.

    Portions 2004 KENS 5 and the San Antonio Express-News.
    All rights reserved.


    Who knows if it'll even fucking work?

    Idiots.

    February 25, 2004

    Joseph Farah's Got a Problem with Taxes & Gays

    Joseph Farah contends that taxation is theft and theft is wrong.

    Mr. Farah contends that homosexuality is a sin and some sinful acts (like gay marriage) should not be allowed.

    Simultaneously holding these two positions is a contradiction. How are the immorality of taxation and gay marriage connected? Through property rights.

    Taxation is theft because your property - your wealth in the form of income - is taken from you whether you want to give it or not. You are forced to pay taxes. Most people don't believe this until they hear what happens if they resist. If you refuse to pay taxes, you are bothered by the IRS in an escalating fashion until you are fined, jailed, and your physical property seized. Not necessarily in that order. The government decides how much to take and if you refuse, it proceeds to strip you of liberty and property until you comply, are broke, or are in jail. Not necessarily in that order. Resist hard enough and you could get yourself shot. Taxation is theft, different from common criminal robbery only in name and degree.

    Legitimate homosexuality involves consensual relationships of humans. Two (or more) people of the same gender choosing to be involved sexually implies the will to do so. My engagement in a homosexual relationship is no more the business of you than how you prefer to use the toilet is business of mine. Similarly, it doesn't matter how much money I earn or how badly someone wants to get ahold of a portion of it; no one else has a claim on it.

    I am the owner of my body and you are the owner of yours. If this were untrue, then you would have to ask permission to do anything...making you a slave. The most fundamental property right is the ownership one has of oneself. It is immoral to own another person against that person's will.

    When the government tells you (not) to do something, it's attempting to negate your individual ability to reason and decide for yourself. It is a direct attack on your will and a veiled attack on your property. Therefore, when the government taxes you and tries to ban gay marriages, it's an assault on your property rights and your free will to determine what's in your best interest.

    If Mr. Farah was consistent, he'd apply the same principles he (possibly) used on the issue of taxation to human relationships and leave gays out of his theocratic plans for the country.

    February 23, 2004

    Andrew Sullivan's Confused

    [Updates below.]

    He wants to have it both ways

    PAYING FOR THE WAR: So should we? My own view is that we're not spending enough in the war on terror or homeland defense. I'm also viscerally opposed to tax hikes. But I can't keep having it every which way, if I also believe in restraining the debt. I used to think that running deficits would itself restrain spending - and then we see a Republican president endorsing the Medicare expansion after sending the debt through the roof. So that theory goes out the window. I don't believe in the supply-side notion that cutting taxes boosts revenue so much that the cuts pay for themselves (although I do think they help stimulate economic activity). So what's the responsible thing to do? Ideally, I'd propose means-testing social security, raising the retirement age, ending agricultural subsidies and carving away corporate welfare. But none of that is likely to happen any time soon. So I'm gradually moving toward the belief that we should propose some kind of temporary war-tax. Levy it on those earning more than $200,000 and direct it primarily to financing the war on terror. Put in a sunset clause of, say, four years. It may be time for some fiscal sacrifice for the war we desperately need to fight. And we need to fight it without creating government insolvency which, in the long run, will undermine the war. I don't love this idea; and I'm open to other suggestions. But it behooves us pro-war fiscal conservatives to propose something.

    My emphasis.

    That flushing sound you may be hearing is a good deal of my respect for Mr. Sullivan draining into oblivion.

    UPDATE(2/24/2004 1:09pm)
    Then again, I do admire and support his strong opposition against Bush's decision to back a Constitutional amendment to ban gay marriages.

    UPDATED 9/28/2005 10:06am
    I don't admire him much these days because Andrew Sullivan wants slaves.

    February 21, 2004

    In Spite of It All, the World Moves On

    Small Things Make Me Cry

    Here we are, a handful of people in a small building in a minor city in an obscure state, holding and using this mountain of informational treasure. And in the Big Picture, we're nothing - noise lost in the pulsing signal of the minds of untold millions of productive people, a signal that amplifies itself again and again, four hours here, a dollar-thirty there, human lifetimes of effort saved every second, faster and faster into infinity. This is what free men have made: the glory and the wonder and the beauty of the free market, the essence of humanity, distilled, condensed, and given to me, right there on my desk.

    Read the rest to see what's got John Lopez all teary-eyed. :)

    A million unsung and untold cheers for the decisions people make against the rising tide of resistence, whether they know it or not!

    February 12, 2004

    American Rudeness

    We hear, either through anecdotal evidence or through studies, that American society has a rudeness problem. We are apparently too busy or concerned with our personal lives to take the time to be nice to others in a wide variety of contexts. Blame is laid at the feet of many entities, such as technology or our employers or our lack of deeper religious instruction or some other such thing.

    Assuming American society is getting ruder, I'm not particularly bothered. I have a social code by which I judge people and their actions and if they fail that code, sometimes I get annoyed with them. Occasionally, that annoyance turns to public or private displeasure. I'm not going to curtail my judgments if I feel someone has done something wrong or stupid and if society thinks I should hold back just to be nicer. I expect no less from everyone else. Being nice to others is often in our personal interests and I think a lot of the reverse-rudeness we see is people getting angry with others not realizing this, but I'm not going to apologize to someone who IS a jackass, who ACTS like a jackass, and who DESERVES to be treated like a jackass.

    Now, we can turn the discussion to how and why those value judgments against others are made, but I'm not going to blame someone or some group for (what likely is) an increase in my disagreement with others and what they do. It's my decision to decide to be rude towards someone else and to allow their actions to get to me enough where I feel I must say or do something in return. And if someone thinks I've done something worthy of rudeness, that's their prerogative. Perhaps we can be equally rude towards each other and establish a new (lower) standard of communication while we work out our differences. :)

    Of course, this is in a context where my interests aren't superficially aligned with my own. That's one reason why people feel so stressed at work: their interests change when they are employed to do a job for their customers. We have to deal with a wider range of strangers and weird behavior and we have to uphold our employer's reputation as well as our own. As customers, they have a higher priority than us by default. We know deep down that the Customer Is Not Always Right, but we have to maintain that in attitude order to keep their business. Business demands a higher level of tolerance in order to stay in business.

    If I had to lay the majority of blame at the feet of anything, it would be the increasing creep of an entitlement mentality in the United States. It seems people feel entitled to more and more each year: prescription drug benefits, jobs secure from outsourcing, decency on mass media, etc. Obviously, these larger political questions don't play much into how you are treated by strangers on the street if you accidentally bump into them. But if people clamor for the larger issues, the justifications for those issues, I'm willing to bet, filter down into the smaller choices they make every day. Additionally, while the mentality may not be the reason for the rudeness, it can greatly contribute to it. If I feel entitled to your possessions during times of need, you may respond quite rudely that I do not have the right to your things unless I ask and receive permission. I can get kinda rude when others demand I sacrifice my things and myself for others.

    Being rude towards others as a default starting point is the wrong way to conduct yourself because rudeness is often counter-productive to efficient problem solving, not to mention building healthy relationships that can help you in the long term. Insults can slow down processes and get in the way of fixing something because people get more concerned with upholding their honor and integrity to verbal assaults than with focusing on the issue at hand. This is one of the reasons why I start off with negative feelings towards politicians and their associates.

    February 09, 2004

    TV Quotable

    Last night, I was watching X-Files and a police chief character said this, replying to a comment Moulder or Scully made in passing:

    Ninety-nine percent of people are morons*; the rest of us are in danger of contagion.

    To hold such a belief is obviously elitist, but that doesn't impact it's veracity. Is it true? In what ways would you consider 99% of the planet stupid...or is it just a general, sinking feeling you get regarding their mental processes as a whole?


    *It could have been "idiots" or "stupid"; I don't quite remember.

    February 05, 2004

    Grilling Bush on "Meet the Press"

    I was watching Chris Matthews last night and I can confirm what Newsmax is reporting:

    Neither the White House nor NBC would confirm it Thursday morning, but MSNBC's Chris Matthews announced last night that President Bush will appear on NBC's "Meet the Press" this Sunday.

    "President Bush, by the way -- big news now -- will be Tim Russert's guest this Sunday on 'Meet the Press,'" Matthews told his "Hardball" audience.

    All Rights Reserved NewsMax.com


    Nothing yet on the Whitehouse Press Briefings site, but they don't post the morning's comments until later on in the day. Nothing either on the Meet the Press website. You'd think if this were true, NBC would be hyping the crap outta it. It's a perfect opportunity to really dig into Bush and get his opinions on the issues. I plan on taping it if it's happening.

    Here's a list of the things I'd like asked of President Bush:

    1. Have their been any changes to the Axis of Evil besides Iraq?
    2. What's going on in North Korea and Iran and what dangers do they present to the United States?
    3. Do you trust America's intelligence community and what do you think went wrong in regards to the intelligence the US got on Iraq's weapons of mass destruction?
    4. If Iraq were to dissolve into civil war, what would be the American response?
    5. If WMD were found in Syria as David Kay thinks could be the case, what would be the American response?
    6. What makes your approach to fighting terrorism better than the Democratic candidates'?
    7. You speak so highly of human freedom, but you don't support the freedom of homosexual couples to attain legal marriages. Why?
    8. Are you going to push for Social Security reform and what do you want to accomplish?
    9. The war on drugs uses billions of law enforcement dollars and thousands of law enforcement man-hours to fight. What would be wrong with decriminalizing or even legalizing something like marijuana and diverting those investigative resources towards fighting terrorism?
    10. The Whitehouse and your administration has seemed reluctant to cooperate with the 9-11 Commission. Is this true and what explains the delays in getting Administration documents to it?
    11. What would be your five highest domestic priorities if you were reelected and no major terrorist attacks occur on American soil?
    12. What do you say to the fiscal conservatives who have complained about the size and growth of the federal budget?
    13. Did you go AWOL while on National Guard duty?
    14. You speak highly of free trade, but you've either left in place or put into power legislation that can rightly be described as protectionist. Where do you stand on free trade?
    15. No Child Left Behind is creating trouble with public schools around the country. They speak of unfunded mandates and conflicting standards and requirements. Was that a good law and what would you do to fix it?

    There's no point in asking George W. Bush deeper questions regarding his philosophy (as much as I think questions like that are highly relevant) because you can deduce his ideological stance from his actions. Still, I'd love to ask him these just for "make him squirm" fun:
    1. What are the proper functions of government?
    2. Do you think society has the right to decide what's best for the individuals within it?
    3. Do we as individuals have an obligation to provide for others if they need help?

    UPDATE(11:58am)
    Double-confirmed. I heard MSNBC talking about this during lunch and I now see that the front page of Meet the Press is now advertising the interview:
    In an EXCLUSIVE Sunday morning show interview, President George W. Bush appears for the full hour, one-on-one with NBC's Tim Russert, live from the Oval Office. This will be the president's first Sunday morning show appearance since he took office.

    I bet Fox News is miffed. :)

    UPDATE(5:06pm)
    Drudge has discovered the ball and is running with it.

    UPDATE(2/8/2004 12:33pm)
    Damn it. Looks like they broadcast it already. The transcript is here.

    UPDATE(1:48pm)
    Insta-Dude has some blogosphere reaction here. It doesn't look good.

    January 23, 2004

    More Far-Right Christian Insanity

    It really is amazing how insane these Republican Christians are:

    Tony Perkins, president of the Family Research Council, said Mr. Bush's failure to ask Congress to get to work on an amendment negated his other initiatives.

    "If we throw out 6,000 years of human history that says marriage is between a man and a woman, then the rest of that doesn't matter," Mr. Perkins said.

    Copyright 2004The New York Times Company


    That quote better be taken out of context because otherwise it counts as the single most idiotic statement I've heard from a religious conservative so far this year. Take a moment and consider the implications of Mr. Perkins' words. Banning marriages between homosexuals is more important than doing what's right in Iraq, defending the country from terrorist attacks, what to do with the Patriot Act, the progress in Afghanistan, how foreign policy should be conducted, the tax cuts, economic growth, free trade, No Child Left Behind, the formulation of a new immigration policy, how improve health insurance, the Drug War, and all the billions of other dollars in programs, proposals, ideas, and changes Bush talked about.

    No. Only restricting the definition of marriage to heterosexuals is of paramount, almost catastrophic concern.

    Not that I go out of my way to find these things. I have enough things alternatively irritating and exasperting on my plate as it is. :)

    UPDATE(1/26/2004 9:40pm)
    Then again, this is detachment-from-reality on a whole different scale.

    January 22, 2004

    Noise Ordinances, Redux

    [Updates below.]

    Back in November, I wrote a post about noise ordinances and my opinions regarding them. The post lay dormant for months before getting a few comments. Those comments erupted into one of the most active discussions my blog has had.

    As with the nature of people arguing over the scope of state power, the commentary veered off into theoretical and philosophical grounds, as it should. It became apparent to me that the thread was loosing coherency and needed seperate posts to address some of the issues brought up. This is the first; the second will follow this one.

    Gil, from A Reasonable Man, disagreed with my fundamentalist stand against noise ordinances, saying:

    I disagree with the "libertarian" position expressed here that opposes all noise ordinances affecting vehicles on public roads.

    [...]

    I think the essence of libertarianism is the idea that people should be free to pursue their own projects without other people imposing unreasonable costs on them. I say "unreasonable", because there is a threshold of "cost" below which it is ridiculous to enforce this rule. Every time I breathe I'm reducing the available oxygen to everyone else, etc. On the moon, it might become reasonable to enforce property rights to oxygen because it would be more precious.


    In a following post that replied to my suggestion he apply the Nonaggression Principle to the subject, he replied:
    I have a lot of respect for Ayn Rand's works, and I think that the NAP is a great general guideline. But, I'm confident that it fails to capture the whole of morality.

    [...]

    I appreciate your concern for avoiding a slippery slope, but that's not a sufficient reason to insist that what's wrong is right. And a dogmatic application of the NAP is wrong.

    I think there is objective morality and I think we can approach moral truths, just as we can approach physical truths, through an honest process of conjecture and refutation, and not by adhering to dogma.


    He pointed to this article by J. Neil Schulman that takes the NAP to task for the sometimes messy outcomes a hardline NAP approach would create.

    So the issue is this: I believe moral action should be guided by objective ethics and those ethics should not contradict each other. If I am challenged in an arguement to prove what I believe is correct, that proof must be rooted in logic. Otherwise, it falls apart and becomes indefensible. Therefore, I have serious trouble accepting pragmatic and utilitarian (P&U) arguements for or against something.

    I base a great deal of my ethics on the NAP and examining which actors are initiating force against one another to determine who is in the wrong. Normally, this doesn't cause too many problems. But in the case of soundwaves, it does. By its nature, sound is physical force that travel through air and object. Every day we are exposed to uncountable numbers of soundwaves of various frequencies and powers. We can hear some and only feel others. Once we create sound, the path it takes and the things it impacts are out of our hands. Beyond the simple thought experiments that we might dabble in regarding where a sound might bounce to or end up, we can't tell what'll happen to it.

    From my absolutist viewpoint then, I should support noise restrictions because they violate the NAP and initiate force against those who have done nothing to you. In the case of subwoofers and powerful bass, the principle's violation becomes explicit as the forces involved can be great enough to rattle windows, wake people up, and literally disturb the peace. So why would I support the abolishment of noise laws as I did in my original post? Because I considered the individual property rights of the car owner to be more important than the property rights of the people affected by his music.

    Admittedly, this feels strongly arbitrary, and it's beginning to trouble me. As the discussion in the comments continued, I began to realize I couldn't defend myself adequately. The typical way to determine property rights problems is to determine who initiated force, but using that standard in an ideal society would result in consequences that even I'd be wary of.

    Gil says he thinks we can solve moral dilemmas through a Popperian approach just as we can solve scientific questions. I must say that I don't accept everything Objectivism proposes. However, one thing that has always remained close to me and was reinforced greatly by reading Objectivist writing is that in order to have standards to compare behavior to, we must have rules/statements/principles that are either directly axiomatic or a priori. Otherwise, if we adopt general themes or guidelines and use them instead, we run the risk of contradicting ourselves down the road, negating our positions. It's my deep distrust of P&U-based arguements. Additionally, the Popperian approach bothers me somewhat because it deliberately leaves open the chance that anything previously considered fact and truth could be false, ultimately resulting in a situation where no issue is truely considered settled.

    Perhaps I'm as (or more) ignorant of critical rationalism as I am of Objectivism. I do leave open that possibility. :)

    In the end, though, I have to stick up for what feels right in my gut if I'm unable to defend it from human criticism. And my position that noise ordinances violate property rights remains because they do. When I read about a law that makes it illegal for someone to play music on public roads that is loud enough to be heard from X feet away, I cringe. It represents another government attempt to exercise collective control over individual property. It's a symptom of the "do something!" syndrome that afflicts so many and provides room for the state to wade in and socially engineer.

    Is this consequentialist and therefore a different form of P&U arguementation? I have a bad feeling it is.

    But then again, the comments are open for those who disagree.

    UPDATED 6/12/2009 1:50pm
    Noise Ordinance Complaint at Shady Grove

    January 21, 2004

    Creeping Statism Watch

    I have in front of me two documents. One is a letter from my apartment management and one is a notice inserted into my latest phone bill.

    Each document is representative of the same bad ideas influencing society and our legislators.

    The apartment manager letter is a notice that they will be coming around over the next few days to inspect our porches. It says:

    Dear Resident(s),

    We will be looking at patios and landings next week. To avoid a lease violation, please remember the only things that are allowed on the patios are:

    *Plants
    *Patio furniture (furniture made specifically for outdoor use)
    *Bikes
    *And children's toys stored neatly

    The only things allowed on the landing are plants.
    Please do not set trash outside your door.

    B.Q. pits are not allowed to be stored or used on the patios.
    This is a city ordinance. (See attached)


    The emphasis is in the original.

    The paper attached is something from the Austin Fire Department. I'm not sure if this is it's motto or not (it's written motto-style across the top), but The Mission Goes Beyond the Name is cruel irony.

    Austin Residents:

    In an effort to prevent fires at Apartment Communities, the Austin City Council has passed a local amendment to the UNIFORM FIRE CODE, prohibiting the STORAGE OR USE of barbecue pits, hibachis, or any other outside cooking appliance on balconies, porches, in storage closets, inside any building or closer than five feet to to any portion of combustible wall or building. This amendment includes all cooking appliances that use charcoal, wood, gas (including PROPANE) as a fuel.

    While the Austin Fire Department is sympathetic to the inconveniences caused by the local amendment, it has been adopted in response to fire incident data, which have revealed an alarming number of fires in apartment communities in Austin. In fact, some of the dealiest and most destructive fires in Austin's history have occurred at apartment communities.

    Fines for violating this amendment to the Fire Code start at $348.00 and can reach $548.00 for repeated incidents of non-compliance. The Austin Fire Department will be enforcing the amendment through on-site inspections.

    If you have any questions, please call the Austin Fire Department's Emergency Prevention Division at 448-8310.

    Thank you for help keeping our community safe!


    The emphasis is in the original.

    I take little issue with my apartment complex setting rules for what it doesn't want us to set out on our porches, though I do consider the restrictions quite restrictive (what about standing ash trays or cleaning equipment like mops?). What I have a problem with is the change to the Fire Code. No doubt I'd have a lot of problems with the Fire Code if I read through it, but since this has presented itself to me and is a good example of what I want to get at, it'll do fine.

    The notice I recieved is from SBC, my telephone provider. In my latest bill, it sent me a notice along with a few other notices, but this one stuck out:

    Notification

    You may notice a new charge called the "Texas Universal Service" that pays for the Texas Universal Service Fund. This fund was created by the state of Texas to help pay for keeping local phone rates affordable for low income customers and customers in high cost rural areas and to serve customers with disabilities. If you have any questions about how this charge or how it is calculated, please call your telephone company


    Looking at the bill SBC mailed me, the Texas Universal Service fee I'm being billed for is $1.01 and is on top of a few other state fees.

    So, what are the bad ideas I spoke of?

    1. A dangerous problem exists. Therefore, the government should step in and regulate or ban most instances of the behavior that causes the problem.
    2. A number of people go without some services. Therefore, the government should step in and divert and redistribute wealth to those who need it.
    These two notions are responsible for a titanic amount of the collectivization that faces individual rights activists.

    January 09, 2004

    Maltreating A Fish?

    Divers Probed for Giving Fish Champagne

    Three Polish divers faced a police investigation Thursday for possible illegal fishing and animal abuse after a news photo showed them plying a freshly caught pike with champagne at an outdoor New Year's party.

    "They may have committed offences of poaching and maltreating a fish," said Maria Niedziolka of the National Fishing Authority, which notified police of the incident.

    The picture in Nowa Trybuna daily showed three frogmen neck-deep in a lake, with one of them tipping a bottle of cheap Russian bubbly into the fish's open mouth.




    Nowa Trybuna Opolska/Reuters - Handout


    The offending divers, fish, and bubbly in question. Certainly looks like forced alcoholic intake to me.
    One of the divers told news agency PAP that they had found the pike half-dead and wanted to "restore it to consciousness by treating it with champagne."

    It was not clear whether the fish survived. Police said it would not be needed as evidence in the investigation.


    Re-read that last sentence.

    Apparently, it is a crime to mistreat or abuse animals in Poland and pouring champagne into a fish's mouth seems to qualify. So, I would assume that since this is a criminal matter, charges must be filed, court dates must be set...and convictable evidence of the crime and it's responsibility must be collected and analyzed. I don't know what the criminal procedures are in Poland (I sense a Polish joke coming), but I do know that if I were prosecuting this kind of crime in America, I'd want the fucking fish in order to determine if it was abused.

    Because for all we know, these divers could be lying and the photo a fake.

    January 08, 2004

    Connecting the Immigration Dots

    A great many conservatives value the Drug War and maintaining laws against the ownership, production, distribution and use of narcotics. A great many conservatives also value strong border protections and immigration laws.

    When President Bush announced his overhaul of US immigration policy yesterday, a common complaint from conservatives (and others) is that granting full or partial amnesty to illegal immigrants provides incentives for others to arrive in America illegally. It gives them additional reasons and benefits to come here. And that's a good sensible arguement. I don't necessarily support it's intended conclusion or goal, but the arguement itself seems logical.

    But they don't seem to have made the connection those against the Drug War have made that making something illegal provides an incentive for people to engage in underground business activity. When something is banned and people want to continue using it, it's price goes up. After a point, the rewards of producing and distributing that thing outweigh the risks of getting caught. It's straight economics, very much like the immigration issue.

    They say it's wrong to incentivize illegal immigration. But the prohibition of drugs incentivizes their black market activity. I'd like to see someone bust one of these conservatives in this point during a debate and see what they have to say.

    December 19, 2003

    Quote of the Day

    Radley Balko:

    According to Roll Call, there are 25,627 registered lobbyists in Washington, D.C. -- or 47.9 for every member of Congress. That's not counting unofficial, unregistered lobbyists.

    Now, how many of those lobbyists do you suppose are asking our government to spend less money? My guess is that you could count them on one hand, and still have at least one finger left over to express your disgust for the whole process.

    December 18, 2003

    He Was, Like, "I like you", Like, You Know?

    "like"

    Two common uses for the term bother me.

    The first is "I like this person" in the sense that the speaker has feelings for a person extending beyond mere friendship or acquaintance-ness but not approaching the hallowed ground of "I love this person." It occupies a precarious middle position that causes all sorts of trouble for people trying to express what they feel because it's such a leap from friendship. Ever get embarassed when someone finds out you "like" them? It's because the escalation from normal feelings to "like" is so abrupt. We need more refined language to fill in the gap.

    The other is "and then he was like, 'yeah, I'll help you'" where "like" is used as a substitute for another word indicating action on the subject's part. I catch myself saying it all the time, mainly when telling a story. It feels right using it when I'm trying to convey body language and in that sense, it's marginally acceptable. But it's everywhere in the vocabulary of people under the age of 30, replacing more vivid and engaging speech. And then there's the dreaded "Valley Girl" usage, where the word can replace whole statements and body language becomes the primary method of communication and the word litters speech with interjections.

    "So he was like slouches! And I was like annoyed stare, because it was so rude, like get-with-it exasperation. He didn't, like, at all care about my feelings. Like totally! I like him - not like him like him - but not, like I'm in love with him. It's just like, resigned sigh."

    It's a stereotype, I'm aware. But stop and listen to your friends, co-workers, and family one day and listen to them speak. "Like" has crept in far more than we know.

    December 13, 2003

    The Insane Insanity Defense

    Erik tackles the insanity defense over at Brainville. Key quotes:

    Legal insanity is defined as the inability to distinguish right from wrong at the time of criminal actions. Two psychiatrists diagnosed Malvo with a dissociative disorder which led to distorted visions of reality. Problem is, Malvo felt conflicted about the shooting of a thirteen year-old boy, saying that killing children was wrong, yet he still did it. He was told by Muhammad that if his conscience was bothering him, he "should lock it up in a box and throw away the key."

    Is that what led to is failure to distinguish right from wrong? His voluntary choice to listen to Muhammad, and suppress his moral feelings about his actions? This sort of "learned insanity" shouldnt be considered insanity at all. If a person willingly submits themself to moral confusion, then theyve made a perfectly informed choice.

    [...]

    Legal insanity also established a dangerous principle; that mental content and feelings are more important than the actions you take.


    I'd add that if being legally insane means "the inability to distinguish right from wrong at the time of criminal actions," then people who adhere to or agree with an Objectivist-like moral code (as I do) should believe that nearly every government representative the world has experienced is insane, along with most of the pressure groups that raise stinks in the media.

    Unfortunately, that means they'd be less liable to face the responsibility for their actions in the context of current law. Hmm...

    December 12, 2003

    What Being Free Means

    Via a comment by John Lopez at No Treason!, I find this interesting Russell Madden article:

    The Iraqi people want to be free.

    What does that mean? At its simplest level, of course, this states that the goal sought by Iraqis is "freedom." Sounds good, no?

    The crucial question then becomes: what is "freedom"?


    [...]

    ...most Americans say they want freedom. Indeed - even though I cringe every time I hear them say it - virtually every politician proclaims his devout devotion to the shining star of freedom.

    Yet when presented with the gritty reality of what freedom is and what it implies, the American public runs shrieking in fright and terror into the strong and comforting arms of the Demicans and Republicrats...who are only too eager to calm their dread: "Hush, hush, there. Don't worry your little heads, dear voters. We don't actually mean it when we say we're pro-freedom." When 98% of Americans who vote consistently reject full freedom in favor of their preferred flavor of statism - mostly of the fascist variety - how seriously can the words of these ignorant folk be taken?

    [...]

    Tell an American that "to be free" means:

    No Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, no welfare, no guaranteed loans...

    No "gun" control laws...

    No drug prohibition...

    No restrictions on marriage or sex among adults...

    No government mandates for occupational or food or drug "safety"...

    No banning of pornography...

    No State-issued fiat money or banking regulations...

    No censorship...

    No national identification cards...

    No checks on private discrimination or verbal sexual harassment...

    No "public" schools...

    No "public" roads...

    No taxation...

    No antitrust laws...

    No affirmative action...

    No minimum wage...

    No draft...

    No State-run postal "service"...

    No smoking bans...

    No cellphone bans...

    No art subsidies...

    No NASA...

    No United Nations...

    No national or state or city parks...

    No mandated recycling...

    No State-run airports and security...

    Yes. Inform the average American of what "freedom" means and he that he will have to live within its parameters forever and he will crawl into a fetal ball and weep in abject panic...


    There have been few pieces of writing on the Net that I have agreed with on a fundamental level so much. Read the rest of it, there's way more.

    Why I'm Not Religious

    Bring Back the A-Word

    Basic moral principles apply not only to Jews, in other words, but to all people, even those that don't follow Jewish dietary laws. If any country defies them, it will suffer a fate akin to the Canaanites'. The men and women of Canaan were not held responsible for not observing the Jewish Sabbath--to pick another example of a practice asked only of Jews; but they were held responsible for rejecting the fundamental moral tenet that marriage is between a man and a woman.

    [...]

    Any Bible-believer must agree that its Gods will, not mans intellect, which decides profound moral questions.

    [...]

    After all, we are talking about laws of nature as God made it. An ancient rabbinic teaching says that in creating the world, He first looked in the Torah, Scriptures first five books and their explanatory traditions. In other words, the Bible is not a set of arbitrarily imposed rules. Its a blueprint of how the world works.


    My emphasis, which is why I'm not a theist.

    That's David Klinghoffer on Beliefnet.

    The very first questions anyone should ask someone who says this are

    1. If Gawd willed child rapists to do what they do, does that make it moral?
    2. If God revealed a Bible II with a whole new set of teachings and instructions and many of them directly contradict statements in prior biblical Books, would you follow them? "Sorry folks, that was just a test. This here is the Real Deal. Just checking to see if you'd play along!"
    3. I consider "how does the world work?" a very profound and fundamental question that touches upon all aspects of life, humanity, and morality. Why are you relying on fallible and human-derived reasoning ("An ancient rabbinic teaching says...") for a question as important as that when you just said Gawd is the source of such teaching?
    4. If Gawd decides what actions are moral and what aren't, doesn't that dilute individual responsiblity? If you don't know the true morality of your actions (since Gawd determines this outside of human intellect) and therefore know the ethical costs associated with your actions, how can you hold someone accountable for them - especially if that means damnation? Additionally, what's to stop Gawd from changing His or Her mind? Does theft become charity, murder flip to birth, and lying reversed to honesty?

    Then again, Mr. Klinghoffer goes on to say this elsewhere:

    This doesn't mean we have to stone gays or carry out any of the other penalties for misbehavior outlined in the Hebrew Bible. These are meant to be applied only in a Jewish commonwealth, and then only under very special conditions. (There needs to be a Temple in Jerusalem with a high-court, or Sanhedrin, sitting in judgment there on capital trials. Look for these when the Messiah comes, ushering in a new world full of the knowledge of God where the need for harsh justice will thus be exceedingly rare.)

    [...]

    We Americans dont live in a society governed by Mosaic law. However, neither did the Canaanites. When the Bible speaks of their moral failings in very specific ethical areas, and the consequent downfall of their civilization, there is a lesson not just for a Jewish society but for everyone. The way God sets things up, a society that institutionalizes same-sex unions will ultimately suffer tragic consequences--disgorgement from its place in the world. What, in very concrete terms, would that mean? Lets hope we dont have to find out.


    Wow.

    Well then *cough* it may be best to skip the questions and move on to someone else. Since it looks like I am for the downfall of human civilization, there probably isn't much point to talking with him anyway.

    Via Andrew Sullivan, who, if he was consistent, would be agreeing with Mr. Klinghoffer rather than not.

    December 11, 2003

    An Economic Anecdote

    Want Soap? Make Your Own

    The other day I found myself in an antique/junk store staring at a huge old iron kettle, and I wondered out loud how many one could feed using that for soup. A man next to me, who looked to be in his 70s, said: that's not for soup; that's for rendering hog fat!

    Read the rest of Jeffrey Tucker's piece to see what I mean by the title.

    Another Considerable Commitment; Eminent Domain Gone Wrong

    Just as I praised Dave Gross for his decision to actually stop funding the government by taking hardship upon himself, I feel obligated to applaud Arthur Bixby and his son Steven Bixby for taking a stand against property theft.

    A father and son angered by a state plan to seize some of their land for a highway killed two officers who went to their home, setting off a 13-hour standoff and a "horrendous gunfight," authorities and neighbors said.

    The Bixby family had decided that they would defend their land to the death, authorities say.

    [...]

    The gunfight was so fierce that police at one point had to bring in extra ammunition, Stewart said. Agents found suicide notes, anti-American material and items that may relate to militias, Stewart said.

    Arthur Bixby and his son, Steven Bixby, 36, were charged with murder in the deaths of the two officers, authorities said Tuesday. Steven Bixby was to be arraigned Tuesday; Arthur Bixby, was still being treated for gunshot wounds.

    Arthur Bixby's wife, Rita, was charged with being an accessory to murder, and all three also are charged with conspiracy, officials said.

    Copyright 2003, The Associated Press
    Copyright Newsday, Inc.


    I deeply regret the loss and injury of life and wish I didn't happen. I don't enjoy deadly force being employed against anyone but the most morally ugly of human beings.

    However, as Billy Beck said:

    Jeffrey, the AP'ster, cites "authorities" and says, "None of the family members tried to negotiate with officers during the standoff."

    Notably, no one offers a reason why the family might even consider that. What did they have to win, and when did they have it? A smaller bite of their property before the bulldozers rolled up? That sort of agreement with idlers who pen-stroke peoples' lives? Well, guess what: those people didn't see the percentage. And every now and then, the idlers -- and the types who take their coin to just do their jobs on the bulldozers -- are going to run into people who really are going to stand their lives, fortunes, and their sacred honor against them.


    Indeed. I don't axiomatically hate the police nor do I wish them ill. But I do believe that much of the law they are tasked to enforce is immoral and people should not be compelled to comply with immoral law. That I am unwilling to actually take steps like Mr. Gross, the Bixbys, or even Mr. Beck have doesn't lessen the principle of the matter. I may be a wuss, but the ideas exist outside of me and my movtivations.

    Man Cites N.H. Motto When Charged With Police Shooting

    A former New Hampshire family involved a dramatic shootout in South Carolina Tuesday cited the state motto as defense for killing two police officers.

    Police said the Bixby family engaged in a 13-hour standoff at their home Tuesday when two officers were shot and killed over an apparent land dispute.

    "Why'd I do it?" Steven Bixby said in court. "We didn't do it. They started it."

    Sources told News9 that the Bixby family was part of an extremist group when they live in Haverhill, N.H., about 20 years ago. South Carolina police said Steven Bixby and his parents had a grudge against the government that led to the standoff.

    Prosecutors said Steven Bixby and his father, Arthur Bixby, were the shooters at their Abbville, S.C., home. During a courtroom rant to reporters, Steven Bixby cited New Hampshire's state motto as validation for his actions.

    "If we can't be any freer than that in this country, I'd just as soon die," he said. "I'm originally from New Hampshire, where the motto is 'Live free or die.'"

    Copyright 2003 by TheWMURChannel. All rights reserved.


    It's sad that this will only further convince the mainstream that ardent property rights defenders are violent and unstable wackos, too "extreme" to be taken seriously. It's not as sad as the destruction that occured, but it sucks nonetheless.

    Bixbys unnerved some neighbors; others remember kind gestures

    In New Hampshire, Grafton County Sheriff's Capt. Paul Leavitt said Bixby was convicted in 1992 of driving with a revoked license and drunken driving. Two years later, an arrest warrant was issued after Bixby did not contact the state to open a probation case, and for not paying his fine.

    Leavitt said investigators who searched for him at the time believed he already had moved to South Carolina. The court renewed the warrant in October of this year, based on the probation violations.

    Bixby appealed the revocation, saying in a handwritten affidavit: "I've never seen a state or heard of a state that is quite as crooked as this one. The motto, 'Live Free or Die' is one hell of a joke. The new motto ought to be, 'You'll die trying to live free in New Hampshire.' "

    [...]


    A former neighbor of the Bixbys, Ronnie Corley, said Arthur and Rita Bixby were kind people who even once offered to help him build a house without charge. And he said they would fiercely defend their son.

    "Arthur and Rita Bixby, if they liked you, they'd do anything in the world for you," Corley said. "They just didn't want to be pushed around about their property rights."

    TheState.com & Associated Press


    In the end, they killed people in order to protect their property. I wouldn't have choosen that method, even knowing that in the long run, the government would be taking what it wanted.

    December 10, 2003

    Miscellany

    Various news items, editorialized:

    An incitement to censor.
    An unhonorable honor code.
    Nanny statism on a county scale.
    Insanity has been cheapened.
    Israel goes it alone; no one happy.
    Kyoto sucks!
    Assault or legitimate punishment through contract? I say assault.
    He should have gotten 99 years.
    Nationalist, protectionist, crony capitalist nonsense.
    "Oops" doesn't quite cut it.
    The Supreme Court doesn't care about freedoms of speech and association.
    The State of California is a bad investment? No shit.

    December 08, 2003

    Maggie's Calmer, But No Less Silly

    [Updates below.]

    The last time I discussed Maggie Gallagher, I was deeply disappointed in her near-hysterical blathering over the damage legalized gay marriage would do to the United States. After witnessing this, I pretty much formed my opinion of her and left it at that.

    Well, I was browsing National Review Online and came across her latest article on gay marriage. I shall sum it thusly:


    Conventional wisdom says Democrats and Republicans are vulnerable over their stances on gay marriage.

    Conventional wisdom is wrong, cuz polls show slipping support for and rising resistence to gay marriage.

    Silly Democrats.


    She dramatically cut back on the tone in this piece, but at it's essence it says this:

    My worldview and philosophy says gay marriage is bad. An increasing majority of Americans agree. Ha ha ha!

    UPDATE 1/26/2005 8:58am
    Maggie Gallagher on the Take?

    December 05, 2003

    He's Got One Thing Right

    A Tale of War: Iraqi Describes Battling G.I.'s

    "We are not fighting for Saddam," [the former Iraqi soldier] said. "We are fighting for freedom and because the Americans are Jews. The Governing Council," he said, referring to the body of Iraqis appointed by the Americans, "is a bunch of looters and criminals and mercenaries. We cannot expect that stability in this country will ever come from them."

    Copyright 2003 The New York Times Company


    Flat-Tax Comeback
    The immediate cause for renewed interest in the flat tax is an order by Paul Bremer, administrator of the Iraqi Provisional Authority, establishing a 15 percent flat-rate tax in that country. The order was signed on September 19 and takes effect on January 1. A November 2 report in the Washington Post said that Bremer's action was sparking a new drive among those like Forbes to revive the issue here.

    Actually, the Post didn't quite get the story right. Bremer's order merely says the following: "The highest individual and corporate tax rates for 2004 and subsequent years shall not exceed 15 percent." While the intent may have been to have a single 15 percent rate, the order does not preclude progressive rates up to 15 percent. Moreover, because the tax base is not specified, one could easily create effective tax rates well above the statutory maximum by allowing multiple taxation of the same income.

    -Bruce Bartlett, National Revieeew Online


    My emphasis.

    Via tacitus.

    December 04, 2003

    Never Knew This About Martin Luther

    Does Islam Need a Luther or a Pope?

    "Faith alone" is for many a Protestant the ground, not only of salvation, but ultimately also of knowledge. "Reason is the devil's whore," Luther tells us, and it "must be deluded, blinded, and destroyed."

    In the midst of this very impressive essay, this stood out and siezed my attention. I had no idea Martin Luther said this; my assumption that he was a "good guy" (and therefore an intellectual who respected logic) was total. It feels odd to have such a taken-for-granted notion shattered.

    I did a Google search for "'Reason is the devil's whore' luther" and it looks like the quote checks out, at least in terms of minor popularity. The most complete contextual quotation I could find says this:

    "And I sat in my heap of pain until the words emerged and opened out, 'The just shall live by faith. My pain vanished, my bowels flushed and I could get up. I could see the life I'd lost. No man is just because he does just works... This I know; reason is the devil's whore, born of one stinking goat called Aristotle, which believes that good works make a good man. But the truth is that the just shall live by faith alone. I need no more than my sweet redeemer and mediator, Jesus Christ."

    But that's from a play from John Osborne whose name, I believe, is Luther. I couldn't find a footnote, bibliography, or citation in that search for the "reason is the devil's whore" quote. I can't tell if it's legitimate.

    If true, however, it is shocking. It's a brazen dismissal of rationality. It's a statement that is more open and honest in it's intentions than any I've seen from a subjectivist.

    I did find a Luther-Aristotle analysis that persuasively argues Luther's animosity towards Aristotle...if the quote is true:

    When Luther spoke of "reason" he often meant Aristotle - & specifically, what he saw as the undue influence influence of Aristotle on medieval theology. He did not object to the use of "reason" in theology but insisted that it had to serve revelation & not be its master. Reason must have a ministerial, not a magisterial, role in theology. "He who wishes to
    theologize with Aristotle must first become thoroughly a fool for Christ."

    The contradiction I see in Luther's philosophy is simply breath-taking. I wish this aspect of him had been made apparent when he studied him in school.

    The rest of Edward Feser's essay is extremely interesting. I may post about it after spending some time pondering it.

    UPDATE(12/16/2003 12:10am)
    The ultimate irony: blogging about how hard it is to find information on a subject...only to end up as the #1 Google hit for the subject you had trouble researching.

    December 03, 2003

    Robert Bartley to get the Presidential Medal of Freedom?

    Wall Street Journal Editor to Get Medal

    Robert Bartley, editor emeritus of the Wall Street Journal, has been chosen to receive the Presidential Medal of Freedom, the nation's highest civil honor.

    Whoa. Where did this come from?
    Announced on Wednesday by the White House, the award cites Bartley, who ran the editorial page of the newspaper from 1972 to 2002, as one of the most influential journalists in American history. He started at the Journal as a reporter in 1962. Two years later, he joined the newspaper's editorial page staff.

    "As a reporter, author, editorial page editor and columnist, he helped shape the times in which we live," the award citation says. "The United States honors him for his contributions to American journalism and to the intellectual and political life of our nation."

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    The Whitehouse statement states the citation in it's entirety:
    Robert L. Bartley is one of the most influential journalists in American history. As a reporter, author, editorial page editor, and columnist, he helped shape the times in which we live. A champion of free markets, individual liberty, and the values necessary for a free society, his writings have been characterized by profound insights, passionate convictions, a commitment to democratic principles, and an unyielding optimism in America. The United States honors him for his contributions to American journalism and to the intellectual and political life of our Nation.

    Here is the Lying in Ponds partisanship page on Mr. Bartley. It's pretty obvious he's a Bush supporter. Timothy Noah, back in October 2000, revealed this Bartley piece about that he sums up as "He's dumb, and that's good!, as the third phase in Republicans' "progressive rationalization about George W. Bush's brainpower." The first two being He isn't dumb and He's dumb, but it doesn't matter.

    On the other hand, Mr. Noah does say this, which in the context of today looks pretty wrong:

    The trouble with the Reagan-Dubya comparison is that Reagan was an ideologue, and Dubya is not. As a result, Bush is unlikely to be as responsive to Bartley and his fellow conservatives as Reagan was.

    2003 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved


    In any case, there's more to this story than simple recognition for a man's work. The highest civilian award? Doesn't smell right in the absence of other information.

    A list of recipients over the years is here.

    UPDATE(12/10/2003)
    Well, that didn't last long.

    Bartley, 'WSJ' Editorial Page Editor, Dies

    Robert L. Bartley, editor of The Wall Street Journal's conservative editorial page for 30 years, had died of cancer, according to a report on WSJ.com. Bartley, 66, won a Pulitzer Prize for his editorials in 1980.

    December 02, 2003

    The Death of Kerafyrm & What It Means

    Via Hit & Run, I learned about The Sleeper's death in EverQuest.

    This is an interesting story, but I liked this part the most.

    They killed what Sony Online Entertainment intended to be unkillable. But rather than actually make it untargetable, Sony just gave it a ten billion hitpoints. For those non EQers out there a reference scale: a snake has about 10 hitpoints. A dragon has about 100,000. A god has 1-2million. This sleeper thing really does have about ten billion or more. It took close to 200 players almost 4 hours to beat the thing down into the ground.

    Why, you might ask, would anyone waste four hours of their life doing this? Because a game said it couldn't be done. This is like the Quake freaks that fire their rocket launchers at their own feet to propel themselvs up so they can jump straight to the exit and skip 90% of the level and finish in 2 seconds. Someone probably told them they couldn't finish in less than a minute.

    Copyright 2003 Andrew Phelps. All rights reserved.


    The first point is, humans have an unlimited desire to accomplish goals and enhance their lives. These gamers set aside their valuable time to confront and defeat what was considered an unstoppable creature in an online MMORG. They could have read a book, ridden a bike, or drag raced cars at an abandoned airport. Of the millions of options available, they choose to play video games and entertain themselves.

    They choose to take on a task that if completed, would leave them with an unknown reward. It wasn't even known if The Sleeper could be killed, what would happen if it died, and what the players would get for their efforts. Using 175 characters working for 3 hours results in 525 man-hours of coordinated effort for an outcome that was far from certain. Pretty impressive and a shining display of the power the human spirit will front in order to "do the impossible." Imagine the outcome of unleashing that human potential without restraint, without the roadblocks of taxes, licenses, and paperwork in it's way.

    It simply cannot be said that mankind will ever be "satisfied" with some current level of material progress and comfort. We can't remain in status forever, treading water at some point externally and arbitrarily defined in our lives. I'm sure a more educated Austrian could expand upon the importance of this, but I'll say that it is one of the fundamental driving forces of human action and a crucial thing that free market capitalism respects.

    With thousands watching and waiting, the Sleepers health inched ever downward.

    Almost three hours into the fight, when victory looked possible, he disappeared, violating every rule in the world of Norrath on how a monster is supposed to behave. We thought [SonyOnline] understood us better. The fact you let it happen the next night means very little - the point is on that first magical evening when warriors rode off to battle the supreme, you meddled. They thought of something you didn't, something legal by the rules of the game you set forward, and you meddled. In the parlance of the world you created: "shame & ridicule".


    My other point to make regarding this is how even the best-laid plans can be eradicated by human determination. Sony set Kerafyrm's hit points and regerating ability to a level that was considered absurdly high...for that time. Since then, the context surround the game has changed.

    I draw an analogy to this and the central planning that governments engage in on a daily basis. The most recent example would be the prescription drug benefit for seniors. Congressional bill authors simply cannot understand how people will change, what the economic impact of their laws will be, and how influences outside their jurisdiction will interplay with everything. The $400 billion price tag is an estimate based on incomplete data, an estimate that is subject to political meddling and obfuscation. It won't be worth a damn in one year. Well, that may not be true. It could be useful to use as a sharp reminder why the idea was terrible in the first place.

    SoE, on the other hand, is a private entity that owns the system in question and it can meddle quite effectively and with complete discretion. But notice that when it did, when it decided the players were going places they shouldn't, it recieved rebuke and condemnation. The players used a legitimate way to beat an opponent and Sony freaked, worried about it's control over the system.

    SoE owns EverQuest, so that's no big deal. But imagine that things are different and SoE is really the local zoning board and the players are really business proprietors who want to set up companies that otherwise jump successfully through all the regulatory hurdles. Imagine the irritation and anger at the announcement that no, you can't build here...you aren't "local" enough or you'd throw a neighborhood's "funky culture out of whack". It's authoritarian and disgusting and demonstrates a disrespect for individuals.

    Congradulations to the people who took down The Sleeper. Let's hope that the current Leviathan government we face won't need such an effort to destroy.

    November 26, 2003

    Noise Ordinance Laws and Libertarians

    My 2002 VW Golf TDI has a great OEM sound system. There were only two problems with it when I got the car: it only had a tape deck and the woofers reached low enough that I worried about damaging them at prolonged levels of volume. So I picked out a JVC MP3 CD player head unit and solved the tape deck problem (until someone stole it), leaving me with the question of bass.

    When I upgraded to a subwoofer, I finally solved my bass problem. Now I could enjoy much greater low-end response without having to drive my main speakers hard and risk screwing them up. I don't like excessively loud music, even when it's live. I especially don't like it when I think I may be putting my property at risk of damage.

    Of course, some people don't share those feelings.

    How low can bass go?

    When Bradley Bohac comes and goes from his house near Ramsey Park, his neighbors know. His Ford Mustang may look modest, but it packs a pair of 18-inch sub-woofers in the trunk, powered by a $2,000 amplifier to announce his arrival and departure in no uncertain terms. His windshield shimmers from a sonic overload that could blow out a match. "If you want to swang and bang with the big boys, you've gotta have the system," Bohac says, gently swerving his ride to the beat of a "screwed and chopped" CD from Houston's Devin the Dude. You've probably heard the stuff -- that rap music with the nuclear bass that flattens out and sustains, sounding more like a heavy appliance on the fritz than anything musical. You've heard it whether you wanted to or not.

    Some people, in pursuit of their interests, have decided to spend serious money on car audio systems that can announce their presence from dozens of yards away, windows up or down. Since they have higher quality gear and are immersed in an enthusiast atmosphere, they don't worry as much as I do about the volume of their music. Indeed, blasting their music loudly is the entire point.
    "Me and my boys sometimes like to drive through the ritzy neighborhoods, like over by Mount Bonnell," the 21-year-old says with a laugh. "We like to (tick) off the rich folks." Houston-based hip-hop, slowed and manipulated to sound like a phantasmic flashback, is the new punk rock. Noise annoys -- "and we don't ca-a-a-a-re!"

    Over in East Austin, meanwhile, the slow and furious promenade rolls almost nonstop. When a couple of SUVs sidle up to each other at the intersection of East 12th and Chicon streets and crank up the music in impromptu competition, it sounds like Vietnam, 1968.


    Anyone who lives in a city with more than a few thousand people know what it's like to pull up next to a thumper who's rattling their Caddy's license plate with bass. But not everyone knows what it's like to live among these people day in and day out.
    A few houses away, longtime East Austin resident Scottie Ivory dials 311. "I hate to be a pest, but sometimes I call to complain about the noise 10 times a day," she says. "My walls are shaking so hard that I can't even watch TV. What am I supposed to do?"

    But the booming SUVs are gone before the dispatcher gets an address. The thunder rolls down dark blocks, announcing to those inside their homes: "Here we come. We're bad! Can you deal with this?"


    What those SUV owners did was probably illegal.
    10-5-3 GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.
      A person may not:
        (5) operate sound equipment in a vehicle audible or causing a vibration 30 feet from the equipment.

    Does it deserve to be? Do the property rights of homeowners wishing for peace and quiet override the property rights of drivers blaring music? Does the nuisance of booming bass require the government to get involved?

    I say "no" to all three questions.

    I support making an activity a crime when that activity violates someone's rights. What are our rights? The most important and fundamental right is to one's own life. The corollaries to that right form the framework for the rest of the rights we have. Ownership of our property is one of those corollaries. Does blasting music loud violate the property rights of those around you, especially if the bass from said music is powerful enough to rattle windows a block away?

    Does it act as an initiation of force, which would be such a violation? Certainly from a pure physics perspective it does. Subwoofers literally force liters of air outward at great pressures in order to create the bass effect. However, if you were to use this arguement, you'd have to address normal and everyday human-generated soundwaves, as they all operate on the same principles. All soundwaves impact the objects around them once generated and cease once they loose enough power.

    Heh, it would be interesting to see someone use this kind of arguement to stump for speech regulation on the grounds that some people are exposed to unwanted air vibrations.

    However, we treat assault differently depending on the magnitude of the attacker's force. It wouldn't be reasonable to sentence a man to 10 years of jail time for throwing a pillow at another and bending that other man's eyeglasses. Similarly, it wouldn't be reasonable to fine a man $25 for repeatedly bashing another man in the head with a brick. Punishment for a violation of rights should scale with the degree and nature of the violation.

    So it would be reasonable to hold a driver financially responsible for damage his car audio system causes to another's property. If some jerk is blasting his music so loud something in my home vibrates off it's perch and breaks, that jerk is responsible for breaking that object and owes me compensation; more if the sonic force was intentionally made to break my property.

    But what if no property is damaged and no injury is sustained to another's body? People fed up with being exposed to levels of music they find annoying have pushed for the passing of "nuisance laws" to punish people who act in irritating ways. Can this be classified under a right to the pursuit of happiness?

    I don't believe so. First of all, various people find various things irritating. If we were to use this standard, there would be no end in sight to the myriad nuisance laws we'd have to endure and step lightly around. It would strangle freedom. Furthermore, it's a right to pursue happiness, not a right to enjoy it wherever you are. It's the freedom to do what makes you happy, provided you don't violate the rights of others in the process. That translates into not passing laws that punish people for pursuing their own happiness.

    But having a big booming system can have a price beyond the thousands it may cost to install. In the first 10 months of 2003, Austin police have written 398 tickets for noise ordinance violations from vehicles. "If we can hear your music from 30 feet away, you're in violation," says assistant police chief Robert Bahlstrom. Fines range anywhere from $91 to $500. "Noise from cars is one of the biggest complaints we get in neighborhoods. I've been in community meetings where we're talking about noise problems and a car will come by with the bass so loud that the windows shake."

    So in essence, I find the notion of fining bass-lovers wrong.

    Where does this leave annoyed bystanders?

    Some bass-terrorized residents have sought out architectural advice on how to better keep the sounds out of their bedrooms and living rooms. "The first thing I'd recommend is the use of landscaping, maybe putting up an outside wall, to refract sound waves," says architect Donovan Davis. "Much of the external sound comes in through the window panes, so thicker curtains could help soundproof. Use layers to create air spaces. Outside sound dies a little with each air space."

    They respond in peaceful ways, as they should. Besides taking strategic steps like these to reduce low frequency volume levels, they can take tactical steps as well.

    An example of these would be to form a neighborhood property association and make up a music volume policy. Have that policy posted at all entrances to the neighborhood clearly stating the consequences of violating that policy. As they are on private property, drivers of loud vehicles must respect the wishes of the owner(s), otherwise they are trespassing. This doesn't address the problem of loud vehicles outside the limits of the neighborhood but close enough to be heard, but beyond asking and posting signs, to take any legislative action to punish those drivers would be a violation of their rights.

    In a free market, individuals who have similar interests can band together to use their collective property rights to isolate themselves from human behavior that annoys them. A free society should enourage this kind of response over using the blunt instrument of state force.

    There are other considerations to keep in mind about these noise ordinances.

    ...Bahlstrom says violators are becoming more savvy about avoiding law enforcement; the number of tickets has dropped from a high of 798 citations for the first 10 months of 2001. "You can see them cut the sound or turn it down when they see a police car," Bahlstrom says. "Then, when we're gone, they crank it back up."

    First is their impracticality, which should be obvious. To be guilty of a crime, there should be definitive and objective proof of that person's guilt. If, while pissed at someone for blasting music, you take down their license plate and make a note of the details of the incident, you still have to prove the driver was blasting music, which means either recording equipment or witnesses.
    But [Ahneris LaPicca] says the police just use the noise ordinance as an excuse to pull over cars and search them for drugs. "They know the screwheads smoke weed," he says. "That's what they're really after." It's a claim Bahlstrom denies.

    Copyright 2001-2003 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    Then there's police harassment in order to bust drug users and dealers. Using one unjustified law in order to bust someone for another unjustifed law isn't something I support.

    In my opinion, anyone who calls him- or herself a friend of freedom should support the abolishment of noise ordinances in all stripes and forms.

    November 25, 2003

    A Workplace Dialogue on Religion & Government

    I commented recently over at Brainville, saying this about my beer > religion post:

    Wait till I post the catalyst for me doing a search for the Ten Commandments of Beer.

    Hoo-boy. And here I was wondering when religion and the state would get discussed on the employee newsgroup!

    *sigh*


    It's now time to give the whole ugly background.

    Exactly one week ago, Susanna* posted the following message unsolicited in the Miscellaneous newsgroup, one of three newsgroups employees at TASB have to discuss things. One newsgroup is for technology questions only, one is a For Sale forum, and the third is Miscellaneous. It is where everything else goes, general discussion and things like that.

    Samuel Thompson wrote:

    I don't believe in Santa Claus, but I'm not going to sue somebody for singing a Ho-Ho-Ho song in December.

    I don't agree with Darwin, but I didn't go out and hire a lawyer when my high school teacher taught his theory of evolution.

    Life, liberty or your pursuit of happiness will not be endangered because someone says a 30-second prayer before a football game. So what's the big deal? It's not like somebody is up there reading the entire book of Acts. They're just talking to a God they believe in and asking him to grant safety to the players on the field and the fans going home from the game. "But it's a Christian prayer," some will argue. Yes, and this is the United States of America, a country founded on Christian principles. And we are in the Bible Belt. According to our very own phone book, Christian churches outnumber all others better than 200-to-1. So what would you expect-somebody chanting Hare Krishna?

    If I went to a football game in Jerusalem, I would expect to hear a Jewish prayer.

    If I went to a soccer game in Baghdad, I would expect to hear a Muslim prayer.

    If I went to a ping pong match in China, I would expect to hear someone pray to Buddha.

    And I wouldn't be offended. It wouldn't bother me one bit. When in Rome...

    "But what about the atheists?" is another argument. What about them? Nobody is asking them to be baptized. We're not going to pass the collection plate. Just humor us for 30 seconds. If that's asking too much, bring a Walkman or a pair of ear plugs. Go to the bathroom. Visit the concession stand. Call your lawyer. Unfortunately, one or two will make that call. One or two will tell thousands what they can and cannot do. I don't think a short prayer at a football game is going to shake the world's foundations.

    Christians are just sick and tired of turning the other cheek while our courts strip us of all our rights. Our parents and grandparents taught us to pray before eating, to pray before we go to sleep. Our Bible tells us just to pray without ceasing. Now a handful of people and their lawyers are telling us to cease praying. God, help us. And if that last sentence offends you, well..........just sue me..

    The silent majority has been silent too long.. it's time we let that one or two who scream loud enough to be heard, that the vast majority don't care what they want.. it is time the majority rules!

    It's time we tell them, you don't have to pray.. you don't have to say the pledge of allegiance, you don't have to believe in God or attend services that honor Him. That is your right, and we will honor your right.. but by golly you are no longer going to take our rights away .. we are fighting back.. and we WILL WIN! After all the God you have the right to denounce is on our side!

    God bless us one and all, especially those who denounce Him...

    God bless America, despite all her faults.. still the greatest nation of all.....

    God bless our service men who are fighting to protect our right to pray and worship God...

    May 2003 be the year the silent majority is heard and we put God back as the foundation of our families and institutions.

    Keep looking up...... In God WE Trust

    If you agree with this, please pass it on. If not, delete it!!


    She posted this on the 18th and thus ignited the longest and most rambling thread I've seen in the newsgroup. I've copied the text and I've formatted the discussion in a nested style. Be aware that it's a LONG read...this debate went on for four straight days.

    *I've removed everyone's last names out of respect for their privacy. My name is repeated in full. The thread follows below with the first comment.

    UPDATE(10:17pm)
    Cleaned up some stuff. All text formatting appears as it does in the original thread.

    Continue reading "A Workplace Dialogue on Religion & Government" »

    November 20, 2003

    Slippery Slopes & Reductio Creep

    Bonfire of the Absurdities
    Post-Reductio America
    Reductio Creep

    I know Slippery Slope arguements are logically invalid. But the slow grind of nanny statism continues unabated in slippery slope fashion with only hiccups getting in it's way. I can't argue along consistently logical lines with reasoning that includes some form of slippery slope ("If you ban or regulate this, then you'll just move right along to this), but it becomes clearer and clearer each day that there are people out there (many of them in various seats of power) who cannot really see an end in sight for their expansion of the government into our lives. And the single most branded-about justification for this is...it's for your own good.

    There's an unpleasant thought as I go to bed.

    UPDATED 5/27/2005 9:31am
    Banning Knives and Slippery Slopes

    Stay Out of North Port, Florida

    The city where taxes officially trump death.

    In 2001, a city inspector cited Robert Seckula for a broken television antenna leaning against the side of his Talbrook Road home.

    He was sent a registered letter telling him to appear before the city's code enforcement board and, when he didn't show up, he was fined $25 a day until he fixed the problem. The fines -- totaling $17,941.50 over two years -- were never paid, and the city placed a lien on his property.

    But city officials didn't know Seckula had a good reason for ignoring them.

    He had been dead since 1997.

    Now an old buddy wants to protect the dead man's sister from having to pay off the debt.


    A cold stare indeed, Mr. Beck. Abso-fuckin-lutely insane.

    November 10, 2003

    Die! Die You Ugly Idea DIE!

    [Updates below.]

    State's dependence on property tax has to go

    Among the many presenters at the Mexican-American Legislative Caucus hearing on public school finances last week in Arlington, El Paso state Sen. Eliot Shapleigh deserved an A-plus for guts and clarity.

    A MALC panelist teased that his presentation was a filibuster. On the contrary, his talk was a clearing of cobwebby thinking and empty political promises.

    With his parade of statistics and graphs, Shapleigh had the nerve to state repeatedly -- as he had at other MALC hearings -- that the fairest and soundest way to fund Texas schools was to provide property tax relief through a state income tax.


    Die, Die, Die!

    If Texas passes an income tax, I may just move to New Hampshire.

    I want to question Senator Shapleigh in front of live news cameras:

    Sir, is it your contention that an income tax is the most fair way to fund Texas schools?

    Yes, that is my contention.

    Sir, would an acceptable definition of "fair" be equal treatment for all?

    Sounds fine to me.

    Equally treating all...like how you filed a bill to treat all Texas public junior college students equally in regards to the tutition they owe?

    Excuse me?

    SB 201, which you authored. It attempted, essentially, to give "governing board[s] of junior college district[s]" located "in count[ies] that border the United Mexican States" the authority to "waive" the tutition fees for residents of "United Mexican States" who "register for lower division courses" and whom "demonstrate" a financial need after the financial resources of the foreign student and the student's family are considered." In place of the standard foreign tutition rates, the bill said the student "shall pay tuition at the rate charged Texas residents who reside outside the junior college district."

    To provide an example of the difference between these two rates, Austin Community College charges $408 for 12 credit hours if you live "in district," $1,068 if you live "out of district," and a whopping $2,112 if you are an "out of state" or "international student." El Paso Community College - certainly a more pertinent example, don't you think, Senator? - charges $589 for 12 credit hours for "residents" and $800 for "non-residents." These are serious sums of money for incoming students. Your bill would have given some students cheaper access to these educational resources than other students.

    That's equal treatment, correct, Sir?

    Now look here...

    Because it would certainly be equal treatment to give some students a cheaper ride through junior college and only through junior colleges that are on the Texas-Mexico border. That's fair, right?

    Excuse me, but that bill was intended to help the needy, to aid immigrants from other countries in getting an education!

    And thereby treating them differently from the rest of the student body, correct?

    Well...

    Not to mention only junior colleges along the Mexican border get to take part in this fair treatment.


    You fucker. Don't talk to me about fair treatment in regards to educational financing. Not when you're prancing about trying to grant tutition breaks to Mexican residents.

    Anyway, back to the Star-Telegram article:

    A woman in the audience of about 100 shouted "no," but many others nodded. It is time for Texans to own up to their responsibility to pay their fair share instead of relying on regressive local property and state sales taxes.

    I bet that woman had a memory spasm of the days (long past) when people provided for their own lives from the fruits of their own labor. Before the State of Texas took more and more control over the lives of it's enablers.

    Before idiot commenters like Richard Gonzales spouted bullshit about there being some "duty" that requires me to pay for someone else's education and someone to pay mine. Mr. Gonzales, you've made the assertion so you have to prove it. On what moral and philosophical grounds do you base this "duty" of mine? You lose ten points if you lamely point to the Texas Constitution because it engages in as much arbitrary assertion as you have done, as well as contradiction, for it is antithetical to liberty to require people to provide for the desires of others.

    According to Shapleigh's statistics, Texans earning less than $19,500 pay 5.2 percent of their income on property tax; those who earn more than $90,150 pay 1.7 percent. Those groups pay 5.9 percent and 1.5 percent of their income on sales taxes, respectively.

    Hey, I'm all for cutting back and getting rid of more taxes. Not on these grounds, of course, but they do add weight to the arguement if your interests lean towards altruism...
    According to the Center for Public Policy Priorities, the current tax system has failed to grow with the economy and the need for public services such as education. The sales tax that generates more than half of the state's tax revenue has not kept pace with the volume of actual sales.

    Even though Texas has one of the highest levels of property and sales taxes in the country, these taxes don't generate sufficient revenue.


    Somewhere, fiscal conservatives and libertarians are screaming, "CUT SPENDING MORE YOU PROLIFIC ASSHOLES!"

    But no one seems to hear them. Ignore the superficial cuts made last session. They didn't come close to what's necessary to bring the Texas state government in line with some semblance of reality.

    Currently, the state-local tax support ratio for public school education is 38:62, according to Grand Prairie Superintendent David Barbosa. Fort Worth Superintendent Thomas Tocco said the ratio should be 60:40.

    Mr. Tocco, you seem eager to spend other people's money. I'm sure such a mentality comes naturally to a public school superintendent. Perhaps, given your enthusiasm for reforming the public education system and for other people to have more say in how much disposable income we should have, I propose this:

    You should give up, uhmmm...$184,000 of your $285,000 base salary and give it directly to, uhmmm...Terlingua CSD! It's enrollment in 2000 was a paltry 184 children. That's $1,000 per kid! Or, on the other hand, since there are only about 20 teachers, that's a raise of $9,200 for each of them! Now we're talking! Sacrifice your unnecessary wages...give up your disposable income...do it because I said you have a duty to do it!

    It's fun playing with other people's money. I'll address your family's collective wealth next time when someone brings up the inheritance tax. :)

    The courts, through the Edgewood verdict or Robin Hood, tried to provide equity in public school funding. However, funding gaps between rich and poor districts still remain.

    Via a series of graphs, Arlington Superintendent Mac Bernd demonstrated that his district has a low operating expenditure per student and low administrative expenditures when compared to those of richer school districts.

    He said that Arlington provides a good education on the cheap. However, if that district could spend at the same level as the richer districts, it could expend additionally between $18.7 million and $109.6 million each year.


    Here's one of the real travesties: A good, early education is important for anyone wanting to get anywhere with their life. And this important service is being bogged down, hashed up, and pulled this way and that entirely due to one thing: the politicians have control over it. It's wrong and it's got to stop.
    According to Shapleigh, nine out of 10 Texas students benefit from Robin Hood. The plan recaptures money from 134 wealthy districts and distributes it to not-so-wealthy districts.

    Bernd said, "It's not the Robin Hood plan that I'm worried about -- it's the Sheriff of Nottingham," in a sly reference to legislators willing to play politics with school finances rather than act courageously.


    Pot, kettle, black.
    For many politicians (including Gov. Rick Perry) who have promised voters not to raise taxes, Shapleigh's arguments expose the hollowness of their words. Unless the governor and other no-new-taxers have geese that lay golden eggs, the money needed to raise Texas from dead last among the 50 states in per capita general expenditures will need to come from taxes.

    The solution is obvious: Charge for tutition. People don't have a right to an education; it's a service. It's an important service, but that doesn't change it's nature. It's no fundamentally different than an Internet service provider or a pizza delivery company.
    If Texas is to raise the average per-pupil expenditure from $6,850 to the national average of $7,463, more greenbacks are needed.

    There were over 4 million students (PDF) in Texas public schools in 2001. Gonzales and his side want an increase of $2,495,523,000 ($30,381,873,000 - $27,886,350,000) in state spending on education. And they want it from YOUR pockets.

    It's sure easy to spend other people's money.

    UPDATE(4/9/2004 12:55pm)
    Oppose all state income tax plans!

    UPDATE(4/15/2004 2:57pm)
    It's Income Tax Day. Read it and weep.

    October 30, 2003

    Talking About Whom?

    Andrew Sullivan:

    He is the sole guardian of truth; debate is pointless; all that is required is obedience;

    He's complaining about how some Catholics take the word of others (in this case, Cardinal Ratzinger) and take it dogmatically.

    Of course, the above quote can also be applied to the gawd Catholics worship as well. In fact, it applies perfectly and completely. You can't argue or debate with an entity you believe is omiscient; the act would be pointless. All that matters is obedience and faith in that entity's word.

    And attributing that to an entity such as Gawd is a far more troubling and fundamental belief than attributing it to a human. It says humans can't (and therefore shouldn't) reason with the entity that matters the most...that Gawd is above reason and logic.

    October 22, 2003

    Bush's Liberal Ignorance

    Time to get anal.

    "Liberal" in the true meaning of the term: that which relates to or describes freedom.

    Says Bush:

    We know that Islam is fully compatible with liberty and tolerance and progress, because we see the proof in your country and in our own.

    No, it isn't "fully compatible." It's a religion. It translates it's spiritual teachings into rules for humans to follow. Some of the more egregious:
    1. Allah created everything and must be surrendered to.
    2. Allah will end the world and judge everyone, sending them to either eternity in Paradise or Hell.
    3. Giving usually 2.5% of your income after expenses to the needy.
    4. Proselytizing others to Islam.
    5. "Struggling in Allah's cause," otherwise known as jihad. Not necessarily Holy War.
    6. Alcohol, pork, and gambling are all prohibited.

    Bush's ignorance of the true meaning of liberty is compounded by his own religious fervor, so I can understand why he doesn't get what he's saying. Christianity suffers from the same problems.

    To be sure, there are Muslims in the world that are peaceful, tolerant, and want to live and let live. And Bush is right in saying

    Terrorists who claim Islam as their inspiration defile one of the world's great faiths. Murder has no place in any religious tradition, must find no home in Indonesia.

    As is usually the case, a minority has taken something and ruined it. But my point is that they've only ruined it further.

    October 20, 2003

    Robin Hood...of Libertarianham?

    Via Radley Balko, a most interesting take on Robin Hood:

    ...liberals prefer to see themselves as moral descendents of Robin Hood, rather than intellectual heirs of Hooverism. Democrats are frequently heard making the Robin Hood analogy in reverse, claiming that the Bush administrations budget, including tax cuts and social spending restraint, would take from the poor and give to the rich. Leaving aside the detail that a tax cut allowing someone to keep more of his earnings is not "giving" him anything that is not already his, the adoption of Robin Hood as the patron saint of liberalism cries out for correction. To the contrary, it is conservatives who should extol Mr. Hood as one of their own.

    [...]

    Robin Hoods claim to fame was not that he took from the rich to give to the poor, but that he took from the tax collector and gave back to the people their own money. The central issue was overtaxation, and Robin Hood was most emphatically not on the side of the bureaucracy.


    There's more, and I suggest you read it. The author, Andrew E. Busch, concludes:
    So what do we make of Robin Hood, properly interpreted? A supporter of low taxes, a government limited by strict constitutional construction and natural law, and offensive military expeditions against the Saddam Husseins of his time.

    Veeery revealing.

    Of course, Mr. Busch bases this opinion on the Disney film and not historical literature, so there may be some factual slack involved, but the Disney film is the more popular work, so it's conception of Robin Hood is important.

    October 19, 2003

    Perrymandering!

    What does the final Texas redistricting map (PLAN01374C, in PDF form) look like?

    ...an attempt to diagram an oil spill using Legos.

    Ha!

    That's John Ratliff in the Washington Post. Hard to disagree with him. He also proposes the term "Perrymandering": wildly unpopular redistricting-by-proxy. Others (Molly Ivins and Ginger Stampley, for example) and have been using the term for some time, but mostly as a political pejorative.

    My thoughts on the Texas redistricting battle are linked in this post.

    October 17, 2003

    Bush-Bashing Ad Absurdum

    Hesiod wants to know what's up with an Associated Press photo of Bush that looks like it was deliberately taken to give him a halo effect.

    THE HALO EFFECT: What the hell is up with this Associated Press photo?!?

    And why the hell is CNN running it at all?


    In response, I want to know why Yahoo! News ran this photo of Tom Daschle:

    Tom Daschle, Saint among men!


    It's a CONSPIRACY!

    Or rather, photographers with intentional or unintentional senses of humor. Get a fucking grip, dude.

    October 15, 2003

    License-Wary and Weary

    I'm slowly becoming a greater part of the online networking community with my participation in the Austin Chronicle Personals, Yahoo Personals (under the name and title of Sarcastomatic and "Music Has a Right to Children"), Friendster, and shortly I'll be joining MySpace at the urging of a few folks on Friendster.

    The pull of such communities is the content created by the people within them. Without that, there is nothing. So I guess that's why those companies value this content so highly they include this language in their license agreements, Terms and Conditions, and policies.

    Spring Street Networks TOS

    You alone are responsible for any materials you post or make available on or through the SSN Sites or any Partner Personals Areas, including but not limited to message board posts, chat participation, homepages, personal profiles and member profiles. Additionally, you alone are responsible for the consequences of any content you post or otherwise make available on or through the SSN Sites or any Partner Personals Areas. By submitting or otherwise making available materials on or through the SSN Sites or any Partner Personals Areas, you are representing that you are the owner of such materials, or are submitting the materials with the express consent of the owner.

    [...]

    By submitting or otherwise making available materials to public areas of any SSN Site or any Partner Personals Area, you agree that SSN and each Partner (including their respective agents, affiliates, licensors and service providers (collectively, Third Party Providers) will at all times maintain a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, worldwide, fully paid, assignable right and license to reproduce, repurpose, use, store, modify, edit, distribute or make available any portion or portions of such materials as they see fit in any medium, now known or hereafter developed, for any purpose whatsoever, subject only to the terms set forth in these Terms of Service. While not limiting the rights under foregoing sentence, SSN and the Partners each reserve the right to excerpt, store, use or distribute, in whole or in part, any content, text, or images contained in your personal profiles or posted by you on any public areas maintained within the SSN Sites and/or the Partner Personals Areas, along with your screen name or any Personals nickname you select, and feature them in ads, supplements and content pages in any print publications owned, controlled or otherwise maintained by SSN or any Partner.


    Yahoo! Terms of Service
    You understand that all information, data, text, software, music, sound, photographs, graphics, video, messages or other materials ("Content"), whether publicly posted or privately transmitted, are the sole responsibility of the person from which such Content originated. This means that you, and not Yahoo!, are entirely responsible for all Content that you upload, post, email, transmit or otherwise make available via the Service. Yahoo! does not control the Content posted via the Service and, as such, does not guarantee the accuracy, integrity or quality of such Content. You understand that by using the Service, you may be exposed to Content that is offensive, indecent or objectionable. Under no circumstances will Yahoo! be liable in any way for any Content, including, but not limited to, for any errors or omissions in any Content, or for any loss or damage of any kind incurred as a result of the use of any Content posted, emailed, transmitted or otherwise made available via the Service.

    [...]

    You agree that you must evaluate, and bear all risks associated with, the use of any Content, including any reliance on the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of such Content.

    [...]

    Yahoo! does not claim ownership of Content you submit or make available for inclusion on the Service. However, with respect to Content you submit or make available for inclusion on publicly accessible areas of the Service, you grant Yahoo! the following world-wide, royalty free and non-exclusive license(s), as applicable...[more legalese]


    Friendster Terms of Service Agreement
    You are solely responsible for the Content that you publish or display (hereinafter, "post") on the Service, or transmit to other Members.

    By posting Content to any public area of Friendster, you automatically grant, and you represent and warrant that you have the right to grant, to Friendster an irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive, fully paid, worldwide license to use, copy, perform, display, and distribute such information and content and to prepare derivative works of, or incorporate into other works, such information and content, and to grant and authorize sublicenses of the foregoing.


    MySpace.com Terms of Use Agreement
    You are solely responsible for the Content that you publish or display (hereinafter, "post") on the Service or any material or information that you transmit to other Members. c. By posting Content on any public area of MySpace.com, you automatically grant as well as represent and warrant that you have the right to grant to MySpace.com, an irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive, fully paid, worldwide license to use, copy, perform, display, and distribute such information and content to MySpace.com and that MySpace.com has the right to prepare derivative works of, or incorporate into other works, such information and content, and to grant and authorize sublicenses of the foregoing.

    Eery similarities among all four, eh?

    An obvious legitimate reason for terms such as these is for the legal rebroadcast of reprinting of your comments elsewhere on the computer system so others can read them. But an "irrevocable," "non-exclusive," and "world-wide" license to "any portion or portions of such materials" "for any purpose whatsoever"?

    It's a little humbling to read terms like these and then consider the vast troves of content a company like Friendster legally owns and can do almost whatever it wants with. Of course, these companies distance themselves as far as they can from the negative implications from free-esque market discussion with the talk about the content producers being solely responsible for their content.

    People, read your TOSs, licenses, and agreements. It doesn't take as long as you may think and sometimes you learn some pretty surprising things.

    October 11, 2003

    A Legal Laffer Curve?

    So many laws to enforce, so little time

    Could there be such a thing a 'Legal Laffer Curve'? What I mean is, a point where there are so many laws that the State cannot possibly enforce them and their agents start to wilt under the pressure of trying to do so. From then on the whole thing starts to go downhill and the lawlessness begins to grow uncontrollably.

    Has that point been reached?


    David Carr may be on to something.

    The Laffer Curve essentially states that a there is a point where tax revenue can be maximized when the tax rate is set somewhere between 0% and 100%. The theory is based on the idea that at 0%, there is obviously no tax revenue to speak of, but similarly, at 100% people will simply stop doing the activities that generate tax revenue because the all fruits of their labor are taken from them. So there must exist a balancing point where tax revenue can be optimized.

    Now, I don't believe the maximization of tax revenue should be a goal for any government, but the idea does demonstrate the dangers of believing the primary solution to tax revenue problems is to increase the tax rate (or by extension, a tax's reach), being that the people under the taxation yoke will choose to do things that do not result in their product being taken from them.

    The Curve also has some interesting potential social applications.

    Regarding the increasing proliferation of laws the police must enforce, I think this is an obvious point to make. Unless we are willing to put up with an larger police state where the cops-to-noncops ratio approaches 1:1 closer than ever before (and I'm not), the solution is to scale back the law so it only proscribes the fundamentals such as murder, theft, and fraud. Not only would this bring our legal code into a more moral light, but it would also make more resources available to fight these crimes.

    Quotes from The Liberty Dollar - Solution to the Federal Reserve

    I mentioned a few days ago the 5th anniversary of the American Liberty Dollar by NORFED. I bought a copy of The Liberty Dollar: Solution to the Federal Reserve, edited by Bernard von NotHaus (whom I had sign it). I've been slowly picking my way through the book since then and have a few quotes to share.

    This book is about the Liberty Dollar, as a concept and as a specific. The book is full of ideas on Liberty, and it is full of the nuts and bolts of the Liberty Dollar. The Liberty Dollar is not the only private money being offered to the public at this time. There are others. The advantages of the Liberty Dollar are spelled out in this book, among them being independently audited, redeemable in silver, and an already large network of users. But if the Liberty Dollar were to fail because some other form of currency serves the public better, so be it. The justification of liberty is not to be measured in money or success or any other outcome, although we know that outcomes are much better with liberty. The justification of liberty is in living as a free person, respecting, and enjoying the respect of other free persons. It is the very process of choosing.

    I choose, therefore I am free.
    -Dr. Clifford F. Thies, Introduuuction, page 16


    The history of money has been the history of the common man's quest to be free.
    -Chaper 2 "Nature of Money," paaage 33


    Anything that develops spontaneously in markets must be humanely useful because spontaneity implies mutual benefits to both buyers and sellers.

    -Dr. Richard H. Timberlake, Chapter 3 "Constitutional Currency," page 45


    We must be careful not to make the mistake of thinking that we can or must conjure up all the details of an ironclad private monetary system at this moment. We can no more foresee all of the innovations that creative capitalism might employ to expedite the transactions of goods and services than we can imagine what those goods and services might be. All we need to know is that freedom is there, that individuals are free to choose - can accept or reject without question whatever markets have to offer. By this means, we would have money of the best quality.

    -Dr. Richard H. Timberlake, Chapter 3 "Constitutional Currency," pages 49-50


    Money made Greece great, and in so doing, Greece expressed its greatness in the arts and architecture.
    -Chapter 4 "The Marketplace," pppage 52


    The government of the United States has never violated anyone's constitutional rights. Did you know that? The government of the United States will never violate anyone [sic] constitutional rights, because it cannot violate anyone's constitutional rights. The reason for that is: the government of the United States is that set of actions by public officials that are consistent with the Constitution. Outside of it's constitutional powers, the government of the United States has no legitimacy. It has no authority; and, it really even has no existence. It is what lawyers call a "legal fiction." I give you the famous case, Norton v. Shelby County, when they were thinking straight about these issues: 1886. The Court said: "An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties. It is, in legal contemplation, as inoperative as though it may never have been passed." And that applies to any governmental action outside of the Constitution.

    -Dr. Edwin Vieria, Jr., Esq., Chapter 6 "Trashing the Constitution," page 66


    Let me give you an example, the key example in the monetary field. Basic question: "What is a dollar?" Interesting question: "What is a dollar?" That's the unit of our currency. What is it? Well, if you ask most people, some of them would pull one out [sic] of these things, a little Sacagawea coin. "This is a dollar." Or more likely they would pull out one of these, a George Washington Federal Reserve Note, and say, "This is a dollar." And if yuo asked that person, "Well, why is that a dollar?" he or she would probably say, "Well, it's because Congress says so," or "the Treasury says so," or "the Federal Reserve says so," or "the Supreme Court says so" - begging the question of whether Congress, the Treasury, the Federal Reserve, or the Supreme Court has the authority to do so. Is this simply a matter of raw power?

    Let's have a reality check. I have some learning aids here. Here's a card that says, "One cow." Is this a cow? Next step: here's a card that says, "By order of Congress: one cow." Is this a cow? You're getting the picture, aren't you? Here we go, the next step: "By order of the Federal Livestock Board: one cow." And then the final absurdity: "By order of the Federal Livestock Board: one cow. This is legal tender for all debts public and private." You don't have to be a farmer to understand the meaning of this little demonstration...[T]his is kindergarden material.

    -Dr. Edwin Vieria, Jr., Esq., Chapter 6 "Trashing the Constitution," page 68


    One after another, the delegates [that gathered in Philadelphia in 1787 to rewrite the Articles of Confederation] demanded that the phrase "and emit bills of credit" [contained within one of the Articles] be deleted, and denounced un-backed "paper currency." Colonel George Mason of Virginia, for whom the university is named, told the delegates he had a "mortal hatred" for un-backed "paper money" because is was "founded upon fraud and knavery." Oliver Ellsworth of Connecticut, later the third Chieft Justice of the Supreme Court, said that un-backed "paper money" had "excited the disgust of all the respectable parts of America." George Read of Delaware said that language alowing the new government to print un-backed "paper money" would be as alarming as "the mark of the beast in Revelation." And John Langdon of New Hampshire said that if the new government were granted the power to print un-backed "paper money," he would "rather reject the whole plan."

    The motion to strike out the offensive "bills of credit" language was carried. Thank God! The states were also forbidden to print "paper money" by Article I, Section 10. So, the Constitution forbids any level of government in this country to issue "paper money" and to force people to take them. Only the people, holding hte sovereign powers, could legally issue "paper money" and, of course, they have no power to force anyone to take it. This legislative principle was so set in concrete that the US government issued no "paper money" for over 80 years.

    -Chapter 7 "Inflation in America and Its Evil Twin - Deflation," pages 80-81

    So far, the first chapters have been somewhat wobbly in their focus and have occasionally missed chances to conclusively nail a point down. But otherwise, it's been considerably enlightening (especially the historical anecdotes). I can't wait to get deeper into it.

    October 09, 2003

    A Slow but Steady Change of Mind

    [Updates below.]

    Jim Henley says this:

    This ["And here I thought the salient threat to liberty in America today was, y'know, terrorism."] is a basic and important error. No, the salient threat to your liberty is not terrorism. Terrorism is a threat to our lives, not our liberties. Osama bin Laden and his ilk can not take away a single freedom - we can only do that ourselves. Say you believe that al Qaeda really does want to impose the Caliphate on the United States. Well, they can't. A free and mighty people simply can't be imposed on that way. Simply decide you would rather die free than live enslaved and no ragamuffin "army" of religious malcontents can dictate our political and cultural destiny.

    It occurs to me that this is yet another problem with accepting the idea of a tradeoff between liberty and security. Every time Bush and Ashcroft evoke fear to justify new domestic security legislation, every time Bush and Rumsfeld conjure some new bogyman from a two-bit thug with a palace, they weaken the country's anti-tyranny immune system by insinuating that life is more important than liberty. Get people to believe that hard enough and you have established the preconditions for the Caliphate, the Soviet or the Bund.


    He's responding to Sean Collins.

    For a long time, I equated terrorism with loss of liberty and therefore something to be actively fought. If pressed on my stance, I'd argue that getting killed is the ultimate loss of liberty. But Mr. Henley's statements have driven me to re-evaluate my position.

    Combined with Arthur Silber's long foreign policy essay (which I am still reading), I think I may be experiencing a change of mind towards Bush's foreign policy and it's implementation, long the one thing besides a few narrow things that I could point to and support in an otherwise bad administration. I'm already sick of the shit he's supervised on his watch (lest I forget, he also signed McCain-Feingold) as well as his fiscal ineptitude in regards to his alleged smaller government principles. Then there are his social policies on marijuana and religion.

    I can no longer vote for him in good conscience in 2004. The question now is how quickly I'll accelerate away from his platform and towards another's.

    UPDATE(11/25/2003 11:07pm)
    Add Chinese textile quotas and tariffs on Chinese TVs to the ever-growing list of economic reasons why I won't vote for George Bush. Absolutely pathetic.

    UPDATE(11/30/2003 11:15pm)
    Looks like Bush will be dropping the steel tariffs sometime this week. Good move, but too bad it had to be made at all.

    The Bush administration has decided to repeal its 20-month-old tariffs on imported steel to head off a trade war that would have included foreign retaliation against products from politically crucial states, administration and industry sources said yesterday.

    The officials would not say when President Bush will announce the decision but said it is likely to be this week. The officials said they had to allow for the possibility that he would make some change in the plan, but a source close to the White House said it was "all but set in stone."

    2003 The Washington Post Company


    UPDATE(12/4/2003 1:20pm)
    The tariffs have been scrapped.

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:05pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:50pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    October 07, 2003

    Kentucky needs submarines

    A RESOLUTION encouraging the purchase and vigorous use of the USS Louisville 688 VLS Class submarine.

    WHEREAS, in the past few years the scourge of the casino riverboat has been an increasingly significant presence on the Ohio River; and

    WHEREAS, the Ohio River borders the Commonwealth of Kentucky; and

    WHEREAS, the siren song of payola issuing from the discordant calliopes of these gambling vessels has led thousands of Kentucky citizens to vast disappointment and woe; and

    WHEREAS, no good can come to the citizens of Kentucky hypnotized from the siren song issuing from these casino riverboats, the engines of which are fired by the hard-earned dollars lost from Kentucky citizens...


    My only hope is that Representative Thomas Burch (D), the author of HR 256, is just one of those funny, good 'ol boys who likes to see what prankery he can get away with before the Sheriff and his dawg can shoo him from the parchment and legal pen. The alternative is too depressing to devote any time to consider.

    By the way, this should NOT be confused with HB 256 from Representative Brent Yonts (D) and Representative Sheldon Baugh (R):

    AN ACT designating Muhlenberg County as the birthplace of thumb picking as a style of guitar playing.

    Designate Muhlenberg County as the birthplace of thumb picking guitar playing.


    Wouldn't want anyone to get confused. Terribly important things happening in Kentucky these days.

    Via Catallarchy.

    Ugh Is Right

    Ugh. It's been a while since Billy Graham had said anything so remarkably stupid and relevant (to important policies of mine), but thankfully, he'll never stop, and I'll never run out of reasons to hate him
    Go get'em Erik.

    October 02, 2003

    Quickies...

  • I went to the 5th anniversary of the Liberty Dollar tonight. Great bunch of people. It was held at Thai Tera Restaurant on 6th. Bernard von NotHaus (the Liberty Dollar's principle creator), Michael Badnarik (a Libertarian candidate for President), Pat Dixon and Rick McGinnis (chair & vice chair of the Travis County Libertarian Party), and several other important folks were present for the Thai buffett, live music, and raffle. I bought (for only $5) the first-run edition of The Liberty Dollar: Solution to the Federal Reserve and Mr. NotHaus subsequently signed it. I also bought a commemorative t-shirt and requested a $5 silver Liberty Dollar piece as change for my $20 Federal Reserve note. The book promises to be very interesting reading.

  • I've been distantly following the Wilson/Plame/Bush White House scandal. Bush had better make the investigation transparent, thorough, and honest. *cough* We'll see. When The Washington Times and Newsmax start getting fiesty, it's time for the Administration to take things seriously. Certainly more seriously than National Review has been.

  • Congradulations to the Free State Project. It picked New Hampshire for the target state to move into and peacefully reform.
    Free State Project picks New Hampshire

    1. Group aims to recruit 20,000 liberty-minded individuals to move
    2. Membership vote selects NH out of ten candidates for planned migration
    3. Free Staters hope to reinforce, enhance "sphere of individual liberty" in the Live Free or Die state
    4. Project has earned backing of NH governor, some state legislators
    5. Trickle of early movers expected to start this year
    Aiming to preserve one bastion of freedom in the age of intrusive government, members of the rapidly growing Free State Project (FSP) have made a crucial decision. Voting via mail-in ballot after months of feisty debate, Free Staters chose New Hampshire as their future home.

    Founded in 2001, the FSP's goal is to concentrate 20,000 liberty-oriented voters in one state. There, it is hoped, they will work to enhance and extend its existing culture of liberty. But until this week, it was anyone's guess whether that state would be Montana, Wyoming, Delaware, New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine, Idaho, North Dakota, South Dakota, or Alaska.

    The membership election took place through the innovative Condorcet's Method, which allowed voters to rank all states and selected the state that received a higher ranking than each other state from a majority of voters. The runner-up state was Wyoming, which defeated every other state but fell to New Hampshire by the decisive margin of 55 per cent to 45 per cent.

    "New Hampshire is clearly the consensus choice of Free Staters," commented FSP President and Yale political science professor Jason Sorens. "New Hampshire won a plurality of first-preference votes from every region of the country except the West."

    "It's not difficult to see the reasons for New Hampshire's victory," adds Vice-President Elizabeth McKinstry, who is originally from New England. "The state boasts the lowest state and local tax burden in the continental U.S., the leanest state government in the country in terms of government spending and employment, a citizen legislature, a healthy job market, and perhaps most important, local support for our movement."

    Over 100 New Hampshire residents have signed up for the Free State Project already, willing to move elsewhere but hoping to bring the movement to their home state. Governor Craig Benson even pledged to support the aims of the FSP, and several members of the legislature have signed up as members.


    My hat is off to them and I wish the group success. Related Hit & Run, Samizdata, Agitator, Unqualified Offerings, and Jesse Walker posts.

    UPDATE(10/9/2003 10:02pm)
    Claremont is the first target:

    The Libertarian Party has chosen Claremont as the major municipality in which to focus its Free State Project, the chairman of the state party said.

    The plan is to have some 20,000 people sign up to move to New Hampshire by 2006 and to have those people actually move to the state within the next five years, John Babiarz said.

    Claremont was chosen as the primary city because of its relatively small size and its potential for economic growth, Babiarz said.

    "We think that Claremont has an undervalued economy and we like to look at things in the long term," he added. "Cities like Manchester, Nashua and Portsmouth might be too big for us to really make a difference. But Claremont is smaller, so we would not be drowned out."

  • September 19, 2003

    Smear Campaign?

    Via Tim Blair, I found this post on Right Thoughts. In it is a photo of WTO protestors and riot police facing off.

    Well, not exactly. You see, the protestors have a trick in their, erm, bucket.


    Sat Sep 13, 5:51 PM ET
    Anti-WTO demonstrators throw liquid feces on Mexican riot police guarding the meeting of the World Trade Organization (news - web sites) in Cancun, Mexico on Saturday, Sept. 13, 2003. (AP Photo/Jaime Puebla)


    I'm at a loss for words.

    This is Why I Read Den Beste

    Says Steven:

    Those in the third world who are trying to acquire nukes are not thinking of them as battlefield weapons. They're thinking of them as strategic weapons.

    If the record of the last fifteen years has taught the world anything, it's that once the US decides to mass troops on the border of some nation and to invade it, the result is not in doubt. The only safety for the leaders of such a nation lies in preventing us from reaching that point.

    But they don't really have very many ways of doing that. About the best means available now is to try to use international institutions such as the UN to tie our hands, which seems to have been the wager Saddam made, and it clearly didn't work. Now that the US has demonstrated that it will "unilaterally" make such attacks even despite condemnation from the majority of the nations of the world (including such steadfast and highly important allies as France), then short of political capitulation to us there seems to be no hope. That's why publicly or secretly most of them want nukes; it changes their situation, and makes them much less vulnerable.

    [...]

    Trying to take out a petty despot known to have nukes would be a hell of a lot more perilous than taking out such a despot who didn't have nukes, and because of that it would drastically change our risk-reward calculation.

    It would take a hell of a lot more to get us to even make the attempt, because their nuclear deterrent against us would be a lot more effective than ours against them.


    USS Clueless often gets a lot of grief about being too wordy or too lengthy. Hidden within the text (or not in this case, as it's right up there at the top) are excellent analysis points often putting what a policitian or policy wonk might take five paragraphs of legalese and crap and condensing it into a few sentences.

    I fully agree with his assessment. He doesn't offer his opinion about what to do, but mine is that our rational array of options are limited to

    1. A vociferous international anti-proliferation effort aimed at diplomatically keeping weapons of mass destruction out of the hands of rogue nations.
    2. Pre-emptive military strikes against all known high-value WMD targets and enemy leadership capability.

    Number One is greatly preferable to Number Two, the primary reasons being the potiential for lost & damaged life and property and the possibility other WMD targets might be missed or not damaged enough...likely prompting the enemy to use them in retaliation. In most cases, Number Two would only occur after Number One fails and genuine, credible threats are made against us. Only a situation that could legitimately fall under "imminent threat" would call for Number Two before Number One could be put in play.

    However, Number One can't work unless the diplomatic bodies and individuals charged with political deterrence are unwilling to step up and take a firm and uncompromising stand against these dangerous nations. The UN is functionally equivalent to a school yard monitor with a whistle who has to ask the local police to borrow a baton to quell a rowdy and vicious playground. And that's assuming the "principle," the "school board," and the "parent teachers organization" even allow the monitor to step outside the main building in the first place, usually waiting until a considerable row develops.

    Unless the UN goes through some fundamental changes, I don't see it being useful in acting as the primary anti-proliferation agent against nations on the same level as North Korea, Iraq, and Iran. The leadership in countries like those need a different diplomatic approach than the lukewarm photo-op bullshit sessions filled with concerned platitudes that are the norm today. Simply put: there are people worthy of respect in this world and there are those that are not. Being the "leader" of a nation or in it's government does not automatically bestow that respect upon you. Especially when it seems more of your government's effort is spent killing, stealing from, and bullying around it's citizens than your average collectivized state.

    Then again, I am talking about the political class here. The kinds of changes in attitude, approach, and language are less likely to occur than I can stomach.

    September 17, 2003

    Texas License Plate Conversation

    Updates below.

    Previously, I wrote about the new law that governs visual access to automobile license plates in Texas. To put it simply, I was pissed.

    When I heard of the law, I wrote an e-mail and sent it to several friends. I also sent it to my father, primarily because he is a deputy sheriff in Comal County and I wanted to get his professional opinion of the law and any "insider info" from the police. Below are the contents of the discussion. His words are italicized and mine are bolded.

    His response to my initial e-mail:

    Chas!

    FYI:

    The Texas Traffic Code has always [since 1923..!] made it an offense to have an "obscured" license plate.

    The Sept ''03 legislation, contrary to your interpretation, now makes it somewhat more difficult to "harass" as you put it, by spelling out in rather plain language [all ACLU approved, believe it or not] exactly what is and what is not an obscured license plate.

    "A dirty license plate is against the law in this county..." will no longer fly. Actuallly, Austin, Dallas and I believe Midland have initiated the photo traffic light system, where you get a digital photo of your car running the light [also ACLU approved] but of course, all of the "auto zone" et al out to make a buck folks are now selling reflective material to cover the numbers [the background is already reflective] in a no bones about it attempt to defeat the Austin, Dallas and Midland attempt to stop a few red light penetrators.

    Anyway, the only folks that will likely be affected by this new law is the Michigan, Ohio, and NY car dealers that have been making ever increasingly large advertisements on their license plate frames that now cover everything except the last two numbers/characters. Obscuring the state's name from your plate for the sake of a used car dealer advertisement does not rank real high with me.

    My contention isn't with a law against making it hard or impossible to read a license plate. "Unclean" is certainly ambigious and begged for more clarity. But I'm unhappy with the law's new wording, regardless.

    Sec. 502.409. WRONG, FICTITIOUS, ALTERED, OR OBSCURED [UNCLEAN] LICENSE PLATE.

      (a) A person commits an offense if the person attaches to or displays on a motor vehicle a number plate or registration insignia that:
      • (7) has a coating, covering, or protective material that:
      • (A) distorts angular visibility or detectability; or
      • (B) alters or obscures the letters or numbers on the plate, the color of the plate, or another original design feature of the plate.

    502.409(a)(7)(B) is, in my opinion, written far too broadly. I saw ten license plate accessories that "alter or obscure" an "original design feature of the plate" on the way in to work this morning. That design feature primarily being the TEXAS across the top of the plate. Now, I'm confident that Texas law enforcement would be able to determine whether those license plates I saw were Texas-issued or not just as they'd be able to determine the license plate's number. I can spot a Texas plate easy. However, by the very wording of this law, those folks are criminals because the TEXAS was completely covered up. This is where my problem lies. I truely do see this as a tool for pulling people over that have otherwise done nothing wrong.

    If I were to put a piece pf masking tape over the blue-colored panorama art across the bottom of my plates, I'd be liable for a fine and a traffic stop...and that has *zero* to do with a peace officer's ability to read my plate's numbers efficiently.

    It is of course unlikely that a wave of petty fines is about to hit this state because I believe most cops don't consider the two examples above to be worthy of a fine or the hassle of a traffic stop. That shouldn't excuse a sloppy bill from being written into sloppy law.

    Chas,

    Get over it. I don't know about Austin, but no one in NB or Comal County is running around hasseling anyone over license plates.

    I see your point, but I don't anticipate your concerns becoming much of a problem.

    In order for a peace officer to make a traffic stop, he/she must first have "probable cause" [the infamous "PC"] that an offense was committed. Most typically, "observing" an offense, is most commonly what happens; i.e. [a] speeding [b] ran stop sign [c] no inspection sticker [d] no headlights [e] no seat belts, etc., etc., etc.

    Now I would like to say that all laws are enforced vigorously and equally at all times. However, since we are not in a perfect world that does not always happen. Usually, when an officer wants to stop someone because they are acting "suspicious" [they act like they are hiding something under the front seat, they are driving just a little bit reckless -- crossing either of the lines, ran up on your rear real fast, then realized you were an officer then tailgated you, or you thought you recognized the dirtball that beat up his wife last week and you took the report, but you aren't exactly sure. The law requires you to have PC to make a stop. You can't just stop the guy on a hunch. Yes you can always say it looked like he didn't have a seat belt on, but that will work only once or twice. The rub that you are concerned with, is perhaps, the new license plate law will give officers additional room to make a stop when other PC is not available. The way our attorney at the sheriff's office [asst D.A.] explained this new law to us, is that it actually makes it more restrictive to make a stop for an obscured license plate than it did before. It must now meet one of the "tests" that you listed. Earlier, if all else failed, and you wanted to make the stop, and didn't really have PC, dirty license plate it was!

    I'll send you the website [address is in CA] that you can buy dark blue, [so dark blue it looks black!] pre cut "reflective" numbers and letters that are a match to your state's font, that you can install on your license plate, so that when you get a snapshot made of your plate [remember your background is already reflective!] the whole thing looks like one big bright reflection to the camera, otherwise, in normal light, it looks like a normal license plate. This is carrying it a bit too far, I suppose.

    I see your point about restricting the law from a test of the plate being "clean" to a test of several objective rules. That, in retrospect, is certainly a better thing than before. I also see and understand your point about people deliberately trying to make their plates "stealthy."

    I still consider it sloppy law with the language I quoted before. Had the legislation restrained itself to protecting the visibility of the plate number, I wouldn't have a problem. It's the opening for abuse I don't like. In some laws, the opening is small and you'd have to strain yourself to justify it. With this law, the objective standards classify far too many license plate frames as illegal.

    Anyway, thanks for the discussion. If you wish, we can talk about it more this weekend, especially if some of your sheriff's buddies will be there.

    Chas,

    All good points! If you feel the law is in fact "sloppily worded" then see your local legislator -- don't blame that on your local sheriff!

    Speaking of obscured plates, there was an actual case here in Comal County only a few months ago where two deputies were responding to a family violence call, one deputy was considerably closer to the call than the other. A standard practice upon arrival at a disturbance, family violence call, etc is to "run" the license plates of the vehicles in the driveway. This gives you an idea of who might be "home". Often it will give you a good idea of whether or not the "actor" is home. Unable to "run" the plate because it was obscured, but thinking it was the actor's vehicle [he had dealt with the actor earlier in the week...] the first deputy elected to wait for his back-up to arrive before entering [usually a very good practice]. Turns out it was not the actor's vehicle, but one similar, and the time spent waiting for back-up resulted in a delay in contacting EMS, and some complications to the victim, all of which probably would have been avoided if the first deputy could have confirmed that the vehicle in the driveway was not the actor's -- without the actor on scene, usually one deputy will make entry.

    Other uses: this morning in San Antonio, an aggravated kidnapping on the NE side, actor fleeing on IH 35 north, exiting onto Loop 337 and heading west on SH 46 towards 281 in a burgandy Mercury Cougar. We know all of this info because the actor is using his cell phone and we are getting fixes from the various towers he is hitting with his phone. SAPD has no license plate, because it is obscured. We know there are two occupants, one male and one female. However, without a license plate, guess what -- all burgandy or even close to burgandy Merc Cougars in Comal County got stopped this morning. Now there were only about 3 or 4 of them, but all of which would have been unnecessary with a good license plate.

    Indeed, I affix most of the blame to the authors of the laws, not the people who've got to enforce them. Everyone's human and we all make mistakes. Ya just kinda want those with the power to really screw other people to be more careful.

    If you don't mind, I'm going to post this dialogue on my website. It covers some good information and might help someone searching for a police viewpoint other than that of an interviewed DPS trooper or spokesperson.

    Post away!

    So, have my opinions changed? Not really. I still consider it a bad law and I had hoped for more of an acknowledgement from my father regarding it's bad design. But he makes a good case for the law's intent. I'm just not happy with the way it was implemented.

    UPDATED 2/15/2007 3:45pm
    License Plate Frames Banned in Texas

    What's Happening at Yellowstone?

    A monster awakens?

    Part of America's Yellowstone National Park was closed to visitors on July 23 this year and remains closed today due to high ground temperatures and increased thermal activity in the park.

    [...]

    On August 7, the United States Geological Survey (USGS) reported that scientists were planning to set up a temporary network of seismographs, Global Positioning System receivers and thermometers to monitor increasing hydrothermal activity in the Norris Geyser Basin and gauge the risk of a hydrothermal explosion.

    On August 10, the Denver Post reported that Liz Morgan, a U.S. Geological Survey research geologist had discovered a huge bulge underneath Yellowstone Lake that had risen 100 feet from the lake floor. The bulge is two thousand feet long and has the potential to explode at any time.

    [...]

    Then, on August 24th, the University of Utah Seismograph Station reported that a magnitude 4.4 earthquake occurred just 9 miles southeast of the southern entrance to Yellowstone National Park. USGS scientists agreed that the earthquake was "uncommon" in that it was a very shallow earthquake, occuring just 0.3 miles below the surface.

    Copyright 2003 Ian Gurney


    Yellowstone Geyser Puzzles Geologists
    Unlike Old Faithful, Steamboat is anything but predictable. It's gone as few as four days and as many as 50 years between major eruptions noisy, powerful spectacles that can send hot water 300 feet or higher and churn out dense steam for hours.

    Recently, though, it has been more active its two eruptions so far this year came just weeks apart and the emergence of a forceful new thermal feature nearby has scientists like Heasler wondering: What's happening in Norris Geyser Basin, where Steamboat is located?

    "That's the million dollar question. It's changing more than anyone has noticed before," Heasler said. "Are we noticing because we're looking? Or because something is abnormal?"

    Researchers are trying to find answers.

    [...]

    What's bubbling beneath the shallow surface of the volatile basin and why has the basin floor been steadily bulging upward over the past few years?


    Adding to the intrigue is Norris' location. The basin filled with hot springs, geysers and steam vents called fumaroles is outside Yellowstone's caldera, formed by the last volcanic eruption about 640,000 years ago and considered the hotbed for geothermal activity in the park.

    [...]

    So far, there's no cause for alarm and no apparent looming threat, Lowenstern said. Steamboat's renewed eruptions and the basin rising several centimeters in the past few years could just be normal activity, he said.

    The geyser's first major eruption was reported in 1878. After that, it flared up occasionally before lying largely dormant from 1911-61. Observers say the 1960s and the early 1980s were fairly active.

    Then, quiet again, until May 2000. That was followed by two eruptions in 2002 and two more again this spring March 26 and April 27.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
    Copyright 2003 Yahoo! Inc. All rights reserved.


    Thermal activity in Yellowstone sparks increased monitoring
    Norris Geyser Basin of Yellowstone National Park has long been recognized as the hottest and most changeable of Yellowstone's famous hydrothermal wonders.

    This summer, Norris lived up to its hot, unstable reputation as scientists and visitors alike have seen significant changes in many geysers and increased ground temperatures in the western part of the basin. Porkchop Geyser, which sprang to life from a small hot spring in 1971, erupted in July for the first time since 1989.

    Water has drained away from several active geysers, resulting in hissing steam vents and ground temperatures as high as 200 degrees Fahrenheit.

    Still other geysers have erupted more frequently and regularly, while some thermal features that usually release hot water and steam now send steam jetting into the air.

    On July 11, the staff of Yellowstone National Park also noted the formation of a new mud pot - a small cauldron filled with boiling acidic water and mud. Within one week, the mudpot turned into a high - pressure steam vent.

    Also, pine trees are dying in three areas in response to the increased thermal activity. Norris is one of the more popular geyser basins in Yellowstone, with as many as 4,000 people visiting the nearby museum each week.

    [...]

    About a mile of trail and boardwalk in the Back Basin remain closed because of the hazard to visitors and park staff from the high temperatures.

    All rights reserved. Copyright West Hawaii Today.


    Lake-bottom feature fascinates scientists
    The dark depths of Yellowstone Lake, with recently discovered thermal vents and explosion craters, hold some of the most tantalizing mysteries in Yellowstone National Park.

    The most intriguing may be a bulge on the lake floor that stretches seven city blocks and rises as a tall as a 10-story building.

    More than likely, steam or hot gas is roiling just beneath the "inflated plain," the informal name that scientists have given to the feature just south-southwest of Storm Point, near Mary Bay.

    The question now is whether the bulge is building up to a violent explosion similar to those that formed Mary Bay, Indian Pond and other nearby craters thousands of years ago or whether it will simply collapse quietly, perhaps spewing off a little steam.

    Lisa Morgan, a U.S. Geological Survey scientist who has been mapping and studying the lake intensively, said scientists hope to have some answers in the coming weeks. For now, no one can say whether the "inflated plain" poses a serious risk.

    "I dont have any evidence today that this thing is moving at all, but we do know it inflated in the past," Morgan said during a presentation this week at the Buffalo Bill Historical Center.

    [...]

    Copyright 2000-2002 Billings Gazette and Lee Enterprises.


    Why is all of this important? Click back to that first link:
    This worrying situation was confirmed on September 8 by Dr. Bruce Cornet, a geologist and paleobotanist with the USGS, who explained: "Steam pressure is apparently building again in Yellowstone, and hydrothermal fluids and steam are working their way up through fractures and vents. If more steam vents appear, that means a continuous pathway for pressure release has been established to the magma chamber. If that happens, the pressure in the magma chamber will continue to drop until it reaches a critical stage when the superheated water within the magma explodes. Unfortunately, as the steam venting subsides, there will be a false sense of security. People will think it was just another cyclical event, and the danger is over. But that will be the farthest from the truth. It will be the quiet before the storm."

    Initially this should be of little or no consequence to anyone apart from those planning to visit Yellowstone . . . except for one thing. Lurking beneath Yellowstone National Park is one of the most destructive natural phenomena in the world: a massive supervolcano.

    Only a handful exist in the world but when one erupts the explosion will be heard around the globe. The sky will darken, black acid rain will fall, and the Earth will be plunged into the equivalent of a nuclear winter. It could push humanity to the brink of extinction.

    [...]

    Professor McGuire went on to explain that: "Many supervolcanoes are not typical hill-shaped structures but huge, collapsed craters called "calderas" that are filled with hot magma and are harder to detect. The Yellowstone supervolcano was detected in the Sixties when infra-red satellite photographs revealed a magma-filled caldera 85km long and 45km wide. It has been on a regular eruption cycle of 600,000 years. The last eruption was 640,000 years ago, so the next is long overdue."

    [...]

    The impact of a Yellowstone eruption is terrifying to comprehend." says Professor McGuire. "Magma would be flung 50 kilometres into the atmosphere. Within a thousand kilometres virtually all life would be killed by falling ash, lava flows and the sheer explosive force of the eruption. One thousand cubic kilometres of lava would pour out of the volcano, enough to coat the whole of the USA with a layer 5 inches thick. The explosion would be the loudest noise heard by man for 75,000 years."

    The long-term effects would be even more devastating. The thousands of cubic kilometres of ash that would shoot into the atmosphere would block out light from the sun, making global temperatures collapse. This is called a nuclear winter. A large percentage of the world's plant life would be killed by the ash and the drop in temperature. The resulting change in the world's climate would devastate the planet, and scientists know that another eruption is due - they just don't know when.


    Enough quoting. I hate to do that, but I hate it even more when links rot and information gets lost. If requested, I'll scale back or delete the content I've quoted.

    I found the first link via Arthur Silber who found it via Ken Hagler. The BBC (who coined the term) did a video special on supervolcanoes in 1999 (here's a transcript of the video program) and a web article in 2000.

    I was born just over a month after Mount St. Helens exploded. When I was in my early elementary school years, we moved to Washington State and we visited the volcano several times. Standing in the shadow of so much destruction is very disquieting. This idea of Yellowstone going off would dwarf Mount St. Helens like a hydrogen bomb dwarfs a stick of TNT.

    The world really doesn't need something like this now. Of course, it could turn into one of those over-hyped fatalistic reports about a meteor in a collision course with Earth that we hear every year. I hope that's the case.

    What would happen socially if such a thing occured, assuming Professor McGuire's dire predictions come true? Obviously, the nations dependent on agriculture and food handouts would simply die off. Wealthier nations would be politcally unable to divert resources outside their borders with their own populations suddenly very sensitive to the food supply. I have little doubt that hundreds of millions would die within days as their razor-thin survival margins are wiped out. Hundreds of millions more would die within a week. Food and water rocket to utmost importance...but with supplies so dampened...hm...it would get real nasty.

    And I'm just guessing about the direct sustenance impact. The panic such a global catastrophe would unleash would be stamped in every person's heart. Tens of trillions of dollars of market capital would need to be diverted to new activities and investments, assuming the familar order of today's functioning markets would survive the terror of the situation. Nothing approaching this magnitude that I can think of has occured to modern humanity.

    With the sun next to useless, we'd need to find a way to survive without it. I'd predict a massive surge back towards coal and gas-fired power plants. With them, you can run growing lights for agriculture. Sure, you won't be able to run nearly enough for entire countries of people...but by the time this occurs, there won't be that many people left to worry about.

    Then again, human nature might just give rise to anarchic gangs of thieves and vandals, threatening the important infrastructure. Personal defense would rise to second place on the short list of crucial priorities.

    It's sometimes fun to disaster-think through hypothetical situations. Especially if the disaster could be as sudden and total as this one. Austin is over 1,500 miles from Cody, Wyoming. Cody is about 50 miles east of Yellowstone. How much of a warning might we get? Is it all downhill from there to here and would the Hill Country offer any protection? If the world's temperatures dropped radically, would that increase the size of the icecaps and therefore lower sea levels? Would it end the Israeli-Palestinian war? At what point does an external threat overwhelm the priorities of a conflict?

    So many variables.

    Make sure your flashlights have good batteries, folks. Never hurts to brush up on your taste for MREs, either.

    UPDATE(10/14/2003 1:50am)
    More good news: Salt Lake City area is due for a large quake. Utah isn't that far from Yellowstone...

    September 05, 2003

    Keeping the Government Outta Schools Has It's Benefits

    ...such as avoiding this:

    HIGH SCHOOL NON-CONFIDENTIAL

    By Lisa Sorg 09/04/2003

    Schools must allow military recruiters to mine student information lists - or risk losing federal funding

    In a speech delivered last January, President George W. Bush declared that the No Child Left Behind Act, which became federal law in 2002, is "the most meaningful education reform, probably ever," adding, "I believe in local control of schools."

    Yet Bush failed to mention an overlooked, but crucial section in the act that wrests control from U.S. school districts and thrusts it into the hands of the feds. A provision in the The No Child Left Behind Act mandates that schools receiving federal funding allow military recruiters to access junior and seniors' personal information - name, address, and phone number - primarily through student directory lists. Parents and students can "opt-out," or ask that the school not release the information to recruiters, but the exemption is not automatic, and many don't understand the significance of the choice.

    The Bush administration added an incentive for schools to comply with this portion of the act: Public or private (but not religious) schools that refuse to comply risk losing their federal funding. That is a chance few schools can take: Locally, that would mean an $80 million penalty in the San Antonio Independent School District alone.


    One of the central problems with government-subsidized education is the nature of the education's funding. It comes from the state, meaning it is directed in part by politicians and in part by the public. For the most part, however, politicians and regulatory agents are the ones with the most control. This opens the funding system to political manipulations such as this. Another, lesser evil example not related to funding but certainly related to control would be Senator Jeff Wentworth's SB 83 requiring a minute of silence as well as Texas and American flag pledges.

    Since public schools rarely get the funding they would like or need from the independent politicial district they reside in, so they turn to the state. Since the state's contribution often doesn't meet their goals, they then turn to the federal government to take up some of the slack. It's casting a progressively wider net, trolling for money, and taxing it from people who will never interact with the school. We end up paying, in small part, a bit of a huge portion of the country's education. I won't even get into the federal college grant and scholarship programs.

    All of this conspires to create a system primed for corruption, influence-peddling, distortion, and waste. And then we get someone like Bush (and Wentworth, etc.) who sees an opportunity to accomplish some goal through the threat of withdrawing government funds. The way the feds make transportation funds available to states and localities is the same thing. It's money these smaller governments have gotten used to and need to at least maintain a sense of status quo. In current case, few issues are likely to raise voices and elevate tempers than the chance someone's public education is threatened. Parents are doggedly reliable in this regard and will storm and protest and bitch when they hear their children aren't getting a proper learnin'.

    Usually (and unfortunately), parents and the media equate the amount spent on an education with it's quality.

    SEPTEMBER 23 IS NATIONAL OPT-OUT DAY

    Organizers throughout the United States have designated September 23 as National Opt-Out Day. Parents, guardians, and students are encouraged to send letters to their respective school district offices and high schools denying permission for the military to access personal information through directory lists.

    The letter should contain the name of the student, and state that no information should be released to the military according to federal provisions detailed in the No Child Left Behind Act.


    Go for it, folks. And once you do, take a few minutes to understand how the systems you've demanded be in place are slowly screwing you and everyone else.

    August 19, 2003

    Back in Action; Pondering Vietnam

    [NOTE(8/19/2003): this post was supposed to have been published yesterday]

    After almost a year of blogging, being unable to do so from home due to computer trouble was kinda jarring. Since my employer monitors employee Internet usage, I'm not able to get the usual quantity of news and current happenings during the day...and most of that lost time is made up at home. With my PC down, all I could do was drink, watch movies, read the newspaper, or read books. And hang out with friends, work on my car, and help my family out with a few things.

    Hmmm. Seems I could be doing quite a bit more than just putzing around online, posting about things that tick me off. But screw all that, there's so much to talk about I'm picking something at random to start with.

    A while back, I was at my parents' house and ran across a book called Why We Were in Vietnam by Norman Podhoretz. Aside from the mild historical dusting I recieved from high school, I really didn't have much knowledge of the Vietnam War. My father served several tours. I was well aware there was tremendous opposition to it near the end of the 60's and through the early 70's. I knew we "lost" in the sense the North Vietnamese Communists overran the South. And I knew the French were there from the beginning as colonialists. But beyond some other major things like the Tet Offensive, Gulf of Tonkin, and only the barest of general overviews of the politicians involved, I was mostly in the dark.

    So I asked my dad if I could borrow it and he let me. I took it home and got through the first 25 or so pages and set it aside to do something else. And that's how it lay for the next several months, alone and neglected. During a visit, a friend asked if I knew "why we were in Vietnam" and I had to reply I wasn't sure - I hadn't read the book yet. :)

    But during my downtime, it drew me back and almost asked to be read. This may be partially due to the regular mention of the failures of Vietnam the current anti-war generation uses and has used when discussing the recent Iraq war. I don't like being ignorant, so I dove back into the book.

    I have to agree: it was an excellent and clear read from beginning to end. Mr. Podhoretz in effect creates a concise and interesting Clif Notes history lesson on what lead to the war, why we entered it, why we stayed, and why we left. Though it is slightly troublesome he relies heavily on the memoirs of the politicians he discusses (particularly Johnson, Nixon, and Kissinger) when attempting to shed light on their true motivations, in the end, I felt his analysis was robust and even-handed. It felt considerably more informed after finishing the book, not in small part due to his emphasis on the driving forces, philosophy and ideology, and movtivations of the main US characters throughout the conflict.

    Amazon.com says it's out of print and that's a shame. It is written with a clear anti-Communist bias (something I don't consider a problem), it is intended as a defense of the reason we went to Vietnam (i.e., to contain the spread of Communism and to effectively demonstrate this was the very intention of Kennedy/Johnson/Nixon all along), and is a direct attack on those who went far further than just opposing the methods and tactics used, but I would feel quite confortable using this short (it's only 219 pages plus notes and citations) book as a primer for anyone who is new or shady in their knowledge of the war. It was a fun and involving read.

    Now, did reading it change my opinion of the war itself? First of all, I never had a clear opinion of the war. I certainly support the idea of containing and rolling back Communism and Socialism, provided they present a threat to myself, my country, and my allies. So the great question is, would a Communist Vietnamese victory present a danger? The book touches upon this question, but doesn't delve into it deeply, focusing on the politics surrounding it. Mr. Podhoretz does covey a convincing arguement that a significant number of American politicians and pundits believed so, in the general form of the Domino Theory, which states that once a country is taken over by Communism, it is almost inevitable that it's surrounding neighbors will also fall like a row of dominoes.

    Strictly speaking, I can't put stock in a theory that bases itself on a premise that relies on an outcome that cannot be altered, otherwise known as Fate. Predestination has never been a part of my belief system, so the Domino Theory isn't something I'd use as part of an arguement for fighting Vietnam. Practically speaking, however, I can clearly understand the seriousness of the historical context. In the 50's, the world seemed to become more and more Communist as time went along. North Korea, Cuba, North Vietnam, eastern Europe...I can understand how American politicians would assume this would occur inevitably if nothing was done.

    Interestingly, Mr. Podhoretz maintains a fairly balanced presentation during these policy discussions. He himself was not in favor of American involvement in Vietnam, but he did and still does support at least the containment of Communism. In the end, though, the great faith the US politicians placed in the Domino Theory isn't something I can use to justify American involvement.

    One of the most interesting things I learned from this book was the emergence of the Chinese-Soviet split. That in itself changed the landscape significantly. It would make a difference if the more-radical Chinese backed the North Vietnamese than the slowly calming Soviet Russians. Of course, part of the problem back then was the vast number of people didn't have access to good factual reporting, something Mr. Podhoretz spends quite a bit of time on from the middle onward. This is where he does his best, exposing the sheer lying absurdity some of the war's critics and reporters engaged in. This alone is worth the price of getting ahold of the book, to counterbalance the taken-for-granted negative deadweight the term "Vietnam" brings along with it's use.

    But would I have supported the war back then? I can't say for certain because the crucial question of the threat an unmolested Communist Vietnam might have presented isn't something I can answer at this time. Obviously, once we lost and they took over the rest of the nation, nothing resembling a new threat appeared towards the US as far as I am aware of. But I do agree with Mr. Podhoretz in that the central goal of the policy that was used to justify intervention was a worthy one: putting the brakes on the spread of evangelistic Communism.

    What a Waste

    5.6 Million in U.S. Have Prison Experience

    I wonder how many of them were arrested for actions that don't deserve to be called crimes.

    Using or selling drugs, driving without a license, underage drinking, public urination, removing or altering the emissions equipment on a car, operating your own radio station without FCC approval, owning and carrying a firearm without a license, speeding, publishing "obscene" material, engaging in consensual sexual activity, buying tobacco products without being 18 or older, being an executive in a company that acts "uncompetitively," and so on.

    It's kinda depressing.

    Stuffeth My Mailbox with Shapely Crap!

    Company Unveils Shapely Mail Advertising

    Coming soon to your mailbox, advertising shaped like a sports car or a stop sign, a hula doll or hamburger. Indeed, almost anything an artist can conceive.

    Customized MarketMail begins Monday, offering advertisers a chance to think outside the envelope and send material that really shows their products to buyers.

    The first mailing, to southern California, will be simulated boxes of Krispy Kreme doughnuts.


    "...and in other news, waves of police officers all over the city were taken in by deceptive and cruel advertising aimed at their hearts."

    Unsolicitied mail is crap. I didn't ask to recieve it, it's an additional burden on the Post Office (and entity whose existence I don't support and I certainly don't support any efforts to increase the costs it faces), but most of all, it's such a tremendous waste of time and resources. I don't know what the "success rate" on this form of advertising, but it can't be impressive. Every time I check my mail, the garbage can is overflowing with this junk: supermarkets pushing the weekly sale, furniture companies screaming about bedroom sets and cheap futons, major banks "pre-approving" me for their credit cards, thousands of pizza ads, TimeWarner humping my leg for their digital cable service that I dropped after realizing what a waste it was, and of course, the ever-ubiquitous Have You Seen These Children? inserts. Some of it I rarely find useful (pizza ads); most of it I'd like to ship back wrapped in bricks (supermarket & furniture store ads) spray painted with Stop Mailing Me This Shit, Please.

    For example, in today's mail, which has accumulated since Saturday, I have:

  • One ad for my Post Office's new Stamps-by-Mail program, explaining I can "skip a trip" and phone in my order by calling 342-1251. Of course, that only gets you and order form a few days later. Then you have to mail in a check (postage free!) and get the stamps a day or two later. Or, I can go to http://www.usps.com/clicknship/ and use a credit card to buy mailing labels and print them out.

    Prognosis: Only halfway lame. I suppose it could be convienient to do it this way, but I hate writing checks and I hate the government's monopoly on mail delivery even more. And my printer is a piece of shit and won't print.

  • One ad for TimeWarner's Back-to-School SALE on cable and RoadRunner.

    Prognosis: I left you bastards once. I'm not coming back until I need you.

  • One "Have you seen us?" flyer asking me if I've seen Reuben Blackwell, 10, from Clinton, MD. The website for the National Center for Missing & Exploited Children is http://www.missingkids.com and they mention how 127 children featured have been safely found.

    Prognosis: I don't spend my time looking for lost kids. I also don't memorize the faces on these flyers in the vain hope I may run across one and call him or her in. These get dumped summarily in the trash.

  • One mailing from BankOne for a PreApproved Platinum Visa card. It has a 0% introductory APR until August 1, 2004 and no annual fee. After that, assuming the Cardholder Agreement doesn't change without notice, it becomes 7.99%. In a new twist I haven't seen before, it says PLEASE DO NOT DISCARD across the front of the envelope. Nothing contained in the envelope mentions anything about critically non-disposable information within.

    Prognosis: I have a freakin' credit card and if I wanted, needed, or felt like my life was otherwise incomplete without a new one, I'd go and look for one on my own. Bye-bye.

  • One bill from my local phone company, SBC. I owe them $83.54 by September 3rd for local phone service and DSL.

    Prognosis: Finally, a piece of mail that has some relevance. Though I take issue with the $2.06 state and local tax on my DSL charges, the 53 Federal Universal Service Fee, the $1.15 Municipal Charge, the $5.28 FCC Approved Customer Line Charge, etc., and the $3.15 in federal/state/local taxes imposed on my phone charges...I'll pay it.

  • One mailing from Chase that offers a credit card almost identical to the BankOne above. The only major difference is it's a MasterCard.

    Prognosis: See above.

  • One postcard ad for LabOne, my prescription drug healthcare vendor. It basically offers essential contact information and self-promotion.

    Prognosis: I was aware I signed up for this part of my health plan when I signed up for it. But it's a nice thought. The art on the flip side is kinda cute.

  • One combo ad, newspaper insert-style, for Papa John's, Carpet Mills of America, R&R Discount Furniture, Gemini Automotive Care's Goodyear and Dunlop tires and various auto services, and The Sleep Shop.

    Prognosis: I hate these the most. I never need any of this crap except for the pizza...and then it isn't very hard to call the nearest location and ask them about their specials. Regardless how annoyed with the repetition the guy on the other phone sounds, I'm not memorizing pizza deals for the four or five times a year I call in a delivery pie. Down the tubes for you.

    I don't like the idea of weird mailing shapes invading my mailbox. Maybe I'd be more receptive if the products and services being offered were ones I actually wanted.

  • August 08, 2003

    Lileks is a Great Writer...

    ...but he apparently doesn't believe in voting for your principles.

    Listened to much radio commentary today on the Arnie candidacy, and as usual there was much lamenting and rending of garments on the ironclad right; hes not this, hes not that, he said this, he sleeps with a Shriver, etc. I am always mystified by people who would rather die pure than live with imperfections. Every candidate will always disappoint, somehow. Any candidate with whom you agree 100% is probably unelectable. If your bumpersticker says DONT BLAME ME, I VOTED FOR AYN RAND I'm not particularly impressed. 'Cause shes dead and none of that stuff is going to happen. Doesnt mean we cant keep the ideas in play, but if you dont vote because no candidate vows to privatize the sewage systems and disband the Food and Drug Administration, dont come crying to me when your marginal tax rate hits 71 percent.

    His emphasis.

    I'm not going to vote for someone who wishes to expand the problems we already have. I'm not going to vote for someone who stands contrary to the things I value. Most major politicial candidates fall in this category. It is possible some candidates deserve my vote, but that's on a case-by-case basis, as always.

    I do believe in "stopgap voting" where my vote goes towards the candidate with the best chance of holding back the expansion of government and the necessary retraction in individual freedom. I also believe that he probably heard some stupid criticism of Schwarzenegger. But James isn't "impressed" when he comes across someone who refuses to compromise in their politics and philosophy. This is probably because he feels "Politics is the art of the compromise, after all."

    That doesn't impress me at all. Particularly when that which is being compromised are our rights.

    August 07, 2003

    Good Question!

    Is California overdosing on democracy?

    Over the past century, Californians have used ballot initiatives to temporarily ban cable television, cut taxes and limit nuclear plants. Now they're using an initiative to potentially throw out a governor they re-elected just nine months ago.

    No state gives voters as much power as California. Collecting signatures on petitions and using referendums to change laws is almost as much a part of life in California as surfing or sitting in traffic.

    Californians have voted on 275 law-changing initiatives since 1911, when the state pioneered the idea of "direct democracy" to circumvent a corrupt Legislature controlled by the Southern Pacific Railroad. But the latest initiative, which could result in Californians kicking Democratic Gov. Gray Davis out of office and replacing him with someone whose only political skill is the ability to pay the $3,500 in filing fees, has some wondering if California has taken the idea of direct democracy too far.


    The primary problem with political methods that get closer and closer to direct democracy is that voters gain more and more power to nullify individual rights by voting themselves money and services, favoring some industries over others, and using what's popular to squash what's not. I believe democracy in general is far better than dictatorship, but in the end, both are flavors of authoritarianism: one is through mob rule and the other is through one person.

    Of course, direct democracy is not always bad.

    In 1978, when rising property taxes were forcing some residents out of their homes, voters passed Proposition 13, which cut property taxes by nearly 60 percent. The movement prompted smaller tax revolts nationwide.

    I do like the sound of that! Today, though, with so many people entrenched in government-funded services, cutting taxes requires spending cuts to keep the state from going in the red. And even mention that you'd support cutting social services 1%, and the fury would be breath taking.
    Without a doubt, Davis is unpopular: His record-low approval ratings hover in the 20 percent range. And he is the leader of a state struggling with a monumental $38.2 billion budget deficit and sputtering economy.

    But are those good enough reasons to ask voters to throw out someone who is barely into his second term?


    The short answer is: If he is responsible for wasting taxpayer money, then yes. But that could be the basis for throwing practically every politician out of office!

    Why, yes. :)

    Icelandic Whaling

    Iceland to Resume Whale Hunting This Month

    Iceland plans to resume whaling this month, hunting 38 minke whales in August and September, its Ministry of Fisheries said on Wednesday, sparking angry protests from the country's tourism industry.

    Iceland has not hunted the sea mammals since 1989, when Reykjavik succumbed to international pressure, but in June it told the International Whaling Commission (IWC) it intended to resume scientific whaling.


    I want this market opened up just as I want the markets for marijuana, gambling, radio broadcasting, and education opened up.

    August 05, 2003

    How is it Harmful?

    Texas Mural of Nude Eve Draws Criticism

    People here aren't upset about what's inside a local art gallery. It's what's painted outside: a mural of a nude Eve.

    Police gave gallery owner Wes Miller until Aug. 20 to change the wall mural, saying it violated state law against distributing "harmful material" to a minor. Otherwise, Miller will face criminal charges.


    Nudity is harmful in what way? Children are nude in front of their parents all the time. Many parents bathe nude with their children when they are young. We have collective shower rooms in high schools for the same sex. The Japanese are legendary for their public bathhouses. We see nude babies on TV during advertising.

    Does nudity drive otherwise rational young people to do bad things? Are there studies that demonstrate convincingly that the viewing of nude images by a minor causes them to murder, assault, steal, cheat, swear, complain, act lazy, skip class, roll their eyes, etc. at higher rates than control groups? Even so, is it even right to determine what is healthy for another person without ever knowing them? Is it right to enforce your view of morality upon others when that view of morality demands people sacrifice for you?

    Miller said he'll go along with the change, though he doesn't see anything wrong with the picture, which depicts a reclining Eve, her pelvic region obscured in shadow, as a large hand points to the forbidden apple.

    "I think of it as art on an art gallery wall," said Miller who has owned Farmers and Merchants Art Gallery for 28 years in this North Texas town.

    But, he told the Denton Record-Chronicle in Friday's editions, "I don't feel it's my job to jeopardize my financial stability for the constitutional rights of the citizens of Pilot Point."


    That's too bad, really. The more people who challenge these stupid laws, the better.
    Miller said he and artist Justine Wollaston have discussed how to change the mural. One idea was a stripe across the breasts with the word "CENSORED."

    I do like that idea. Make it obvious what's happening here.
    No charges have been filed yet. "We've just had some complaints," Sgt. James Edland said.

    City Council member Jay Melugin called the mural disgusting.

    "I just don't like my children seeing it," he said.


    Out of respect for my mother (who is now reading my posts), I won't erupt in a vulgar display of deep annoyance and anger at this fool Melugin. Instead, I'll just say if he doesn't want his children seeing a mural on or in a building, he should steer them clear of it and explain openly and honestly why.

    Otherwise, he's a GAWDDAMN WANKER.

    (sorry, Mom)

    Also available in the Houston Chronicle, CNN, and News8Austin.

    What to Think?

    Is Berlusconi serious or just being a politician?

    Italian Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi has made a fresh attempt to settle the row which followed his "Nazi" slur on a German politician.

    Mr Berlusconi told the mass circulation German newspaper Bild in an interview published on Monday that his reputation as a workaholic meant that he was considered "almost German" himself.

    [...]

    He added that he shared some traditional German virtues.

    "In Italy I am almost seen as a German for my workaholism, also because I am from Milan, the city where people work the hardest," he said.

    "Work, work, work - I am almost a German."

    There has been no response so far from the German Government to the comments.

    Mr Berlusconi also mentioned his love for German culture stemming from his classical education.

    "Of course for me Goethe is the master of German poetry," he said.

    "And I naturally treasure all German philosophers from Kant to Nietzsche."


    Kant?! Ugh.

    I can understand a political figure trying to spin things in a nice way to soothe frayed tempers. I can even understand a little reality fudging or philosophical compromise to get back on someone's good side (provided that behavior doesn't intellectually corrupt in the long term)...but that last sentence is just bad. I certainly never expected Berlusconi to be a beacon of capitalism, but naming Kant isn't what I expected at all. Why not just come out and mention Hegel and Marx?

    Bad Silvio! Bad!

    July 31, 2003

    America as a Religion?

    It's what George Monbiot thinks

    Three things of interest here. First, not once does he mention the word "patriotism" which I fully expected to be waved about like some rabid pamphleteer's latest missive. I disagree that America is as lock-step as he says it is...I work with someone he'd probably get along with and know two others who would be open and receptive to his philosophy. There are millions more who disagree with the right wing and President Bush. A better term for the deliberate blindness and irrationality that many do seem to engage in would be patriotism or just leader-worship.

    The bulk of his article is devoted to what he sees as the continued corrosion of a secular fallible tone, devotion, and quality towards a religious one. I have mixed feelings about this because there are genuine problems with church-state seperation, but that kind of seperation isn't what he's talking about. His angle is the US has become so sure of itself, it's driving force, and it's actions that it no longer considers itself normal; that the country is actually elevated above the others to the point of approaching unquestionability. I may come back from work and add some thoughts to this, but for the moment, Mr. Monbiot's words are easily contradicted in both substance and face value by examining the Op-Ed sections of newspapers, the discussions in political forums, and the (rather vapid, but useful to include anyway) news being reported. There is all manner of internal disagreement over our actions and values. Those who step up and question an intellectual opponent by condemning him or her as anti-American, unpatriotic, and so forth are not the norm at all. Such "arguement" is mostly the province of the truely flag-waving branch of conservatism.

    He also fails to either note or realize that the freedom to criticize is still here, no matter how stupid the criticism. There aren't legions of political prisoners in jail for opposing Bush, Cheney, and Rumsfeld. Citizenships aren't being stripped of the "heretics." There may be a few cases that have slipped underneath my radar, but as troubling as they may be, they don't constitute nearly the level of concern this article speaks of.

    Do understand there are entirely valid reasons to call someone anti-American and unpatriotic, namely when their actions and words support such labels. But, assuming Mr. Monbiot is being honest here, he isn't discussing those instances. He's talking about the unjustified name-calling and marginalization taking place.

    The third is this bit at the end:

    The dangers of national divinity scarcely require explanation. Japan went to war in the 1930s convinced, like George Bush, that it possessed a heaven-sent mission to "liberate" Asia and extend the realm of its divine imperium. It would, the fascist theoretician Kita Ikki predicted: "light the darkness of the entire world". Those who seek to drag heaven down to earth are destined only to engineer a hell.

    My emphasis.

    George Monbiot had better heed those words carefully the next time he chooses the collective force of the state to impel individuals towards socialism, which he wholeheartedly endorses.

    July 28, 2003

    Ted Kennedy's an Idiot

    And not just because of his politics

    Have you seen the summer movie starring another Kennedy family member Terminator 3?
    I haven't seen Arnold's latest. He's a brilliant actor, but what makes Republicans think he could do well in politics?

    My emphasis.

    Sorry, Ted. Al Pacino and Christopher Walken are brilliant actors. Julianne Moore and Jodie Foster are brilliant actresses. Ahnold is not.

    And if Senator Kennedy isn't being serious here, it still demonstrates another pet peeve of mine: needlessly tossing compliments towards others when they don't deserve them, i.e., sounding like a politician.

    July 22, 2003

    Capitalism and Intellectual Property

    Erik responded to my reply to his post about IP, specifically about music downloading.

    I think your question is essentially the same as the one I posed. What are we paying for when we buy a CD? They're worded differently, but both come down to what privileges come with the purchase, and what it is you're paying for.

    In essence, we are talking about the same thing. I said What rights does the content creator wish to let the consumer have when the consumer buys the content?.
    Ultimately, I think that when you buy a CD, you're paying for its content. This means the right to play the content as you like, provided you have the means to do so. Sharing your CD with friends doesn't strike me as in any way immoral, since you've paid for the CD, and it's well within the sphere of your own rights to dispose of the disc as you like. If you further extend this principle, then it's not immoral to upload the CD into your computer, and share it with your friends.

    This is where I think we're off the same wavelength. This may be because he is trying to interpret today's copyright framework in a capitalist view. The problem as I see it, is that beyond the agreements the artist makes with the label, we really don't know what the artist wants people to be able to do with the music. Erik does see the same problem, but is working towards a solution from a different angle.

    Yes, such agreements are voluntary contracts and therefore binding. Picking something at random, the relevant copyright notice included with Miles Davis' Kind of Blue release on Columbia Records says:

    WARNING: All Rights Reserved. Unauthorized duplication is a violation of applicable laws.

    This is pretty straightforward. Unless your usage falls under the definition of "fair use," then you need to have permission to use the material. Of course, does this permission come from the artist (who has passed away), his estate, or the record label? There is ambiguity, and that needs to be corrected. Following what I wrote last time, such a copyright as this would be one of the more restrictive examples, stating explicitly that only unauthorized uses allowed by law are permissible.

    So, is playing this CD in your car while a friend is with you a violation of copyright? Obviously not, otherwise we'd have known it by now. Similarly, playing this disc at a party wouldn't be a violation either. Making a personal copy of music is something we've been allowed to do for some time...but these examples are merely those set by the courts over time and don't necessarily validate them in the realm of abstract capitalist property rights. From that angle, I'd say that doing the last example does violate the rights of the owner because the copier did not ask for permission to make a duplication of the music. The other examples don't deal with duplication, so wouldn't violate the restrictions put forth. Now, if the WARNING had included language about "public presentation" or something to that effect, then it's a different story.

    However, since we live in the society and legal framework that we do, it isn't clear exactly what the purchase of music means to the purchaser. Some "rights" like the first two examples above fall within acceptable action. If I were the content creator of something and I intended on making a living off of it, I certainly wouldn't grant nearly the degree of freedom Erik believes he is entitled to after purchase of a CD in the second quote. I'd explicitly request limits on the duplication and public performance of my work. Then again, for a greater level of compensation, I might be willing to grant wider liberty to dispose of the music as the buyer sees fit. More utility for a higher price.

    The question is whether sounds can really be property. Am I infringing on the artist's rights when I sing his song? If I formed a garage band, and we tried playing some of his songs privately for fun, would that be infringing on his rights? We need to establish exactly what the property rights to a sound, or a collection of sounds, entitle you to. At the moment, the most I can see them rightfully getting is the payment from someone to start the file sharing process, and then the credit for doing the song. Of course, if it's copyrighted material, no one else is allowed to form a band and play the song as a cover or for money without permission. This all starts to lead to a host of really tricky situations about what can and can't be done. Most noticably at the moment is the distinction between privately playing the song for fun, and doing a cover of it.

    It's true this is tricky territory, but this is because (as Erik said) we really don't know what we can and can't do with music once we've aquired it legally. I feel this situation would be best remedied by applying the law to enforce the contract the buyer agrees to at the point of sale: The buyer agrees to follow the wishes of the content creator and not infringe the copyrights that creator sets forth in plain language in a visible spot on the packaging of the content. If Metallica thinks cover songs and remixes are fine without written permission, great. If Madonna wants everyone to ask her or her agent for authorization to play her tracks for more than 15 people, that's her choice to make. And if the Dixie Chicks think anything is fine save for getting paid to play or perform their music, that's cool. We don't know and it's most likely the fault of the labels who impose a blanket one-size-fits-all restriction on everything. Needless to say, the courts haven't been consistent on this either.
    I think we can both agree on a solution. I propose that all artists that don't want their music reproduced in any way would need to have it explicitly stated as one of the terms agreed to by purchasing the CD. So, basically, artists/record companies just need a label on the CD cover somewhere, letting people know that when they buy the CD, they understand that a part of the mutual transaction taking place involves that the consumer not reproduce the music. I think this is fair, because it lays out the terms of the deal, and the consumer can either choose to purchase the product under them, or walk away. It would be similar to buying a house in a neighborhood with a homeowners' association, where both parties agree ahead of time on what can and can't be done with the property.

    Exactly! If each artist could decide what they wanted consumers to do with their music, then consumers would be able to make truely informed decisions and be able to respect the wishes of the artist.

    Now all we need to do is beat this into the heads of the RIAA...

    July 16, 2003

    Why Society Must Change First II

    Previously, I mentioned the case of the "well-endowed" Hulk doll and the drive to ban them for (and let's be completely real here) the dolls' honesty about human anatomy. Now, let's talk about something considerably more serious: House fires.

    Working where I do and doing what I do means I get to deal with mail of a mostly safety/OSHA/public school/office grunt variety. One of these publications is the NFPA Journal from the National Fire Protection Association. Being the curious and lazy sort, I took some time to thumb through it since the cover of the July/August issue had some interesting topics.

    Unfortunately, all the ones I wish to discuss are locked behind a wall which requires both the reader to register (which I did) and to be a member of NFPA (which I am not). So I can't link to the actual text, only the URL where the abstract is located. However, I do have the magazine proper and have copied the relevant sections for this post. All legal complaints should first reference this page before attempting to fuck with me.

    The first article that caught my capitalist attention certainly was titled to do so.

    Building to Code


    Can We Afford to Let a Man's Home Be His Castle?


    by Jerry Wooldridge

    While trying to explain why codes are enforced in residential properties, I've heard owners say, "A man's home is his castle. Why can't I just build it the way I want it?" Perhaps the best answer lies in statistics. As with most statistics, fire loss statistics provide us with both good news and bad. First, the good news: The number of fires across the nation continues to drop.

    Over the last 20 years, fires have decreased by about 36 percent, and the number of civilian deaths caused by fire has decreased by approximately 53 percent.

    The bad news is that our home, the place we spend most of our time, continues to lead the way in the number of civilian deaths.

    During 1999, 3,570 civilians died in fires in the United States, and 81 percent of those people died in a home. It comes as no surprise that 71 percent of all structure fires occurred in homes.


    Mr. Wooldridge then goes into the various codes (you'll also need a login for this section) the NFPA has regarding the definition of a home, requirements/defintions of and for primary and secondary escapes, requirements for door dimensions and locking devices, stairs, smoke alarms, and sprinkler systems.
    The issue of residential sprinklers in one- and two-family dwellings sparked one of the more contentious debates during the development of the NFPA 5000. One of the arguements against requiring their installation suggests that their impact on overall fire losses would be minimal because most existing U.S. dwellings don't have automatic supression systems and won't get them.

    However, I'm not so sure I agree with this reasoning.

    I'd suggest that a significant number of fires still occur in newly or recently constructed homes and that the impact on fire losses of automatic supression systems might be greater than we think.

    Between 1994 and 1998, 41 percent of the reported fires in homes occurred in properties protected by working smoke or fire alarms, according to the NFPA's 2001 report, The U.S. Fire Problem Overview Report.

    During that same period, home fire deaths dropped by 77 percent.

    Maybe the time has come for all our castles to be equipped with an automatic fire suppression system.


    Now, Mr. Wooldridge does not come out and explicitly say it. He doesn't mention anything about using the force of law to compel people to buy and install automatic fire suppression systems (though the sharks are circling, in a tax-incentive way) and he didn't say he wanted to shame consumers into the market with a media campaign.

    But, realistically speaking, how else can you say "the time has come for all our castles to be equipped with an automatic fire suppression system" and not have some idea of using force to make people install them? Some people will refuse out of monetary concerns, some will refuse because they like to refuse all things ordered of them, and some will refuse because they think they are safe without one. What to do in those cases and the others I didn't mention? Write another article? His airily dismissal of the phrase "A man's home is his castle" says volumes about his outlook on what he'd prefer to do.

    The problem is a simple one: either a homeowner truely owns the property under his or her name and can dispose of it as he or she wishes, or someone else owns it and has the rights associated with ownership.

    Mr. Wooldridge believes the statistics of deaths due to fires in residences without strong fire-fighting safeguard quite obviously overrides any claim a homeowner has to determining the best way to protect his or her house. I don't dispute the statistics or the reasoning behind automatic fire suppression systems being extraordinarily useful for combating fires. I do dispute that Mr. Wooldridge's arguement and word choice are the wrong ways to go about enacting this change.

    Trivializing property ownership should be scrapped in favor of simple statements of fact and reason, which I admit Mr. Wooldridge engages in for the bulk of his article. In a way, it's an article about self-interest, though it arrives at that conclusion through twisted means. He wants people to be safe in their homes and he wants them and their property to escape as unscathed as possible from a fire. But under the rubric of forcing people to comply, I cannot agree.

    Yeah, it's nit-picking, but it's worth mentioning.

    A second article takes a much more rights-respective tack. In "Residential Fire Safety Relies on Education," Chip Carson says:

    Almost three-fourths of the fire deaths in the United States occur in one- and two-family dwellings. Yet, the building codes and NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, have very few fire safety requirements for such homes. These codes do require smoke detectors on each level of the home and the newer codes also require smoke detectors in each sleeping room. The newer codes also require that the detectors be interconnected so that if one activates, all the detectors in the residence sound.

    Codes pertaining to one- and two- family dwellings don't address the protection of vertical openings, a basic principle of fire safety, even though stairs may be open to several floors, and upper floors may have open balconies looking over floors below, allowing a fire to spread quickly between floors. Nor do the codes require fire-and smoke-resistant construction in corridors in one- and two-family dwellings as they do in other residential occupancies, such as hotels and non-sprinklered lodging and rooming houses. These features usually include self-closers on sleeping room doors.

    At this point, the Classic Lefty would demand new regulations, laws, and rules mandating these changes so people would be safe once again. Also at this point, the Classic Righty would tell Classic Lefty that such mandates hurt consumers by driving up the costs of home ownership. Both sides entirely miss the point.
    Why is this?

    Part of the reason goes back to old English law, of which property rights are a major tenet. We've all heard the saying, "A man's home is his castle." Once a one- or two-family house is built and a certificate of occupancy issued, no re-inspection program is required. This applies to individual apartments, as well.

    I don't believe most of us want the local fire marshal to come knocking on our door and announcing that he or she is there to inspect for fire hazards. Without enforced fire protection in the home to reduce fire deaths and injuries, the only other option is education.

    Quite right! Even ignoring the implicit arguement that such inspections would be acceptible if most people agreed with them, Mr. Carson understands that "enforced fire protection" would be a violation of property rights and a better idea is effective education.
    Who will tell the weekend mechanic that using flammable liquids to clean parts in a garage next to a gas-fired water heater may result in a gas explosion? How will homeowners know that installing burglar bars without interior emergency releases may prevent their families from escaping from their burning houses? Who will tell children not to play with matches or lighters?

    How will students living in dorms know that stringing extension cords together so they can move the portable heater to the other side of the room may cause the wire to overheat and start a fire? How will the apartment dweller know that using a charcoal grill on a wooden deck may cause the deck to ignite, or that bringing the charcoal grill inside may result in carbon monoxide poisoning? How will families learn that practicing their home escape plans is the only way to be confident they'll follow it in a real emergency?

    He's not immune to a bit of elitist hysteria, though ("Damn! The Proles can't figure this out on their own! Quick, to the schools!").

    There are two other articles worth posting and commenting on that I'll get around to the rest of this week. One is from John Paradise and is about the dangers of home security bars that do as good a job of keeping criminals out of the home as they do keeping habitants in. The other is from Shelly Reese and covers the (previously unknown to me) scary new data saying children fail in astoundingly high percentages to awaken at the sound of fire alarms.

    July 11, 2003

    Generating the News?

    Glenn Reynolds has proof of the Hussein-al Qaeda connection?

    Watching this impact over the next few days will be interesting indeed. Has Instapundit truely broken a huge story?

    Some information on 6th Circuit federal appellate Judge Gilbert S. Merritt:

  • Resolution Honors Chief Judge Gilbert S. Merritt
  • Judge Gilbert S. Merritt receives the 2003 American Inns of Court Professionalism Award

    UPDATE(7/14/2003 6:10pm)
    Glenn's got an update with more info.

  • July 10, 2003

    Self-Redundant Irony

    Radly Balko uncovers the American League of Lobbyists, an organization that redefines parody.

    July 09, 2003

    Why Society Must Change First

    [Updates below.]

    Often, I wonder what the actual stages of progress we must move through in order to proceed to an ideal capitalist society. Do we first tackle trade restrictions? Roll back taxes en masse? Pull out of the Drug War?

    Wired's front page has a feature called Furthermore, and today's edition makes me think the answer is a wholesale change in the public's attitude towards the use of government power.

    The Incredible Bulk
    Even at six, Leah Lowland knew there was something amiss with the Incredible Hulk doll she won at a seaside fair in England. Noticing a prominent bulge at the front of her prize, Leah did what any curious six-year-old would do: She pantsed him. An lo, there in all its green-felted splendor, she discovered a two-inch male organ -- a willy, as the Brits like to call it. "Considering the doll is only 12 inches tall, it's amazing how big his willy is," said mom Kim. "And it’s definitely not an extra piece of material left on by mistake." Amazed she may have been, but mom is calling for a ban on the Hulk doll, made by a Spanish manufacturer as a tie-in with the new movie.

    E! Online has a roundup and Ananova si also carrying the story.
    A six-year-old girl who won an Incredible Hulk doll at a seaside fair, found it came complete with a penis.

    Leah Lowland found the two-inch penis after checking out the doll's mystery bulge under the comic-book character's ripped purple shorts.

    Her mother Kim said the toy was one of several prizes she could choose after Leah knocked down cans with bean bags at the fair on Brighton Pier.

    The doll is made by a firm based in Valencia, Spain.

    But she chose the doll because she thought Leah would like it amid publicity about the new Hulk movie, says The Sun.

    Kim, from Biggin Hill, Kent, says the dolls should be banned. "A hulk with a bulk like this just shouldn't be allowed. Considering the doll is only 12-inches tall it's amazing how big his willy is."


    *cough*

    "It's offensive. It should be banned."

    "But lots of things are offensive to lots of people. Should they all be banned?"

    "Of course not. However in this case, it should be obvious the toy is inappropriate for young children to have. I'd say it's even inappropriate for anyone under the age of 18."

    "But that's your personal opinion. Should we set our laws according to your personal opinion of morality? In my opinion, there is more harm in neutering human sexuality for our children for they become less equipped to handle sexaul situations in the future."

    "Well, I certainly don't want my children exposed to such filth. It's my right to decide how my children learn about sex, not through chance encounters with anatomically correct dolls. I'm certain a majority of people would agree with me. The doll is just revolting."

    "If a majority of people agreed with me, would you still use that rationalization?"

    "..."

    "What if I were to tell you no one - not a shocked parent, not a vote-whoring politician, not a screaming torch mob - has the right to tell that company they are not allowed to make their toys anymore? That just as it's wrong for police to storm your house without a justifiable reason, it's wrong to reduce someone's right to their property to the level of mere steward in the face of someone's outrage?"

    "I'd tell you you're full of shit."

    "I find that offensive."

    UPDATE(7/10/2003 4:20am)
    Pictures, for the curious, can be found here.

    UPDATE 10/8/2004 5:01pm
    For those searching for "Bush's Mystery Bulge" during the first Presidential Debate, you won't find anything here. I suggest reading a Salon article to learn more.

    June 24, 2003

    The Extremely Libertarian George W. Bush

    At least according to John Kerry

    Kerry also took questions from the audience; the last came from a glamorous young woman wearing a low-cut white dress who wanted to know how he felt about the charge—levelled by Dean, among others—that he was too similar to Bush to lead the Democrats. “The Bush Administration agenda isn’t conservative Republicanism, and it’s not radical Republicanism—it’s extreme libertarianism,” he replied. “We certainly don’t need another Republican Party.” The woman, a Columbia student named Meredith, had been at Downtown Dean, too.

    My emphasis.

    This single statement says one of two things. Either John Kerry is utterly ignorant of libertarianism and Bush's acts and policies or he is deliberately lying in order to score points with the crowd...and anyone with a high school degree of political knowledge should know his statement is complete bullshit. Whichever it may be, he gets my award for Most Blatant Political Exaggeration of 2003. Fuck man, Bush isn't even a hard rightist or staunch conservative (he pussies out too often and comprimises too regularly to sit on that wing of the spectrum)...it's almost as ridiculous as saying Democrats are the party of personal liberty.

    Via Hit & Run.

    June 23, 2003

    Modern-Day Racism Continues

    We are all equals.

    However, some people are more equal than others.

    Thanks to the Supreme Court's 5-4 decision (PDF) in the University of Michigan Grutter v. Bollinger case, we're stuck with "affirmative action" for another generation. My opinions on this form of deliberate institutional racism are here and here.

    June 20, 2003

    Grim's Got It

    The Difference Between Liberals And Conservatives.

    Straightforward, eh? 'tis the best way. Force and compulsion versus choice and opportunity. At least, that's what it's supposed to be...the server hosting this site would buckle under the weight of the hard drives necessary to store all the contradictions and exceptions to this. In the end, however, Grimthing's post does highlight a fundamental fork in philosophy.

    June 18, 2003

    Richard Quinn has a Point

    Amidst the lefty statism, there is something worth thinking about in his Benefit News article.

    What are employers thinking? There is no health care crisis

    According to a study by Hewitt Associates, 82% of employers plan to increase retiree premiums, 76% will increase cost-sharing, and 25% will shift to a defined contribution approach.

    All of which inspires this question: What are employers thinking? Let's be clear: There is no health care crisis in America.


    I am fortunate that my employer hasn't increased it's rates as horrifically as other business have. My increases are marginal at worst and none of my benefits have been drawn back or reduced. However, this is mostly due to TASB's unique nature in the market it does business in: whenever the insurance markets tighten on public schools, we do better.

    The fact is that the vast majority of Americans obtain health care when needed and the majority is satisfied with the system.

    If there is anything wrong with the health care system it is caused by...well, us.

    [...]

    It is striking how shortsighted and strategically ill informed most employers are. I receive e-mails regularly from employees worried about the security of their benefits, primarily pension and health benefits. They read about companies eliminating retiree medical, making benefits employee-pay-all and they wonder about their future. The idea that the "promises" of the past may not be secure is mind boggling to many workers who have counted on this security...and why not?

    Employers were happy to build the entitlement mentality when it suited their needs, were happy to encourage company loyalty and to provide high level first-dollar benefits when things were good. In tough times, however, it seems health care costs have become the rallying cry for cost-cutting.


    Indeed, the entitlement mentality is responsible for a great deal of the political storminess these days, possible even the single biggest reason. Many people seem to think that health care is a right and if the coverage they get with their company (if at all) can't fit their needs, then other people (read: taxpayers) should pay for it.

    However, it is well-established that labor costs are responsible for the largest chunk of business operation costs. A huge portion of that is due to non-salary benefits such as medical coverage, pensions, retirement plans, etc. It is a logical place to cut costs and save money...

    We benefit managers talk about the brilliant ideas we have to control costs as if they only affect some invisible group of people and as if we are on a mission to save the world from health care costs. In the process we may be disaffecting the very work force our companies will need in order to be successful in the future. At the very least we are providing significant distractions for our current workers, the ones we desperately need to leverage for the success of our organizations. What are we thinking?

    Medical is the number-one benefit. Individuals will join a company because of its health benefits and will stay with a company because of the health benefits. When competition for workers is strong, health benefits can tip the scale. But it appears that when labor is plentiful these benefits can go by the wayside. How shortsighted on the employers' part. Smart companies will use the value of health benefits to prudently make their organizations an attractive place to work. People who have good memories and loyalty will be out the window for a long time when a company plays with its workers' security for short-term gain.


    ...but Mr. Quinn is also correct here in that the very value people place on their non-salary benefits (with a strong emphasis on medical) is one of the primary reasons people choose one job over another. Cutting those benefits may make sense in the near-term, but people want those benefits and may go elsewhere to get them, resulting in a "brain drain" of talent.

    He continues with an even more important point:

    Defined benefit pensions have been replaced with defined contribution plans as the primary retirement vehicle (if the worker has any vehicle). According to the Employee Benefit Research Institute (EBRI), about 41% of retirees 55 and older have pension income from their former employer and only 36% of retirees age 65 or older have such benefits. Cash balance conversions from the old DB plan save an employer money and give workers a warm and comfortable feeling in the process.

    [...]

    Seniors comprise the fastest growing segment of the population. Seniors are typically retired workers, and when they are retired they are consumers of all kinds of goods and services. That is, if they have income to make those purchases. The average monthly income for a retiree age 55-64 is about $1,300 and the amount declines with age. The average retiree today has a total of $15,000 in financial assets. So, are employers as smart as they think? Today we are helping to establish a new generation of retirees with less retirement income and much of it based on what they can save.

    While we are talking about saving, let's talk about the other saving for retirement. Of course, we know about saving for retirement income. Generally speaking, people don't. But there is another savings objective people ignore as well: According to EBRI, only about one-third of workers at firms with 1,000 or more employees still have retiree medical from their employer. Workers in smaller firms are even worse off. If future retirees lack employer-provided retiree medical, how will they pay for it? By saving of course.


    And unfortunately, Americans are crappy at planning for their futures. I've read that on average, Americans save only 4% of their disposable income. If not less.
    EBRI has done several projections of the savings needed for a retiree to pay for health benefits. For example, for a person to pay for premiums and out of pocket costs only between ages 55 and 64, starting in 2003 and assuming they have access to employer-based coverage, they will need between $75,000 and $94,000. Oh yes, if you want coverage for your spouse as well, double those numbers. And, add another $80,000 to $117,000 per person for coverage supplementing Medicare if you plan on living only to age 80.

    Mr. Quinn's conclusion?
    We are helping to make a new generation more dependent on government programs. We are making it virtually impossible for a person to retire before achieving Medicare eligibility because they will not have employerbased health benefits (and they will be more dependent on Social Security income generally not available before age 66). It is estimated that 88% of today's workforce will not have access to retiree medical benefits. We are placing more strain on Social Security and Medicare, two other crises that do not exist as evidenced by our largely ignoring both.

    People want health care and they want retirement income. If their employer won't give it to them and they won't save for the future, they will overwhelmingly turn to the government to satisfy subsidize their desires.

    Though Mr. Quinn's solution is "a long-term strategy that allows fair cost sharing, a meaningful commitment workers can count on and a strategy to provide health care benefits not merely based on the latest trend and knee-jerk reaction to costs. It requires employers working together - in teams, like workers are told to do."

    I'd add that beyond business innovation and collaboration, we must eliminate the benefits the government attempts to provide. It would accomplish two worthwhile things, among others:

  • Reduce taxes dramatically, leading to a higher level of take home pay and company profitability. This would spur all manner of healthy economic activity: savings, investment, and spending on goods and services. That in turn feeds back into the economy (even the savings, which banks use to finance loans).
  • Go great lengths to erase the entitlement mentality Americans have and remind them it is their responsibility to provide for themselves through savings and investment or through employment that provides the benefits they want.

    I'm turning 23 on the 26th of this month. My father did the intelligent thing long ago and started saving and investing for my future. Only recently have I made a serious effort to start saving and looking for investments on my own. I must do a better job, even when nifty opportunities to buy stuff present themselves.

    Part of my investment is a health-related one. I quit smoking in October of 2000, I've made serious efforts to clean up my diet, and I've been working out and jogging regularly. The longer I can hold off the nasty results of growing older, the longer I can hopefully hold off the almost-as-nasty costs of getting those results fixed in the future.

  • June 16, 2003

    I'll Take a Guess

    Glenn Reynolds says, "At any rate, I think the politics of this stuff are likely to play out in interesting and unpredictable ways...I don't claim to really understand this phenomenon, though, and I don't think that anyone really does" of this article's topic: Down and Out in White-Collar America.

    So what's keeping people like Hill and Thompson from finding jobs? The rudderless recovery and economic uncertainty deserve much of the blame. But it's bigger than that. Increasingly, supereducated and highly paid workers are finding themselves traveling the same road their blue-collar peers took in the late '80s. Then, hardhats in places like Flint, Mich., and Pittsburgh were suffering from the triple threat of computerization, tech-led productivity gains, and the relocation of their jobs to offshore sites. Machines--or low-wage foreigners--could just as easily do their work.

    The white-collar crowd was concerned, but they knew that those three forces would also help get the American economy humming. And they did. Now that trust has come back to haunt them. Technology has allowed companies to handle rising sales without adding manpower. Gains in productivity mean one white-collar worker can do the work that would have taken two or three of his peers to do ten years ago. All that has led to slower wage growth. Back in 2000 wages for professional and technical workers were growing by nearly 5% annually--today they're rising by less than 2% a year.

    The scariest blue-collar parallel, however, is only just beginning to be felt in the white-collar world: overseas competition. Like automakers that moved production from Michigan to Mexico or textile firms that abandoned the Southeast for the Far East, service firms are now shifting jobs to cheaper locales like India and the Philippines. It's not just call centers anymore. Indian radiologists now analyze CT scans and chest X-rays for American patients in an office park in Bangalore, not far from where Ernst & Young has 200 accountants processing U.S. tax returns. E&Y's tax prep center in India is only 18 months old, but the company already has plans to double its size. Corporate America is quickly learning that a cubicle can be replicated overseas as easily as a shop floor can.


    I predict several things will happen.

    1. This trend won't reverse unless dramatic anti-capitalist forces turn back the reforms occuring in these "offshoring" countries. I don't see this happening because the work can only bring good benefits to the people and the country.
    2. The trend also won't reverse unless the considerable pressure for American businesses to cut labor costs is eased. Even in the best of economic times, I couldn't see this happening to any non-trivial degree. When the savings can approach 50% or more, it is a powerful economic incentive to move seats out of the country.
    3. This will politically energize the managerial and specialist classes and drive up voter participation rates if labor policy becomes a major political issue. Just as in the blue-collar labor disputes, the majority of the white-collar electorate will want trade controls to protect American jobs. Something like limits on the number or percentage of foreign-based workers (at first, only in certain fields) a company can employ.
    4. Given the wealth in this class of people, politicians will take notice as the voting power is added to the potential donation power. I strongly doubt it would be a partisan issue; no American wants to lose his or her job for a long time and that cuts across political lines. Republicans would stump for regulations under patriotic, nationalist, and (short-sighted) economic banners. Democrats would stump for regulations under labor equity reasons. Libertarians and capitalists will do whatever they can to remind everyone that this is how markets work and to fight them would be worse than doing nothing. The Left will laugh and waggle fingers about how this sudden concern was missing from this class during massive labor shifts in the blue-collar class in the past and of course the government is allowed or even supposed to intervene to save the day.
    5. Indian, Chinese, Bangladeshi, Indonesian, Russian, and Filipino culture will exchange with American at a much higher rate. Ties among these countries will tighten with the additional trade and market-sharing. With greater free market ties, liberty will also spread, likely pushing these nations towards more social, political, and economic freedoms.
    6. Once larger parts of the "Third World" (a term that will be met with ever-increasing cynicism in the future) are relieved of the number one pressure to move to American (economic reasons), immigration should slowly drop from those countries even though there will be much greater international travel among them. It may take a while, but a possible long-term outcome of this is an accelerated rate of black and hispanic population percentage as they slowly erode the majority caucasians have in raw numbers.
    7. It will place more upward pressure on demand for bi- or multilingual Americans.
    8. The efficiencies enjoyed by the businesses doing this will result in better short-term (say, 5-10 years) profitibility, but will inevitably result in even higher competition as more and more companies outsource their labor. Consumers benefit even though it's likely that by this time, the United States will have been taken down a few economic notches by the relative gains by these other nations. Our economic superiority cannot last forever and certainly not when our labor market is considerably more expensive than others.
    Just some ideas off the top of my head. I welcome any others in the comments.

    June 06, 2003

    Austin Smoking Ban Passes

    [Updates below.]

    Smoking ban passes with a 4-3 vote

    The Hazards of a Smoke-Free Environment

    The bandwagon of local smoking bans now steamrolling across the nation--from New York City to San Antonio--has nothing to do with protecting people from the supposed threat of "second-hand" smoke. Indeed, the bans themselves are symptoms of a far more grievous threat, a cancer that has been spreading for decades and has now metastasized throughout the body politic, spreading even to the tiniest organs of local government.

    This cancer is the only real hazard involved--the cancer of unlimited government power.

    The issue is not whether second-hand smoke is a real danger or a phantom menace, as a study published recently in the British Medical Journal indicates. The issue is: if it were harmful, what would be the proper reaction? Should anti-tobacco activists satisfy themselves with educating people about the potential danger and allowing them to make their own decisions--or should they seize the power of government and force people to make the "right" decision?


    We know what choice the Tobacco-Free Austin Coalition made. I am disgusted.

    UPDATE(12:06pm)
    News8Austin has a poll open as well as a comment thread for those who voted. I wrote:

    This law completely disrespects private property rights and sticks a thumb in the eye of the idea that each person is responsible for their own actions. At a time of economic distress, it seems unreal the City Council would attempt to stifle the nightclub market with regulation like this. This is a bad idea and I hope Wynn et al overturns it down the road.

    -Charles Hueter


    It seems there is a distinct "this is a bad law" tilt in the comments.

    UPDATE(6/7/2003 8:30pm)
    How the city plans to enforce this:

    The ban will be enforced on a complaint basis, handled by Health and Human Services.

    Any person caught violating the ban can be fined up to $2,000 and an establishment could have its operating license revoked.

    UPDATE(10/15/2003 2:02am)
    Good news: the Austin Smoking Task Force Report is in and it's definitely worth your read.

    UPDATE(4/21/2004 4:18pm)
    The ban, initially scheduled to take affect on May 1st, has been posponed:

    The city of Austin's new smoking ordinance will likely be postponed a month until June 1. The main reason is to give restaurants more time to show they've improved their air quality.

    Dan McClusky's owner Steve Batlin lucked out. His restaurant has always had a separate room for non-smokers and smokers.

    "I really don't think it's necessary. I'm a non-smoker myself. I think it's coming," Batlin said.

    The new smoking ordinance is coming, but now it may be one month later. Before they get a smoking permit, restaurants must show they have dual ventilation systems. Lots of business owners installed them to meet the previous ordinance, but the city didn't keep a list.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    Pfft.

    UPDATE(6/1/2004 11:05am)
    Austin Smoking Ban in Effect Today

    UPDATED 5/9/2005 9:12am
    The Additional Tyranny - The New Austin Smoking Ban Passes

    UPDATED 8/30/2005 1:52pm
    Deadline for the Austin Smoking Ordinance

    May 30, 2003

    Drudgery Emphasis

    Anyone else notice how Matt Drudge has started using italics?

    Pentagon Eyes Massive Covert Attack on Iran...
    Rumsfeld pushes for regime change...
    Debate Slow...
    Drones to be tested for traffic management...
    SAUDIS ALLOW FOREIGNERS TO INTERROGATE THEIR CITIZENS...

    It not as if he's settling down and getting used to this whole HTML, WWW, Eeentarnet thing. He's been publishing Drudgereport.com for years. He should know how to emphasize text - his page is about as bare-bones as one could make it. And let's be honest: he's posted links to stories far more than sufficiently inflammitory and emotional to deserve the < i > < / i > tags.

    Perhaps a sinister conspiracy theory would suffice!

    As anyone who has discussed things with Objectivists know, they (and I...) have a remarkable tendancy to italicize and bolden selectively to stress concepts during an arguement. At times it feels like they are talking to a five-year-old, the way they bring attention to the things they are trying to convey.

    Mr. Drudge's sudden acceptance and usage of italics must mean he has converted to a free market capitalism philosophy underneath our noses, choosing to join the elite of the elite thinkers in order to (bit by hypertext-transferred bit) bring about a cultural revolution!

    Or he could just be bored and wants to spice his otherwise bland front page up.

    May 27, 2003

    Ecoterrorist Criminals

    Eco-Activists Taking on Company Workers

    At 3 a.m. one recent morning, animal rights activists enraged by a company that tests products on animals gathered outside the home of an executive.

    They bellowed through bullhorns, made sirens pierce through the night and papered the Los Angeles neighborhood in leaflets denouncing Huntingdon Life Sciences officials as, among other things, "puppy killers."

    "We'll be back," the group, Stop Huntingdon Animal Cruelty, later warned the executive on its Web site. "We know where you live, we know where you work, and we'll make your life hell until you pull out of HLS."

    What made the noisy protest unusual was that its target wasn't an executive with Huntingdon Life Sciences: It was a manager of a Los Angeles company that just sells software to Huntingdon.


    Environmental Group Says It Burned Houses
    The radical environmental group Earth Liberation Front is claiming responsibility for fires that destroyed two houses near Ann Arbor in March.

    The slogan "ELF, no sprawl" was spray painted on the garage door of a house next to one of those burned March 21 in the Mystic Forest subdivision. On its Web site, the group claims responsibility for the fires, which it says caused $400,000 in damage.

    The group also takes responsibility for burning luxury homes being built near Philadelphia late last year. A picture of a burning home is featured on the Web site, along with instructions on how to start fires.

    The group says no one has claimed responsibility for last summer's fires that destroyed two luxury homes under construction, but police said they suspect the ELF.

    The FBI has said it considers the Earth Liberation Front one of the nation's most prolific domestic terrorist organizations. The group has claimed responsibility for a series of antigrowth attacks in the past six years.


    Begin sarcasm.

    Maybe capitalists should use some of this cool "direct action" stuff to promote OUR views!

    Start with , Gamal Gamal, the registered owner of http://www.shac.net/.

    6 Boat Lane
    Evesham
    WR11 4BP
    Worcs
    GREAT BRITAIN
    info@shac.net
    +44.845 458 0630

    But that's all on the front page of their site. More appropriately given the first story, why not just target XS4ALL, their domain host? How much abuse can their admins take late at night at their homes? Perhaps more locally, why not stop by SHAC's American site and find some connected companies? Unfortunately, there is no personal contact info (afraid of something?), though we do know who provides their hosting service: TUCOWS' OpenSRS. We can all pile in and drive to Canada and bug them! How about that!

    As for the Earth Liberation Front...I wonder if Darren Thurston

    PO Box 78061, 2606 Commercial Drive
    Vancouver
    BC
    V5N1G8
    CA
    604-618-5469

    and his family and friends would enjoy some good 'ole capitalist chanting in front of their homes? We can recite Rand and turn Mises into song! We can bring recordings praising the sheer gosh-darn usefullness of turning Nature into cheap commodities for everyone to enjoy.

    And once we're done...we'll burn his FUCKING house down.

    I'm sure that'll convince him to stop either his heinous activities, his promotion of them (destruction profiteer!!!), or his friends who do both.

    End sarcasm.

    UPDATE(8/7/2003 7:15am)
    The bastards are getting ambitious.

    Investigators said Tuesday that arsonists from an environmental terrorist group were to blame for a fire at an apartment complex under construction that caused $50 million in damage.

    The Earth Liberation Front, linked to arson incidents across the West, claimed responsibility for setting fire to the five-story apartment complex Friday in San Diego.

    A 12-foot banner found at the scene read: "If you build it, we will burn it," along with the initials ELF. The group, which only communicates with the news media by e-mail, issued a brief statement saying the banner "is a legitimate claim of responsibility by the Earth Liberation Front."

    "The intent was to burn the structure to the ground," said San Diego Fire Capt. Jeffrey A. Carle, an arson investigator who called the fire one of the costliest in city history. He declined to say what was used to start the three-alarm blaze. There were no injuries.


    These people constitute a criminal organization and need to be thrown in jail for a long time.

    May 22, 2003

    Weak-willed

    [Updates below.]

    Utah Prepares for Firing-Squad Executions

    The only state that dispatches condemned inmates by firing squad is assembling gunmen for back-to-back executions next month.

    The nation's last execution by firing squad was in 1996.

    Exercising their right under Utah law, serial killer Roberto Arguelles and Troy Michael Kell, a white supremacist who stabbed a fellow inmate to death, have chosen the firing squad over lethal injection and are set to die at 12:01 a.m. on June 27 and 28, respectively.


    I support the death penalty as punishment for some crimes, provided extra processes are inserted into the legal system to add redundancy and to elevate the burden of proof on the prosecution. The method of death doesn't matter as much to me; lethal injection, electrocution, hanging, and firing squad are all fine with me. However...
    The Utah Corrections Department is recruiting law enforcement officers for two five-person firing squads, asking the police departments in the communities where the crimes were committed to nominate volunteers.

    The officers' identities will not be released, and participants will be barred from talking publicly about the experience.

    A hood will be put over the condemned man's head and a target will be pinned over his heart. The executioners will fire simultaneously from gun portals in a separate room at the inmate, seated in a chair about 30 feet away.

    One of the five rifles will contain a blank so that no one will know who fired the fatal shots.


    I can undersand keeping the firing squad's names secret for practical reasons as well as requesting they stay silent about the job. But that last bit about the blank-loaded rifle is dumb. Why do this? It makes the system look guilty for the actions taken in it's name. It adds doubt in the minds of each officer when they volunteered for the damn job in the first place.

    Each rifle should be loaded with full-power ammunition and each officer should bear the responsibility for killing the convict. Anything less is abdicating integrity.

    UPDATED 8/13/2005 1:15pm
    I don't know what happened to the comments below. I'm looking into it. You can view Google's cache of the discussion here.

    In the meantime, please use this post to continue your discussions.

    May 12, 2003

    Speechless

    Suit Seeks to Ban Kids From Eating Oreos

    Kids in California may have to give up their Oreos, if a lawsuit filed by a San Francisco public interest lawyer is successful.

    The lawsuit, filed last week in Marin County superior court, seeks a ban on the black and white cookies, arguing the trans fats that make the filling creamy and the cookie crisp are too dangerous for children to eat.

    Stephen Joseph said he filed the suit against Nabisco, the maker of Oreos, after reading articles that said the artificial fat is hidden in most packaged food, though consumers have no way of knowing.

    The big difference between this suit and others that have targeted tobacco and McDonald's fast food is that consumers know that tobacco is bad for their health and that McDonald's food contains a lot of fat, Joseph said.

    "Trans fat is not the same thing at all. Very few people know about it," he said, explaining that his suit focuses on the fact that trans fats are hidden dangers being marketed to children.


    I hate causes justified in the name of saving children.

    Nabisco taken to task over trans fat's effects

    Oreo cookies should be banned from sale to children in California, according to a lawsuit filed by a San Francisco attorney who claims that trans fat -- the stuff that makes the chocolate cookies crisp and their filling creamy -- is so dangerous children shouldn't eat it.

    Stephen Joseph, who filed the suit against Nabisco last week in Marin County Superior Court, is a public interest lawyer who last battled the city to remove graffiti from traffic signs.

    [...]

    The suit, the first of its kind in the country, asks for an injunction ordering Kraft Foods to desist from selling Nabisco Oreo Cookies to children in California, because the cookies are made with partially hydrogenated vegetable oil, also called trans fat.

    Partially hydrogenated oil is in about 40 percent of the food on grocery store shelves, including most cookies, crackers and microwave popcorn, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture.


    There's much more in the Sfgate link, but I can't bring myself to comment on it.

    I feel like taking this guy out on a tour of SanFran and spreading the Oreo Gospel to this jackass.

    UPDATE(5/16 midnight)
    The outcry has made a difference. The suit will be dropped.

    Oreo lovers can breathe a big, fat sigh of relief.

    The San Francisco attorney who made news earlier this week for suing Kraft Inc. to stop the sale of Oreos to California children because the cookies are high in trans fat plans to drop the suit today.

    The reason? He's drawn so much media attention that he says he's accomplished what he set out to do -- raise awareness about trans fat, a hidden but dangerous substance in processed food.

    "You've got to recognize when you've scored a home run," said Stephen Joseph, who filed the suit against Nabisco on May 1 in Marin County Superior Court. "We have raised the awareness of trans fat to the top of the mountain."


    It's the new wave of punditry, issues-based lobbying, and personal crusades. File a lawsuit, piss off the country, get your cause in the newspapers. The cynic in me is laughing right along with Mr. Joseph. The rest of me is curious to see how this tactic will be used in the future.

    Sums It Up Perfectly

    This cartoon hits the nail on the head regarding the rampant hypocrisy most people engage in when discussing "freedom." Religious intolerance (assuming these people have the balls to confront religions other than Christianity and Judaism) should be fought on personal liberty grounds...but don't ever expect consistency in regards to smoking and other choices people make on their own.

    Via Samizdata.

    UPDATED 8/30/2005 1:55pm
    Deadline for the Austin Smoking Ordinance

    May 11, 2003

    Where are the Iraqi WMD?

    Frustrated, U.S. Arms Team to Leave Iraq

    This article on the Sunday front page of the Washington Post is very disturbing.

    The group directing all known U.S. search efforts for weapons of mass destruction in Iraq is winding down operations without finding proof that President Saddam Hussein kept clandestine stocks of outlawed arms, according to participants.

    The 75th Exploitation Task Force, as the group is formally known, has been described from the start as the principal component of the U.S. plan to discover and display forbidden Iraqi weapons. The group's departure, expected next month, marks a milestone in frustration for a major declared objective of the war.


    The specialized teams will be gone in a month (assuming things remain the way they are) and they have found squat.
    U.S. Central Command began the war with a list of 19 top weapons sites. Only two remain to be searched. Another list enumerated 68 top "non-WMD sites," without known links to special weapons but judged to have the potential to offer clues. Of those, the tally at midweek showed 45 surveyed without success.

    Why? Perhaps it's due to the looting and vandalism.
    At nearly every top-tier "sensitive site" the searchers reached, intruders had sacked and burned the evidence that weapons hunters had counted on sifting. As recently as last Tuesday, nearly a month after Hussein's fall from power, soldiers under the Army's V Corps command had secured only 44 of the 85 top potential weapons sites in the Baghdad area and 153 of the 372 considered most important to rebuilding Iraq's government and economy.

    McPhee saw early in the war that the looters were stripping his targets before he could check them. He cut the planning cycle for new missions -- the time between first notice and launch -- from 96 to 24 hours. "What we found," he said, was that "as the maneuver units hit a target they had to move on, even 24 hours was too slow. By the time we got there, a lot of things were gone."


    Also, it is now obvious there were intelligence failures, both in the analysis and distribution.
    Some information known in Washington, such as inventories of nuclear sites under supervision of the International Atomic Energy Agency, did not reach the teams assigned to visit them. But what the U.S. government did not know mattered more than what it did know. Intelligence agencies had a far less accurate picture of Iraq's weapons program than participants believed at the outset of their search, they recalled.

    "We came to bear country, we came loaded for bear and we found out the bear wasn't here," said a Defense Intelligence Agency officer here who asked not to be identified by name. "The indications and warnings were there. The assessments were solid."


    THAT is going to sting some pro-war folks and it already stings me. So much has been made of the overwhelming evidence that the US claimed to have that I'd say many of us took it on faith. That evidence and intel is now directly suspect, though perhaps at the time it was relevant. We won't know for a while. In the meantime, we end up looking bad.

    The "not enough forces" debate will flare up again and this time the pro-war people must acknowledge that regardless of whatever genius (or not) basis the original plan was concieved upon, the forces there were simply trying to do too much with too little. Fight the war. Hunt for leaders. Protect civil infrastructure and the peace after the front line moves on. Help with humanitarian aid. Search for weapons of mass destruction. This is a failure and it needs to be acknowledged, principally because it was a failure that could have been easily prevented at the outset, either by starting the troop buildup earlier or waiting for the 4th Infantry Division to deploy before crossing the Kuwati border.

    Essentially, this failure to find WMD reflects very badly (in my opinion) on the planning and intelligence side of the Bush administration. After all has been said and done to this point, it mislead us to a degree and then was too incompetent to eliminate two of the larger and obvious potential roadblocks to finding the WMDs: enough forces to effectively neutralize any threats to site integrity and accurate and timely intel. Of course, there may have been the discoveries we were expecting and perhaps they are being kept under wraps to be revealed later. There would have to be a powerful strategic or tactical incentive to do that before I agree with it.

    I still believe we will find some direct and incontrovertible proof of Saddam's programs and the weapons themselves. I also believe that there is a lot more to look at in Iraq and by no means has the search combed a majority of the land in the country. Part of my support for the war on Iraq was based on these WMD. The larger part is based on the idea that this is an important secondary (Afghanistan being the primary and initial) step in the context of a larger war on terrorism. But this is an ugly, ugly black eye for Bush and I won't forget about it.

    May 06, 2003

    There He Goes to Save the Day!

    Caped Crusader Saves the Day in English Town

    A masked and caped do-gooder has been sweeping through an English town, performing good deeds and scattering terrified bad guys, a local newspaper reported.

    The vigilante mindset. He's probably someone who is fed up with watching people get criminalized and certainly not willing to wait for the police to arrive.
    The Kent and Sussex Courier said Friday it had received letters from "stunned residents" of the town of Tunbridge Wells, southeast of London, who saw the man in a brown mask and cape scare off hooligans and return a woman's dropped purse.

    I'd like to know what actually stunned the residents: a man dressed up and fighting crime or the crimes and criminals themselves.
    "To my great surprise," the paper quoted 21-year-old psychology student Ellen Neville as saying, "a masked man wearing a brown cape rushed past me to assist a woman who was having a bother with a group of youths.

    "He swept in, broke up the commotion and ran off, leaving myself and the woman in a state of shock," she said.


    That answers that.

    I think it's great someone wishes to do this. Of course, the person must remain anonymous. Otherwise he or she may be slapped with stupid laws that protect criminals just for being criminals.

    May 05, 2003

    Odd

    I wasn't aware there was a National Campaign to Stop Red Light Running.

    April 21, 2003

    Yes, G. Pascal Zachary, Please Go

    Bay Area politicos would fit comfortably under the rubric of European "social democrats," favoring a humane welfare state, multilateralism and a ban on offensive military force.

    [...]

    Think of the advantages of having our own country. We wouldn't have to apologize to people of conscience for being Americans any more. We wouldn't go to war against Arab dictators (or anyone else).

    [...]

    Our greatest national myth remains the inevitable rightness of the Northern victory in the Civil War. We are taught again and again about the greatness of Abraham Lincoln, who held our nation together. Yet at what price? Lincoln freed the African American slaves, but they fell victim to "Jim Crow," the peculiar institution, to paraphrase historian Kenneth Stampp, that maintained racial separation in the South (and sanctioned violence against blacks) well into the 1960s. With the South in tow following the Civil War, the United States subdued the Native Americans in the West in the most brutal fashion, seized Cuba and the Philippines from Spain in 1898, thus ushering in an era of imperialism. American hegemony in the second half of the 20th century might have been impossible without a Northern victory in the Civil War.

    Maybe Lincoln would have been an even greater president if he had let the South leave the Union in 1861. In the absence of Southern racists in Congress, the North would have become an industrial democracy of the European sort. American global power would have been moderated, humanized and democratized -- because urban voters in the industrial cities of Pittsburgh, Chicago and New York would have insisted on solidarity with workers of the world. Our roster of presidents would have included the populist William Jennings Bryan, the Socialist Eugene Debs and the one-worlder Henry Wallace. A more compact, social-democratic America would have still struggled mightily with the legacy of slavery and discrimination against African Americans, but a movement for racial equality would have begun decades earlier.

    Might the liberation of the Bay Area unlock similar positive change? Think of the model social legislation that a Bay Nation could enact: bans on guns altogether, full legalization of same-sex unions, an expansion of public television and radio, complete decriminalization of marijuana, basic health care for all, environmental protections that would be the envy of North America.

    [...]

    By the same token, undocumented Americans (a.k.a. "illegal aliens") could gain immediate citizenship in the Bay Nation. Bye-bye INS, hello multicultural justice.


    I'll take the two gems of marijuana decriminalization and discriminationless marriage out of that pile of steaming turds and dump the rest. The sooner some folks take their ideas, demands, and dreams out of the system I live in and into one of their own creation, the better. Let them poison a different country with the collectivism and altrusim they so desperately preen for.

    I support someone's right to declare themselves sovereign and independent from the nation they currently are citizens of, providing they don't steal the property and liberty of those who don't submit themselves to the seperation. The freedom of choice I support, not their underlying rationalizations. It's the same thing as saying I support someone's right to speak their mind regardless of the idiocy that mind may put forth.

    Such idiocy includes the absurd declaration that a fully independent "Bay Area" nation-state would have a relatively productive and healthy economy after enacting a bargeload of growth-hampering and personal disincentivizing regulations and bringing about the kind of welfare state so beloved by responsibility-fearing Europeans and our more addle-minded neighbors to the north and south of us. It would be amusing to watch them choke themselves to death, moreso because the solutions they'd choose to fix the problems would only make them worse. Pulling the blade across the skin harder in order to stop the bleeding.

    Via Andrew Sullivan.

    April 17, 2003

    Pulp Fiction Gun Safety Video!

    The NRA needs to get up on this Eugene Volokh idea!

    A while back I noticed that Pulp Fiction would make a great gun safety training film. After all, the scene in the car, which causes our anti-heroes so much trouble, helps illustrate two of the three basic rules of gun safety...another scene, where Travolta gets his comeuppance, illustrates a different safety rule...[a]nd, of course, the "miracle" scene illustrates a point that is indirectly a gun safety point, since after all the use of the gun there proved quite unsafe to the would-be defensive user.

    "Hand me my gun."

    "Which one is it?"

    "It's the one with Bad Motherfucker written on it."

    Politically Important Aussie Drug Bust?

    It may be too early, but there are several stories which may be what USS Clueless is talking about.

    Hmmm... keep your eyes on the news for reports that Australia has made an extremely big, and politically extremely complicated, drug bust. It's gonna be an interesting one, with major international ramifications.

    Record heroin haul found
    A record seizure of 40kg of heroin in Victoria would help police crack an international drug ring, the Australian Federal Police (AFP) said.

    Qwang Lee, 34, a Singaporean, Kiam-Fah Teng, 45, and Yau Kim Lam, 44, both Malaysians, have been charged over the seizure at Lorne on Victoria's south-west coast.

    AFP general manager (southern) Graham Ashton said a ship carrying the heroin, which has a street value of about $60 million, was met by a dinghy close to Lorne and brought ashore early Wednesday.


    Two charged over $2m heroin bust
    Australian Federal Police have charged two men over the seizure of more than $2 million worth of heroin at Brisbane International Airport.

    Customs officers found the heroin on two men during a random inspection of passengers arriving into Brisbane this morning.

    The men aged 24 and 34 are believed to be Malaysian.


    Drug tests in massive Australian raid return negative
    All tests taken during an unannounced raid on Monday at Randwick racecourse in Australia returned negative for banned drugs.

    "The results are very pleasing from an industry point of view," Chief Steward Ray Murrihy told the Australian Associated Press. "We can look forward to a level playing field over the Easter weekend races."


    OK, maybe not that last one. *grin*

    But those top two stories, beyond a superficial connection to Malaysia, don't appear to have any ground-shattering political consequences. We'll see how it goes and it may be too early for the story to have been published, though Mr. Den Beste did post the entry near midnight his time. Almost half a day has passed.

    April 14, 2003

    Wal-Mart: Pillar of Capitalism

    [Updates below.]

    It makes me very happy to read stories like this


    For most of Wal-Mart's 41 years, corporate America refused to acknowledge the retailer as one of its own. Wal-Mart was Podunk, U.S.A., Jed Clampett, Uncle Jesse's pickup--and worse yet, a discount store. This year its transfiguration is complete. Wal-Mart is FORTUNE's most admired company, marking the first time the world's biggest corporation--yes, it replaced Exxon Mobil atop the Fortune 500 last year--is also its most respected. You might say that Wal-Mart finally belongs in corporate America. More accurately, you could say corporate America belongs to Wal-Mart.

    To understand this astonishing development, you need to grasp the difference between a big company--what Wal-Mart was at the time of Sam Walton's death in 1992, when it was about one-fifth its present size--and a company that has created a whole new definition of bigness. If conventional metrics, like Wal-Mart's $240 billion-plus in sales or its 1.3 million "associates," don't do the trick, these may help:

  • Wal-Mart's sales on one day last fall--$1.42 billion--were larger than the GDPs of 36 countries.
  • It is the biggest employer in 21 states, with more people in uniform than the U.S. Army.
  • It plans to grow this year by the equivalent of--take your pick--one Dow Chemical, one PepsiCo, one Microsoft, or one Lockheed Martin.
  • If the estimated $2 billion it loses through theft each year were incorporated as a business, it would rank No. 694 on the FORTUNE 1,000.

    What this means for Wal-Mart's low-profile CEO, Lee Scott, is that he runs what is arguably the world's most powerful company. What it means for corporate America is a bit more bracing. It means, for one, that Wal-Mart is not just Disney's biggest customer but also Procter & Gamble's and Kraft's and Revlon's and Gillette's and Campbell Soup's and RJR's and on down the list of America's famous branded manufacturers. It means, further, that the nation's biggest seller of DVDs is also its biggest seller of groceries, toys, guns, diamonds, CDs, apparel, dog food, detergent, jewelry, sporting goods, videogames, socks, bedding, and toothpaste--not to mention its biggest film developer, optician, private truck-fleet operator, energy consumer, and real estate developer. It means, finally, that the real market clout in many industries no longer resides in Hollywood or Cincinnati or New York City, but in the hills of northwestern Arkansas.

    [...]

    By systematically wresting "pricing power" from the manufacturer and handing it to the consumer, Wal-Mart has begun to generate an economy-wide Wal-Mart Effect. Economists now credit the company's Everyday Low Prices with contributing to Everyday Low Inflation, meaning that all Americans--even members of Whirl-Mart, a "ritual resistance" group that silently pushes empty carts through superstores--unknowingly benefit from the retailer's clout. A 2002 McKinsey study, moreover, found that more than one-eighth of U.S. productivity growth between 1995 and 1999 could be explained "by only two syllables: Wal-Mart." "You add it all up," says Warren Buffett, "and they have contributed to the financial well-being of the American public more than any institution I can think of." His own back-of-the-envelope calculation: $10 billion a year.


  • A mostly free market combined with the power of dedicated human intelligence created growth and value like this. The United States is alone by itself in terms of the degree of freedom of it's markets, even though the UK, Canada, and Australia aren't so far behind. The rest of the globe plods along with their tradional systems, makes symbolic attempts at reform, or chooses to take steps that free markets and then takes other steps to imprison them. Just imagine the raw unmeasured potential out in the other 70% of the world!

    I think one of the greatest tragedies of human history is that during most of it capitalism was supressed and ostracized and demonized and punished.

    UPDATE(4/6/2004 1:03pm)
    Wal-Mart is attempting to use a city-wide vote to get itself exempted from a large parcel of development in Inglewood. Rock on, Wal-Mart. Use the system against itself.

    April 11, 2003

    Ralph Padula Returns to Ft Hood

    Went AWOL and refused to deploy to Iraq

    Fort Hood soldier Ralph Padula returned to the post near Killeen on Wednesday morning after being absent without leave for nearly three weeks and seeking sanctuary in a Round Rock Catholic church.

    Padula, 34, a specialist with a military police unit, said officials denied his request to be discharged as a conscientious objector. He fled the post on March 27.

    His unit, the 720th Military Police Battalion, was deployed to Iraq last month, and Padula had said his commanding officers were planning to send him, too, despite his insistence that he was mentally unstable.

    Fort Hood officials said Padula's case was being reviewed Wednesday.

    "His claims of conscientious objector status are being evaluated," spokesman Dan Hassett said. "There is no decision as to whether he will face charges at any time."


    He has the right to object to this war if he feels it is wrong. But I doubt he's kept many friends after behaving like this. A soldier who goes declares himself a conscientious objector, goes AWOL, and stays behind in Texas doesn't garner the trust of his fellow troops. Needless to say, his alleged mental problems don't help either. The military should just discharge him and move on.

    Adding aggravation to insult, his unit is a military police unit, one of the most needed forces in Iraq now that the major fighting has ended. Someone should ask him how he feels shortening the manpower of his battalion helps Iraq, when that battalion is one of the forces most likely to do the most immediate good in-country.

    Free Iraq

    Now that the Statue has Fallen and the military is either scattered, destroyed, or gathered in Tikrit, the remaining coalition duties are mopping up the irregular resistence, providing basic police duties, and clearing the way for civilian administration and aid workers. They may be doing some searching for weapons of mass destruction, but the war is essentially finished. Of course, we'll continue to search for Saddam Hussein, but he becomes more and more of a useful intelligence capture and propaganda device than anything else.

    So this leaves us at the crucial juncture of a temporary military/civilian government imposed by the US. Retired U.S. Army Lieutenant General Jay Garner appears to most likely be the "interim transitional civil administrator." I was wrong when I believed Tommy Franks would be the guy in day-to-day charge.

    I wish I could see what the Bush blueprint is. I can say that having him make it and implement it makes me feel somewhat better than the other major Presidential contenders from three years ago. He'll put much more emphasis on a limited government and keep the UN out of the political rebuilding process. But Bush and his administration are far from ideal, their many lapses into collectivism and government intervention demonstrating this clearly.

    I trust Bush to help create a country that may turn out to be as "free" as Israel and indeed achieving that level of success (relative to the other nations in the area), would be highly admirable. However, as I hear the news about this effort, I can help but wonder what compromises are being made, what deals are being cut to immoral Iraqis to keep them in power, and just how watered down individual rights will be in the country.

    The ideal would be a state that exceeds the level of liberty Americans enjoy. The more likely, I believe, is something like on the order of the UK's, Canada's, or Australia's government: very much free when compared to 70% of the world, but certainly not free from philosophical contradictions and statism.

    But the truely tragic thing would be if we focused too much on "democracy" and allowed the people of Iraq to vote their rights away.

    Q: Is the United States willing to accept anything other than a Western style democracy and a capitalistic economy for Iraq?

    Senior Defense Official: I think what the United States is willing to accept -- this me talking now -- is any government that expresses the -- any elected government that expresses the will of the people.

    Q: That would include an Islamic-based government?

    Senior Defense Official: Well, it's an Islamic country, right.


    That link provides a better-than-usual glimpse into what the administration is thinking. It's good, but it could be better.

    April 09, 2003

    Texas Homeland Security?

    The official website is rather lame. There are some basic survival tips that can be found on the Net anywhere, some links to places where you can volunteer your time, and an overview of the color-coded national alert system.

    Anemic doesn't quite describe it.

    April 07, 2003

    Doing What Soldiers Do Best


    U.S. Army Stf. Sgt. Chad Touchett, center, relaxes with comrades from
    A Company, 3rd Battalion, 7th Infantry Regiment, following a search in
    one of Saddam Hussein (news - web sites)'s palaces damaged after a
    bombing, in Baghdad Monday, April 7, 2003. (AP Photo/John Moore)

    Keep kicking ass, guys.

    March 31, 2003

    Iraqi Frontpage Shenanigans

    Via Instapundit, a link to a Weekly Standard article pouring over an interesting detail regarding the current status of Saddam's mortal coil. From "Meet The Press":

    RUSSERT: Mr. Ambassador, is Saddam Hussein dead or alive?

    AL-DOURI: We start with that. I am here. I am in New York. I think that he is alive, of course, because we saw him several times on the TV.

    RUSSERT: But on the TV, it could be edited or outdated footage. Why doesn't he appear holding a daily newspaper so people know for certain he is alive?

    AL-DOURI: You know, anyway I think he is alive, but the question is not there because Iraq is Iraq and Saddam Hussein is the president of Iraq. Now we have to talk about the war against Iraq, against the people of Iraq, not against one person.

    RUSSERT: But were Saddam Hussein or his sons injured?

    AL-DOURI: I told you it is not a question of one person or two persons. . . .


    Jonathan Last, the article's author then delves into some possible reasons for this odd convoluted dodge from Iraq's ambassador to the United Nations. However, I'd like to mention that using a current Iraqi newspaper as evidence Saddam is alive may not be such a hot idea. I know Russert didn't say that exactly, but it is sort of implied.

    The idea is based upon the assumption that the print media in the country is independent of Saddam and his government and can print their papers without interference. This is clearly not the case as many of Saddam's closest family and advisors run and control the media in the country, including the most popular newspaper.

    Why is this important? Well, since we're talking about state-run media organs under the leadership of one of the world's worst tyrannical families and political systems, reporting the truth and attempting objectivity and maintaining journalistic standards are probably far down their list of priorities. They can print whatever they want, no matter how seperated from reality their stories are. This means they essentially know in advance what the frontpage of the newspapers will look like. It's up to them and however much pressure they wish to exert on the publishers.

    So, I wouldn't automatically trust any video with Saddam holding up a "new" Iraqi newspaper and pointing out the headlines as definitive proof he's alive and kicking. Unless the video (or still, I guess) contained a recognizable AP/Reuters/etc. photo of recent date on the newspaper and it wasn't photoshopped in, of course. Given the quality I've seen of Iraqi TV, I doubt it would be easy to verify such a photo.

    Affirmative Action

    Affirmative:

    adj.
    1. Asserting that something is true or correct, as with the answer "yes"
    2. Giving assent or approval; confirming
    3. Positive; optimistic
    4. Of, relating to, or being a proposition in which the predicate affirms something about the subject

    n.
    1. A word or statement of agreement or assent, such as the word yes.
    2. The side in a debate that upholds the proposition

    Action:

    n.
    1. The state or process of acting or doing
    2. Something done or accomplished; a deed
    3. Organized activity to accomplish an objective

    It's amazing how the creative useage of language can cover things up. What is affirmative action, in the political sense? Does it have anything to do with the act of asserting a correct statement or any of the direct definitions above? No, it doesn't, not in a lexiconological sense.

    In reality, it means legally supported arbitrary discrimination. In the twisted sense it means today, we use the power of government to interfere with the public/government job and education markets, with an emphasis these days on education and how students are accepted to public universities and colleges. We do this in order to atone for, make up for, and redress past wrongs, typically slavery and institutional racial discrimination. And to "rebalance" in a sense the system so more people in the Wronged Class can go to a place of higher education. Additionally, we do this in order to give the Disavantaged a better chance scholastically by making it easier to enter higher education.

    But why were those wrongs "wrong" in the first place? Assuming we stick with the public/government sphere here (where most of these laws impact), the government decided it was wrong to discriminate people on the basis of their race. In brief, the disgusting arbitrariness of the choice to deny blacks from entering certain schools funded by taxpayer money. It is wrong to judge someone simply on the basis of their skin color and absolutely wrong to actively prevent them from furthering their self-interest.

    So...why do we support affirmative action? On it's face, it is a system which actively discriminates against others based on their race. If the goal is to stop discrimination, why replace a previous discriminatory policy with another? Why should a black person get preferential treatment over other people of different races? And why should other applicants suffer in order to redress past wrongs?

    I deeply hope the Supreme Court ignores all the politics and the bitching on both sides and simply sticks to this fundamental question: If it was wrong in the past, why is it right today?

    March 27, 2003

    Dominique de Villepin Must Be Confused

    Either that or he is deliberately lying

    M de Villepin derided American hawks for believing that "democracy can be imposed from the outside" and that "international legal tools become constraints more than safeguards of international security".

    Monsieur de Villepin, allow me to untwist your poor tangled mind.

    Hawk: International legal tools are constraints.
    Villepin: No they aren't. They are safeguards of international security.
    Hawk: How is that?
    Villepin: Well, international legal tools allow us to prohibit, outlaw, and focus attention on international issues which threaten security.
    Hawk: Outlaw? As in, if someone does something against international law, they are arrested or punished for their actions?
    Villepin: That sounds about right. For example, international law clearly describes what the United States is doing in Iraq as illegal. Therefore, the international community would be justified in punishing the United States Government for the invasion of Iraq. Hopefully, such repercussions would deter other countries from engaging in pre-emptive war in the future.
    Hawk: But you just said that international legal tools shouldn't be viewed as constraints.
    Villepin: Yes, I believe I did. Your point?
    Hawk: My point is that what you described is a constraint. International legal tools, as you describe them, would place prohibitions and penalties on nations. By definition, those are constraints.
    Villepin: No, you seem to have missed my point.
    Hawk: Go on.
    Villepin: International law exists in order to secure peace and prosperity. It allows societies to flourish and civilizations to grow, for they would be able to do so without the worry of external threat. Such conditions are not constraints.
    Hawk: No, not those conditions. You miss my perspective, which is that from a nation whose activities you wish to prohibit and penalize. You would have a legal yoke placed on my country, assuming the responsibility of some duties and decisions. Moreover, if we were to make those decisions and assume the responsibility for our duties as we wish, your law would penalize us and threaten us with diplomatic, economic, and social sanction. If such a situation does not adequately describe a constraint, then I do not know what does.
    Villepin: Now hold on. You can't demand total sovereignty for your nation. You don't exist in a vacuum. A nation's actions affect other nations and not always in a good or benign way. Some actions, such as war and aggression, the deployment of land mines, exessive greehouse gas emission, and so on have external consequences and therefore those kinds of actions should be illegal and punishable.
    Hawk: That isn't what we are argueing. You said it is wrong to believe international law is a constraint. I have shown that it is. Either you didn't mean what you said, or you're just engaging in typical political overstatement in order to sound righteous to your constituencies.
    Villepin: Thank you. No more questions.

    March 25, 2003

    Panty Raid!

    $5,000 Victoria's Secret theft

    Call it a $5,000 panty raid. That's the estimated value of 300 sets of skivvies taken from a Victoria's Secret store.

    "It's very unusual. It's shoplifting to the max," said Marcia Harnden, a police spokeswoman in this suburb east of Seattle.

    An employee noticed the panties in a variety of colors, styles and sizes were missing shortly before 5 p.m. Sunday, Harnden said. Each cost $15 to $28.

    Two display tables at the front of the store were cleared of the frilly, silky merchandise, and two other tables, one next to the cash register, were half-emptied, she said.


    Finally, after months and years of quiet angst and contained desire, the sheer sexual frustration unleashed upon millions of Americans after watching the Victoria's Secret fashion show has borne it's frightening fruit.

    Behold: The Power of Panties and the Wymen Who Wear Them!

    It's truely sad devout Muslim men can't enjoy things like this. Perhaps the US, UK, and Aussie troops brought enough porn over to change their minds...

    How Very True

    Yahoo News World Photos - Reuters

    U.S. Major General Victor Renuart Jr. shares a laugh as he briefs reporters during a press conference at the Camp As Sayliyah media center outside Doha, Qatar March 25, 2003. Sandstorms, snipers and cynicism hampered the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq (news - web sites) on the sixth day of war Tuesday, and military analysts said the campaign could go on for two weeks to a month longer. REUTERS/Tim Aubry

    My italics.

    It's been remarkable how this war has been portrayed in the media. Ralph Peters and Steven Den Beste hit the nails on the head in regards to this.

    March 24, 2003

    Response to Cato the Youngest

    He's angry protesters trashed Rumsfeld's property

    I'm not a big fan of cops busting protesters' heads, but in this case I'd have made an exception. People in government service, in time of war, particularly, should not have to put up with this sort of crap. The cops should have kicked ass and taken names.

    He's talking about this Foxnews AP reprint.
    War protesters trashed the grounds around a northern New Mexico home owned by Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, placing "No War" stickers and throwing children's clothes around the property, authorities say.

    No arrests were made during the demonstration Thursday, said Lt. Eddie Martinez of the Taos County Sheriff's Department.

    The protesters were among 400 to 500 who began demonstrating at Taos Plaza and marched along U.S. 64 to two Rumsfeld properties at El Prado, a couple of miles northwest of Taos, Martinez said.

    "They got onto his property, and that would be trespassing," he said. "There's issues and laws they need to understand. If their choice is a peace demonstration, then they should keep the peace."


    Obviously, the protesters have the right to disagree with the actions of their government. This means they can be creative and investigative and protest at or near the homes of our officials. However, that doesn't mean they have the right to violate and deface private property. Those who did should have been arrested for trespassing and vandalism, as applicable. Lt. Martinez, his unit, and those involved in making arrest decisions should be reprimanded for not enforcing the law.

    But the protesters certainly don't deserve to be beaten, kicked, or have their "heads busted" as Cato desires. Nothing in the report says the protesters were violent or destructive to any serious degree. If the police encountered such unruly activism, then force would be fine.

    Cato's comment bothers me because it sounds like he endorses police brutality to be used on protestors when they have the ability to distract, discourage, bother, or interrupt the work or private lives of important government officials, especially during wartime. Alone, that is not a reasonable opinion to hold as it could apply to almost any kind of demonstration of opposition. Public officials are not entitled to a bubble of immunity from the public eye and mouth. Certainly their property and privacy are to be defended, but petty action like this doesn't in any way necessitate police aggression.

    March 21, 2003

    Bellicose Women

    Given all the attention to the idea that women are naturally more inclined to be more peaceful and peace-loving than men, I felt like adding a photographic anecdote.


    Fri Mar 21, 6:57 AM ET
    Iraqi Kurd women fighters cross a street in the front of Chamchamal's military headquarters near the frontline with Saddam Hussein (news - web sites)'s troops on March 21, 2003. U.S. and British armured forces thrust deep into southern Iraq (news - web sites), meeting only sporadic resistance on Friday, and the United States said it still hoped to topple President Saddam Hussein without an all-out war. REUTERS/Nikola Solic

    Go get'em, gals.

    Bonnie Bassler's Talking Bacteria

    Contrary to popular belief and modern science, microbes communicate with each other

    The notion that microbes have anything to say to each other is surprisingly new. For more than a century, bacterial cells were regarded as single-minded opportunists, little more than efficient machines for self-replication. Flourishing in plant and animal tissue, in volcanic vents and polar ice, thriving on gasoline additives and radiation, they were supremely adaptive, but their lives seemed, well, boring. The "sole ambition" of a bacterium, wrote geneticist Franois Jacob in 1973, is "to produce two bacteria."

    New research suggests, however, that microbial life is much richer: highly social, intricately networked, and teeming with interactions. Bassler and other researchers have determined that bacteria communicate using molecules comparable to pheromones. By tapping into this cell-to-cell network, microbes are able to collectively track changes in their environment, conspire with their own species, build mutually beneficial alliances with other types of bacteria, gain advantages over competitors, and communicate with their hosts - the sort of collective strategizing typically ascribed to bees, ants, and people, not to bacteria.


    Cool stuff.

    March 20, 2003

    With HIM on Our Side...

    Optimus Prime joins the war effort

    A member of Ohio's 5694th National Guard Unit in Mansfield legally changed his name to a Transformers toy.

    Optimus Prime is heading out to the Middle East with his guard unit on Wednesday to provide fire protection for airfields under combat.

    "On Sunday, we were awarded as the best firefighting unit in the Army National Guard in the entire country," said Prime. "That was a big moment for us."

    Prime took his name from the leader of the Autobots Transformers, which were popular toys and a children's cartoon in the 1980s.

    [...]

    "I got a letter from a general at the Pentagon when the name change went through and he says it was great to have the employ of the commander of the Autobots in the National Guard."


    Awesome!

    March 19, 2003

    Going on Record

    The dire horror of "unilateralism"

    ALBANIA -- Offered to send troops in a largely symbolic gesture.

    AUSTRALIA -- Sent 2,000-strong force of elite SAS troops, fighter jets and warships to the Gulf.

    BAHRAIN -- Headquarters of the U.S. Fifth Fleet.

    BRITAIN -- Washington's chief ally on Iraq has sent or committed 45,000 military personnel, planes and warships.

    BULGARIA -- Offered use of airspace, base and refueling for U.S. warplanes; sent non-combat troops specializing in chemical and biological warfare decontamination.

    CROATIA -- Airspace and airports open to civilian transport planes from the coalition.

    CZECH REPUBLIC -- Sent non-combat troops specializing in chemical warfare decontamination in response to U.S. request.

    DENMARK -- The government decided to take part in the military action with a submarine and a corvette and a medical team.

    GERMANY -- Despite opposition to a war on Iraq, Germany has chemical warfare decontamination specialists in Kuwait which will be increased to between 200 and 250 troops.

    HUNGARY -- Hosts a U.S. base where Iraqi exiles are trained for possible post-war administrative roles.

    ITALY -- Offered logistical help and use of military bases and ports under longstanding NATO commitments.

    JORDAN -- Opened its airspace to coalition planes; hosts U.S. troops carrying out search and rescue operations in western Iraq and manning a Patriot anti-missile defense system.

    KUWAIT -- Hosts coalition forces massed for an invasion.

    OMAN -- Base for U.S. planes used in Afghanistan, but says will play no role in war against Iraq.

    POLAND -- To deploy up to 200 troops in the Gulf region, which will perform a non-combat role supporting U.S.-led offensive.

    PORTUGAL -- Made available NATO air bases and an air base in the mid-Atlantic Azores islands.

    QATAR -- Hosts a mobile HQ for U.S. Central Command; allowed Washington to expand an airfield to handle more combat jets.

    ROMANIA -- Airspace and a base open to U.S. warplanes; sent non-combat specialists in chemical decontamination, medics, engineers and military police in response to a U.S. request.

    SAUDI ARABIA -- U.S. and British planes use its Prince Sultan Air Base to enforce a "no-fly zone" over southern Iraq.

    SLOVAKIA -- Sent non-combat troops specializing in chemical warfare decontamination in response to a U.S. request.

    SPAIN -- Strongest ally of the United States and Britain. Promised use of its NATO bases for strike on Iraq. Spain will send a medical support vessel equipped with nuclear, biological and chemical treatment facilities. A back-up frigate and 900 troops also pledged.

    TURKEY -- Parliament is likely to debate on Thursday opening its airspace to U.S. warplanes but would not allow them access to airbases even for refueling.

    UAE -- Base for U.S. surveillance aircraft and refueling; host to an estimated 3,000 Western troops.

    UKRAINE -- Agreed to U.S. request that it send chemical warfare and nuclear decontamination experts.


    Thanks, Reuters.

    Bill of Rights Copy Found

    What a good time to remind our politicians!

    An original copy of the Bill of Rights, stolen from the North Carolina statehouse during the Civil War, was recovered in an undercover sting, the FBI said Wednesday.

    Authorities learned of the document after a broker contacted the National Constitution Center, a museum being built in Philadelphia's historic district.

    Museum president Joseph Torsella thought it might be the copy belonging to Pennsylvania, one of five states that have lost their copies over the years. But during the talks, his staff came to believe it was the copy stolen from North Carolina, based on handwritten information on the back.

    [...]

    The handwritten document one of at least 14 copies made in 1791 for the first 13 states and the federal government is faded but in "reasonable condition," Torsella said.

    Curators estimated its value at $20 million to $30 million, he said.


    I quote:
    The Conventions of a number of the States having, at the time of adopting the Constitution, expressed a desire, in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers, that further declaratory and restrictive clauses should be added, and as extending the ground of public confidence in the Government will best insure the beneficent ends of its institution;

    Resolved, by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America, in Congress assembled, two-thirds of both Houses concurring, that the following articles be proposed to the Legislatures of the several States, as amendments to the Constitution of the United States; all or any of which articles, when ratified by three-fourths of the said Legislatures, to be valid to all intents and purposes as part of the said Constitution, namely:

    Amendment I

    Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.


    Amendment II

    A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.


    Amendment III

    No soldier shall, in time of peace be quartered in any house, without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, but in a manner to be prescribed by law.


    Amendment IV

    The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.


    Amendment V

    No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in actual service in time of war or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.


    Amendment VI

    In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the state and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defense.


    Amendment VII

    In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no fact tried by a jury, shall be otherwise reexamined in any court of the United States, than according to the rules of the common law.


    Amendment VIII

    Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.


    Amendment IX

    The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.


    Amendment X

    The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people.

    Too many of our officials forget the legal bindings from which they operate. It may be wishful thinking, but let's hope this news strikes some of them on a deeper level and convinces them to understand how far they have strayed from the principle and most fundamental purpose of legitimate government: to protect individual rights. Even after Afghanistan and Iraq II, we'll be under the threat of terrorist attack. We don't need a police state or even a state that resembles one in order to fight this war. Support for the Bush Administration is high right now.

    Don't squander it in anti-liberty hypocrisy.

    March 18, 2003

    Simon Crowell, Salesman

    My previous comments on American Idol slanted towards appreciating the work Simon does. In this Slate piece by Rob Walker, I learned Simon has now taken a spot as a Vanilla Coke ad man.

    This new Coke flavor made its debut last year and was pushed in a couple of spots featuring actor Chazz Palminteri as a mysterious, mob-like figure who dispenses samples of the drink in an obliquely threatening manner (see the old ads here on Coke's site). In the new ad, Cowell shows up alone at a dark and almost-empty restaurant. He is seated a table across from Palminteri, who, in full wiseguy mode, says that it would mean a lot to the Vanilla Coke brand if Cowell, "America's most notorious critic," liked the drink. Cowell tries it and starts to give his opinion, but Palminteri cuts him off. "Jimmy," he barks to a henchman, "tell him his opinion." The henchman holds up a cue card, which Cowell obediently reads. "We've got our first celebrity endorsement!" Palminteri says with a curt laugh, as Cowell's eyes dart about the room. The last shot has Palminteri with his arm around Cowell, who nervously says, "It's good."

    [...]

    Part of Cowell's appeal is that, like a soap opera villain, he's the type that people "love to hate." The goofy American Idol host regularly takes potshots at him, and when the guy he told to lose weight challenged him to a pushups contest, the audience went wild. But the rest of his appeal is best understood in the context of insult humor, from Don Rickles to the Conan O'Brien puppet Triumph. Even when cruel, the insulter can be funny, but more to the point he often says what others are thinking. On American Idol, the other judges always seem to look for something positive to say?they're full of BS, in other words. The result is that when Cowell says something nice, it actually means something. And perhaps on some level those tearful teenage wannabes got exactly what they deserved. Cowell, in other words, represents the asshole as truth-teller.


    The Asshole as Truth-Teller.

    Sounds right to me.

    March 17, 2003

    Au Natural

    The bulk of this article is fine

    But something jumped out at me that needs to be looked at further.

    Before anyone advocates chopping down trees to clean up the air - forgetting, for one, that they give us the oxygen we breathe - scientists caution that whatever forests pump into the air is natural. They also provide shade and scrub many pollutants from the air.

    I love that word. Natural. It encompasses everything in Nature, which of course is everything. Over time, the world has evolved to mean something a bit more specific. Natural now means "anything not produced directly or indirectly by Man." It also means, at any given time "healithier" or "better" or "cleaner" or any number of euphemistically happy words and connotations.

    This goes on until we get to the stage where Andrew Bridges' bit like the above sounds (ahem) natural. But the contradiction is evident in the statement because not all "natural" things are beneficial or good for humans. A plant that "naturally" emits high levels of chlorine gas certainly isn't good to have around. And I'm sure Mr. Bridges and the scientists he can tell the difference and know of the difference between good and useful "natural" things and those that aren't.

    It's the unspoken assumption that bothers me. It's a lazy blanket statement.

    March 14, 2003

    Arrest in UT-Austin Hacking Case

    Christopher Andrew Phillips turns himself in

    A student at the University of Texas was charged by federal prosecutors today with hacking into the school's computer system and obtaining thousands of Social Security numbers.

    Christopher Andrew Phillips, 20, a junior majoring in computer science, turned himself in to the U.S. Secret Service and was taken before a magistrate at the federal courthouse in Austin. He was released without having to post any money but would be liable for $10,000 if he violates any of various conditions, including a prohibition on the use of any computers without prior permission from the court.

    Phillips is accused of two counts ? accessing a computer without authorization and using Social Security numbers without authorization. The maximum possible penalty is eight years in jail, $500,000 in fines and payment of restitution, said Matthew Devlin, an assistant U.S. attorney.


    More:
    Phillips turned himself in to federal officials Friday morning and was released on personal recognizance after a court hearing in front of U.S. Magistrate Stephen Capelle.

    Under terms of his release, if Phillips uses a computer, he will be required to tell authorities why he is using it, said Assistant U.S. Attorney Matthew Devlin.

    Outside the courthouse, Phillips did not comment to reporters, and his attorney, Allan Williams, said "we're not going to make any comments today about guilty or innocence or how our plea is going to be."

    "His position is that he is cooperating with the government in every way he can," Williams said.

    [...]

    The TXCLASS Web-based service that Phillips said he accessed was designed to track training classes attended by university employees but access to it also resulted in access to other information, such as names and Social Security numbers, the affidavit said.

    According to computer logs, the database was hacked by a computer in Austin on Feb. 26 through Feb. 28, and again by a computer in Houston on March 1 and March 2. The university learned about the attack March 2.

    Secret service agents carried out a search warrant at Phillips' Austin and Houston residences on March 5. They seized Phillips' personal computer from his Austin residence along with computer hardware, software, media and electronic devices. On the computer, they found a large file listing thousands of Social Security numbers and names and the program used to access the database, the U.S. Attorney's office said.


    Following up my previous post. This is likely to fuel the fire to fight Texas identity theft.

    March 13, 2003

    George Will on the UN

    There are some great quotes here

    The United Nations is not a good idea badly implemented, it is a bad idea.

    [...]

    Beware of political entities absurdly named. Just as the Holy Roman Empire was neither holy nor Roman nor an empire, the United Nations is a disunited collection of regimes, many of which do not represent the nations they govern.

    The United Nations is premodern because it is unaccountable and irresponsible: It claims power not legitimized by the recurring consent of periodically consulted constituencies of the governed. Inebriated by self-approval, the United Nations is grounded in neither democratic consent nor territorial responsibilities, nor independent fiscal means, nor the material means of enforcing its judgments.

    [...]

    With India already the most populous democracy and soon to be the most populous nation, with its population growing more in a week than the entire European Union's grows in a year, why exactly is France (population 60 million) a permanent member of the Security Council? What of the largest Latin American nation (Brazil, 176 million), or the largest East Asian democracy (Japan, 127 million), or the largest Muslim nation (Indonesia, 232 million)?

    Reverence for the United Nations translates into resistance to change.

    [...]

    Liberals, who call conservative hostility to the United Nations "radical," disregard the recklessness, and the incoherence, of the United Nations' new presumption. The United Nations, a collection of regimes of less than uniform legitimacy, has anointed itself the sole arbiter of what are legitimate military actions. And it has claimed a duty to leash the only nation that has the power to enforce U.N. resolutions.

    [...]

    The war will be followed by a presidential election in which all candidates must answer this: "Do you believe that any use of U.S. military power lacks legitimacy unless approved by France, Russia and China?" The Republican candidate has already answered.


    Not that this'll change any minds at this late date. I wish these fundamental issues never had to be brought up in the first place.

    March 12, 2003

    Creeping Statism Watch

    Senate panel approves prompt payment bill

    A Texas Senate panel Tuesday approved a bill that would force insurance companies to pay doctors within 45 days.

    [...]

    For their part, doctors would have to submit claims within 95 days of service. The bill also creates penalties for companies that don't pay on time.


    More here.

    This is an issue between service providers and insurance companies. If one is unhappy with the way the other conducts business, then they can terminate their relationship, sue to enforce a contract, or indeed put in place a contract stating terms of payment. Keep the state out of this.

    March 11, 2003

    The Indo-Pakistani Deadpool!

    What do you get when you mix nuclear weapons and religious fanaticism? Two great tastes that taste great together!

    For the last several years, India and Pakistan have teetered on the very brink of nuclear holocaust. To the informed observer, it's clear that sooner or later, these bitter enemies are going to get in the ring again. (Remember, India and Pakistan have already fought three wars in the last sixty years.) Only this time, it's going to be one heck of a fireworks show. Their nukes are under the control of the military and can presumably be used at the discretion of one or more commander(s) in the field. Just one loopy officer who's willing to die for Allah, or Vishnu, or his own personal three-headed goat god, and BLAMO! It's on, Baby!

    Seems it's not a matter of "if." It's only a matter of "when." Which brings us to The Indo-Pakistani Deadpool.

    "But," you ask, "what on earth is a deadpool?" It's really simple. It's a "pool" (like a sports pool) in which one bets on the exact instance of death. All you have to do is guess when the first Indian or Pakistani nuclear device will be detonated in anger to win fantastic prizes!


    Via Billy Beck.

    Test of Ethics

    Billy Beck asks a question

    Let's say that you woke up one morning and, looking out your front window, you observed a crowd of people at the end of your driveway. Let's say that you went out there to say "hi" and find out what's going on. On your arrival, you discover that this crowd of individuals was getting ready to hold a referendum on whether they should enter your house and take your things, to be put to their use.

    Would you cast a vote?

    Think about it.


    This is the very essence of the dangers of collectivism, and extension, democracy. I've often used a hypothetical story about a starving man stealing from a home to feed himself (or his kids...ya gotta hit them from all angles in debates) as a way to ease those who disagree with me on taxation, into my mindset towards it. This question illustrates the principles even better.

    Via No Treason, and whom I agree with regarding the bit about voting defensively.

    March 07, 2003

    The FBI Needs to Be Purged

    This is outrageous

    Two veteran FBI investigators say they were ordered to stop investigations into a suspected terror cell linked to Osama bin Laden's al Qaeda network and the Sept. 11 attacks.

    In a dramatic interview with ABCNEWS, FBI special agents and partners Robert Wright and John Vincent say they were called off criminal investigations of suspected terrorists tied to the deadly bombings of two U.S. embassies in Africa. U.S. officials say al Qaeda was responsible for the embassy attacks and the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks in the United States.

    "September the 11th is a direct result of the incompetence of the FBI's International Terrorism Unit. No doubt about that. Absolutely no doubt about that," Wright said. "You can't know the things I know and not go public."

    In the mid-1990s, with growing terrorism in the Middle East, the two Chicago-based agents were assigned to track a connection to Chicago, a suspected terrorist cell that would later lead them to a link with Osama bin Laden. Wright says that when he pressed for authorization to open a criminal investigation into the money trail, his supervisor stopped him.

    "Do you know what his response was? 'I think it's just better to let sleeping dogs lie,'" said Wright. "Those dogs weren't sleeping. They were training. They were getting ready."


    This is on par with the disastrous behavior of the State Department, and I don't say things like that often.
    Perhaps most astounding of the many mistakes, according to Flessner and an affidavit filed by Wright, is how an FBI agent named Gamal Abdel-Hafiz seriously damaged the investigation. Wright says Abdel-Hafiz, who is Muslim, refused to secretly record one of al-Kadi's suspected associates, who was also Muslim. Wright says Abdel-Hafiz told him, Vincent and other agents that "a Muslim doesn't record another Muslim."

    "He wouldn't have any problems interviewing or recording somebody who wasn't a Muslim, but he could never record another Muslim," said Vincent.

    Wright said he "was floored" by Abdel-Hafiz's refusal and immediately called the FBI headquarters. Their reaction surprised him even more: "The supervisor from headquarters says, 'Well, you have to understand where he's coming from, Bob.' I said no, no, no, no, no. I understand where I'm coming from," said Wright. "We both took the same damn oath to defend this country against all enemies foreign and domestic, and he just said no? No way in hell."

    Far from being reprimanded, Abdel-Hafiz was promoted to one of the FBI's most important anti-terrorism posts, the American Embassy in Saudi Arabia, to handle investigations for the FBI in that Muslim country.


    Heads need to roll. Now. This is infuriating.

    Via The Corner.

    March 06, 2003

    MRSA Staph Infection Update

    [Updates below.]

    Previously, the story was how Texas schools were being hit with Methicillin Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus (MRSA). Now, the story is that this super bacteria is spreading quickly, hitting people outside the healthcare and prison systems.

    From New York:

    An ingrown hair under his left armpit developed into a "painful pimple" which within days had become the size of a golf ball.

    A hospital doctor failed to recognise it as MRSA. The following day, after a visit to his own doctor, he was admitted to hospital with a "raging infection".

    "It was incredibly scary. I had spider veining and redness going all the way down my arm," Mr Stephens said. "I couldn?t use my arm at all and it was incredibly painful."

    It took six days before doctors found an antibiotic which was effective.


    One Wyoming man's ordeal:
    The puncture wound seemed innocuous, but because he's diabetic and wounds are hard to heal, [Fred] Bledsoe cleaned it carefully.

    The Fort Wayne man never imagined the antibiotic-resistant bacteria that infected his foot would land him in a local hospital for 10 weeks of unsuccessful treatment, then send him halfway around the world in search of a cure.

    The treatment that worked, called bacteriophage, is available only in Russia and parts of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. Tbilisi, in the Republic of Georgia, is the world's center for development and use of these naturally occurring viruses that destroy specific bacteria.

    It is where Bledsoe found his miracle cure.

    He and his family now are spearheading efforts to raise awareness about phage treatment and assist U.S. research to get U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval for its use in the United States.

    But the 46-year-old Bledsoe had to travel a difficult road before finding his cure.
    He faced the bleakest of days in September, when, after 2 1/2months of intravenous antibiotics, doctors told him only amputation would stop the spread of staphylococcus. The bacteria was creating oozing wounds on his toes, foot and leg. Dead tissue slowly crept upward.


    Damn you, FDA!!!

    There is some hope for a slime found in Scotland.

    Scientists may have found the answer to Britain's most dangerous hospital superbug -- in slime taken from Scottish rock pools.

    Several types of bacteria found by the five-person team produce an antibiotic that acts against the notorious hospital superbug, MRSA (Methicillin Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus.)

    One in particular is so effective it is already attracting keen interest from the big drug companies.

    Dr Jonathan David, technical director at the scientists' company AquaPharm Bio-Discovery Ltd, told the Press Association: "It appears to be very potent in terms of what concentration is required to kill MRSA.

    "It completely stops them dead, preventing any further growth and killing the existing bacteria."


    Boston, New Jersey, the Netherlands, Atlanta, across California, and even Slashdot (just kidding) have been affected, with thousands more being treated.

    I'm not buying duct tape and plastic sheeting yet. Perhaps Stephen Green should. *grin*

    UPDATE(4/5/2003 noon)
    Various related posts can be read here and here.

    UPDATE(5/11/2004 12:25pm)
    Think it's bad in America? Try the UK.

    UPDATE 9/23/2004 12:50pm
    There's a case in Hutto ISD.


    UPDATED 4/7/2005 2:30pm
    New report up in the Los Angeles Times about the spread of the problem: Perilous Bug Is Creeping Onto the Streets

    Once confined to hospitals, drug-resistant and potentially deadly staph infections are rising among general population, study finds.

    By Charles Piller, Times Staff Writer

    Drug-resistant staph infections, once largely confined to hospitals, are far more common in the general population than previously thought, according to a study published today in the New England Journal of Medicine.

    The study examined more than 1,600 cases of the infection caused by a strain of Staphylococcus aureus in Baltimore, Atlanta and Minnesota. Nearly one-fourth of those patients required hospitalization.

    In recent years, the potentially deadly infection has been detected in jail inmates, sexually active gay men and professional athletes.

    The latest study, conducted by researchers from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and several other institutions, confirmed that the organism was now circulating widely in the general population.

    Copyright 2005 Los Angeles Times


    The study's abstract is here. I quote a portion:
    From 2001 through 2002, 1647 cases of community-acquired MRSA infection were reported, representing between 8 and 20 percent of all MRSA isolates. The annual disease incidence varied according to site (25.7 cases per 100,000 population in Atlanta vs. 18.0 per 100,000 in Baltimore) and was significantly higher among persons less than two years old than among those who were two years of age or older (relative risk, 1.51; 95 percent confidence interval, 1.19 to 1.92) and among blacks than among whites in Atlanta (age-adjusted relative risk, 2.74; 95 percent confidence interval, 2.44 to 3.07). Six percent of cases were invasive, and 77 percent involved skin and soft tissue. The infecting strain of MRSA was often (73 percent) resistant to prescribed antimicrobial agents. Among patients with skin or soft-tissue infections, therapy to which the infecting strain was resistant did not appear to be associated with adverse patient-reported outcomes. Overall, 23 percent of patients were hospitalized for the MRSA infection.

    UPDATED 8/13/2005 3:08pm
    I'm having some unknown trouble with my comments below. Please use this post to continue leaving your thoughts on the staph infection problem.

    UPDATED 5/31/2006 6:51pm
    A comment from reader Rita Lucero [NRLucero (AT) msn (DOT) com]:

    I am just astounded by the lack of knowledge the community and the health field actually know about MRSA. This is my sisters story and she is 23 from Fremont Nebraska, married with three children; ages 5, 3 and 8 months:
    About four weeks ago, my sister's brother-in-law came to their home to visit, hang out, etc. He had recently received a tattoo there in Fremont at Dr Jacks Ink Emporium. (There was a 'bur' on the needle and nearly half the tat was painfully done before the needle was changed and noticed the 'bur'.) My sister noticed it was infected and there was a clear liquid oozing from the new tattoo. He went to the tattoo parlor two times, the first time the apprentice/Manager (weird huh) said he needed to stop using the cream, that must be causing the infection. He did mention he used the cream on other tats and had no issue like this. He then came back the second time and saw the apprentice that did his tattoo and he blew it off, too.

    Onto the Terrible Story...
    The three year old boy had a painful absess near his groin and it was buldging out so they took him to the dr and said it was an absessed hernia. They admitted him immediately, put him on IV and did surgery to remove the absess. Later find out it was not a hernia but Staph Aureus. At one point my sister is told they were suppose to be giving him meds every 6 hrs but they were doing it every 12 hrs. He was in the hospital with that open/packed wound for six days and went home. While in the hospital we were never once told it was contagious, there were no isolation procedures followed and there were several family members that were in that hospital room to visit including his mother of course and his eight month old sister.

    Then the eight month old had a case of diaper rash on her bottom and it seemed to get worse and worse and spread with immense redness. My sister paniced and took her to the dr where she was also admitted, put on iv and taken into surgery. They also cut a section from the inside of her thigh and left the wound packed and open to drain. We then hear from a friends mother who is an RN that this is contagious.... then we find out the little girl has MRSA, she contracted it from her three year old brother and it wasn't just Staph Aureus as first told. Still no isolation procedure was followed and my sister was being told so little that he had to leave notes for the dr to answer since he didn't come around much if at all. They then say, yeah it is contagious.

    A few days later my sister develops a red lump on her stomache and it gets larger and larger. They give her a shot in the buttox and sends her on her way after simply draining the sore, without surgery. My neice gets released from the hospital and goes home and is still nursing from my sister. Then they are all home together finally after the last two weeks in the hospital.

    Two days later my sisters stomache sore gets so bad she is admitted into the hospital and taken into surgery and of course put on an IV. After getting out of surgery several hours later the surgeon asks questions about being in the health care industry, etc. trying to find the cause for this SUPER BUG. The ONLY possible connection is the 'infected tattoo' and the MRSA the family members contracted so seriously. My sister is now out of the hospital but has only been out for a few days. She has severe pain, emotional and mental anguish not to mention the anxiety and paranoia of re-contracting this DISEASE. We did not know that it is something that can come back, we didn't know the seriousness of this. Why wasn't anyone told about the isolation procedures for this type of infection? We do not understand how such a serious issue is being kept so quiet, so hush hush.

    We have contacted the tattoo parlor and did find out their location has yet to be inspected by the Health Department and that Nebraska does not have regulations on tattoos. This amazes me. Don't you think this did come from that tattoo being infected. Don't you think there is both negligence on the part of the tattoo parlor and on the hospital?

    My sister is on Zymox now and her prescription is $1072.-- and that is only 16 pills. We are very concerned and are planning on continuing our research and making changes. Please contact me ASAP if you have any comments, input, suggestions, or ideas. Thanks so much, bless you all!!!!
    Concerned Big Sis,
    Rita Lucero
    Eastern Nebraska

    March 03, 2003

    Cordial Sex Acts!

    Am I punny or what?

    Via GoodShit.

    February 28, 2003

    I'm Calling YOU, Satan!

    Kentucky Mountain Bible College prayed for relief from evil phone prefix

    After months of asking for a new telephone number, the Kentucky Mountain Bible College has finally dropped the 666 prefix that disturbed Christians who recognized it as the biblical mark of the beast.

    "We're just elated that the number has been changed," said Rob Roy MacGregor, the college's vice president of business affairs. "It was like we had this Scarlet Letter attached to us."

    The college is now removing the number from printed material, including its official letterhead.

    The 666 prefix had been the only one available in Vancleve since telephone service arrived here. The need for more phone lines forced telephone companies to add new numbers, and the college tried for several months to get the new 693 prefix.

    "We were glad we could finally get a number that the school is happy with," said Kaye Davis, general counsel for Access Point, a North Carolina-based telephone company that serves the college.


    I used to live in San Marcos, Texas, and it has a ZIP code of 78666.

    So the question is...which is worse: making people dial '666' to call you long distance or write '78666' in order to mail you stuff?

    February 27, 2003

    Texas Law

    After hearing about the recent drug busts involving drug paraphernalia, I became enraged at the massive injustice being done. So, I'm going to devote the next few days worth of posts to Texas legal statutes to see just what kinds of laws are on the books for pot. I may do federal laws some other time, but the more I think about Ashcroft and drugs, the more I want to vomit explosively. Better to tackle that bear another time.

    These'll be huge posts, so they will utilize the "MORE" link in order to save front page space. I've already uncovered some amazingly stupid regulations so they'll probably get their own series of posts as well.

    February 21, 2003

    Derbyshire on Married...With Children

    I once asked What's Up With John Derbyshire?. Today, I say, excellent points.

    I also saw the Married with Children reunion episode and my friend and I enjoyed every minute of it. It shattered the boundaries of taste and decorum, and we ate it up back when we were kids. I agree with Derb that Married... was a fairly conservative TV program. I recall with having an odd-feeling sense of pride whenever the Bundys would rise up together to fight some foe or exact revenge after suffering a wrong. How they'd cite their own take on American ideals and not be ashamed about them. And especially the "fuck the man and his rules" ethos spread throughout. There was some anti-rich sentiment, granted. But the Bundys' pride was usually on the line in such situations after being screwed or insulted by the wealthy folks in question.

    It's a series I've love to get on DVD.

    Turn That Flag Down!

    Flag Flap Causes Flag Flap

    A man ticketed after complaints that his flag's flapping made too much noise has settled on a quieter way to show his patriotism.

    Ray Saelens was ticketed last week after a next-door neighbor complained that the 18-by-12-foot American flag kept him awake at night.

    Saelens, a self-employed mason, rejected suggestions he take the flag down at night. Instead, he proposed switching to a 15-by-10-foot American flag an offer accepted by neighbors Mark and Sue Grucz.

    "Discretion is the better part of valor," said Saelens.


    Those are HUGE freakin' flags, man. According to this site, a flag of those sizes would require a pole between 50 and 65 feet tall, at least for "official" public display. The report says he paid $4,000 to get the flagpole installed. Egads.

    February 20, 2003

    US vs EU on Civil Liberties

    The United States government, through the direction of George Bush, has put in place restrictions on some of the public's civil liberties. Most of these restrictions only affect those who ally themselves with terrorists (and therefore tend to be of certain races, religions, and politics). Some of the new policies affect a wider variety of people.

    But nothing the Bush government has done can approach the sheer vileness the European Union is achieving. European commentators smugly pointing out the US's civil rights violations aren't paying enough attention to the events in their own backyard.

    Our Bill of Rights may be under pressure, but as least we have one to violate. The majority of the Continentals and a large swath of Britons don't seem to care one bit about individual rights. Such is the pity and a demonstration of their hypocrisy.

    February 19, 2003

    Is the UN Anti-Israel?

    If this is true, I'd say so

    Last week Israel's second-class status at the UN was again demonstrated by the defeat of the Israeli candidate for the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. Yehudit Karp is the committee's current rapporteur. In the past, she had been chosen by fellow members as vice-chair and was a seasoned, well-respected committee member.

    Her defeat follows the defeat of the Israeli candidate for the election to the UN Human Rights Committee in September 2002; the defeat of the Israeli candidate and sitting member of the UN Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women in August 2002; and the defeat of the Israeli candidate for election to the UN Racial Discrimination Committee in January 2002. In fact, the only remaining elected Israeli on a UN body anywhere is Mayer Gabay, vice-chair of the UN Administrative Tribunal -- whose term ends in December of this year and who is not permitted by general rules concerning time limits to stand for re-election.


    I can already hear the boilerplate responses.

    "Palestine, Palestine, Palestine."

    "Sharon, Sharon, Sharon."

    But of course, other countries (particularly Middle Eastern) don't get the same level of scrutiny.

    By contrast, Egypt has members on all six of the UN human rights treaty bodies. In fact, the Egyptian candidate for the Committee on the Rights of the Child was elected with the highest number of votes by the 191 parties to the Child Convention. This is despite the fact that the leading child rights international NGO (based in Geneva) put out an advisory to countries before the vote. It said: "NGOs feel that she is not very knowledgeable nor reliable on the issues ... due to her strong affiliation and history with the Egyptian government." Translation: When countries of interest to Egypt are considered by the committee, an Egyptian government official sits close to the "independent" Egyptian member just to make sure they get it right.

    Israel's government is guilty of some illiberal policies and a larger degree of statism than the US. It is also guilty of killing many Palestinians, the destruction of personal property, and collective punishment.

    However, it's also in the middle of daily terrorist bloodshed. This is certainly an extenuating circumstance which must be taken into consideration. Government-wise, it is also the most free of the Middle Eastern nations.

    Does this matter at all in the UN? Apparently not.

    Israel is also the only UN member state denied membership in any of the UN's five regional groups, which elect UN bodies in Geneva. Elections in the UN are normally based on regional representation or slates prearranged by regional groups. Israel qualifies for membership in the Western European and Others Group (WEOG), composed of geographically diverse states including Canada and Australia. But WEOG, driven by states such as France, refuses to admit Israel to its Geneva operations. This has the consequence that Israel cannot be elected to a whole range of UN bodies. For instance, Israel cannot stand for election to WIPO -- the World Intellectual Property Organization. Similarly, Israel is prevented from running for the International Labour Organization's Governing Body.

    Lacking UN regional group membership in Geneva means that Israel is the only UN member forced to sit out consultations on draft resolutions and UN Geneva-based business of all kinds. Israel is refused any possibility of participating in the consultations of regional bodies in the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development the World Health Organization. The meetings behind closed doors of regional groups at the Commission on Human Rights negotiate the language of resolutions on all subjects without any Israeli participation. In recent years, Sweden and Co. in the European Union have enjoyed negotiating an agreed-upon level of hostility on the myriad anti-Israel resolutions with Arab states on the commission, before Israeli diplomats got a copy of a first draft.


    In my opinion, the UN is an institution to be viewed skeptically at it's best and actively opposed at worst. However, the way it's internal political order has settled over time is very instructive as to how Israel is viewed by other nations. In addition, even though I'd rather not have all those committees researching the best way to intervene in private affairs, it is simple bigotry that locks Israel out.
    Even Israel's limited participation in the WEOG regional group in New York is circumscribed by the caveat that existing rotation schemes not be disturbed. The result? WEOG membership in the UN Economic and Social Council has already been tied up until 2021.

    As for UN staffers, official lists of the UN secretariat from July 2002 count 24 Israelis and 27 from "Palestine."

    Algeria, Bahrain, China, Cuba, Libya, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, and Zimbabwe pass judgment on human rights at the UN Commission on Human Rights. China, Cuba, Egypt, Iran, Sudan and the United Arab Emirates specialize in the rights of women at the UN Commission on the Status of Women. Iran is one of five members on the UN Working Group on Arbitrary Detention. Libya, Saudi Arabia, and Sudan scrutinize the implementation of labour standards on the Governing Council of the International Labour Organization.

    In the meantime, representatives and experts from the democratic and Jewish state of Israel are disqualified, blackballed, or left standing in the halls of UN bodies everywhere.


    This is precisely why so many Americans view the UN with laughter, anger, and dismissal.

    February 14, 2003

    Posting Will Resume on Sunday

    Until then, I'll let this speak for itself.

    UPDATE (12:50pm):
    And this. How freaked would YOU be if you saw the US Marine Corps marching towards you decked out like that? Via Sgt Stryker.

    UPDATE (1:22pm):
    This report's title, "Alert Partly Based on Lies," is misleading. It doesn't mention that it was the Al Qaeda terrorist who was lying. The direct implication is that the government was.

    February 13, 2003

    The Marines Don't Pack THAT Light

    Martin Savidge gets his shipping orders

    As one of the news coorespondents with a Marine unit in northern Kuwait, Mr. Savidge must Be Prepared. Thankfully, the Marines were kind enough to provide him with a list.

    Items in backpack
    Trousers/Shirt, one set Field mirror, one
    Belt (as applies), one Nail clippers, one
    Undershirts, three Extra eyeglasses, one
    Underwear, three pairs Gloves, one
    Socks, cushioned sole, five pairs Sleeping bag (w/ bivy sack), one
    Long underwear, one pair Entrenching tool (shovel), one
    Knit watch cap, one CamelBak, one
    Towel, small, one Funnel (for water)
    Bath sponge, one Sleeping pad, Isopore mat
    Soap, antibacterial, one bar Ear plugs, with case, one
    Shaving cream, one can Extra boot laces, one
    Razor, one Sunscreen, one
    Disposable blades, 10 Insect repellent, one
    Baby wipes, one package Goggles/sunglasses, one
    Hand sanitizer, one bottle Gore-Tex jacket/trousers
    Laundry detergent bottle, one Two-man shelters (tent)
    Waterproof bag, one Prescription meds, 90 days
    Trash bags, two Doxycycline, Cipro, one
    Shower shoes (aka "flip-flops") Toilet paper, two rolls
    Sewing kit, one Neck scarf, bandana, one
    Foot powder, one Small day pack, one
    Toothpaste, toothbrush, one

    Items to be worn
    Kevlar helmet (chin strap), one MOPP suit (gloves in right pocket)
    Undershirt, one NBC booties, over field boots, one
    Skivvies, one pair M-40 Series field mask, filter
    PT shorts, one NBC meds: Atropine and 2PamCl
    ID (left breast pocket), one set M291 chemical decontamination kit
    Socks, cushioned sole, one pair Armor: body, upper torso, one
    Boots (mark left w/ blood type) Canteens w/ covers, NBC caps, two

    First aid kit, one, contents:
    Bandage, adhesive, 18 Chap stick, one
    Bandage, gauze, one Povidine-iodine solution, one
    Bandage, muslin, one Eye dressing, one
    Bottle, snap-on, three Bottle, water-purification tablets
    Dressing, first aid, field, two Wristwatch, one
    Instruction card, one Desert floppy cover (hat), one

    He then goes on to say:

    Now, on top of this we will have to carry camera gear and broadcasting equipment. Which brings me to the next mention on the list.

    "Only bring what you can carry. Marines are light infantry and you must be prepared to go foot-mobile, carrying all of your equipment. (Check.)


    Oh those reporters.

    February 12, 2003

    Saddamite Wager

    Chicagoboyz have a post noting some of the current bets in play regarding Saddam and Iraq.

    Gotta love them free markets. :)

    February 07, 2003

    Gotta Love Europe

    This story about an Italian court's decision that taking hashish on a school trip isn't a crime because the student in possession was only going to consume and share it with fellow students and a teacher is quite heartening. Apparently, possession of marijuana in Italy isn't a crime, while selling it is. The best part of this criminally-short story? A judge's quote.

    "It could easily have been consumed during the many days of the trip," Corriere della Sera daily quoted the court ruling as saying.

    As much as we berate the Continent for it's often irritating stances and words, it does offer instances of sanity. This is one of them. Of course, I'd wish they'd go further and decriminalize the free marketization of marijuana.

    February 06, 2003

    What's Up With John Derbyshire?

    I agree with most of the substance in this piece, but at at the end...

    The other day I was on the checkout line at a convenience store. The people in front of me were having a conversation. One of them, a middle-aged man, was talking about his daughter, whose car had just been stolen. The girl was, apparently, inconsolable. Said her Dad: "She just mopes around the house saying, 'They stole my Camry.' The poor kid, she loved that car. It had a CD player with a six-disk changer. Really, she just can't get over it." The man speaking looked to be no more than 45. I can't imagine his daughter was much over 20. And this was the great disaster of her life: "They stole my Camry."

    Look at us! Look at the gross vulgar overflowing fat wealth we live amongst! Look at the great cars that 20-year-old kids drive 400 yards to the mall, to buy things they don't need, gadgets to pack into houses already overflowing with gadgets, clothes to cram into closets stuffed with clothes. Look at the work we do, sitting in humming cubicles scrolling through screens full of numbers, numbers that measure our wealth. Look at the bright, airy schools our kids attend, to be taught that their ancestors were moral criminals, their parents are liars, their culture is a sham. Look at our "reality TV" programs, where people with empty heads wallow in infantile hedonism. Look at our fool diplomats, poring over their treaties and resolutions and communiqus, while young men with burning eyes slip silently into our cities with boxes, canisters, cargoes, vials, and suitcases curiously heavy. Look at this proud tower! And feel its foundations tremble.


    It's like he's simultaneously channeling Luddite-esque anti-materialistic lefties and cultural conservative "tsk tsk"-ers.

    The gal, according to him, is barely out of her teenhood, an age when your car is a very important object. Not to mention expensive. She hasn't lived long enough to have any other "great crisis" worthy of mention in a checkout line by her father...at least none that he knows of. Derbyshire doesn't know the first thing about this woman or what she values. All he has to go on are the comments a father made while chatting in line. Yes, all I have to go on are Derbyshire's reported observations, and they are weak indeed to give birth to such a sermon.

    This is a grasping of straws way of letting a rant without a point escape. It sounds vaguely nice, but has no substance.

    Lileks on the UN

    Zingers ahoy!

    The only way a resolution could stop a truly determined president would be if they wrapped it around a rock and threw it at George W. Bush's head.

    [...]

    Iraq is in material breach. It's a breach-o-rama. It's breacherrific. Cue the Madonna song: The U.N. is immaterial now, and this is a material breach.

    [...]

    You'd have a better point if the United Nations was moral, august or esteemed. On the contrary: The United Nations is a dim hive of self-interested parties engaged in endless parliamentary mummery, united by a consensual delusion that all nations are equal.

    So you have the bitterly risible sight of Libya chairing the U.N. Commission on Human Rights, which is akin to giving Kid Rock control over the New York Philharmonic. You have the 2003 disarmament conference rotating its presidency among a group of states that includes Iran and Iraq. (Perhaps next year the agricultural planning conference will be held in Pyongyang.) You have the shameful performance of the peacekeepers in Srebrenica, looking away while thousands were slaughtered. You have the sex-for-food scandal at U.N. refugee camps in Africa -- if it happened at an American frat house, it would be national news for a week.


    Why a large portion of the world can't understand this is simply beyond me.

    February 03, 2003

    Several Texas Schools Close

    Shuttle debris cause for worry

    Thousands of East Texas students will stay home Monday as dozens of schools are shut down while officials continue to scour campuses for potentially hazardous debris from space shuttle Columbia.

    The Environmental Protection Agency will remove debris from school sites and recommends keeping schools closed until debris is removed. Gov. Rick Perry ordered Sunday that public and private schools in 93 counties be inspected before classes resume.

    "We're probably looking at 100 different school campuses," said state Rep. Jim McReynolds, D-Lufkin, one of several state lawmakers to discuss possible closures. "They'll have to be checked for debris before the kids will be allowed back in school."



    A list of affected counties can be found here. I hope those kids aren't confronted with more astronaut remains.

    Standardized Testing Rebel

    Kimberly Marciniak refuses to take the TAKS test

    According to the Texas Education Agency:

    As mandated by the 76th Texas Legislature in 1999, the Texas Assessment of Knowledge and Skills (TAKS) will be administered beginning in the 2002-2003 school year. The TAKS measures the statewide curriculum in reading at Grades 3-9; in writing at Grades 4 and 7; in English Language Arts at Grades 10 and 11; in mathematics at Grades 3-11; in science at Grades 5,10, and 11; and social studies at Grades 8, 10, and 11. The Spanish TAKS is administered at Grades 3 through 6. Satisfactory performance on the TAKS at Grade 11 is prerequisite to a high school diploma.

    She refuses to take it.
    Kimberly Marciniak is not expecting to spark a revolution in testing or even a drastic change in state policy, but she is determined to boycott the standardized test this spring that every child must pass to graduate from a Texas public high school.

    The 15-year-old freshman at the North East School of Arts at Lee High School hopes her actions will send a message to her school district: High-stakes testing has stolen her thirst for knowledge and tarnished what she treasures about school ? learning.

    "I don't want to be a statistic and I don't want to be a human guinea pig for the district," Marciniak wrote in an e-mail to a San Antonio Express-News reporter.


    Firstly, everyone is a statistic somewhere. Being a "statistic" literally means nothing, as evil as some kinds of people have mantra-ized the phrase to convey some lifeless, morally hollow situation. Since the government runs public school systems in Texas, it gets to set the rules for how they operate and educate. The government, like all entities that wish to run effective organizations, needs accurate data on it's operations in order to know what to do next. This data is best expressed, maintained, and crunched as numbers. Statistics. Ms. Marciniak, you are already a statistic on at least a hundred different databases scattered across the business and public sector. Your test scores mean jack squat compared to everything else that has been noted, saved, and collected about you.

    I sympathize with the feeling that having elements of yourself stored somewhere so that strangers can access it and potentially do something with it is not neccessarily a good thing. Wishing she wasn't required to take the test is perfectly fine. I have a feeling this may be motivated by her previous education experience.

    After attending private schools in Boston, she moved with her parents and young brother to San Antonio in 2001, when she enrolled in Eisenhower Middle School.

    She believes the Texas Assessment of Academic Skills (TAAS) standardized testing system hurt her enjoyment of a subject.
    "Higher standards come with a price," she said, recalling her first contact with the state's standardized tests as an eighth-grader at Eisenhower Middle School.

    [...]

    The freshman student saw how her favorite class ? history ? became a grind because of preparation for the Texas Assessment of Academic Skills, or TAAS.

    Marciniak wrote an essay for her pre-advanced placement English course depicting the transformation of a once-fun class into a test academy.

    The essay, in which she presents her opposition to high-stakes testing, was given an award as the most persuasive work in the class.

    "It was April, and going to Coach Bloomer's third-period history class had become a dreaded task," she wrote. "Since November, he had been systematically destroying my interest in what had once been my favorite subject."


    This is one of those "ya'd have to be there" situations, but I do feel it's inevitable that teachers will, out of legitimate self-interest, "teach to the test" as long as there are rewards and punishments assigned to how kids do on them. If teachers keep passing classes that fail the state tests, the teachers and the school get in trouble. This is detrimental to education, which should be one of the most adaptable and fluid services a person gets. Times and knowledge change, and while the effort to abstract the framework of learning an "acceptable" amount of material from the materil being tought is possibly a good attempt at making the school-government-child information feedback loop more efficient, it causes trouble with it's blanket approach and inevitable political meddling.

    This isn't to say that all the material testing objectives aren't worthy of knowing, much of them are. But the state wields enormous power over your life by being the issuer of basic education certification (high school diploma/GED). Tying such fundamentally important documents ("fundamentally important" usually because the state ties other things to those documents and private business regularly does as well) to your performance on standardized testing isn't something I agree with.

    Ms. Marciniak also has other problems with standardize tests.

    "It holds certain biases toward minorities and not rich white puppies like myself," she says.

    Her father, Robert, is a doctor and medical researcher at the University of Texas Health Science Center, and her mother, Cathy, home-schools Kimberly's younger brother.


    ...also saying in the first article
    "I believe the test is unfair to minorities and those who can't afford a good education," she said, noting students from low socioeconomic backgrounds typically do not perform as well.

    This kind of opposition I have trouble accepting. I really want to see the evidence of actual bias against minorities within the tests themselves. I reject as uninformative the findings of some studies which merely show some minorities doing worse than Caucasians (and often Asians). This is because in any system where you have a flat objective bar which applies to everyone, differences in geo-social, ethno-social, and econo-social methods of each person and their environment will emerge and either give that person an advantage or a disadvantage. Lots of the criticism thrown at standardized tests is that they discriminate against those who don't go to schools that can afford to spend more money on infrastructure, teachers, extra-curricular activities, and such. What the critics want is some sort of "form-fitting" plan which accomodates for those disadvantages...which of course means those accomodations will end up giving those people an advantage over others.

    Isn't that what they had a problem with at the beginning of the criticism, that the test isn't "fair" to certain groups?

    I don't have a problem with the standardized tests I took while in school. The TAAS test is a pathetic joke academically and I consider it shameful if you are mentally competent and you can't pass it. These tests aren't hard by any fair measure...but they are hard to those students who don't give a shit about learning. If you want to learn, you can overcome the handicap of a poor teacher, weak school study materials, and a bad environment. If you want to suceed, you'll find a way to. While it's the responsibility of the school system to offer the education, it's the responsibility of the student to accept it and build upon it.

    I support an objective measure of a student's reasoning, thinking, and analytical abilities. I support it if it means that student doesn't pass the grade and must stay behind. I don't support state-funded education and especially the lame tests it provides, particularly when those tests are gutted in order to actively discriminate against anyone. A test that exposes a trend that Hispanics and Alaskans do poorly in some areas doesn't mean the test should be changed to not expose that failing...it means Hispancs and Alaskans aren't working hard enough to learn in that area.

    UPDATE(4/4/2003 11:17pm)
    More here.

    January 31, 2003

    Military Bandwidth Shortage

    Damn those clunky PowerPoint presentations!

    Cool stuff from DefenseTech.org.

    Capacity has far outstripped available bandwidth, which ends up in results like this:

    According to The Wall Street Journal, bandwidth constraints kept the military from flying more than two of the Predator unmanned spy planes at a time in Afghanistan -- out of a fleet of a half-dozen.

    Just how embarrassing is the problem?
    The Pentagon has a grand total of four satellites for secure, unjammable communications, said Air Force Maj. Dave Mattson. Two of these send and receive data about as fast as a T1 line. The other two work at the anemic rate of 2,400 bits per second -- one-twentieth the speed of today's 56-Kbps modems.

    My emphasis. This is truely ridicule-worthy. Rumsfeld better gawddamn spend some of that fat cash on better IT gear.

    January 29, 2003

    Arthur Silber on the AIDS Initiative

    I'll let him speak for me

    January 28, 2003

    Teachers...Lecture or Lobby?

    [Updates below.]

    Why not both?

    Evelyn Hardaman took a day off Monday from her special education class at Thorton Elementary in San Antonio, but the 20-year teacher was still at work bright and early.

    She, along with thousands of other educators from across Texas, roamed the state Capitol to push for issues important to them. Among them: protecting education funding, maintaining teacher health insurance, keeping class sizes small, and fighting off school vouchers.

    "We have a strong impact if we come in and say, "We're in the field; we know what's going on.' We hope our voices have a little more credibility," Hardaman said after a meeting at the office of Rep. Jose Menendez, D-San Antonio.

    Hardaman was among those from the 100,000-member Association of Texas Professional Educators who missed work and made the road trip to Austin to get some face time with lawmakers.

    The teachers attended a weekend meeting where they learned how to effectively meet with lawmakers and what education issues are being discussed.


    I'm not sure I know what to feel about this. Teachers, of course, have the same right as anyone else to petition their government in their interest. They are on the bleeding edge of the education debate and have insight and information most people don't.

    However, they need to be teaching their students and not lobbying the government during class time.

    They're government employees, who took time off from work (I'm not sure if it was vacation time or not) to get political. Unfortunately, their self-interest is short-sightedly advanced by asking the government for more funding; for new schools, new class materials, pay raises, guaranteed health care, and all that. I doubt they want to end the immoral "Robin Hood" wealth redistribution system that many districts hate. The State of Texas has got money problems, and education eats up gads of cash already.

    Those teachers, in my opinion, would be better served by educating their students against idiocy than this. Of course, I feel that the government has no more a role in educating children than it does telling me when I can buy alcohol or how fast I can go on the highway, which is to say none.

    The supreme irony of all this is that I work for the Texas Association of School Boards, and organization that is firmly pro-public schooling. We have an advocacy team which is at odds with my philosophy in fundamental ways...

    ...but I haven't taken any time off of work to hob-nob with legislators in order to get tax breaks for TASB. *grin*

    UPDATE 2/8/2005 1:02pm
    It has happened again and brought about the same concerns of mine.

    Austin-American Statesman: State's teachers descend on Capitol

    More than 400 teachers from across Texas converged on the state Capitol on Monday to press lawmakers to pump more money into public schools in Texas.

    And to raise their pay.

    And some were doing it on the taxpayer's dime. Sort of.

    Several lawmakers raised eyebrows about having so many teachers around on a school day.

    "Who's paying for all the substitutes?" asked Senate Education Committee Chairwoman Florence Shapiro, echoing the sentiments of other lawmakers.

    Some of the teachers said they had taken the day off, either on paid leave or without pay. But others said they were there on a "staff development" day, which they are entitled to take to receive in-service training or improve their schools.

    [...]

    State rules require students to receive 180 days of instruction each semester, with teachers allowed to take off up to six days per year for staff development. The exact number varies from district to district. On those days, educators most often attend training programs, seminars or conferences.

    Some districts allow staff development to include the Capitol visits because the lobbying days are sometimes connected with a professional conference in Austin, such as one that the 105,000-member Association of Texas Professional Educators held over the weekend.

    [...]

    "I'm appalled anyone would suggest I'm here for myself," said one teacher, who, like several others, refused to give her name after a reporter questioned who was tending to their classrooms. "I'm here for better public education. I'm here for the students. Better schools make Texas better for everyone."

    Copyright 2001-2005 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.

    January 23, 2003

    State of the Union Advice!

    IMAO offers some suggestions

    Via RightWingNews, this just needs to be posted again.

    First thing's first, remember, it's not the content so much as the attitude. Don't have that fruity "Hail to the Chief" song playing when you enter, instead have the "Imperial March." Come in all stern-faced, and, to further show everyone you're a badass, head butt the first person who tries to shake your hand. Think of what evil dictators will say when they see that. "Holy crap! He broke that guy's nose for just trying to shake his hand. Think of what he'll do to me, an evil dictator!"

    Start off with a great applause line, such as raising your fist in the air and shouting, "Our enemies must suffer!"



    Terriffic opening power! Demonstrates his 110% resolve. Best SOTU advice I've ever heard.
    "We should have a tax cut of epic proportions," you should say, "And most should go to the best Americans - the rich. Some may say this is unfair." You should then pause dramatically. "They will die!"


    I was wrong! This is even better advice! No mercy to the tax appeasers!
    Democrats may not applaud everything that is said. Whenever they don't seem to agree with a new proposed policy, point at them and scream, "Traitors!" This will make them uncomfortable with not applauding. One may voice protest at being labeled a traitor; if that happens, shout, "Rarrrr!" and charge at him while the VP and Speaker of the House try and hold you back. The Democrats should be pretty scared by then, and will probably clap politely at whatever you say.


    Too right. The world needs more of the visceral, angry, outraged GWB.

    Now say, "Some of our 'allies' will not support our plans of war, but I have one thing to say to them..." For this part, raise both fists in the air and scream as loud as possible, "DEATH!!!!" (you may need a voice coach to hit this just right)

    This should be a huge applause line, even though it's not the most coherent thing ever said. If the Democrats don't give you a standing ovation, pull out a gun and shoot at their feet.



    If Bush can be this heartless and cruel and demeaning to his democratically-elected opponents, imagine what he'd be like to his openly-declared, non-democratically-elected enemies!

    Of course, he may eschew this and go straight for the throat by telling the world Iraq's time is up.

    January 22, 2003

    Interesting US Poll Data on Abortions

    It seems fewer people support abortions unconditionally than in the past

    Most people still seem to support abortion, but that support loses it's majority status once it is said that the woman is doing it out of non-medical reasons, that she has an "unwanted" pregnancy and wants to abort out of convienience. Very few people support partial-birth abortions while very many support abortion to save the life or health of the mother and in cases of rape or incest.

    I believe the mother has a fundamental right to choose whether or not to give birth to a child. I do not believe that right should be infringed.

    January 08, 2003

    "Dune" Sequal & Susan Sarandon

    Got a two-fer here!

    I never watched the Dune miniseries, but I have seen the movie and read the book the movie was based off of. Very entertaining. I'm sure Frank Herbert's fans will pass their judgement on it all, but what caught my attention was this bit:

    Children of Dune features many of the original cast and crew from the first miniseries, with Susan Sarandon joining the ensemble in her career debut as a villain, the network announced. The sequel continues the story of the Atreides family 12 years after Paul Muad'Dib (Alec Newman) freed Dune from the control of the evil House Harkonnen and brought water to the desert planet.

    Ha! Given some of the things she's said about the US, she's been playing the role of villian for some time.

    January 07, 2003

    "DVD Jon" Cleared of Piracy Charges

    Groovy

    While I don't condone the actual piracy that occurs over the Internet, wacking this guy who created the GUI for a way to decode the Content Scrambling System with a criminal lawsuit when he himself did nothing wrong (to the best of my knowledge) is wrong itself.

    However, several of the comments in the Slashdot article mention that the saga isn't over yet. There are still a few more layers of the legal system the prosecution can appeal to before they hit Norway's version of the Supreme Court. It was also mentioned that new laws have since gone into effect that would make it nearly impossible to avoid a guilty sentence on these issues.

    "Voluntary" Death Penalties Rising

    Interesting article

    I don't agree that this demonstrates a reason or an excuse to restrict or pull back from using the death penalty. If a prisoner wishes to be put to death early, so be it. It removes one criminal from Life, saves everyone money, and carries out the wishes of the court.

    The arguement that for some prisoners, this is what they want -- that this is essentially state-assisted suicide -- does seemingly bump up against the "punishment" justification for the death penalty. However, dying is still dying. It's the most harsh punishment that can be delivered: the ultimate negation of your principle right...your right to life. Whether the condemned believes it's a punishment or not is irrelevant.

    January 06, 2003

    Salute to the USS Clueless for Being Honest

    He's mirroring some of my thoughts

    Those thoughts being the ones that are almost guaranteed to derail most conversations about the Palestinians and Israelis:

    But increasingly I'm finding myself feeling as if the world would be better off if someone went in and shot every damned one of them and piled the lot in an unmarked grave. After reading about yet another Palestinian atrocity, I find myself thinking, "Fuck it. Nuke Ramallah. Then nuke Nablus. And if that doesn't help, bulldoze Gaza. And once that's done, put all fifty surviving Palestinians on a freighter, tow it out to sea, and let them become someone else's problem."

    I know that's wrong. I know it could never happen, and that it will never happen, and that it should never happen, and I would never actually advocate anything like that. But what I'm finding is that every time I read about a Palestinian being killed by the Israelis, my first emotional reaction is, "Good riddance." I've reached the point where I feel nothing at all when I read about them dying. I have reached the point where I don't care at all, not even slightly, about their pain and hardship. They have ceased to be persons to me. I'm no longer even interested in hearing their side of the story.


    He's probably responding implicitly to the recent double suicide bombing of Tel Aviv where at least 23 people died. I can't blame Mr. Den Beste for feeling this way. I've long lost any sympathy for the Palestinians and my feelings only get harder when I hear about their latest attack. The Al Aqsa Martyrs Brigades, known to be connected to Yasser Arafat's Fatah group, claimed responsibility. How macabre to make such a statement; how nonchalantly savage.

    "Praise be to Allah. Today, we indescriminately killed more non-combatants. Change your policies, Israel! Otherwise, we'll kill more people. Praise be to Allah."

    Thankfully, Israel is having none of it. Sadly, it's doubtful even a tripling of Israeli military activity will settle things on a useful level. It's either a full-scale expulsion of the Palestinians, deal with them as they have done over the last six years, or give in to institutionalized and widely-supported random violence and only see further demands by militants who won't listen to moderate (by their standards) Palestinian requests to persue peace.

    UPDATE (1/8 12:59am):
    Apparently James Lileks feels the same, further reinforcing my high opinion of him.

    Ex-Con Gets the Drop on Four Cops

    Jamie Lichtenwalter goes berserk

    My parents live in New Braunfels, which is only a ten minute drive north of San Antonio. The first I heard about this was last Saturday, all over the papers.

    In one of the most vicious attacks on police in recent years, a burly ex-convict turned a romantic dispute at a North Side diner into a shooting rampage that left four officers wounded with their own guns.

    The gunman, Jamie Lichtenwalter, a 26-year-old parolee who had become jealous after seeing his girlfriend with another man, was killed outside the Denny's restaurant on Northeast Loop 410 by a rookie officer who had been shot four times.

    "He ambushed all the officers, who weren't quite prepared for somebody quite that violent," Police Chief Albert Ortiz said at a morning news conference. "You never know when an explosion is going to occur. It changes not just from call to call, but from second to second."

    The four policemen wounded by Lichtenwalter Officers David Evans, Michael Muiz and Nathan Murray and Detective John Bocko are recovering at two area hospitals.


    My father is currently training in San Antonio to become qualified to be a police officer. He said this was, of course, the dominating story in the classroom.
    Evans and Bocko arrived separately at the restaurant about 3:30 a.m. after Lichtenwalter's girlfriend told a manager to call police.

    Evans, a 51-year-old patrolman with 25 years of experience, and Bocko, an evidence detective who happened to be nearby when the call came, believed they had quickly defused the argument. Lichtenwalter had voluntarily handed over his girlfriend's car keys.

    But as the officers allowed him to leave the restaurant, his girlfriend whispered to one of the officers that Lichtenwalter, a former bouncer at several area strip clubs, might have a gun, police said.

    At that point and without warning, Lichtenwalter whirled and punched Bocko in the jaw, breaking it in several places.

    Witnesses told police Bocko fell to the floor "like a sack of potatoes," Ortiz said at the news conference.


    Christ, that's just nuts. It's no joke to hit a guy and bust his jaw into bits on one punch. I can't even imagine what Lichtenwalter was thinking...he was arrested in 1992 for paralyzing someone with indiscriminate gunfire into a crowd and got a 12-year sentence. However, he had a clean prison record, was released early after serving seven years, and "wasn't a problem parolee." Calls have appeared, critical of the parole system which only allows convicts to become eligible for parole after serving half their prison term.
    Lichtenwalter, described by police as having arms as thick as tree trunks, then turned on Evans, knocked him to the ground and wrested the veteran officer's .40-caliber Glock. As Evans lay on the ground without his bullet-proof vest, Lichtenwalter stood and shot him three times in the chest, stomach and arm, police spokesman Gabriel Trevino said.

    Sheer stupidity, not wearing that vest. Though he'll probably live, he'll never make that same mistake twice.
    The dozen or so diners in the restaurant ducked underneath tables.

    Who knows if any of them had a concealed firearm. Who knows what would have happened if someone had a gun and attempted to stop Lichtenwalder. But it might have prevented this:
    By that time, Bocko was back on his feet, but he was dazed and stumbled through the restaurant. The gunman then started firing at him, and he was grazed by a bullet across his back.

    [...]

    When Lichtenwalter ran out of bullets, he kicked and pistol-whipped Bocko with the empty Glock, Ortiz said.

    Meanwhile, Evans staggered out of the restaurant. But Lichtenwalter was close behind and now armed with Bocko's gun.

    A desk clerk at the adjacent Econo Lodge said he was in the hotel lobby when Evans began banging on the front glass window.

    [...]

    Muiz, 22 and fresh out of the training academy five months ago, and Murray, a North Side patrolman with eight years on the force, were next to arrive.

    They spotted Evans in the parking lot and began helping him when Lichtenwalter opened fire.

    A bullet pierced Murray's cheek. Muiz was shot in the neck and three times in the leg. He managed to exchange gunfire with Lichtenwalter at close range. Lichtenwalter, who was shot at least six times, collapsed on top of Muiz and died, authorities said.

    When a group of backup officers arrived, Muiz , too weakened to move, was still lying underneath the gunman.

    [...]

    From start to finish, the shootout lasted about five minutes, with Lichtenwalter firing more than two dozen rounds.


    Sheer heroism, skill, and luck saved those officers.

    January 04, 2003

    Texas Still Tops in Executions

    33 put to death in 2002, up from 17 in 2001

    The average is 22 a year.

    December 18, 2002

    A Real Third Party

    Arthur Silber asks what needs to be done

    Short of impeaching the entire Republican Party (can that be done? -- it would be great if it could), maybe the time has arrived for a new party. Can the Libertarian Party be saved from some of the idiots that populate it? Is there anyone sensible -- and who actually understands what limited government, and national self-defense mean -- who could lead it? Perhaps a critical moment has arrived, and enough people are tired of the same old, same old Democrats and Republicans. I'm not suggesting that a new party could actually win in the next election (maybe some Congressional seats, but nothing more), but perhaps a new party, with new leadership, could begin to change the way the game is being played right now.

    What do you think? And who could lead such a new party, either reshaping the Libertarian Party or starting a whole new one? Any candidates come to mind? Or can you think of any other strategies to begin some meaningful change? This whole charade has genuinely become sickening beyond belief.


    I'm still all rather new in my observations of the political landscape, so I'm no good for names. But ideas are something I can contribute.

    Disenchanted Republicans, libertarians, and free-marketers should join forces with disenchanted organizations and individuals who fight government intrusion in our lives, from the DMCA to restrictions on free speech to judicial and law enforcement overreach. It's a generalization, but it seems most of these "civil libertarians" don't view government intrustion into the economy in the same negative light. It's time to show them the error of their ways and demonstrate that we want the same thing: individual freedom.

    If we could somehow manage to expose the contradictions in the civ-libs' thinking and explain that respect and support for individual liberty must be carried out in all aspects, I think we'd have a viable third party. It would have the numbers (Libertarians + free-market Republicans + civ-libs) that the other third parties lack. Given that this new party would be unwaveringly devoted to upholding individual freedom, it would be internally consistent and present a clear message that would attract others from each side of the current political spectrum.

    "blabla" remarked in Mr. Silber's comments section:

    The solution is to move away from politics and towards natural rights. Any and every party eventually becomes corrupt as it vies to gain control of the monopoly on the initiation of force the government claims.

    No more parties. More individualism.


    The gut feeling is he or she is correct. History is certainly sobering in this regard. However, I don't see the utility of running as an individual seperate from a structure that can support you and distribute your message more efficiently. It all depends on how well the new party would remain focused on its goals, which are simple enough.

    Often, I get the feeling that parties get bogged down in the process of raising money. Advertising your message costs money, as does the human and material infrastructure of a party. Where does this money come from? The ideal is self-funding through voluntary donations and the refusal all government handouts. However, unless a sea change in attitudes or involvement occurs, donations aren't likely to provide much money.

    Of course, given the nature of the people behind this movement, it would be expected of us to balance risk and make investments in the most productive things, to rationally use our minds and our talents to the best of our ability. Find new ways of getting the message out, of combating the opposing messages.

    Optimistic and maybe even borderline Utopian? Possibly. Is it something that should be tried? Absolutely.

    December 13, 2002

    Nay!, Sneeze No More!

    Claritin now available over the counter

    Some pharmacists expect the price to drop 76%. Not everyone is happy, though.

    "I hate it because I could get it through my prescription for $10 for a three-month supply," said Granberry, 45, a FedEx employee.

    She'll now pay drugstore prices, where the drug will cost $18.99 for 20 10-milligram tablets at Walgreens.

    "I didn't pay that much for a three-month supply," she said.


    I've had allergies for years, though in the past they were much worse than they are now (probably due to my environment). I've never had Claritin prescribed to me, but I was given some samples when I went in to get some cold-like symptoms checked out a few months ago. I tried a dose and it seemed to work fairly well. The big thing about Claritin, as far as I can tell, is that it was a pioneer in true non-drowsy antihistamines. I've never been affected by the sedativeness people often complain about when taking traditional antihistamine medicine.

    December 12, 2002

    Texas Stepping Up Desalination Program

    Nobody likes saltwater, anyway

    About 38 percent of Texas' population could face water shortages during droughts in the next 50 years unless cities and other water use groups reduce demand or develop additional water sources, according to the 2002 State Water Plan.

    Desalination is seen as a way to produce more fresh water for the state's 21 million residents without building more reservoirs or pulling more water from underground aquifers. Advantages in technology have also made it less costly than in the past.

    [...]

    Texas has about 100 desalination plants producing 400 million gallons of fresh water from surface and groundwater. A groundbreaking was scheduled Friday in Brownsville for a new plant that should be in operation by next summer, ending residents' dependence on the unreliable Rio Grande.

    This week the state took an even bigger step when the Texas Water Development Board identified three proposed sites for a large-scale demonstration seawater desalination project on the Gulf coast, the culmination of a study ordered in April 2002 by Gov. Rick Perry.


    The Texas Water Development Board has a page with more information.

    *shimmering fade-in*

    Maybe Perry will have a vision and pull the government out of the utility industry and privatize everything. Perhaps he'll see an easy way to save the state money by offloading the utility bureaucracy. He'd see it as a way to please free-market Republicans and libertarians in Texas, give a huge opportunity to entrepreneurs and businesses around the state to develop utility capacity, and reduce the tax burden on Texans.

    *shimmering fade-out*

    I wish.

    Bush, Lott, and "Equality"

    Bush denounces Lott's comment

    This great and prosperous land must become a single nation of justice and opportunity. We must continue our advance toward full equality for every citizen, which demands ... a guarantee of civil rights for all.

    Any suggestion that the segregated past was acceptable or positive is offensive and it is wrong. Recent comments by Senator Lott do not reflect the spirit of our country.

    He has apologized, and rightly so. Every day our nation was segregated was a day that America was unfaithful to our founding ideals.


    Bush should have done this a while ago, but at least is fixes Ari Fleischer's poor statement that Bush "has confidence in him as Republican leader, unquestionably."

    However, I noticed this in the recent Bush statement that jumped out at me:

    And the founding ideals of our nation and, in fact, the founding ideals of the political party I represent was and remains today the equal dignity and equal rights of every American.

    The Republican Party stands on the principle of equal rights and dignity for "every" American? I think it's pretty obvious the "pro-family" and most of the Religious Right sects of the GOP have a distinct problem with homosexuals and homosexuality. Bush seems (ignore the rhetoric in the article, the facts the author presents are what I'm pointing at) to have a decent record of respecting homosexuals. Hopefully the anti-homosexual elements within his party will wake up and reconcil their desire for liberty with their stance towards gays, which has nothing to do with liberty. It's hypocrisy of the highest order and they explain it away with religion.

    December 10, 2002

    Piss Off Your Boss...

    Get stuck with 19,800 pennies as your last paycheck

    One Abilene woman may never ask for change again after picking up her last paycheck. Her boss wanted to show her how inconvenient it is when employees don't show up to work.

    So, when she picked up her last paycheck, she found cardboard boxes filled with more than 19,800 pennies.

    What's more, when she tried to get someone to help carries the penny payout to her car, she was told she had to do it herself.


    A penny weighs 2.5 grams, so 19,800 pennies would weigh 49500 grams. Approximately 109 pounds of pennies. I'm sure she had a fun time explaining that to the bank she went to afterwards.

    December 09, 2002

    So, Statists...

    How does it feel?

    I mean, it sure must be reassuring to have all those "essential services" at the beck and call of the California legislature. Simply amazing to put so much at the mercy of politics when it's hardly any of their busniess to begin with.

    With its huge economy stalled and state revenues plunging, California has descended into its worst budget crisis in a decade and is now facing an excruciating round of budget cuts and possible tax increases.

    State officials are proposing deep reductions in education, health services and other programs to deal with a budget shortfall that could total $25 billion in the next 18 months.

    "That's a hole so deep and so vast that even if we fired every single person on the state payroll every park ranger, every college professor and every Highway Patrol officer we would still be more than $6 billion short," said the Assembly speaker, Herb J. Wesson Jr., a Democrat.

    Gov. Gray Davis announced a series of steps on Friday intended to save $10.2 billion to plug a deepening hole in the current budget and to serve as a prelude to even deeper cuts in next year's. Mr. Davis proposed freezing pay for state workers and warned of large-scale layoffs. As many as 200,000 people could lose their health coverage under the state Medi-Cal program. Payments to public schools and universities could fall by more than $3 billion.

    And that is just the start. In January the governor must propose a budget for the fiscal year beginning in July that needs to address an expected $15 billion shortfall in revenues. Mr. Davis has not yet proposed tax increases, but given the deficit magnitude, they appear inevitable.


    Of course, not everyone sees higher taxes as the solution. Unfortunately, not enough people have the basic economic skills to understand this.
    James L. Brulte, the Republican leader in the State Senate, said that raising taxes would not only be insufficient to stanch the red ink but would also throttle growth when the economy is sputtering.

    State output fell by 2.3 percent in 2001, according to the Los Angeles Economic Development Corporation. The group estimates that the state economy will grow by a listless 0.8 percent this year. The unemployment rate is 6.6 percent (the national rate is 6.0 percent) and is expected to be worse next year. Slow economic growth and rising joblessness cause state tax revenues to plummet and increase costs for social services.

    "You can raise the alcohol tax, the tobacco tax, the car tax, the income tax and sales tax and you still have a multibillion-dollar deficit," said Mr. Brulte, who represents Rancho Cucamonga and other bedroom communities east of Los Angeles.

    He said the only thing keeping the state afloat was consumer spending, which continues to grow, modestly.

    "Raising taxes on consumers clearly would be counterproductive," he said. "Raising taxes on business, when we actually need business to step up and start investing more so we can continue the expansion, would also be counterproductive. Anything that has the tendency to restrain either consumer spending or business investment will lead to an even larger deficit in California."


    Riding free on the backs of the business class who employ the working class and the creative class who pay for the services of the poorer class. But, naaaaaa, doesn't matter if this is all connected. What matters is taking the excess money from those who need it the least and giving it to those who need it most! Damn the consequences, we've got to be compassionate and understanding and selfless!

    November 26, 2002

    Can We Stop This Please?

    There are people in various governmental and non-governmental positions who call Bush names? What, is this actually a revelation or something? Is it important that some people speak their minds and when they do, they think ill of other people? So what?

    RESIGNING over something like this is completely stupid.

    November 25, 2002

    George Washington, Not an Anti-Semite

    I've seen this quote being passed around this website as legitimate:

    They (the Jews) work more effectively against us, than the enemy's armies. They are a hundred times more dangerous to our liberties and the great cause we are engaged in... It is much to be lamented that each state, long ago, has not hunted them down as pest to society and the greatest enemies we have to the happiness of America."

    Wrong. This quote is somewhat widespread, so then truth needs to come out and bury it.

    November 21, 2002

    Followup to "Anti-Kyoto Science..."

    Link to the previous post here

    This is some preliminary info on some of the scientists mentioned in that Globe and Mail article.

    Dr. Tim Patterson of Carleton University. His biography.

    Dr. Fred Singer of George Mason University. His biography.

    Google cache of a small Dr. Madhav Khandekar biography.

    Dr. John Christy of the University of Alabama. His biography.

    Dr. Ross McKitrick of the University of Guelph. His curriculum vitae.

    Dalhousie University's Dr. Petr Chylek. His biography.

    November 19, 2002

    National Ammo Day!

    It's an ammo BUYcott

    I'll be stocking up for a trip to the range with my father. It'll be fun punching 9mm holes in paper targets. It'll be doubly fun knowing that I can do it because Americans can still exercise (most) of their 2nd Amendment rights.

    November 15, 2002

    The Age's Slip 'o the Tongue

    If it's still uncorrected, check out the picture and the caption

    It's a piece about unruly and violent demonstrators protesting the World Trade Organization talks in Sydney. What's interesting is the picture and the caption The Age used:


    Prime Minister John Howard and US
    trade representative Robert Zoellick.


    Howard on the left Zoellick on the right.

    Not exactly accurate, eh? I've saved The Age's picture here if they delete it or take it down. Screen capture here. I doubt this was intentional, but it certainly looks bad...from several perspectives.

    November 11, 2002

    BASF Freeport Explosion Update

    [Updates below.]

    It's been almost two months since I last talked about the BASF explosion in Freeport, TX near Houston. A reader commented and reignited my interest, so I decided to see what I could find out about this awfully news-deficient story.

    Starting off with a refresher from September 14th:

    A rail car explosion Friday morning at the BASF chemical plant in Freeport rattled Brazoria County and injured six employees.

    At a press conference Friday afternoon, BASF spokesperson Sharon Rogers said two BASF employees and four contractors were treated for minor injuries either on-site or at a local doctors office and later released.

    Rogers said the explosion occurred at about 9:30 a.m. and was caused by a complication while the car was being off loaded.

    The tank car being off loaded became over pressurized and thats when the [ammonia] release began, she said. As it got hotter and hotter, there was an evacuation of the immediate area. Shortly after, the explosion occurred, she said. Rogers said the cause of the ammonia leak remained undetermined.

    The rail car reportedly contained a mixture of ammonia, oxime and cyclohexanone.


    The explosion was felt 50 miles away. A live video report six hours after the blast can be viewed here off the Click2Houston September 13th article page. From that article:
    Company officials released the following timeline.

    9:10 a.m.: Employees were working on the railcar when a chemical release was reported.
    9:20 a.m.: Area was evacuated.
    9:30 a.m.: Explosion and fire were reported.

    "The tank car over-pressured, causing the explosion," said Sharon Rogers, with BASF.


    The announcement of a BASF investigation can be read here. Checking their press releases reveals no information regarding the progress of that investigation.

    The truely annoying thing about all this is that the news media has for the most part been silent about the explosion, giving it a day or two of coverage and leaving the rest up to bare-bones wire reports, minimal local coverage, and a handful of chemical organizations. Googling "BASF" and "explosion" pull up my site (I'm flattered) and then about 3,000 other hits, the vast majority of which use the same recycled information from the 13th.

    These sites either turn up nothing or leave something behind a registration barrier:

    Google News search
    Yahoo search
    Fox News
    LA Times
    NY Times
    Washington Post
    Financial Times
    CNN
    UPI
    ABC News
    Austin-American Statesman
    Houston Chronicle
    Dallas Morning News
    Houston Press
    KHOU

    The Chemsafety.gov website and the National Incident Notification Network website have nothing. Here is a report filed by the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board updated through 9/18.

    We continue to wait.

    UPDATED 3/24/2005 8:49am
    The Reality of Refinery Work

    November 04, 2002

    Gay Marriage Discussion

    Over at Libertarian Samizdata

    Free-market responses to popular statist conceptions of marriage and what it means in a free society. I wonder what Mr. Sullivan would have to say about this. Personally, I tend to agree with Dale Amon's comments on the matter.

    November 01, 2002

    HHSC Pimping the HIPP

    [Updates below.]

    The commission's website

    I work at the Texas Association of School Boards as an administrative assistent. I get mail from all over the country and state which is supposed to go to Texas school districts, not me. In particular, I get a lot of mail from government agencies. Allow me to quote one insert I found in a stack of recent arrivals.

    $ Need Extra Cash? $

    If someone in your household is on Medicaid and someone in your household is employed, you may be qualified for the Health Insurance Premium Payment Program (HIPP) Program for Texas Medicaid recipients and theitr families.

    What is HIPP?
    HIPP is a Medicaid program that pays for the Medical Premiums. The program reimburses clients or employers for the private health car insurance payments for Medicaid eligible persons when it is cost effective.

    Why would I want HIPP?
    HIPP has advantages that directly affect you:

    1. HIPP will pay the premium for your private health care insurance.
    2. Members of your family who are not eligible for Medicaid may be covered under HIPP
    3. Health insurance paid through HIPP may pay for services not normally covered under Medicaid.


    How do I apply?
    For more information, contact the HIPP Program At 1-800-440-0493
    Texas Heath and Human Services Commission
    NHIC-HIPP
    P.O. Box 201120
    Austin, Texas 78720-1120


    $ Need Extra Cash? $

    Spanish on the other side.

    I'm curious to know how much my taxes go towards paying someone else's medical insurance premiums and the tendrils of extension being advertised here. "[S]ervices not normally covered under Medicaid" for "[m]embers of your family who are not eligible for Medicaid"? That's nice. Maybe someday those people will hand something over in return after all that has been taken from us and given them. Something to show how much they appreciate our forced devotion to propping up their lives.

    Something like our fucking money. I'd like it back when you all are done with it, please. With interest.

    UPDATE(5/12/2004 3:18pm)
    Pay for your own health, not not everyone else's.

    October 29, 2002

    John A. Muhammad's Astrology

    Not that I put any stock in astrology

    When one hears about what "sign" you are, visions of craggly Gypsies peering into crystal balls and using Ouija boards float up in the mind. This site takes a more academic approach to astrology and goes into more depth. Most of the comments are pretty interesting. The site has done a slew of popular figures and let users comment on them. The sheer foreign-ness of the terms and the meat of the discussions was enough to keep me interested for some time. Check out the three pages of comments each on bin Laden and 9/11. Far fewer (just 3) comments on Saddam, but there's some good stuff on Arafat and Sharon.

    UPDATE(11/17/2003 8:05pm)
    Muhammad Convicted in Sniper Victim Case

    In a verdict that could cost him his life, a stone-faced John Allen Muhammad was convicted Monday of using a high-powered rifle, a beat-up car and a teenage sidekick to murder people at random and terrorize the Washington area during last year's sniper attacks.

    The jury immediately began hearing evidence on whether the 42-year-old Army veteran should get the death penalty or life in prison.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    UPDATE(11/24/2003 10:35am)
    Sniper Mastermind Receives Death Sentence
    A jury decided Monday that John Allen Muhammad should be executed for masterminding the sniper attacks that terrorized the Washington area for three weeks last fall.

    As the verdict was read, Muhammad maintained the same unflinching demeanor he has shown through most of the trial.

    Jurors sent word they had reached a decision after deliberating five hours over two days. Jurors convicted the 42-year-old Army veteran of murder a week ago and then heard testimony in the sentencing phase.

    The jury's recommendation is not final. Circuit Judge LeRoy F. Millette Jr. can reduce the punishment to life in prison without parole when Muhammad is formally sentenced, but Virginia judges rarely take such action.

    The jury concluded that prosecutors proved at least one of two aggravating factors allowing the death penalty: that Muhammad would pose a danger in the future or that his crimes were wantonly vile. He was sentenced to death on both counts he was convicted of last Monday, multiple murders within three years and murder as part of a terrorist plot.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

    October 25, 2002

    The Death Penalty?

    I support the death penalty, but there are undeniable problems with the current way it is implemented. Those issues are for another post; what I also consider undeniable is the person(s) responsible for the sniping deaths deserve to be legally put to death.

    Maryland has a death penalty, however, there is a moratorium on it's use at the moment. Premeditated first-degree murder committed by someone 18 years old and over is a capital offense.

    Virginia has a death penalty. First-degree murder with one of nine aggravating circumstances, of which these possibly pertain to the sniper: robbery or attempted robbery, multiple homicide, murder for hire, murder of more than 1 person in a 3 year period, murder victim is less than 14 by an over 21 year old perpetrator.

    However, D.C. does not.

    Alabama has a death penalty. It applies to those 16 and up who intentionally commit murder with one of eighteen aggravating factors. They are attempting to apply the death penalty to the killer(s).

    There are many offenses which qualify for the federal death penalty, of which these possibly apply to the sniper: murder related to the smuggling of aliens, first-degree murder, and murder for hire.

    I'm assuming that given the interstate nature of the killings, this could be a messy process. The prosecutorial legal tangling is underway. Interestingly, the article says

    [...]there is little chance of federal prosecution, since there don't appear to be any applicable federal charges that carry the death penalty.

    Odd. My bet goes to Virginia as the spot where the "real" sniper case goes. It has a strong history of using the death penalty -- they're in second place behind Texas in number of innmates executed.

    UPDATE(11/17/2003 8:07pm)
    Muhammad Convicted in Sniper Victim Case

    In a verdict that could cost him his life, a stone-faced John Allen Muhammad was convicted Monday of using a high-powered rifle, a beat-up car and a teenage sidekick to murder people at random and terrorize the Washington area during last year's sniper attacks.

    The jury immediately began hearing evidence on whether the 42-year-old Army veteran should get the death penalty or life in prison.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    UPDATE(11/24/2003 10:37am)
    Sniper Mastermind Receives Death Sentence
    A jury decided Monday that John Allen Muhammad should be executed for masterminding the sniper attacks that terrorized the Washington area for three weeks last fall.

    As the verdict was read, Muhammad maintained the same unflinching demeanor he has shown through most of the trial.

    Jurors sent word they had reached a decision after deliberating five hours over two days. Jurors convicted the 42-year-old Army veteran of murder a week ago and then heard testimony in the sentencing phase.

    The jury's recommendation is not final. Circuit Judge LeRoy F. Millette Jr. can reduce the punishment to life in prison without parole when Muhammad is formally sentenced, but Virginia judges rarely take such action.

    The jury concluded that prosecutors proved at least one of two aggravating factors allowing the death penalty: that Muhammad would pose a danger in the future or that his crimes were wantonly vile. He was sentenced to death on both counts he was convicted of last Monday, multiple murders within three years and murder as part of a terrorist plot.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

    October 23, 2002

    Middle East OKC Bombing Connections Pile Up

    Iraqis linked to Oklahoma atrocity
    Indianapolis Star columnist James Patterson's lengthy investigative journalism
    Glenn Beck's own OKC link farm

    From Instapundit's archives:
    Iraqi intelligence agents tied to Terry Nichols?
    OKC Bombing Suspect Worked at 9-11 Airport?
    US intel on Islamic terrorism weeks before OKC? (WaPo link not working, quick archive search brings up nothing)
    Atta-Moussaoui-McVeigh-Iraqi hotel connection?
    Sen. Arlen Specter calls for Iraq/OKC probe

    Hell, I don't know. There's apparently a lot of anecdotal evidence and some interesting coincedences. I wouldn't be surprised at all if there was an Iraqi or Middle East connection, given the nature of the extremists in those areas. However, there remains much to be done to convince me.

    October 21, 2002

    Chomsky, Pt II

    The file is just under 40 megabytes and clocks in at over 70 minutes. I apologize for the sound quality, rest assured it is NOT the fault of the MP3 encoding process. The digital recorder I used was set to long play and the listenability has suffered.

    I'm working on a transcript since I can remember some of what he says and I remember his speaking style. The first 6+ minutes will be posted here for now.

    UPDATE (10/22 7:01pm):
    After spending much of my free time for the last two days on this, I am left with only 10 minutes transcribed. Given the number of recording devices I saw at the event, there are other people who have this on tape, several of which are likely to post a transcript online. I'll link to them when I find it. I'll post the work I've done since the I wrote last and leave it at that.

    UPDATE (11/6 5:21pm):
    The folks at Austin Indymedia have the speech audio up and downloadable. My MP3 is not worth keeping here, so it's gone.

    Intro by Rahul Mahajan (8:31 5.8Mb)
    Chomsky part 1 (20:44 14.2Mb)
    Part 2 (20:36 14.1Mb)
    Part 3 (15:25 10.5Mb)
    Part 4 (14.:04 9.6Mb)
    Q & A session (16:41 11.4Mb)

    Continue reading "Chomsky, Pt II" »

    October 20, 2002

    Noam Chomsky in Austin

    Many thanks to Instapundit for the heads up

    I attempted to record the lecture on a brand-new digital IC device and I've sampled what was recorded and it's listenable. Not pleasant (in more ways than one), but listenable. However, I lack the 1/8" to 1/8" cord necessary to transfer the sound to my computer. I'll correct this later on tonight.

    He hit all the major topics and (as to be expected) dismissed as hypocrisy, insulted as evil and power-hunrgy, and politely sneered at the whole of US anti-terrorist action. He stated at least twice that pro-war arguements could be refuted by a five year old. He stated there was no economic basis for privatization. He stated the "Axis of Evil" speech applied more to the US, Israel, and Turkey than Iraq, Iran, and North Korea.

    It was tough to sit through it all and not say anything. I wasn't prepared to ask questions (and there was a Q&A session which I also recorded) and didn't really want to, given the overwhelming nature of the politics the crowd held. I was also surprised to see not a hint of pro-war, pro-capitalism, pro-American protesting. Granted, I was inside the auditorium from 10:10 through 3pm and didn't look at the other entrance to the building...but there was nothing going on outside either entrance during the times I was outside. Disappointed, I was.

    Robert Jensen was the MC for the event, with the Palestine Solidarity Committee and the Campus Coalition for Peace and Justice sponsoring the event.

    On the back of the program, they listed "relevant websites": Electronic Intifada, Austin Against War, Information on Iraq Sanctions, Znet, Common Dreams News Center, and the two sponsors above.

    More tonight.

    UPDATE (10/21 12:12am):
    The audio quality sucks. I'm messing around with some filters to find the best way to cut out as much of the nasty recording artifacts as possible. The crowd noise also gets in the way sometimes...he's a master at tossing in almost-trollish comments which preach to the choir and get them riled up.

    I may not be able to provide the entire recording due to it's size. I'll probably cut out the initial 20 minutes of Jensen's and the sponsors' speech and go right into the lecture. The Q&A section lasted a long time, so I may offer that later seperately. And yes, I'll do my best to type up a transcript. For those who wish to get a taste of what he said, read this Austin Chronicle interview he gave on October 7th. There are many similarities between that interview and the points he raised during the lecture.

    October 18, 2002

    Gun Control Roundup

    Glenn Reynolds on why there needs to be a push for "the right of law-abiding citizens to be armed."

    A Brett Cashman post and comment discussion about the problems with "ballistic fingerprinting." Other similar links from Glenn.

    KCRG TV9 in Iowa runs a story about how a local County Sheriff believes the system isn't of much use.

    However, Bush apparently changed his mind and now wants to study the idea, even though he is skeptical. Which may be moot at the moment, because Congress won't have time to write and vote on legislation before the session is over.

    Meanwhile, the House unanimously backed a bill to strengthen gun buyer screening.

    October 11, 2002

    Why, Bush?

    Blocking a commission into 9/11

    There must be a reason for this. Why would the Bush Administration want to hold off, delay, or prevent the panel? It could be because some Senators hold skepticism of the need for another panel to investigate, when there are others going on as we speak, stirring up some federal intelligence officials.

    Of course, the obvious was being said long ago. If only he'd pay more attention to the failures of the State Department

    October 08, 2002

    Bush's Speech

    Hrm

    Did anyone else feel like it was a gentle, point-by-point anti-war Fisking? Just curious.

    October 03, 2002

    Shots Fired at the UN in New York

    Photo of the man at the CNN website

    Another photo at the Washinton Post website. No one hurt. According to reports, the gunman was carrying leaflets in English, though no one seems to know what they said. Apparently he managed to hit two floors of the building with his gunfire, and when security showed up, he didn't resist and gave up calmly.

    Whatever this man wanted to accomplish, he's in custody now.

    September 24, 2002

    P.J. O'Rourke's "Letter From Egypt"

    Set some time aside and read this

    Hatred between Palestinians and Israelis abides. Arab-led Islamic fundamentalism destabilizes nations from Algeria to the Philippines. The threat of terrorist attacks by al Qaeda continues. Also, our car needs gas. It is important to understand Arab culture.

    Egypt seems a good place to start.


    Long, interesting, funny, and grim.

    September 18, 2002

    Wa-Po, USA Today, NY Times Comparison

    Washington Post
    9/11 Report Says Agencies Received Credible Clues

    The U.S. intelligence community received a surprising number of credible reports of a likely terrorist attack prior to Sept. 11, including some threats to domestic targets, according to a congressional report to be unveiled today.
    [...]
    After reading and analyzing hundreds of thousands of pages of documents from the CIA, the National Security Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency and other government agencies, "you start thinking: Did anyone really explain to the public how serious this stuff was? . . . Did the American people really realize the strength of the threat out there?"
    [...]
    ...while the committee staff found no information that revealed the exact date, time and place of the attack, the official said there were numerous credible reports of possible domestic attacks and suggested that some may have been played down because the intelligence agencies were too focused on threats to U.S. interests overseas.

    USA Today
    Congress explores what agencies knew before Sept. 11 attacks
    An intelligence briefing two months before the Sept. 11 attack warned that Osama bin Laden would launch a spectacular terrorist attack against U.S. or Israeli interests, congressional investigators said Wednesday.

    The briefing, for senior government officials, was part of "a modest, but relatively steady stream of intelligence information indicating the possibility of terrorist attacks inside the United States," said the 30-page statement by Eleanor Hill, staff director for the House and Senate intelligence inquiry into the Sept. 11 attacks.

    But Hill said the credibility of the sources was sometimes questionable and no specific details about the attacks were available.

    "They generally did not contain specific information as to where, when and how a terrorist attack might occur and generally are not corroborated by further information," her statement said.


    New York Times
    Foreign Threat Was Focus Before 9/11, Panel Finds
    United States intelligence officials focused so much attention on the potential for attacks by Al Qaeda overseas that they underestimated reports before last Sept. 11 warning of a domestic attack, the joint Congressional committee investigating the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks has found.

    The committee has also determined that there were intelligence reports warning that Al Qaeda hoped to use aircraft as weapons against the United States, and the panel plans to raise questions about whether those reports should have been taken more seriously prior to Sept. 11, a Congressional official close to the committee said today.
    [...]
    American intelligence officials have said that during the spring and summer of 2001, they picked up disturbing reports showing that Al Qaeda was planning a major attack. But the most specific reports suggested that the strike would come overseas.

    That fit with Qaeda's earlier pattern of behavior. Prior to Sept. 11, Al Qaeda had repeatedly attacked American targets, but almost all of those operations had been abroad. The only operation known to be aimed at a domestic target was a plot to bomb Los Angeles International Airport, which was broken up before it could be carried out.

    Why isn't the Texas BASF Explosion Getting More Coverage?

    This makes no sense.

    Searching Yahoo gets a handful of articles from the 13th and 16th. FoxNews has nothing at all. The LA Times has a recent hit, but you have to register for it while the NY Times nets many hits, but none of them relevant. A Washington Post search turns up nothing beyond the now-familiar September 13th reports. CNN's got nothing besides that first article on the 13th. Searching UPI gets one article and it's also from the 13th. Ditto for the Austin-American Statesman, Houston Chronicle, Dallas Morning News, Houston Press, and so on and so forth. A decent round-up can be found at local TV station KHOU's website, but, of course, the articles are all days old. Click2Houston.com has the only fresh reporting I've seen on this and it is also from the 16th.

    Is this just not important anymore? When does a story permanently pass from national news to local? What elements of a story give it reason to be in the national press? Normally, I'd understand how this process works...but the near-absolute silence on this is odd.

    September 17, 2002

    Update on the BASF Explosion

    More information is out

    Only minor injuries reported. Looks like an accident.

    September 13, 2002

    Explosion at BASF Plant in Texas

    Railcar explosion heard and felt 50 miles away.

    Drudge, Instapundit, and the Austin-American Statesman are carrying this as well. Further info here -- some injuries are reported as well as a fire. Here's hoping that this is just an accident.

    Terrorists are best advised to Not Mess With Texas.

    UPDATED 3/24/2005 8:49am
    BASF Freeport Explosion Update

    September 10, 2002

    O'Reilly vs WSJ Editor

    TV transcript here, editor's opinion here, original Fox News story transcript here, and a whole lotta context in between.

    Personally, I have to side with Bill McGurn. O'Reilly's style lends itself to some pretty powerful confrontations, but it just as often lends to rude interruptions and emotional name-calling. I haven't watched the Factor in months (no cable), but I can picture how it went.